WAR   DEPARTMENT.       -      -       ADJUTANT  GENERAL'S  OFFICE. 


No.  XX. 


MILITARY  NOTES 


THE  PHILIPPINES 


/^36<r 


September,  1898. 


WASHINGTON : 
GOVERNMENT  PRINTING  OFFICE. 


MILITARY  NOTES 


The  Philippines 


WASHINGTON: 

GOVERXMENT  PRINTING  OFFICE. 

1898. 


WAR  DEPARTMENT, 
Adjutant  General's  Office. 

Documt-nt  No.  81. 
Miliiarv  Information  Division. 


4^^  LL.S.  ^M^^'  i 


INTRODrCTOKY  NOTE. 


These  notes  have  been  compiled  from  the  best  available  data,  and  while 
kno\Ani  to  contain  inaccuracies,  it  is  believed  that  they  can  be  readily 
amended  as  American  reports  are  received.  It  is  to  be  regretted  that 
greater  notice-  conld  not  have  been  given  the  sti'ictly  military  features. 
The  notes  are  supplemented  by  the  military  map  of  the  island  of  Liizon, 
prepared  in  the  Military  Information  Division ;  plans  of  cities,  and  charts 
of  bays,  harbors,  etc.,  taken  from  the  publications  of  the  hydrographic 
offices  of  various  countries. 

The  following  works  and  reports  have  been  consulted  and  extracts  from 
them  freely  made : 

"Estadismo  de  las  Islas  Filipinas,"  Madrid,  is97. 

"Espaiia,  Sus  Monumentos  y  Artes.  Su  Naturaleza  e  Historia,  Cula, 
Puerto-Rico  y  Filipinas,"  1887. 

"The  National  Geographic  Magazine."  June,  1898. 
■Anuario  del  Comercio  de  Espafia  "  1896. 

••Revue  des  Deux  Mondes."  1897  and  1898. 

•'The  Earth  and  Its  Inhabitants,"  1890. 

' '  Encyclopedia  Britannica.  ' 

"Guia  Geografico-Militar  de  Espaiia,"  1897. 

"Statesman's  Year-Book,"  1898. 

"Chronicle  and  Directory  of  China,  Japan,  Philippines,  etc.,"  189-1. 

"British  Adiniralty  Reports,  Rydrographic  Office,"  1890. 

"Travels  in  the  Philippines,"  Jagor,  1875. 

United  States  and  Foreign  Consular  Reports,  to  date. 

Also  information  furnished  by  the  Naval  Intelligence  Office  and  by 
Professor  Moselev.  of  Ohio. 


Washington,  Septembev,  1S9S. 


(:n) 


TABLE  OF  CONTE^^TS. 


ixtropuctory  notes iii 

The  Philippine  Islands 1 

(xeneral 1 

Extent --- --- 1 

Boundaries - 1 

Numbers  and  area .- 2 

Coast  line - 8 

Topography  and  orography - 3 

Geology G 

Hydrography 9 

Harbors 12 

Roads 12 

Climate 12 

Gales - 14 

Typhoons 15 

Currents 17 

Tides  L 19 

PopiilatioiVand  inhabitants. 20 

Agriculture,  manufacture,  and  trade 22 

Vegetable  kingdom 23 

Animal  kingdom 22 

Minerals 23 

Trade 23 

Exports 24 

Imports 25 

Revenue 25 

Communications .. 25 

Administration  27 

Military  and  ppljtical  divisions 28 

Religion  and  ecVication 30 

Table  showing  provinces,  with  their  population  and  capitals. ._  31 

Island  of  Luzon 35 

Itinerary  of  coast  of  Luzon 35 

Province  of  Manila 96 

Manila  (City) ..-  96 

Manila  Bay 101 

Cities  and  towTis 102 

Province  of  Abra 103 

Cities  and  towns 103 

Province  of  Albay 104 

Cities  and  towns 104 

(V) 


VI  CONTENTS. 

Island  op  Luzon — Continued.  Pa":e. 

Provinc-e  of  the  Caniarine.s  (North  and  South) 106 

Cities  and  towns 106 

District  of  Ambuniyan 108 

District  of  Apayos 108 

Province  of  Bataan 108 

Cities  and  towns - - 109 

Province  of  Batangas 109 

Cities  and  toA\nis - 110 

District  of  Benguet Ill 

Cities  and  towns - -  111 

District  of  Binatangan 112 

Province  of  Bontoc - 112 

Cities  and  towns 113 

Province  of  BrJacan -  - 114 

Cities  and  towns 114 

District  of  Cabugaoan --  115 

Province  of  Cagayan 116 

Cities  and  towns ..- - 116 

Province  of  Cavite ..-  117 

Cities  and  toA\nis .-  118 

District  of  Cayapas 118 

Province  of  Eocos  Norte 119 

Cities  and  towns  - -..  119 

Province  of  Ilocos  Snr 120 

Cities  and  towns  - 120 

Province  of  La  Infanta. 121 

Cities  and  to\\nis 121 

Province  of  Isabela  de  Liizon 122 

Cities  and  towns 122 

District  of  Itaves 122 

Province  of  Laguna .-.  123 

Cities  and  towns .- - 123 

Province  of  Lepanto 125 

Cities  and  townis 125 

Province  of  Morong 126 

Cities  and  towns --  127 

Province  of  Nueva  Ecija 127 

Cities  and  towns 128 

Province  of  Niieva  Vizcaya 129 

Cities  and  towns --- 129 

Province  of  Pampanga  - - 129 

Cities  and  towns 130 

Province  of  Pangasinan 131 

Cities  and  towns . 131 

Province  of  El  Principe - 133 

Cities  and  towns 133 

District  of  Quiangan -  -  - 133 

Province  of  Tarlac 134 

Cities  and  towns --  134 


CONTENTS.  VII 

Island  of  Luzon— Continued  i^'is*'- 

Province  of  Tayabas 134 

Cities  and  towns -.. 18o 

District  of  Tiagan l;J6 

Cities  and  towns - 136 

Province  of  La  LTiiion 136 

Cities  and  towns -. 137 

Province  of  Zaniljales 137 

Cities  and  towns 13H 

Isla:!JD  of  Mindanao 141 

Itinerary  of  coast  of  Mindanao 141 

District  of  Basilan 174 

District  of  Cottabato .- 175 

Cities  and  towns 175 

District  of  Dapitan 175 

Cities  and  towns 175 

District  of  Davao 175 

Cities  and  towns 175 

District  of  Matti 170 

Cities  and  towns 170 

District  of  Misaniis 170 

Cities  and  towns 170 

District  of  Snrigao 178 

Cities  and  towns 17S 

District  of  Zamboanga 179 

Cities  and  towns 179 

Adjacent  Islands 181 

Island  of  Balabac. 181 

Province  of  the  Batanes  Islands 181 

Cities  and  towns 181 

District  of  Biirias 183 

Province  of  Calamianes 183 

Province  of  Corregidor __  183 

Province  of  Masbate  and  Ticao 183 

Cities  and  towns 183 

Mindoro  Island 183 

Itinerary  of  coast  of  Mindoro 184 

Cities  and  towns 308 

Island  of  Paragua  (Palawan) 309 

ViSAYA  Islands 311 

Island  of  Panay 311 

Itinerary  of  coast  of  Panay _ 311 

Province  of  Antique 333 

Cities  and  towns . 2d3 

Province  of  Capiz 234 

Cities  and  towns 334 

Province  of  lloilo 335 

Cities  and  towns 330 

Province  of  Boliol 337 

Itinerary  of  coast  of  Bohol 338 

Cities  and  towns 241 


VIII  CONTEXTS. 

ViSAYA  Islands— Continued.  Page. 

Island  of  Celm. 243 

Itinerary  of  coast  of  Cebvi _  243 

Cities  and  towTis 257 

District  of  Concepcion 259 

Cities  and  towns 259 

Province  of  Leyte 259 

Itinerary  of  coast  of  Lej-te 259 

Cities  and  townis -. 265 

Island  of  Negros 267 

Itinerary  of  coast  of  Negi'os 267 

Province  of  Western  Negros 272 

Cities  and  towns  _ --. 272 

Province  of  Eastern  Negros 273 

Cities  and  towns 273 

Province  of  Romblon 274 

Cities  and  towns 274 

Province  of  Samar 275 

Itinei'ary  of  coast  of  Samar 275 

Cities  and  towns 283 

The  Sultanship  of  Jolo 285 


LIST  OF  CHARTS. 


Page. 

No.  1.  Siial  Port,  Lingayen  Gulf  _ - _.  35 

No.  '2.  San  Fernando  Port 37 

No.  3.  BolinaoPort 41 

No.  4.  Silanguin  and  Siibic  ports 46 

No.  o.  Ca vite  Arsenal  and  Port  - .  - 40 

No.  6.  Looc  Bay,  Luban  Island 55 

No.  7.  Romblon  Port.  Roniblon  I.sland   67 

No.  8.  San  Vincente  Port 84 

No.  9.  Dimalansan  Port 8G 

No.  10.  Bikobian  Port _ -._  86 

No.  1 1 .  Rio  Grande  de  Mindanao,  month  of 116 

No.  12.  Gabo  Port,  Dinagat  Island 141 

No.  13.  San  Pio  V  Port,  Camiguin  Island 14-^ 

Nc.  14.  Catarin an  Anchorage,  Camignin  Island 149 

No.  15.  Balingasac  Anchorage 149 

No.  16.  Opol  Anchorage 150 

No.  17.  Alnbigit  Anchorage 150 

No.  18.   Murcielagos  Islets 153 

No.  19.  Panabutan  Bay 156 

No.  20.  CanitBay 157 

No.  21.  Masingloc  Anchorage 157 

No.  22.  Banga  Port,  Sibugtiey  Bay 158 

No.  23.  MaligayBay 160 

No.  24.  Sambuiauan  Port.  Illana  Bay 161 

No.  25.  Tigiima  Port  and  Bay.  Illana  Bay 161 

No.  26.   Pn.iagaBay 173 

No.  27.   PollokPort 175 

No.  28.  SurigaoPort 178 

No.  29.  DalauanBay,  Balabac  Island 181 

No.  30.  Strait  between  Ibugos  or  Baslii  Island  and  Saptang  Island..  181 

No.  31.  Santo  Domingo  de  Basco  Port. 181 

No.  32.  San  Jose  de  Ibana  Anchorage 181 

No.  33.  Culion  Port   Calamion  or  Culion  Island 182 

No.  34.  Nin  Bay  and  Mandao  Port,  Masbate  Island 183 

No.  35.  Kataingan  Port.  Masbate  Island 183 

No.  36.  PalanogPort.  Masbate  Island 183 

No.  37.  LoogPort,  Tablas  Island 194 

No.  38.  Paluan  Bay,  Mindoro  Island 195 

No.  39.  Sablayan  Port,  Mindoro  Island 196 

No.  40.  Busuanga  Island,  harbors  on  south  side  of 202 

No.  41.  Aguirre  or  Kababawan  Bank.  Cabucan  Island 206 

(IX) 


X  LIST    OF   CHARTS. 

Page. 

No.  42.   Ymihit  Port,  Parugua  Island ...  -    _..  209 

No.  43.  Talindac  Port,  Paragiia  Island . 209 

No.  44.  Batan  Port,  Panay  Island. 220 

No.  45.  Slbonga  Port,  Bukas  Island 254 

No.  46.   Saniar  Island,  south  part  of 277 

No.  47.  Tulayan  Island  Anchorage 285 

No.  48.  Tacut  Pabunnan  Shoal  -  - 285 

No.  49.  Banciingan  I.sland  Anchorage  - 285 

No.  50.  Capnal  Island  Anchorage 285 

Index  map 1 


fN! 


THE  PHILIPPINE  ISLANDS. 


GENERAL, 


The  Philippine  Ishiiicls  fonn  a  great  part  of  the  vast  archi- 
pelago lying  southeast  of  Asia.  They  were  discovered  by 
Magellan  in  1521,  but  it  was  not  until  156i  that  the  group 
received  its  present  name,  in  honor  of  Pliilij)  II.  In  many 
respects  these  islands  are  Spain's  best  possessions,  due  to  the 
abundance  and  variety  of  products,  numerous  and  good  ports, 
character  of  inhabitants,  and  on  account  of  the  vicinity  of 
certain  countries  of  eastern  Asia,  which  are  now  entering 
upon  a  stage  of  civilization  and  commerce.  The  group  is 
composed  of  some  2,000  islands.  Many  of  them  are  very 
small,  but  others  are  important  on  account  of  their  size, 
resources,  and  population. 

From  the  year  of  discovery  until  1542  several  expeditions 
from  Spain  attempted  to  gain  possession  of  these  islands,  but 
all  failed.  In  1564  another  expedition,  commanded  by  Miguel 
de  Legaspi,  was  dispatched  and  a  footing  established  in  Cebu ; 
the  headquarters  were  later  transferred  to  Luzon,  and  in  1581 
the  city  of  Manila  was  founded. 

Various  attempts  to  drive  out  the  Spaniards  were  made 
during  the  following  years  by  the  Portuguese,  Dutch,  and 
Chinese,  but  all  failed.  In  17(32  Manila  was  taken  and  held 
by  the  English  for  a  ransom  of  1,000,000  pounds  sterling. 
This,  however,  was  never  paid,  and  the  islands  were  finally 
returned  to  Spain. 

EXTENT, 

The  archipelago  extends  from  o°  32'  to  19°  38',  north  lati- 
tude, and  from  117°  to  120°,  east  longitude.  It  thus  covers 
about  1,000  miles  north  and  south  and  000  east  and  west. 
(See  index  map,  opposite  page  1.) 

BOUNDARIES. 

On  the  north  and  northwest  the  islands  are  separated  from 
China  l>y  the  China  Sea  and  the  Indo-Chinese  Peninsula. 
Toward  the  east  is  the  Pacific.  On  the  north  a  number  of 
small  islands  stretch  out  toward  Formosa ;  on  the  south,  while 

(1) 


THE  PHILIPPINE  ISLANDS. 


GENERAL. 


The  Philippine  Ishiiuls  form  a  great  part  of  the  vast  arclii- 
pehigo  lying  southeast  of  Asia.  They  were  discovered  hy 
Magellan  in  1521,  but  it  was  not  until  156-1  that  the  group 
received  its  present  name,  in  honor  of  Philip  II.  In  many 
respects  these  islands  are  Spain's  best  possessions,  due  to  the 
abundance  and  variety  of  products,  numerous  and  good  ports, 
character  of  inhabitants,  and  on  account  of  the  vicinity  of 
certain  countries  of  eastern  Asia,  which  are  now  entering 
upon  a  stage  of  civilization  and  commerce.  The  group  is 
composed  of  some  2,000  islands.  Many  of  them  are  very 
small,  but  others  are  important  on  account  of  their  size, 
resources,  and  population. 

From  the  year  of  discovery  until  1542  several  expeditions 
from  Si)ain  attempted  to  gain  possession  of  these  islands,  but 
all  failed.  In  1564  another  expedition,  commanded  by  Miguel 
de  Legaspi,  was  dispatched  and  a  footing  established  in  Cebii; 
the  headquarters  were  later  transferred  to  Luzon,  and  in  1581 
the  city  of  Manila  was  founded. 

Various  attempts  to  drive  out  the  Spaniards  Avere  made 
during  the  following  years  by  the  Portuguese,  Dutch,  and 
Chinese,  but  all  failed.  In  1702  Manila  was  taken  and  held 
Ijy  the  English  for  a  ransom  of  1,000,000  pounds  sterling. 
This,  however,  was  never  paid,  and  the  islands  Avere  finally 
returned  to  Sx)ain. 

EXTENT. 

The  archipelago  extends  from  5°  32'  to  19°  38',  north  lati- 
tude, and  from  117°  to  126°,  east  longitude.  It  thus  covers 
about  1,000  miles  north  and  south  and  600  east  and  west. 
(See  index  map,  opposite  page  1.) 

BOUNDARIES. 

On  the  north  and  northwest  the  islands  are  separated  from 
China  Ijy  the  China  Sea  and  the  Indo-Chinese  Peninsula. 
ToAvard  the  east  is  the  Pacific.  On  the  north  a  number  of 
small  islands  stretch  out  toward  Formosa ;  on  the  south,  Avhile 

(1) 


2  NUMBERS    AND    AREA. 

a  double  connection  is  formed  Avitli  Borneo  by  tlie  lines  of  the 
Palawan,  Balabac,  and  Suln  islands,  the  basin  of  the  Celebes 
Sea  extends  for  a  distance  of  300  miles  between  its  sonthern- 
most  island,  Mindanao,  and  the  Celebes.  Though  forming 
({uite  a  distinct  group  from  Indonesia,  from  which  they  are 
sejiarated  by  two  marine  abysses  (one  nearly  2,500  fathoms 
deep  and  the  other  over  2,500  deep),  the  Philippines  are  con- 
nected with  the  southern  lands  by  three  long  ridges,  partially 
covered  by  water.  Of  these  the  northwestern  is  the  most  reg- 
ular and  best  developed.  From  Mindoro  to  the  northwest 
point  of  Borneo,  the  deepest  part  of  the  sill  (between  Balabac 
and  Bangney)  does  not  exceed  25  fathoms.  Balabac  Strait, 
between  Paragua  and  Borneo,  is  filled  with  reefs  formed  by 
the  marine  current,  which,  under  the  influence  of  the  south- 
west monsoon,  sets  strongly  toward  the  Sulu  Sea.  The  second 
isthmus  is  formed  by  the  Sulu  Archipelago  connecting  the 
northeast  point  of  Borneo  with  the  western  extremity  of 
Mindanao;  Here  the  shallow  channel,  through  which  there  is 
communication  from  the  Sulu  to  the  deeper  Celebes  Sea,  is  trav- 
ersed by  a  system  of  alternating  currents,  over  250  fathoms 
deep.  East  of  the  trough  of  the  Celebes  Sea,  the  peninsula  of 
Minahassa  with  the  Sanguir  Archipelago  and  other  islands 
form  a  third  isthmus,  sweeping  around  to  the  southernmost 
l)oint  of  Mindanao.  This  ridge  is  broken  by  many  open- 
ings, the  broadest  and  deepest  of  which  lies  off  the  coast  of 
Mindanao. 

NUMBERS    AND    AREA. 

The  number  of  islands  is  not  definitely  known,  but  is  vari- 
ously estimated  at  from  1,200  to  2,000.  New  ones  are  being 
continually  added  to  the  maps.  Some  meml)ers  of  the  vast 
archipelago,  as  well  as  the  more  remote  districts  in  the  larger 
islands  lying  beyond  the  direct  control  of  the  Spanish,  have 
remained  unexplored.  Even  the  regions  governed  l)y  the 
Europeans  are  still  but  imperfectly  known,  no  methodical 
and  detailed  study  of  the  Philippines  having  yet  been  made. 
Present  maps  and  charts  are  extremely  defective,  except  for 
the  seaboard,  in  the  survey  of  which  the  leading  maritime 
nations  have  cooperated. 

The  principal  islands  are  Luzon,  Mindanao,  Palawan  (Para- 
gua), Samar,  Panay,  Mindoro,  Leyte,  Negros,  Cebii,  Masbate, 
Bohol,  Catanduanes,  Polillo,  Marinduque,  Tablas,  Burias,  and 
Ticao. 


COAST    l.INE,    TOPOGKAl'HV,    ETC.  3 

Luzon,  tlie  largest,  has  an  area  of  about  -41,000  square  miles; 
Mindanao,  the  next,  about  37,500  square  miles;  and  the  five 
next  in  size  have  an  area  of  over  10,000  square  miles  each. 
The  most  reliable  estimate  places  the  aggregate  land  area  of 
the  group  at  11-4,350  square  miles,  or  equal  to  the  area  of  Ari- 
zona. Luzon,  upon  which  the  city  of  Manila  is  located,  is 
equal  in  area  to  the  State  of  Virginia. 

(OAST    LINE. 

The  coast  line  of  all  the  islands  is  very  irregular  and 
broken,  the  ocean  cutting  in  and  forming  many  gulfs,  bays, 
isthmuses,  and  peninsulas.  There  are  long  stretches  of  canals 
and  passages  between  the  islands,  but  these  are  not  always 
navigable.  Although  situated  in  the  region  adapted  to  the 
growth  of  corals,  the  scarcity  of  this  formation  is  accounted 
for  by  the  presence  of  volcanic  fires  and  the  occasional  deluge 
of  hot  water,  which  prevents  the  growth  of  the  polyps. 

TOPOGRAPHY    AND    OROGRAPHY. 

The  whole  surface  of  the  Philippines  is  essentially  moun- 
tainous, the  only  plains  that  occur  being  alluvial  districts  at 
the  river  mouths  and  the  spaces  left  by  the  intersection  of  the 
ranges.  The  principal  ranges  have  a  tendency  to  run  north 
and  south,  with  a  certain  amount  of  deflection  east  and  west, 
as  the  case  may  be,  so  that  the  orograi:)hic  diagram  of  the 
archipelago,  as  a  whole,  has  a  similarity  to  a  fan,  with  north- 
ern Luzon  as  its  center  of  radiation.  The  three  lines  of  par- 
tially submerged  ridges,  before  mentioned,  stretching  from 
Indonesia  tow^ard  the  Philippines,  running  north  and  south, 
continue  their  main  axis,  and  strike  the  southern  part  of  the 
same  region  at  the  Saragani  Volcano.  East  of  this  range  is 
found  a  broad  chain,  occupying  all  the  eastern  section  of 
Mindanao,  which  borders  on  the  Pacific. 

A  general  survey  of  the  entire  orographic  system  shows 
that,  from  the  southern  point  of  Mindanao  to  the  northern 
extremity  of  Luzon,  the  relief  of  all  the  islands  is  either  in  a 
line  with  the  southern  isthmuses  or  parallel  to  them. 

On  the  other  hand  the  islands  of  Bohol,  Cebii,  Negros,  and 
Panay  are  disposed  in  a  line  with,  or  parallel  to,  the  Sulu 
Archipelago,  while  Mindoro  and  the  main  section  of  Luzon 
form  the  northeast  extension  of  Paragua  and  Borneo.     Most 


4:  TOPOGRAPHY  AND  OROGRAPHY. 

of  the  surface  appears  to  he  forined  of  old  rocks,  especially 
schists,  and,  in  the  north  of  Luzon,  granite. 

While  none  of  the  mountain  peaks  greatly  exceed  8,000  feet 
in  height,  Apo,  in  Mindanao,  is  over  9,000  feet;  Halson,  in 
Mindoro,  is  over  8,000  feet;  and  Mayon,  in  Luzon,  over  S,-20(). 
The  latter  is  an  active  volcano,  which  has  been  the  scene  of 
several  eruptions  during  the  present  century.  Extinct  or 
active  craters  are  relatively  as  numerous  in  the  Philippines 
as  in  the  eastern  arcliipelago,  and  as  a  consequence  of  these 
subterraneous  forces  earthquakes  are  frequent  and  violent. 

In  1627  one  of  the  most  elevated  mountains  of  Cagayan  dis- 
appeared, and  on  the  island  of  Mindanao,  in  1675,  a  passage 
was  opened  to  the  sea  and  a  vast  plain  emerged.  The  more 
recent  of  the  convulsions  occurred  in  1863  and  in  isso.  The 
destruction  of  property  was  great,  especially  in  Manila. 

The  island  of  Luzon  is  traversed  by  the  great  ridge  of  the 
Caraballos  Mountains,  the  principal  points  of  which  are  Lag- 
sig  and  Cabalesian.  The  ridge  is  divided  into  tlyee  branches. 
The  first,  denominated  Caraballo  Central,  or  del  IVorte,  sep- 
arates the  provinces  of  Nueva  Vizcaya  and  Ilocos  Norte  from 
those  Ojl'  Cagayan  and  Abra,  and  terminates  at  the  Cliina  Sea. 
To  this  branch  belong  the  mountains  Alipapu,  Alumbubunig, 
a:Ml  Posdey.  The  second,  beginning  at  Caraballo  de  Baler, 
running  in  a  northeasterly  direction  and  terminating  at  Cape 
Engaiio,  is  the  most  important  ridge  of  the  whole  archipelago. 
The  volcano  Cagua,  with  an  altitude  of  2jyo'2  feet,  belongs  to 
this  ridge.  The  third  branch  is  the  western  one.  It  runs 
toward  the  south,  separating  the  ijrovinces  of  Nueva  Ecija 
and  Laguna  from  the  districts  del  Principe  and  Infanta,  and 
it  stops  at  the  strait  of  San  Bernardino  after  having  traversed 
the  territoi'ies  of  Tayabas,  Camarines  Norte,  Camarines  Sur, 
and  Albay.  The  volcar  -es  Mayon  and  Bulasan  are  the  most 
important  of  this  ridge. 

Among  the  ridges  of  lesser  importance,  situated  in  the 
island  of  Luzon,  the  following  merit  notice :  The  Sierra  de 
Zambales,  ending  in  the  north  at  the  cape  of  Bolinao  and  in 
the  south  at  Mount  Maribeles;  and  the  Sierras  Sungay  and 
Ma(|uilin,  the  most  important  peaks  of  which  are  Batulao. 
Mapait,  Ulila,  and  San  Cristobal. 

On  the  island  of  Mindanao  there  is  a  ridge  running  from 
north  to  south,  beginning  between  Surigao  and  Butuan  and 
reaching  its    highest    altitude  in   ]\tount   Catalan ;    there  is 


Tt)P()(iRAPHV    AND    UKOGKAPHV.  0 

another  beginning  at  the  Hingog  Mountains,  running  par- 
allel to  the  former  during  the  first  two-thirds  of  its  course 
and  terminating  at  the  cape  of  Sarangani,  reaching  its  highest 
altitude  in  Mount  Pantadon;  a  third  ridge  beginning  at  the 
volcano  Apo,  running  in  a  northwesterly  direction  and  ejuling 
on  the  isthmus  of  Misamis  orPanguil;  and  the  fourth  and 
last,  the  most  important  of  all,  a  ridge  beginning  at  Point 
Cauit,  runs  toward  the  west,  joins  the  last-mentioned  ridge 
at  the  isthmus  of  Misamis,  forms  the  peaks  of  Randaya,  and 
then  branches  off  in  different  directions.  To  this  ridge  be- 
long the  mountains  Cabigan;  Tulangatura,  Tinuba,  Tarlin, 
and  Malandi. 

As  to  the  less  important  islands  very  little  can  be  said  about 
them.  Paragua  is  traversed  by  a  mountain  ridge  running 
from  north  to  south.  Samar  possesses  a  ridge  running  also 
from  north  to  south,  and  having  a  large  number  of  ramifica- 
tions, as  well  as  the. following  peaks:  Curao,  Capotaan,  Pa- 
lapa,  and  Matuguinao.  The  island  of  Panay  has  a  large 
ridge  beginning  in  the  northwest,  terminating  in  the  vicinity 
of  the  city  of  Dumarao,  its  culminating  j^oint  being  Mount 
Opao.  On  the  island  of  Mindoro  there  are  three  ridges,  one 
running  from  the  northwest  to  the  southeast,  while  the  two 
others  are  parallel  to  the  eastern  and  western  coasts.  The 
most  important  mountains  are  Calavite,  Abra  de  Hog,  and 
Bacoo.  The  island  of  Leyte  has  a  very  broken  terrain,  with 
a  large  ridge  running  from  the  northwest  to  the  southeast, 
with  the  following  i^eaks :  Calasi,  Mandivin,  Aslum,  and 
Sil)ugay.  Negros  Island  has  a  high  ridge  traversing  it  from 
north  to  south,  with  various  branches:  one  of  its  highest 
peaks  is  the  volcano  Canlaon.  The  island  of  Cebil  is  likewise 
traversed  by  a  low  ridge  running  from  north  to  south.  The 
island  of  Masbate  has  numerous  tortuous  ridges  and  the 
mountains  of  Cavanan  and  Bagala"""  i'.  That  of  Bohol  has 
the  following  mountains:  Bunucan,  Mohangin,  Carohabol, 
Campusa,  and  others  of  less  importance.  The  island  of 
Catanduanes  has  three  ridges  starting  from  one  central 
nucleus.  Marinduque  has  a  principal  ridge  running  from 
Mount  Malindig  to  San  Antonio,  and  has  various  ramifica- 
tions. The  i-sland  of  Tablas  has  the  Palaopao  Mountains; 
Burias,  the  peak  named  Engafiosa ;  and  a  line  of  mountains 
crosses  the  island  of  Ticao. 


GEOLOGY. 


The  general  belief  is  that  the  Philippines  once  fovmed  a  part 
of  an  enormous  continent  from  which  it  was  sejjarated  by  some 
cataclysm.  This  continent  probably  extended  from  Celebes 
to  the  farthest  Polinesian  islands  on  the  east,  to  New  Zealand 
on  the  south,  and  the  Mariana  and  Sandwich  islands  on  the 
north. 

These  islands,  according  to  Ramon  Jordana,  are  divided 
into  two  volcanic  regions,  the  eastern  and  the  Avestern.  The 
principal  point  is  the  volcano  Taal,  located  in  the  northeastern 
portion  of  the  province  of  Batangas.  It  is  situated  on  a  small 
island  in  the  center  of  the  Bombon  laguna,  and  has  an  altitude 
of  550  feet  above  sea  level.  Its  form  is  conical,  and  the  rock 
is  composed  of  basalt  feldspar  with  a  small  quantity  of  augite. 
The  crater  is  supposed  to  be  232  feet  deep.  Its  sides  are  almost 
vertical,  and  there  are  two  steaming  lagunas  at  its  bottom. 
Mount  Maquilin  is  situated  to  the  northeast  of  Taal.  It  is  an 
extinct  volcano,  w^liose  crater  is  fully  824  feet  deep.  It  is  also 
of  conical  form  and  covered  with  vegetation.  Round  stones 
of  augite  with  crystals  of  hornblende  are  found  on  the  brow 
of  the  mountain.  To  the  east  of  Maquilin  rises  the  volcano 
Banajao,  also  extinct.  The  soil  toward  the  north  is  formed  of 
lava.  Close  to  the  city  of  Porac,  near  the  province  of  Pam- 
panga,  the  soil  abounds  in  feldspar  sand,  alternating  with 
layers  of  clay.  Tophus  and  loam  are  frequently  seen,  espe- 
cially in  the  province  of  Zambales.  Around  Santa  Cruz,  in  the 
direction  of  Pangasinan,  are  to  be  found  rocks  composed  of 
white  feldspar  with  crystals  of  augite.  In  the  region  embra- 
cing the  provinces  of  Manila,  Bulacan,  Pampanga,  Tarlac,  and 
Pangasinan  the  soil  is  mostly  composed  of  clay  containing 
remnants  of  sea  shells,  a  circumstance  which  gives  rise  to  the 
belief  that  the  coast  of  Manila  has  risen  from  the  sea  in  not 
so  remote  an  epoch.  Smooth,  dark-gray  tophus  predominates ; 
it  forms  the  bed  of  the  Rio  Pasig,  and  rising  forms  hillocks 
in  the  vicinity  of  the  city  of  Binangonan.  Farther  on,  tra- 
chyte and  banks  of  conchiferous  sand  predominate. 

The  vast  plain  of  Pampanga  extends  to  the  north  of  Manila 
Bay,  to  the  south  of  which  is  situated  Mount  Arayat,  of  dol- 
eritic  nature. 

Feldspar  sand  abounds  around  this  mountain.  The  Cara- 
ballo  Ridge  is  composed  in  various  sections  of  andesite  rock, 
succeeded  by  another,  resembling  greatly  the  diabase.     At 


the  junction  of  Rio  Magat  and  Rio  Pinqniang  there  is  a  hill, 
at  the  foot  of  which  is  an  abundance  of  gypsum  loam,  inter- 
mingled with  feldspar  rocks  of  volcanic  origin.  There  are 
also  hills  composed  of  trachyte  and  soil  abounding  in  gabbro. 
Tophus  and  loam  containing  fossil  plants  are  abundant  in  the 
vicinity  of  Galiano ;  coral  lime  enters  principally  into  the  com- 
position of  the  mountains  surrounding  the  valley  in  which 
the  city  of  Trinidad  is  situated.  Along  the  Rio  Agno  no 
rocks  but  diorite  are  to  be  met  with. 

According  to  Doctor  Drasche,  there  are  five  different  kinds 
of  rocks  in  the  northern  part  of  Luzon : 

1.  Coral  reefs  and  banks  of  coral  lime  with  rocks  of  recent 
volcanic  origin. 

2.  Tophus  and  tophic  gravel  containing  deposits  formed  by 
banks  of  coral  lime  and  loam  with  remnants  of  plants. 

o.  Rocks  of  modern  volcanic  origin. 

•i.  Rocks  formed  of  coarse  gravel  proceeding  from  adjoin- 
ing layers  of  arsenite  of  copper  and  diabasic  rocks. 

5.  Diorite,  protogenetic  gneiss,  and  chloric  slate. 

According  to  the  judgment  of  Senor  Jordana,  the  coral  lime 
rock  is  of  recent  formation,  as  it  contains  in  abundance  rem- 
nants of  coral  and  organic  remains  belonging  to  species  that 
live  at  present  in  the  Indian  Ocean.  The  tophus  and  tophic 
gravel  are  of  more  ancient  origin  than  the  coral  reef.  The 
fundamental  rocks  are  the  diabase,  gabbro,  sienite,  diorite, 
arsenite  of  copper,  and  protogenetic  gneiss. 

It  is  supposed  that  the  western  part  of  Luzon  was  prima- 
rily composed  of  a  ridge  of  crystalline  slate,  which  was  subse- 
quently di-splaced  by  violent  eruptions  of  sienite  and  diabase, 
the  fragments  of  which  constitute  the  basis  of  a  formation  of 
sti-ata  of  gravel  and  rock.  A  long  period  of  time  will  proba- 
l)ly  pass  before  the  volcanoes  renew  their  activity.  However 
late  or  early  this  may  occur,  great  masses  of  tophus  will  have 
to  form  on  the  western  coast,  as  it  will  require  a  long  period 
of  submersion  before  such  enormous  sediments  can  be  depos- 
ited. During  this  period  of  rest  the  corals  may  develop  their 
activity  in  small  spaces  and  will  form,  with  the  remains  of 
the  floating  vegetation  of  the  continent,  loam  containing  vege- 
table fossils.  Before  the  end  of  the  period  of  submersion,  the 
volcanic  activity  must  cease  and  the  corals  form  on  the  sub- 
marine tophus  reefs  parallel  to  the  coast.  It  is  probable  that 
the  western  V(jlcanic  region  is  jn'olonged  toward  the  south  in 


8  GEOLOGY. 

order  to  join  the  eastern.  The  information  to  be  had  on  the 
geological  composition  of  these  islands  is  very  incomplete. 

Eastern  Volcanic  Region. — The  principal  point  is  the 
volcano  Maj^on,  still  in  activity,  of  a  conic  form,  and  having, 
according  to  Jagor,  an  altitude  of  8,980  feet.  In  the  northeast 
rises  Monnt  Mazaraga,  composed  of  dolerite.  Along  the  bed 
of  the  Rio  Vicol  there  extend  toward  the  north  highly  devel- 
oi^cd  volcanic  formations,  while  toward  the  south  the  soil  is 
composed  of  limy  loam,  containing  a  large  amount  of  fossils. 
The  volcanic  zone  is  prolonged  by  Mount  Malinao,  the  Iriga, 
and  the  Isarog.  The  first  is  composed  of  dolerite  rock,  the 
second  of  dolerite  and  olivenite,  and  the  third  of  andesite  and 
hornblende.  The  eastern  volcanic  region  is  prolonged  in  the 
province  of  Camarines  Norte  by  the  Sierra  Colasi  and  Mount 
Lab(5o.  Conchiferous  lime,  andesite,  and  trachyte  are  most 
abundant  in  this  region.  A  mountain  ridge  extends  from  the 
western  frontier  of  the  ]3rovinces  of  Camarines  Norte  and 
Camarines  Sur  to  the  Banajao  Mountain,  which  is  an  extinct 
volcano.  Tophus,  yellow  lime,  banks  of  hornblende,  andesite, 
and  coral  lime,  as  well  as  coral  reefs,  abound  in  this  part  of 
the  country.  From  Isarog  toward  the  north-northwest  the 
volcanic  zone  gradually  disappears  and  dips  into  the  waters 
of  the  Pacific  Ocean.  In  the  extreme  east  of  the  northern 
coast  of  Luzon  is  situated  the  volcano  Cagua,  to  the  north  of 
which  rises  the  Camiguin  volcano,  situated  on  an  island  bear- 
ing the  same  name.  To  tlie  southeast  of  Mayon  runs  the 
Sierra  Pocdol,  also  of  volcanic  origin.  In  the  same  direction 
is  situated  Mount  Bulusan,  which  from  time  to  time  ejects 
sulj)hurous  and  watery  vapor.  In  the  south  the  volcanic  re- 
gion dips  under  the  waters  of  the  sea  to  reapj^ear  in  the 
Dagami  ridge.  In  the  west  are  situated  the  islands  of  Cebu 
and  Bohol,  surrounded  by  reefs  of  living  madrepores.  In  the 
interior  of  the  island  of  Cebu  is  found  an  azure-colored  lime, 
in  which  are  embedded  layers  of  clayish  slate  and  gravel  alter- 
nating with  layers  of  coal. 

In  the  island  of  Samar  are  found  beds  of  ferruginous  clay. 
On  that  of  Majaba  appears  volcanic  tophus,  and  in  the  vicinity 
of  Loquilocum  there  are  deposits  of  coal.  The  eastern  vol- 
canic region  traverses  the  island  of  Camiguin,  situated  to  the 
north  of  Mindanao.  There  is  a  volcano  in  this  island,  which 
appeared  in  1871.  The  formation  of  which  the  island  of 
Mindanao  is  composed  is  not  well  known,  but  there  are  many 


HVL)K()(iKAPHY.  9 

iiiclicatioiis  of  a  volcanic  origin.  Williin  tlie  eastern  volcanic 
region  are  two  volcanoes — tlie  Apo,  having  an  altitude  of 
10,832  feet,  and  still  in  activity,  and  the  Saraugani,  which  is 
extinct. 

HVDKCXJRAPHY. 

The  disposition  of  the  mountain  ranges  in  parallel  chains 
affords  space  for  the  development  of  streams  both  in  Luzon 
and  Mindanao.  The  larger  islands  contain  inland  seas,  into 
which  pour  countless  small  streams  from  the  inland  hills. 
Many  of  them  open  out  into  broad  estuaries,  and  in  numer- 
ous instances  coasting  vessels  of  light  draft  can  sail  to  the 
very  foot  of  the  mountains.  Rivers  and  inland  lakes  swarm 
witli  varieties  of  fish  and  shellfish.  By  reason  of  Spanish 
restrictions,  but  little  can  be  said  as  to  the  character  of  the 
stream  banks  and  beds.  Four  of  the  rivers  are  navigable, 
and,  by  the  statements  of  those  who  have  spent  some  little 
time  on  the  islands,  most  are  fordable.  Drinking  water  is 
obtained  by  many  of  the  towns  from  the  rivers  at  points  just 
above  tide  limits,  and  the  water  is  said  to  be  good.  Bridges 
are  few  and  crude,  but  are  generally  built  to  Avithstand  heavy 
strain. 

The  island  of  Luzon  abounds  in  rivers  and  streams.  The 
following  are  the  principal  water  courses : 

Rio  Grande  de  Cagaydn,  the  source  of  which  is  in  the 
northern  slope  of  the  Caraballo  Norte.  It  has  numerous 
affluents,  among  others  the  Magat  and  Bangag,  and,  after  a 
course  of  about  200  miles,  falls  into  the  China  Sea  in  the 
vicinity  of  Aparri. 

Agno  Grande  starts  in  the  north,  in  the  neighl^orhood  of 
the  ranch  of  Loo,  receives  the  affluents  Tarlag  and  Camiling, 
as  well  as  many  others,  has  a  course  of  about  112  miles,  and 
falls  into  the  Gulf  of  Lingayen. 

Abra  has  its  origin  on  the  opposite  slope  to  that  where  Agno 
Grande  takes  its  rise ;  runs  for  about  87  miles,  and,  after  re- 
ceiving the  affluent  Suyoc,  divides  into  three  arms  and  falls 
into  the  China  Sea  over  the  sand  bars  of  Butao,  Nioig,  and 
Dile. 

Rio  Grande  de  la  Pampaiiga  is  called  Rio  Chico  up  to  the 
lake  of  Canasen,  near  Arayat,  where  it  changes  its  name  after 
its  junction  with  Rio  Gapan.  Its  course  is  a  little  over  38 
miles;  it  receives  the  Rio  de  San  Jos^  and  divides  into  a  multi- 
tude of  arms  as  it  falls  into  the  sea  to  the  north  of  Manila  Bay. 


10  HYDROGRAPHY. 

V     Rio  Pasig  has  its  source  in  the  Bay  Lagoon,  and  falls  after  a 
course  of  19  miles  into  Manila  Bay. 

Rio  Vicol  starts  in  the  province  of  Camarines  Sur  and 
divides  into  two  arms,  one  of  which  falls  into  the  lake  of 
Bato  and  the  other  into  the  spacious  bay  of  San  Miguel. 

The  island  of  Mindanao  has : 
^    Rio  Agusan  or  Buhkm,  almost  as  important  a  river  as  Rio 
Grande  de  Cagayan  with  regard  to  its  volume  and  length — 
236  luiles.     It  starts  near  the  gulf  of  Davao  and  falls  into 
that  of  Buluan. 

Polangui,  beginning  at  the  foot  of  the  volcano  of  Apo,  runs 
toward  the  peak  of  Randaya  and  falls  into  the  bay  of  Illana, 
after  a  course  of  87  miles. 

Ltibungan,  falling  into  the  gulf  of  Dapitan. 

Iligan,  falling  into  the  bay  of  the  same  name. 

The  island  of  Paragua  has  many  streams,  but  all  of  them 
have  but  a  short  course. 

The  island  of  Samar  has  the  following : 

Oras,  having  a  course  of  24  miles  and  falling  into  the  gulf 
of  Uguis  on  the  Pacific. 

Suribao,  falling  into  the  Pacific  near  Borongan. 

Biiruhdn,  having  a  course  of  19  miles. 

Bato-Lagudn,  Basey,  Calayog,  Timonini,  Antiyao,  and 
many  others. 

The  island  of  Panay  has  the  following : 

Rio  Panay,  starting  in  the  eastern  branches  of  the  Tapas 
Mountains,  runs  for  o8  miles  and  terminates  its  course  near 
Capiz. 

Rio  Acldn  starts  at  the  foot  of  Mount  Opao  and  terminates 
at  the  city  of  Calivo,  a  course  of  45  miles. 

Rio  Taland,  with  the  affluents  Lambunao  and  Passi,  rises 
on  the  southern  slope  of  the  Tapas  Mountains  and  terminates 
in  the  vicinity  of  Dumangas. 

Rio  Salog,  which  rises  in  the  mountains  of  Maasim,  receives 
the  affluents  Tigum  and  Ayuman  and  disappears  in  the  vicin- 
ity of  Iloilo. 

Rio  Dalands,  rising  in  the  ridge  dividing  the  district  of 
Antique  from  that  of  Iloilo,  has  a  rapid  course  of  24  miles 
and  falls  into  the  sea  between  Barbara  and  Tibiao. 

Sabalon  has  an  impetuous  course  of  08  miles. 


HYDROGRAPHY.  -       11 

The  island  of  Mindoro  possesses  a  nniltitude  of  streams, 
but  they  are  of  small  im])(n"tance.  Among  them  are  the 
following- : 

Navulunn,  traversing  the  island  from  north  to  south. 

Pula,  in  the  district  of  Pola. 

Manjao,  between  Tiding  and  Bulalacao. 

In  the  island  of  Leyte  are  the  following : 

Maya,  beginning  in  the  lake  of  Bito  and  falling  into  the 
Pacific  Ocean,  after  a  course  of  31  miles. 

Barauen,  rising  to  the  south  of  the  Dagami  Mountains, 
runs  as  far  as  the  city  of  the  same  name, 

Bito,  starting  from  the  lake  of  the  same  name,  terminates 
near  Abayog. 

Leyte,  starting  from  a  lake  in  the  west  of  Jaro,  falls  into 
the  sea  in  the  Yicinity  of  the  city  of  the  same  name. 

Maasi,  having  a  course  of  more  than  28  miles,  has  its 
origin  in  the  mountain  of  the  extreme  south  of  the  island 
and  terminates  at  GigantigJin. 

Rio  Cantiling,  Tananau,  Amilao,  and  others. 

On  the  Negros  island : 
'  Eio  Danao,  of  great  depth  and  breadth. 

Marianas,  with  a  wide  arm  named  Tanao,  which  falls  into 
the  sea  on  the  northern  coast. 

Hinigaran,  Himamaildn,  and  Hog,  falling  on  the  western 
coast. 

San  Enrique,  Cadiz  Nuevo,  and  several  others. 

In  the  island  of  Cebu  are  the  following : 

BaJumhan,  Gim,  Mananga,  Naga,  and  Sampandn. 

On  the  island  of  Masbate  are : 

Rio  Asit  and  Laudn,  having  their  origin  in  the  Bagasim- 
bahan  Mountains. 

The  island  of  Bohol  has  a  multitude  of  streams,  the  greater 
part  of  which  are  very  short.  Among  others  are  the  fol- 
lowing : 

Manaba,  Masin,  Calidian,  and  Napo. 

The  island  of  Catanduanes  has  very  small  rivers.  The 
most  important  of  them  are : 

Bato,  Himoto,  and  Tinago. 

On  the  island  of  Polillo  are : 

Monleo,  Upata,  and  others. 


J  2  HARBORS — ROADS — CLIM  ATE. 


HARBORS. 


The  immense  coast  line  of  the  islands  contains  a  great  num- 
ber of  good  harbors,  but  as  a  consequence  of  the  exclusive 
policy  of  the  Spanish  Government  in  closing  them  to  foreign 
commerce,  very  little  is  known  except  to  coastwise  naviga- 
tors. Trade  is  confined  chiefly  to  Manila,  Iloilo,  Cebil,  and 
Sual.  Zamboanga,  on  the  island  of  Mindanao,  is  also  an 
open  port. 

The  Bay  of  Manila,  one  of  the  finest  in  the  world,  is  about 
120  miles  in  circumference,  with  very  few  dangers  to  naviga- 
tion.    (See  plan  of  Manila  on  separate  map.) 

There  are  two  long  piers  running  out  from  the  mouth  of 
the  Pasig  River,  one  terminating  iii  a  light-house  and  the 
other  in  a  small  fort.  In  stormy  weather  safe  anchorage  is 
found  off  Cavite  some  S  miles  to  the  southwest  by  water.  At 
that  point  is  found  the  naval  establishment,  including  a. 
marine  railway,  capable  of  taking  from  the  water  vessels  of 
2,000  tons  displacement,  and  a  dock  for  small -vessels. 

Iloilo,  the  second  port  in  importance,  is  on  the  island  of 
Panay,  near  its  southeastern  extremity  and  about  250  miles 
in  a  direct  line  from  Manila.  Well-protected  and  naturally 
good  anchorage  for  large  vessels  is  found  outside  the  mouth 
of  the  Iloilo  River,  but  small  vessels  enter  it  and  discharge 
cargoes  at  the  town  wharves. 


Of  the  interior  roads  little  can  be  said,  and  of  those  run- 
ning along  the  coast  positive  information  is  not  available. 

Roadbeds  are  generally  fair  and  easy  during  the  dry  sea- 
son and  average  about  25  feet  in  width.  Some  are  ditched 
and  graded,  but  very  little  metal  has  been  placed  upon  them, 
and  in  the  wet  season  road  transportation  is  almost  impossi- 
ble. During  the  latter  season  transportation  by  roads  is  car- 
ried on  by  means  of  rude  sledges  drawn  by  buffalo — a  sort  of 
sleighing  on  mud. 

CLIMATE. 

The  extreme  length  of  the  Philippine  group  being  from 
north  to  south,  their  northern  extremitj^  reaching  to  the 
northern  limit  of  the  tropical  zone,  causes  a  considerable 
variety  of  climate.  However,  the  general  characteristics  are 
tropical. 


CLIMATE.  13 

In  the  region  of  Manila  the  hottest  season  is  from  Mart-h  to 
June,  the  greatest  heat  being  felt  in  May  before  the  rains  set 
in,  when  the  maximum  temperature  ranges  from  80°  to  100° 
in  the  shade.  The  coolest  weather  occurs  in  December  and 
January,  when  the  temperature  falls  at  night  to  60°  or  65° 
and  seldom  rises  in  the  day  above  75°.  From  November  to 
February  the  sky  is  bright,  the  atmosphere  cool  and  dry,  and 
the  weather  in  every  way  delightful.  Observations  made  at 
the  Observatorio  Meteorologico  do  Manila  have  been  compiled 
by  the  U.S.  Weather  Bureau,  covering  a  record  of  from  sev- 
enteen to  thirty-two  years,  from  which  the  following  is  an 
extract : 

Temperature,  degrees  F. : 

Mean  annual 80° 

Warmest  month. 82 

Coolest  montli _-     70 

Highest 11)0 

Lowest - - GO 

Humidity : 

Relative  per  cent 78 

Absolute  grains  per  cubic  foot 8.75 

Wind  movements  in  miles : 

Daily  mean -__ -__     134 

Greatest  daily. 204 

Least  daily 95 

Prevailing  wind  direction— NE. ,  November  to  April;  SW.,  May 
to  October. 

Cloudiness,  annual  per  cent 58 

Days  with  rain 135 

Rainfall  ni  inches  : 

Mean  annual 75. 43 

Greatest  monthly 120.98 

Least  monthly _  -  - 55. 65 

The  following  is  the  mean  temperature  for  the  three  seasons, 
at  points  specified : 

Cold.  Hot.  Wet. 

Manila 72'  87'  84 

Cebu .- 75  86'  75° 

Davao. 86'  88'  87' 

Sulu 81'  82'  83° 

Seasons  vary  with  the  prevailing  winds  (monsoons  or  trade 
winds)  and  are  classed  as  "wet"  and  "dry."  There  is  no 
abrupt  change  from  one  to  the  other,  and  between  periods 
there  are  intervals  of  variable  weather. 

The  Spanish  description  of  seasons  is  as  follows: 

Seis  meses  de  lodo — six  months  of  mud. 


14  GALES. 

Seis  meses  de  polvo — six  months  of  dust. 

Seis  iiieses  de  todo — six  months  of  everything. 

The  northern  islands  lie  in  the  track  of  the  tj'phoons  wliich, 
developing  in  the  Pacific,  sweep  over  the  China  Sea  from  NE. 
to  SW.  during  the  southwest  monsoon.  They  may  be  looked 
for  at  any  time  between  May  and  November,  but  it  is  during 
the  months  of  July,  August,  and  September  that  they  are 
most  frequent.  Early  in  the  season  the  northern  region  feels 
the  greatest  force,  but  as  the  season  advances  the  typhoon 
gradually  works  southward  and  the  dangerous  time  at  Manila 
is  about  the  end  of  October  and  the  beginning  of  November. 
Typhoons  rarely,  if  ever,  pass  south  of  9°  N.  latitude.  Some- 
times the  typhoon  is  of  large  diameter  and  travels  slowly,  so 
far  as  progressive  motion  is  concerned ;  at  others  it  is  of  smaller 
dimensions,  and  both  the  circular  and  progressive  motions 
are  more  rapid.  However,  they  are  always  storms  of  terrific 
energy  and  frequently  cause  terrible  destruction  of  crops  and 
property  on  shore  and  of  shipping  at  sea.  Thunderstorms, 
often  of  great  violence,  are  frequent  in  May  and  June,  before 
the  commencement  of  the  rainy  season.  During  July,  August, 
September,  and  October  the  rains  are  very  heavy.  The  rivers 
and  lakes  are  swollen  and  frequently  overflow,  flooding  large 
tracts  of  low  country. 

At  Manila  the  average  rainfall  is  stated  to  he  from  75  to 
120  inches  per  annum,  and  there  the  difference  between  the 
longest  and  shortest  day  is  only  1  hour  47  minutes  and  12 
seconds.  This  rainfall,  immense  though  it  be,  is  small  as 
compared  with  that  of  other  parts  of  the  archipelago ;  e.  g., 
in  Liano,  NE.  of  Mindanao,  the  average  yearly  downpour  is 
142  inches. 

GALES. 

The  gales  of  the  Philippines  may  be  divided  into  three 
classes,  known  by  the  local  names  of  Colla,  Nortada,  and 
Bagnio.  The  Colla  is  a  gale  in  which  the  wind  blows  con- 
stantly from  one  quarter,  but  with  varying  force  and  with 
alternations  of  violent  squalls,  calms,  and  heavy  rains,  usu- 
ally lasting  at  least  three  days ;  these  gales  occur  during  the 
southwest  monsoon  and  their  direction  is  from  the  southwest 
quarter.  The  Nortada  is  distinguished  from  the  Colla,  in 
that  the  direction  is  constant  and  the  force  steady,  without 
the  alternations  of  passing  squalls  and  calms.  The  Nortada 
is  generally  indicative  that  a  tyi")lioon  is  passing  not  very  far 


TYPHOONS.  15 

off.  These  gales  occur  cliieiiy  in  11m'  iioilliri-n  islands,  and 
their  direction,  as  the  name  implies,  is  from  the  northward. 
Baguio  is  the  local  name  for  the  revolving  storm  known  as 
the  typhoon,  which,  heing  the  more  familiar  term,  will  he 
nsed  in  these  notes. 

TVPHOOXS. 

These  storms  have  their  origin  to  the  east  or  to  the  south- 
east of  the  Philippines,  whence  their  course  is  westward, 
with  a  slight  divergence  to  the  north  or  south,  the  average 
direction  appearing  to  be  west  by  north.  They  occur  in  all 
months  of  the  year,  but  the  greater  number  take  place  about 
the  time  of  the  equinoxes.  The  most  violent  ones  occur  at 
the  autumnal  equinox,  and  on  an  average,  two  or  three  occur 
every  year,  and  sometimes  one  follows  another  at  a  very 
short  interval.  It  is  believed  that  when  one  of  these  typhoons 
passes  in  a  high  latitude  in  September  there  will  be  another 
in  r)ctol)er  of  that  year,  and  one  maybe  looked  for  in  Novem- 
ber in  a  lower  latitude.  These  tempests  are  not  encountered 
in  latitudes  below  9°  N.  The  rate  of  progress  of  these  storms 
is  about  13  miles  an  hour;  in  none  of  those  observed  has  it 
exceeded  14  miles  nor  fallen  below  11  miles.  The  diameter 
of  the  exterior  revolving  circle  of  the  storm  varies  from  40 
to  130  miles,  and  the  diameter  of  the  inner  circle,  or  calm 
region,  may  be  estimated  at  from  8  to  15  miles.  The  duration 
of  the  true  typhoon  at  any  one  place  is  never  longer  than  ten 
hours  and  generally  much  less.  These  storms  are  always 
accompanied  by  abundant  rain,  with  low,  dense  clouds,  which 
at  times  limit  the  horizon  to  a  few  yards  distance,  and  are 
generally  accompanied  by  electrical  discharges.  The  barom- 
eter falls  slowly  for  some  days  before  the  typhoon,  then  falls 
rapidly  on  its  near  approach,  and  reaches  its  lowest  when 
the  vortex  is  but  a  little  way  off.  It  then  rises  rapidly  as  the 
vortex  passes  away,  and  then  slowly  when  it  has  gained  some 
distance.  Near  the  vortex  there  are  usually  marked  oscilla- 
tions. The  typhoon  generally  begins  with  a  northerly  wind, 
light  drizzling  rain,  weather  squally  and  threatening,  a  fall- 
ing barometer  and  the  wind  veering  to  the  eastward,  when 
the  observer  is  to  the  northward  of  the  path  of  the  storm, 
and  backing  to  the  westward  when  he  is  to  the  southward  of 
it ;  the  wind  and  rain  increase  as  the  wind  shifts,  and  the 
storm  generally  ends  with  a  southerly  wind  after  abating 
gradually. 


10  TYPHOONS. 

Tlie  following  warnings  of  tlie  approach,  of  a  typhoon,  and 
directions  for  avoiding  the  most  daugerons  part  of  it,  are 
taken  from  tlie  China  Sea  Directory :  The  earliest  signs  of  a 
typhoon  are  clouds  of  a  cirrus  type,  looking  like  fine  hair, 
feathers,  or  small  white  tufts  of  wool,  traveling  from  east  or 
north,  a  slight  rise  in  the  barometer,  clear  and  dry  weather, 
and  light  winds.  These  signs  are  followed  by  the  usual  ugly 
and  threatening  appearance  of  the  weather  which  forebodes 
most  storms,  and  the  increasing  number  and  severity  of  the 
gusts  with  the  rising  of  the  wind.  In  some  cases  one  of  the 
earliest  signs  is  a  long  heavy  swell  and  confused  sea,  which 
comes  from  the  direction  in  which  the  storm  is  approaching, 
and  travels  more  rapidly  than  the  storm's  center.  The  best 
and  surest  of  all  warnings,  however,  will  be  found  in  the 
barometer.  In  every  case  there  is  great  barometric  disturb- 
ance. Accordingly,  if  the  barometer  falls  rapidly,  or  even 
if  the  regularity  of  its  diurnal  variation  be  interrupted,  dan- 
ger may  be  apprehended.  No  positive  rule  can  be  given  as  to 
the  amount  of  depression  to  be  expected,  but  at  the  center  of 
some  of  the  storms  the  barometer  is  said  to  stand  fully  2  inches 
lower  than  outside  the  storm  field.  The  average  barometric 
gradient,  near  the  vortex  of  the  most  violent  of  these  storms, 
is  said  to  be  rather  more  than  1  inch  in  50  nautical  miles.  As 
the  center  of  the  storm  is  approached  the  more  rapid  become 
the  changes  of  wind,  until  at  length,  instead  of  its  direction 
altering  gradually,  as  is  the  case  on  first  entering  the  storm 
field,  the  wind  flies  around  at  once  to  the  opposite  point,  the 
sea  meanwhile  breaking  into  mountainous  and  confused  heaps. 
There  are  many  instances  on  record  of  the  wind  suddenly  fall- 
ing in  the  vortex  and  the  clouds  dispersing  for  a  short  inter- 
val, though  the  wind  soon  blows  again  with  renewed  fury. 

In  the  northern  hemisphere  when  the  falling  barometer  and 
other  signs  create  suspicion  that  a  typhoon  is  approaching, 
facing  the  wind  and  taking  10  or  12  points  to  the  right  of  it, 
will  give  the  approximate  bearing  of  its  center.  Thus,  with 
the  wind  NE.,  the  center  will  probably  be  from  S.  to  SSE.  of 
the  observer's  position.  However,  it  is  difficult  to  estimate  the 
center  of  the  vortex  from  any  given  point.  This  j)artly  arises 
from  the  uncertainty  as  to  the  relation  between  the  bearing 
of  the  center  and  the  direction  of  tlie  wind,  and  greatly  from 
there  being  no  means  of  knowing  whether  the  storm  be  of 
large  or  small  dimensions.    If  the  barometer  falls  slowly,  and 


CUKKENTS.  17 

the  weather  grows  worse  only  grcidiially,  it  is  reasonable  to 
suppose  that  the  storm  center  is  distant;  and  conversely,  with 
a  rapidly  falling  barometer  and  increasing  bad  weather  the 
center  may  be  supposed  to  be  approaching  dangerously  near. 

Practical  Rules. — When  in  the  region  and  in  the  season 
of  revolving  storms,  be  on  the  watch  for  premonitory  signs. 
Constantly  observe  and  carefully  record  the  barometer. 

When  on  sea  and  there  are  indications  of  a  typhoon  being 
near,  heave  to  and  carefully  observe  and  record  the  changes 
of  the  barometer  and  w^ind,  so  as  to  find  the  bearing  of  the 
center,  and  ascertain  by  the  shift  of  the  wind  in  which  semi- 
circle the  vessel  is  situated.  Much  will  often  depend  upon 
heaving  to  in  time.  When,  after  careful  observation,  there 
is  reason  to  believe  that  the  center  of  the  typhoon  is  approach- 
ing, the  following  rules  should  be  followed  in  determining 
whether  to  remain  hove  to  or  not,  and  the  tack  on  which  to 
remain  hove  to : 

In  the  northern  hemisphere,  if  in  the  right-hand  semicircle, 
heave  to  on  the  starboard  tack.  If  in  the  left-hand  semicircle, 
run,  keeping  the  wind  if  possil)le,  on  the  starboard  quarter, 
and  when  the  barometer  rises,  if  necessary  to  keep  the  ship 
from  going  too  far  from  the  proper  course,  heave  to  on  the 
]3ort  tack.  When  the  vessel  lies  in  the  direct  line  of  advance 
of  the  storm — which  position  is,  as  previously  observed,  the 
most  dangerous  of  all — run  with  the  wind  on  the  starboard 
quarter.  In  all  cases  increase  as  soon  as  possible  the  distance 
from  the  center,  bearing  in  mind  that  the  whole  storm  field 
is  advancing. 

In  receding  from  the  center  of  a  typhoon  the  barometer  will 
rise  and  the  wind  and  sea  subside.  It  should  be  remarked 
that  in  some  cases  a  vessel  may,  if  the  storm  be  traveling 
slowly,  sail  from  the  dangerous  semicircle  across  the  front  of 
the  storm,  and  thus  out  of  its  influence.  But  as  the  rate  at 
which  the  storm  is  traveling  is  quite  uncertain,  this  is  a 
hazardous  proceeding,  and  before  attempting  to  cross  the  sea- 
man should  hesitate  and  carefully  consider  all  the  circum- 
stances of  the  case,  observing  particularly  the  rate  at  which 
the  barometer  is  falling. 

CURRENTS. 

The  waters  of  the  Pacific  Ocean  between  the  parallels  of 
26°  S.  and  24^  N.  have  a  regular  motion  from  east  to  >vest, 
which  is  known  as  the  equatorial  current.     This,  at  a  little 


18  CURRENTS. 

to  the  nortliward  of  tlie  Equator,  a])pears  to  be  divided  into 
the  north  and  south  equatorial  currents  by  the  equatorial 
countercurrent,  a  stream  flowing  from  west  to  east  through- 
out tlie  Pacific  Ocean.  The  currents  in  the  western  part  of 
the  Pacific,  to  the  nortliward  of  the  Equator,  are  affected  by 
the  monsoons,  and  to  the  southward  of  the  Equator  they  are 
deflected  by  the  coast  of  Australia. 

The  trade  drift,  which  flows  to  the  westward  between  the 
parallels  of  9°  and  20°  N.,  on  reaching  the  eastern  shores  of 
the  Philippine  Islands  again  turns  to  the  northward,  forming 
near  the  northern  limit  of  that  group  the  commencement  of 
the  Japan  stream.  The  main  body  of  the  current  then  flows 
along  the  east  coast  of  Formosa,  and  from  that  island  pur- 
sues a  northeasterly  course  through  the  chain  of  islands  lying 
between  Formosa  and  Japan ;  and  sweeping  along  the  south- 
eastern coast  of  Japan  in  the  same  general  direction,  it  is 
known  to  reach  the  parallel  of  50°  N".  The  limits  and  velocity 
of  "the  Japan  stream  are  considerably  influenced  by  the  mon- 
soons in  the  China  Sea,  and  by  the  prevailing  winds  in  the 
corresponding  seasons  in  the  Yellow  and  Japan  seas;  also  by 
the  various  drift  currents  which  these  periodic  winds  produce. 

Current  East  of  Mindanao. — Alternate  currents,  depend- 
ent upon  the  prevailing  monsoon,  exist  between  the  Equator 
and  the  southern  limit  of  the  northern  equatorial  current,  and 
from  the  meridian  of  142°  E.  to  the  Philippine  Islands.  These 
are  sometimes  called  the  currents  of  the  Caroline  monsoons, 
because  the  maximum  speed  of  this  current  toward  the  NE. 
and  ENE.  is  observed  a  little  to  the  westward  of  the  Caro- 
line Islands  during  the  southwest  monsoon  (from  June  to 
October) ;  but  during  the  NE.  monsoon  (October  to  May)  the 
current  sets  to  SW.  and  WSW.,  and  forms  a  prolongation  of 
the  northern  equatorial  current. 

Equatorial  Countercurrent. — This  countercurrent  is 
an  irregular  stream,  setting  toward  the  east.  It  is  about  300 
miles  wide  and  lies  between  the  northern  and  southern  equa- 
torial currents.  Though  the  limits  of  the  countercurrent  are 
imperfectly  defined,  it  appears  to  be  comprised  between  the 
Ec[uator  and  the  parallel  0°  N. ;  the  greatest  width  of  its  bed 
is  never  more  than  5°  of  latitude.  In  the  eastern  part  of  the 
Pacific  it  generally  keeps  between  5°  and  8°  N".,  while  in  the 
Central  Pacific  it  is  generally  nearer  the  Equator.  It  sets 
toward  the  east  with  a  speed  of  sometimes  24-  miles  an  hour, 


TIDES.  19 

but  its  rate  is  ordinarily  nuu-li  less,  the  mean  speed  being 
about  half  a  mile. 

China  Sea  Currents. — The  currents  of  the  China  Sea 
appear  to  be  caused  by  the  wind ;  during  the  NE.  monsoon 
they  trend  generally  to  the  SW.,  and  during  the  SW.  mon- 
soon to  the  NE.  During  the  NE.  monsoon  a  counter  current 
often  flows  to  the  NE.,  and  north  on  the  northwest  coast  of 
Borneo.  The  countercurrent  can  often  be  utilized  while  beat- 
ing up  the  China  Sea  against  the  monsoon. 

SuLU  Sea. — During  the  northeast  monsoon  in  the  Sulu  Sea 
the  current  runs  regularly  in  the  direction  of  the  wind,  and 
varies  in  force  according  to  the  strength  of  the  wind.  In  the 
early  months  of  this  monsoon,  when  the  wind  blows  strongest, 
the  current  runs  with  the  velocity  of  a  mile  an  hour,  decreas- 
ing to  about  half  a  mile  an  hour  in  May.  In  June  the  current 
reverses  with  the  wind. 

TIDES. 

Among  the  Philippine  Islands,  when  the  sun  has  north  decli- 
nation, the  higher  tides  about  spring  occur  during  the  day, 
and  when  it  has  south  declination,  during  the  night. 

The  mean  tide  level  on  the  different  coasts  varies  during  the 
year;  on  the  coast  of  Luzon  it  is  lowest  in  February  and 
highest  in  August. 

On  the  coast  of  Luzon,  on  the  island  of  Palawan,  and  on 
the  northern  part  of  Borneo,  it  is  high  water,  full  and  change, 
between  '.)  hours  and  30  minutes  and  11  hours ;  rises  3  to  6  feet. 
In  the  northern  part  of  the  Sulu  Sea,  Iloilo,  and  Cebil,  and  on 
the  NE.  coast  of  Borneo,  it  is  between  11  hours  and  30  minutes 
and  12  hours. 

In  the  straits  of  San  Bernardino  and  Surigao,  on  the  south 
coast  of  Mindanao,  and  in  the  Sulu  Archipelago,  the  tidal 
wave  arrives  from  6  hours  to  8  hours ;  in  the  Celebes  Sea,  from 
5  hours  to  6  hours ;  rise  (J  to  7  feet. 

At  Manila,  Iloilo,  Surigao  Straits,  and  Balabac,  two  or  three 
days  after  the  moon  has  crossed  the  Equator,  two  high  and 
two  low  tides  are  observed  in  the  twenty-four  hours,  of  nearly 
equal  amplitude ;  during  the  following  days  one  tide  increases 
in  amplitude  and  the  other  decreases,  until  but  one  occurs  in 
twenty-four  hours. 

Two  or  three  days  after  the  moon  has  attained  its  greatest 
declination,  either  north  or  south,  the  single  tide  that  exists 
attains  its  maximum.     It  then  decreases  in  amplitude  with 


20  POPULATION    AND    INHABITANTS. 

the  declination  of  the  moon ;  soon  a  second  tide  appears,  the 
amplitude  of  which  increases  as  the  other  lessens,  and  the  two 
tides  are  equal  two  or  three  days  after  the  moon  has  recrossed 
the  Equator;  then  the  first  continues  to  lessen  while  the 
second  increases  until  again  there  is  but  one  tide  in  the  twenty- 
four  hours.  There  can  hardly  be  said  to  be  a  regular  "estab- 
lishment," as  it  varies  daily  for  each  of  the  two  diurnal  tides 
according  to  the  positions  of  sun  and  moon. 

The  tides  on  the  south  coast  of  Mindanao  present  tlie  fol- 
lowing peculiarities:  The  diurnal  wave  is  propagated  more 
slowly  than  the  semidiurnal,  and  increases  in  amplitude  on 
advancing  from  Davao  to  Basilan  Strait,  whilst  the  semidiur- 
nal wave  decreases  in  amplitude.  The  diurnal  inequality 
makes  itself  very  apparent  in  the  heights  of  the  flood  tides, 
and  in  the  hours  of  low  tides,  and  is  but  little  apparent  in  the 
height  of  the  low  tides  and  the  hours  of  the  flood  tide. 

As  a  result  of  these  laws  and  of  the  values  of  the  diurnal 
inequalities,  there  are  at  Davao  and  Palak  always  two  tides 
daily,  except  at  the  time  of  certain  equinoctial  quarters  when 
the  moon  has  a  maximum  declination.  At  Zamboanga  there 
will  generally  be  two  tides  a  day,  but  one  only  at  every  equi- 
noctial quarter.  At  Isabela  the  difference  is  more  marked; 
there  are  some  years  in  which  the  number  of  days  ha^'ing  but 
one  tide  in  twenty-four  hours  exceeds  the  number  of  days 
having  two  tides.  In  all  cases,  however,  there  are  always  two 
equal  tides  in  twenty-four  hours,  one  or  two  days  after  the 
mo6n  has  passed  the  Equator. 

In  the  course  of  one  day  the  higher  tide,  when  there  are  two, 
and  the  single  high  tide,  when  there  is  only  one  in  the  day,  is 
that  which  immediately  follows  the  hour  of  the  moon's  supe- 
rior, or  inferior,  transit,  according  as  her  declination  is  south 
or  north. 

POPULATION    AND    INHABITANTS. 

Spanish  statistics  are  notoriously  unreliable,  and  no  accu- 
rate census  has  ever  been  taken,  but  the  jDopulation  has  been 
estimated  at  about  8,000,000,  of  which  the  bulk  is  of  Malay 
origin.  On  first  arrival  the  Spaniards  found  a  part  of  the 
natives  somewhat  civilized;  but  while  they  had  a  Avritten 
language,  of  which  some  specimens  have  been  preserved,  it 
was  of  no  value  in  throwing  light  upon  their  early  history, 
and  their  traditions  are  very  few.  As  in  Mexico  and  Central 
America,  the  Spanish  priests  have  been  only  too  successful  in 


POPULATION    AND    INHABITANTS.  21 

their  efforts  to  extirpate  all  mytliological  and  other  lore.  The 
treatment  of  the  inhabitants  has  been  more  merciful,  how- 
ever, than  in  the  western  possessions. 

The  Philippine  Malays  are  a  superior  race  to  many  other 
Asiatic  peoples;  orderly,  amiable,  courteous,  honest,  and 
exceedingly^  superstitious,  they  are  easilj''  influenced  upon 
profession  of  Christianity.  Like  most  tropical  people,  tlieir 
efforts  are  intermittent  rather  than  steady ;  their  wants  are 
readily  provided  for,  and  they  take  life  easy.  The  inhabi- 
tants of  the  island  are  composed  of  the  most  diverse  mixtures 
of  races,  including  Malays,  Aetas,  Negritos,  pure  blacks,  Chi- 
nese, Japanese,  Indios,  Moors,  Europeans,  and  mixtures  of 
each  with  the  others.  There  are  nearly  as  many  different 
tribes  as  there  are  islands,  and  it  is  said  that  500  languages 
and  dialects  are  spoken  in  the  islands  at  the  present  day. 
The  inhabitants  are  generally  tractable  and  amenable  to  gov- 
ernment, and  generally  not  hostile  to  foreigners.  In  the  inac- 
cessible parts  of  the  island  there  are  still  tribes  of  unsubdued 
savages,  whose  number  is  estimated  at  about  602,000.  Fond 
of  music,  dancing,  and  amusements  of  all  kinds,  they  are 
born  gamblers,  and  cock  fighting  is  their  greatest  passion. 
Every  town  has  its  cockpit,  and  in  the  largest  the  spectators 
may  be  numbered  by  thousands.  This  amusement  is  heavily 
taxed  liy  the  Spaniards,  and  advantage  is  taken  of  the  taste 
for  gambling  b}'  running  a  lottery  for  the  benefit  of  the  gov- 
ernment. 

Probably  not  more  than  fifteen  or  twenty  thousand  Span- 
iards, or  people  of  pure  Spanish  blood,  are  permanent  resi- 
dents, and  the  number  of  other  foreigners  is  not  large.  The 
majority  of  these  are  at  Manila,  where  the  English  have 
established  a  club  in  the  suburbs,  which  has  become  the  cen- 
ter of  foreign  social  intercourse. 

Without  doubt,  the  most  primitive  of  the  Philippine  peo- 
ples are  the  Aetas,  or  Negritos,  a  race  of  blacks  of  almost 
dwarfish  stature.  They  are  believed  to  be,  and  with  good 
reason,  the  true  aborigines  of  the  islands,  who,  even  at  the 
time  of  the  early  SiDanish  conquest,  had  begun  to  go  to  the 
wall  under  the  fierce  struggle  for  existence  with  the  encroach- 
ing Malay  tribes.  At  present  they  are  well  nigh  extinct,  and 
promise  to  become  entirelj^  so.  These  people  are  confined  to 
the  higher  mountain  ranges  in  Luzon  and  Negros,  although  a 
few  are  found  in  Mindanao. 


22  AC4KI('ULTURE — VEGETABLES — ANIMALS. 

AGRICULTURE,   MANUFACTURE,   AND    TRADE. 

The  soil  i.s  most  fertile,  but  agriculture  almost  wholly  un- 
developed. The  people  are  skillful  weavers  of  cotton  and 
silk;  they  tan  leather,  excel  in  sliipljuilding,  and  make  good 
wagons  and  carts, 

VEGETABLE    KINGDOM. 

The  Philippines  are  very  rich  in  woods ;  ebony,  cedar,  iron- 
wood,  sapan  wood,  logwood,  and  gum  trees  abound.  Gutta- 
percha is  found  in  certain  localities.  Cocos  nucifera  is  of 
great  value,  trunk,  branches,  leaves,  fruit,  shell,  and  husk 
being  used.  Bamboo  and  areca  palm  are  abundant  and  of 
great  utility.  Two  woods,  the  "banava"  and  the  "malave," 
resist  the  destructive  action  of  water  for  centuries.  Many 
plants  have  medicinal  value,  others  (the  "camansi"  and  the 
"tabuyog")  are  poisonous.  Mangoes,  plantains,  jack  fruits, 
and  the  Malayan  fruits  are  met  with.  Rice  is  the  staple  food, 
but  often  not  enough  is  raised  to  supply  the  demand.  Pota- 
toes, peas,  and  even  wheat  are  raised  in  the  higher  localities. 

ANIMAL    KINGDOM. 

Deer  abound  in  the  thickets  of  all  the  islands ;  flesh  very 
nutritious.  There  are  also  many  buffalo  ("caravaos")  and 
wild  horses.  The  buffalo,  called  "karbo"  by  the  Malays,  is 
the  great  beast  of  burden.  It  is  very  strong,  and  docile  if 
domesticated,  but  dangerous  in  the  wild  state.  The  Philip- 
pine horse  is  small  and  of  poor  appearance,  but  it  is  a  strong 
and  sturdy  animal.  Fine  specimens  sell  for  $100  to  $150;  $15 
or  $20  will  buy  a  pair  for  draft  purposes.  The  bull  (of  Spanish 
origin)  has  propagated  his  species  very  numerously,  and  is 
found  wild.  There  are  various  kinds  of  monkeys,  mountain 
cats,  and  the  "nasigan,"  a  small  quadruped  that  is  death  to 
rats. 

Among  reptiles  are  found  the  "l)oa"  or  "culebra  casera," 
the  python,  and  the  terrible  "dehenpalay."  The  bite  of  the 
latter  is  almost  instantly  fatal ;  it  is  a  short  and  slender  snake, 
similar  in  appearance  to  a  rice  leaf. 

Of  birds  there  are  infinite  species.  Fish  abound  in  the  seas, 
lakes,  and  rivers ;  sharks  and  alligators  are  found  in  the  seas. 
Swampy  and  damp  localities  swarm  with  insects,  the  mosquito 
being  conspicuous.  The  "anay,"asort  of  ant,  destroys  all 
wood  except  the  "molane"  with  astonishing  rapidity. 


MINERLAS — TRADE.  23 

MINERALS. 

From  what  is  known  of  the  niinerah)gy  of  the  islands, 
there  is  no  doubt  that  a  scientitic  geological  survey  would 
prove  that  they  are  rich  in  ore  deposits  of  many  kinds.  ( Jold 
is  found,  especially  in  the  mountainous  districts  of  Luzon 
and  on  the  islands  of  Mindanao  and  Mindoro.  In  spite  of 
promising  fields,  the  Spaniards  have  neither  taken  measures 
to  i)rosecute  a  search  for  it,  nor  attempted  the  application  of 
modern  scientific  means  to  obtain  profitable  results  from  the 
present  workings. 

It  is  not  believed  that  true  coal  is  to  be  found  in  large 
deposits.'  The  beds  that  have  been  worked  on  the  islands  of 
Cebii  and  Masbate  consist  of  lignite  of  very  good  quality. 
The  Masbate  beds  are  near  the  beach;  are  tilted  so  as  to  form 
about  TO"  with  the  horizon,  and,  roughly  estimated,  will  yield 
about  20,000  tons  to  the  acre.  Iron  ore  of  excellent  quality 
is  abundant,  but  from  lack  of  means  of  transportation  and 
machinery,  it  has,  so  far,  been  found  cheaper  to  depend  upon 
importation.  Rich  deposits  of  copper  exist,  and  galena  and 
zinc  blendes  have  been  found.  Sulphur  is  found  in  the 
vicinity  of  many  of  the  ancient  volcanoes,  and  in  quantities 
that  would  prove  profitable,  could  transportation  facilities  be 
obtained. 

TRADE. 

Early  commerce  with  the  world  was  greatly  restricted  by 
the  efforts  of  Spain  to  secure  a  monopoly  of  her  subjects.  It 
was  not  until  1809  that  the  first  English  firm  obtained  per- 
mission to  establish  a  business  house  in  Manila.  In  1814  this 
permission  was  more  general.  It  is,  however,  only  since  1834 
that  greater  freedom  of  intercourse  and  larger  introduction 
of  foreign  capital  and  methods  have  materially  affected  the 
development  of  natural  resources. 

Internal  commerce,  as  well  as  foreign  trade,  suffers  from 
lack  of  facilities  for  transportation.  This  is  marked  during 
the  rainy  season,  when  coasting  is  dangerous  and  land  car- 
riage impeded  by  bad  roads  and  the  swollen  condition  of  the 
streams.  But  one  railroad  has  been  built,  running  from 
Manila  to  Pangasinan  (123  miles).  A  single  track  road,  it  is 
of  substantial  construction,  and  connects  the  capital  with  the 
rice-growing;  districts. 


34  EXPORTS. 


The  principal  staples  of  export  are  tobacco  (manufactured 
and  raw),  manila  hemp,  sugar  cane,  coffee,  and  cocoa.  The 
principal  manufactures  consist  of  a  variety  of  textile  fabrics, 
hats,  mats,  baskets,  ropes,  furniture,  coarse  pottery,  carriages, 
and  musical  instruments. 

Extracts  from  the  Consular  Reports  (June,  1808). — 
During  the  quarter  ending  December  31,  1897,  there  were 
exported  from  these  islands  to  the  United  States  and  Great 
Britain  216,8it8  bales  of  hemp  (280  pounds  per  bale),  of  which 
138,792  bales  went  to  the  United  States  and  78,106  bales  to 
Great  Britain.  Du^ring  the  year  1897  there  was  an  increase 
in  the  export  of  hemp  from  the  Philippines  to  continental 
Europe  of  19,741  bales;  to  Australia,  2,192  bales;  to  China, 
28  bales;  to  Japan,  2,028  bales,  and  to  the  United  States 
133,896  bales — a  total  increase  of  158,4:85  bales,  while  to 
Great  Britain,  there  was  a  decrease  of  22,348  bales.  Thus, 
of  increased  shipments  from  the  Philippines,  those  to  the 
United  States  were  544  per  cent  greater  than  to  all  other 
countries  combined.  Of  the  total  exj)orts  of  hemp  from 
the  Philippines  for  the  ten  years  ended  1897,  amounting  to 
6,528,965  bales  (914,055  tons),  41  per  cent  went  to  the  United 
States. 

During  the  same  years  the  Philippine  Islands  exported  to 
the  United  States  and  to  Europe  1,582,904  tons  of  sugar,  of 
which  875,150  tons  went  to  the  United  States,  066,391  tons  to 
Great  Britain,  and  41,362  tons  to  continental  Europe;  show- 
ing that  of  the  total  exports  more  than  55  per  cent  went  to 
the  United  States. 

At  the  current  values,  in  New  York,  of  hemp  (4  cents  per 
pound)  and  of  raw  sugar  (3|  cents  per  pound),  the  exports  of 
these  two  products  alone  from  these  islands  to  the  United 
States  during  the  ten  years  under  review  amounted  to 
$89,263,722.80,  or  an  average  of  nearly  $8,926,372  per  year. 

Data  as  to  cigars,  tobacco,  copra,  woods,  hides,  shells,  indigo, 
coffee,  etc.,  are  not  now  obtainable,  but  a  conservative  esti- 
mate would  so  raise  the  above  figures  as  to  show  United  States 
imports  from  these  islands  to  average  about  $1,000,000  per 
month.  To-day  there  are  authenticated  invoices  for  exporl^ 
to  the  United  States  amounting  to  $138,066.12. 


IMPORTS — REVENUE — (( ).MMUNIC'ATI()NS.  25 


Tlie  following  statement  of  the  general  trade  of  tlie  Philip- 
pine Islands  is  taken  from  the  "Review  of  the  World's  Com- 
merce," 180G-'97,  soon  to  be  published  by  the  Bureau  of  For- 
eign Commerce.  According  to  a  British  Foreign  Office  report 
(No.  103-^,  annual  series,  1897),  the  total  imports  into  the 
islands  in  1890  were  valued  at  -SIO, 031,250,  and  the  exports  at 
$20,175,000.  The  trade  "with  several  of  the  most  important 
countries,  compiled  from  the  respective  official  statistics,  was: 


Country.  |  Imports.  Exports 


Great  Britain §2,467,090  $7,467,500 

Germany-- I  744,928'  223.700 

France-- I  1,794,900  1  1,987.900 

Belgium I  272,240!  45.660 

United  States-.- '  162,446  4,982,857 

China 103,680  13.770 

Japan*--- !  98,782  1,387,909 

*In  1897. 

The  chief  imports  are  rice,  flour,  dress  goods,  wines,  coal, 
and  petroleum. 

REVENUE. 

The  public  revenue  is  about  812,000,000  per  annum,  of  which 
the  larger  part  is  raised  from  direct  taxation,  customs,  monop- 
olies, and  lotteries.  For  the  imposition  and  collection  of  taxes 
Spanish  ingenuit}^  has  been  exercised  to  the  utmost,  but  the 
basis  of  the  financial  system  in  the  Philippines  is  the  poll  tax, 
which  every  adult  under  sixty  years  of  age,  male  or  female, 
has  to  pay.  There  is  no  export  duty  on  tobacco,  but  almost 
every  article  of  import  is  heavily  taxed.  On  muslin  and 
petroleum  the  duty  is  about  100  per  cent  of  cost. 

COMMUNICATIONS. 

Manila  is  connected  with  Hongkong  l:>y  cable  and  Ity  line 
of  steamers.  There  is  a  line  running  from  Manila  to  Liver- 
pool, known  as  the  Compaiiia  Transatlantica,  which  has 
three  large  steamers  averaging  4,500  tons  and  about  4,000 
horsepower  each.  The  average  speed  is  about  12  knots. 
This  line  maintains  a  monthly  service  to  Europe,  calling  at 
Singapore,  Colombo,  Aden,  Suez,  Port  Said,   and  Barcelona. 


26  COMMUNICATIONS. 

It  is  reported  that  another  line  has  been  formed  in  Spain  to 
compete  with  the  above  line.  Also  fonr  lines  of  steamers 
between  Manila  and  Hongkong  (names  not  given.) 

Many  local  lines  of  steamers  ply  between  Manila  and  the 
provinces,  the  largest  being  the  Compaiiia  Maritima,  which 
has  28  steamers  with  a  total  of  25,000  tons,  (In  northeast 
monsoon  leave  about  10  a.  m. ;  southwest  monsoon,  4  p.  m.) 
Ynchansta  &  Co.  have  two  small  steamers  of  1,000  tons;  S. 
P.  Yanger,  one  small  steamer  of  500  tons;  De  la  Rama  & 
Bros. ,  three  small  steamers  (coasters)  of  500  tons ;  and  Arm- 
strong &  Sloan,  three  small  coasters  of  400  tons.  The  usual 
points  touched  by  these  steamers  include  all  the  ports  in  the 
Philippine  group;  also  the  Caroline  and  Mariana  Islands. 
Nearly  all  ships  were  built  in  England  and  are  strong 
and  well  adapted  to  the  trade.  They  are  not  fast,  seldom 
exceeding  12  knots  per  hour,  but  are  fitted  with  latest  im- 
provements. 

Philippine  Line. — Compaiiia  Transatlantica  de  Barcelona 
line  of  the  Philippines  extension,  Iloilo,  Cebii,  and  combina- 
tions to  Gulf  of  Persia,  east  coast  of  Africa,  India,  China, 
Japan,  and  Australia,  makes  thirteen  trips  annually,  leaving 
Barcelona  every  fourth  Saturday,  beginning  January  1,  1898, 
and  from  Manila  every  fourth  Thursday,  beginning  January 
20,  1898. 

The  Spanish  mail  steamers  in  the  Philippines  prior  to  the 
naval  battle  of  Manila  were  the  following : 

The  Spanish  steamer  Elcano,  or  another  boat  belonging  to 
the  Compania  Maritima,  leaves  Manila  for  Singaj)ore  every 
twenty-eight  days,  in  connection  with  French  mail  steamers 
returning  homeward  with  mails  after  arrival  of  outward 
steamer. 

The  Spanish  Royal  Mail  Line  from  Manila  direct  to  Barce- 
lona, calling  at  Singapore,  Colombo,  Aden,  and  Port  Said, 
also  leaves  Manila  every  twenty-eight  days.  During  the 
southwest  monsoon  the  boats  do  not  always  call  at  Colombo. 

The  North  Luzon  Line  is  from  Manila  to  Subic,  OlangajDO 
(the  north  arsenal,  and  where  the  large  floating  dock  is  to  be 
erected),  Bolinao,  San  Fernando,  Croayan,  and  Currimas  (all 
these  on  the  west  coast  of  Luzon  and  Aparri,  entrance  to  Rio 
Grande  in  the  extreme  north  of  Luzon). 

The  South  Luzon  Line  runs  from  Manila  to  Batangas, 
Calapan,  Laguimanos,  Passacao,  Donsol,  Sorsogon,  Legaspi, 
and  Tabaco. 


ADMINISTRATION.  37 

The  Soutlieast  Line  runs  from  Manila  to  Romolon,  Cri)!!, 
Cabolian,  Surigao,  Camiguin,  Cagayan  de  Misaniis,  Iligan, 
Hariholioe,  Bais,  Duniaguete.  and  Iloilo. 

The  Southwest  Line  runs  from  Manihi  to  Iloilo,  Zamboanga, 
Isabela  de  Baslin,  lolo  (Sula)  Siassi,  Tataan,  Bongao,  Parang 
Parang,  Cottabato,  Glan,  Sarangani,  Dayas,  Matti,  Lebak, 
and  St.  Maria. 

These  steamers  return  to  Manila  from  eight  to  ten  days 
after  leaving ;  local  steamers  for  the  neighboring  islands  leave 
nearly  every  day.  Manila  is  7,050  nautical  miles  from  San 
Francisco,  and  9,465  nautical  miles  from  Cadiz. 

ADMINISTRATION. 

In  Madrid  there  is  a  council  of  state  for  the  Philippines, 
which  has  in  charge  the  interests  of  the  colony  and  acts  as  an 
advisory  board  to  the  Minister  of  the  Colonies.  At  Manila 
the  administration  of  the  government  has  for  its  head  and 
chief  a  Governor  General,  who  is  at  the  same  time  Captain 
General,  Director  and  Inspector  General  of  all  arms  and  in- 
stitutes; this  authority  is  also  delegated  Superintendent  of 
Finances,  President  of  the  Administrative  Council  of  the 
Ayuntamiento,  Protector  of  the  Spanish  Bank  and  of  the 
Economical  Society  of  the  Friends  of  the  Country,  Subdele- 
gate  of  Postal  Service,  "Vice-Real  Patrono,"  etc.  Next  to 
the  captain  generalship  of  Cuba,  this  is  the  most  important 
and  lucrative  post  at  the  disposal  of  the  home  Government. 
This  jurisdiction  also  extends  over  the  Mariana  or  Ladrone 
Islands,  the  Carolines,  and  the  Pelew  Islands. 

There  is  also  a  Lieutenant-Governor,  who  takes  the  place  of 
the  Captain-General  in  case  of  his  death,  and  a  council  in 
Manila,  which  has  a  voice  in  all  questions  concerning  the  in- 
ternal affairs  of  the  island.  The  archbishop  also  exerts  con- 
siderable power,  and  the  ecclesiastical  authority  is  interwoven 
in  all  tlie  machinery  of  government. 

The  islands  are  divided  into  four  jn'ovinces  and  four  mili- 
tary districts,  and  are  governed  by  i)olitico-military  com- 
manders. 

The  first  exercise  governmental  jurisdiction,  ordinary  juris- 
diction in  first  instance  falling  to  the  charge  of  the  mayor 
alcaldes,  who  must  be  educated  men ;  the  second  exercise  by 
themselves  governmental  and  legal  jurisdiction  in  first  in- 
stance, and  all  are  captains  in  Avar.     The  province  of  Manila 


28  MILITARY    AND    POLITICAL    DIVISKJNS. 

has  a  different  organization.  Tliere  have  been  created  for 
Visayas  and  Mindanao  two  politico-military,  central  govern- 
ments of  the  brigadier  class,  by  royal  decree  of  July  30,  1860. 
Each  province  is  subdivided  into  pueblos  (towns)  more  or  less 
numerous,  and  each  one  has  a  petty  governor  (gobernador- 
cillo),  with  othei'  ministers  of  justice,  whose  number  is  not 
fixed  and  who  discharge  various  duties.  In  some  pueblos, 
when  permitted  by  the  government,  a  separate  society  or 
gaild  is  formed  with  goberuadorcillos  and  officers  of  justice 
selected  from  the  same.  The  goberuadorcillos  have  in 
their  jDueblo  the  entire  municipal  charge  belonging  to  the 
authority  conferred  upon  them  by  their  appointment,  with 
the  special  obligation  of  aiding  the  parish  jjriests  in  every- 
thing relating  to  worship  and  the  observance  of  religious  pre- 
cepts; in  civil  cases  they  have  priority  over  judges  up  to  the 
value  of  3  taels,  or  44  pesos ;  in  criminal  cases  they  proceed 
to  the  formation  of  a  summary  court,  with  which  they  ac- 
count to  the  chief  of  the  province ;  they  are  obliged  to  attend 
to  collections  on  the  royal  account  and  others  dictated  by 
the  ordinances  of  a  good  government,  and  they  are  i^ermitted 
to  collect  certain  duties  which  are  fixed  in  their  own  titles. 

In  each  pueblo  there  are  also  other  officials  called  Cabezas 
de  Barangay.  Each  Cabeza  is  charged  with  the  collection  of 
45  or  50  tributes  from  the  same  number  of  families ;  he  must 
reside  in  the  same  ward  or  street  with  them,  look  after  the 
good  order  and  harmony  of  the  i^eople  under  him,  distribute 
among  them  the  duties  which  are  to  be  shared  in  common,  set- 
tle their  differences  and  collect  their  tribute,  which  he  after- 
wards delivers  to  the  gobernadorcillo,  or  to  the  administrator 
of  the  province  through  the  proper  channels.  The  Cabezas, 
by  virtue  of  their  office,  are  attorneys  of  their  "barangais" 
(families  under  them)  in  all  business  affairs  that  occur  in  the 
community. 

A  counter  admiral  of  the  national  navy  is  chief  of  all  the 
naval  forces  of  the  archipelago.  Ecclesiastical  matters  depend 
upon  the  Archbishop  of  Manila. 

MILITARY    AND    POLITICAL    DIVISIONS. 

The  following  table,  published  in  Manila  by  the  Governor 
General,  in  18T3,  will  show  the  territorial  division  of  the 
islands  into  politico-military  governments,  alcaldias  mayores, 
and  politico-military  commands: 


MILITAKY    AND    POLITICAL    DIVISIONS. 


29 


North  of  Mauila: 

Manila 

Bulacaii 

NiievaEcija - 

District  of  Principe. 

Nneva  Vizcaya 

Lalsabela--- 

Rio  Saltan .. 

Cagayan  

Pampanga 

District  of  Porac.-- 
District  of  Tariac . . . 

Zanibales 

Pangasiuan 

Union 

Benguet 

Abra 

Ilocos  Sur 

Lepanto  

Bontoc   . .  - 

Tiagan 

Ilocos  Norte 

Islas  Batanes 


Classificatiou  of  .authorities 
goveruing  tlieni. 


Civil  governor  ■. 

Alcalde  mayor 

Alcalde  mayor 

Military  commander. . .    

Politico-military  governor .  - . 

...do [ 

Politico-military  commander . 
Alcalde  mayor 

.-.do * 

Military  commander 

-...do.'. 

Alcalde  mayor. 

....do \ 

Politico-military  governor  .  _ . 
Politico-military  commander  _ 
Politico-military  governor  _ .  ^ 

Alcalde  mayor 

Politico-military  commander  _ 

....do -. 

.  —  do 

Alcalde  mayor 

Politico-military  governor. . . 


Pueblos  of  residence  of  the 
chief  of  the  province  or 
distri<  t. 


South  of  ManUa: 

Cavite 

Morong 

Laguna 

Distritode  la  Infanta. 


Politico-military  governor.  _  _ 
Politico-military  commander . 
Alcalde  mayor 

Politico-militarv  commander. 


Batangas 

Tayabas  . . 

Camarines  Sur  . . . 
Camarines  Norte. 

Albay 

Corregidor  Island 

Mindoro  Island ;  Alcalde  mayor 

Calamianes  Island ...    Politico-military  governor 


Alcalde  mayor 

....do ". 

..-.do  

.  —  do 

-...do 

Politico-militarv  governor. 


Balabac  Islands 

Romblon 

Burias .- 

Masbate  and  Ticao. 


do 


Politico-military  commander 

—  do . 

...do 


Manila. 
Bulacan. 
San  Isidro. 
Valer. 

Bayombong. 
Turnauini. 
Saltan. 
Tnguegarao. 
Bacolor. 
Porac. 
Tariac. 
Iba. 

Lingayen. 
San  Fernando. 
Benguet. 
Bangued. 
Vigan. 
Cayan. 
Bontoc. 
Tiagan. 
Laoag. 

Santo  Domingo  de 
Vasco. 

Cavite. 
Morong. 
Santa  Cruz. 
Binangonan     de 

Lampon. 
Batangas. 
Tayabas. 
Nuevas  Caceres. 
Daet. 
Albay. 

Corregidor  Island. 
Calapan. 
Taytay. 
Balabac. 
Romblon. 
Burias. 
Masbate. 


30 


RELKilOX    AND    EDUCATION. 


VISAYA    ISLANDS. 


Name  of  province  or 
district. 

Classification  of  authorities 
governing  them. 

Pueblos  of  residence  of  the 
chief  of  the  province  or 
district. 

Politico-military  governor  of 
the  islands. 

Politico-military  governor.- . 

.  —  do  --- ----- 

-..^do 

-.-.do .-- 

-.-do - 

Politico-military  commander- 

Cebii 

Samar 

Leyte - 

Bohol- - 

Cebri -- 

Isla  de  Negros 

Escalante 

Catbalongan. 

Tacloban. 

Tagbilaran. 

Cebii. 

Bacolod. 

Escalante. 

ISLAND  OF   PAN-A.Y. 


Iloilo Politico-military  governor (  Iloilo. 

Concepcion Politico-military  commander.;  Concepcion. 

Capiz -  -  -  j  Politico-militarj'  governor-  -  _    Capiz. 

Antique do '  Vista. 


Zamboanga 
Misamis 


Politico-military  governor  of  ! 
the  island. 

Politico-military  governor. . . 

-.-.do 

Dapitan Politico-military  commander. 

Surigao Politico-military  governor.  -  -  j 

Bislig Politico -military  commander. 

Davao  i  Politico-military  governor  _  -  _ 

Cottabato i do ' 

Isla  de  Basilan do 

Islas  Marianas do 


Cottabato. 

Zamboanga. 

Cagayan  de  Oro. 

Dapitan. 

Snrigao. 

Bislig. 

Davao. 

Cottabato. 

Isabela. 

S.  Ignaciode  Agaiia. 


RELIGION   AND    EDUCATION. 

The  Roman  Catholic  is  the  established  church  in  the  Phil- 
ippines, which  contains  one  archiepiscopal  see  and  three 
bishoprics.  Most  of  the  ecclesiastical  authority  is  in  the 
hands  of  the  various  religious  orders — Dominicans,  Agus- 
tines,  Franciscans,  etc. — who  are  the  real  rulers  of  the  coun- 
try, as  their  power  among  the  natives  far  exceeds  that  of  the 
various  civil  and  military  authorities.  This  power  causes  a 
great  deal  of  jealousy,  as  is  evidenced  by  the  long  record  in 
the  history  of  the  islands  of  bitter  controversies  between  the 
church  and  civil  authorities.     The  religious  affairs  on  the 


PROVINCES — POPULATION    AND    CAPITALS. 

islauds  are  far  l)eliiiid  the  age,  and  it  would  1)e  of  great  he\ 
to  the  people,  who  are  naturally  devout,  if  they  were  infust 
with  more  modern  ideas  and  methods. 

The  Spanish  priests,  friars  of  strict  orders,  come  to  the 
islands  to  stay,  and,  with  scarcely  an  exception,  do  their 
duties  faithfully  and  devotedly.  Many  of  these  Spanish 
curas  have  done  much  good  work  in  the  way  of  making  roads 
and  bridges  and  the  building  of  churches,  acting  frequently 
as  their  own  engineers  and  architects  with  far  less  unsightly 
I'esults  than  one  might  expect  from  persons  who  are  supposed 
to  be  more  conversant  with  breviary  and  rosary  than  with 
rule  and  compass. 

Priests  of  native  extraction  do  not  (luite  come  up  to  the 
high  standard  of  their  Spanish  confreres.  They  can  not  all 
live  up  to  the  severity  of  monastic  rules.  These  native  curas, 
moreover,  suffer  under  the  proverbial  disadvantage  which 
affects  the  prophet  in  his  own  country,  and,  lacking  the 
strength  of  mind  and  tenacity  of  vow  of  the  Spanish  priests, 
sometimes  seek  consolation  in  diversions  of  not  quite  a  clerical 
or  monastic  character. 

Education  is  much  neglected,  and  both  the  institutions  for 
higher  and  primary  instruction  are  antiquated  in  their  meth- 
ods and  far  behind  the  times.  Although  in  nearly  every 
town  and  village  that  is  under  the  control  of  the  government 
a  school  may  be  found,  neither  the  quality  nor  quantity  of  the 
instruction  given  is  satisfactory. 

TABLE    SHOWING    PROVINCES,    WITH   THEIR   POPULATIONS   AND 

CAPITALS. 

ISLAND  OF  LUZON. 


Population. 


Capitals. 


Abra 

Albay 

Amburayan 

Apayaos 

Bataan 

Batangas 

Benguet  .-- 
Binatangan 

Bontoc 

Bulacan 

Cabugaoan . 
ivan  --. 


49. 702 
296, 850 

30. 150 
6, 000 

52. 000 
212, 192 

15. 932 


24, 502 
230. 000 


112.357 


Bangued. 

Albay. 

Alilem. 

Bagubagu. 

Balanga. 

Batangas. 

La  Trinidad. 

Binatangan. ' 

Bontoc. 

Bnlacan. 

Cabugaoan. 

Tnguegarao. 


32  PKOVINCES— POPULATION    AND    CAPITALS. 

ISLAND  OF  LUZON— continued. 


Provinces. 


Population. 


CapitiilB. 


Camarines 

Cavite 

Cayapas 

Ilocos  Norte 

Ilocos  Siir 

Infanta  

Isabc'la  (le  Luzon 

Itavfs 

Laguna  _ 

Lepanto- -- 

Manila -  - 

Morong - . 

NuevaEcija 

Nneva  Vizcaya .  - 

Pampanga 

Pangasinan 

Principe 

Quiangan 

Tarlac  

Tayabas .-. 

Tiagan 

Union  (La) 

Zambales 


185, 878 
133, 926 


156,900 

172.836 
10, 200 
46. 846 
15, 208 

177, 000 
19.422 

400, 238 
42, 748 

155, 000 
23, 520 

250, 000 

295. 105 

5, 000 

29, 800 

97. 947 

105, 576 
3.  041 

119.421 
87, 641 


Nneva  Caceres. 

Cavite. 

Cayapa. 

Laoag. 

Vigan. 

Binan.i 

llagan. 

Macogao. 

Santa  Cruz. 

Cervantes. 

Manila. 

Morong. 

San  Isidro. 

Bayonibong. 

Bacolor. 

Lingayen. 

Baler. 

Quiangan. 

Tarlac. 

Tayabas 

San  Eniilio. 

San  Fernando. 

Iba. 


1  de  Lampon. 


ISLAND 

DF   MINDANAC 

Basilan 

Cottabato 

Dapitan 

Davao 

Matti 

Misamis 

12,  000 

3.000 

12,653 

8,  000 

9,764 

113,695 

95, 775 

21.300 

Isabela  de  Basilan. 

Cottabato. 

Dapitan. 

Davao. 

Matti. 

Cagayan. 

Surigao. 

Zamboanga. 

Surigao  _- 

Zamboanga.-  ..  - 

ADJACENT  ISLANDS. 


Balabac--- 

Batanes  Islands  . 
Burias 

Calamianes 

Corregidor  .> 

Marianas  Lslands  . 
Masbate  and  Ticar 

Mindoro  

Paragua  (La) 


1.100 

Balabac. 

475 

Santo  Domingo  de  Basco, 

1,600 

San  Pascual. 

16,380 

Cuyo. 

569 

San  Jose. 

9.770 

Agafia. 

26.497 

Masbate. 

106. 170 

Calapan. 

45, 000 

Puerto  Princesa. 

PROVINCES — POPULATION    AND    CAPITALS. 
CAROLINE  AND  PALAOS  ISLANDS. 


33 


Provinces. 

Population. 

Capitals. 

Car<  )linas  Occideutalf  s 

600 
4,  500 

Santa  Cristina 

Carolinas  Orientales 

Santiago  de  la  A.scens-iim. 

Antique .-. 

Bohol 

Capiz 

Cebii 

Concepciun 

Iloilo 

Leyte 

Negros  Occiilentales. 
Negi-os  Orientales  - . . 

Romblon ^ .. 

Samar 


VISAYA  ISLANDS. 


119, 356 

247, 745 

189, 171 

504, 076 

19, 343 

472, 798 

270, 491 

226, 995 

94, 782 

38, 633 

200, 753 


San  Jose  de  Buenavista. 

Tagbilaran. 

Capiz. 

Cebu. 

Concepcion. 

Iloilo. 

Tacloban. 

Bacolod. 

Dumaguete. 

Romblon. 

Catbalogan. 


SULTANSHIP   OF   JULO 


Jolo . 


17,112    !  Jolo. 


^^jj5S==r=- "^ 

"^"^ 

• 

yf!^ 

,      > 

J>p                                       UU«f,f,', 

,.,.  ^ 

/                 ''"""/            ;       -^     *     ''       '  ^ 

/                                /.     '^     ^'      '      ^     "    f-^ 

J 

iy                       1    '     ^     •»    *  ■»  •*   ff'i  -  ■* 

\  W^ 

30 

• '  ■;  V 

8        7         « 

«  ;■   7  5 

lo     « 

9ffii,.10n. 

:>*  '"■''•'"•  "  "^.•- 

/ 

)      ' 

J-INGAYBK     Gl-LF 

v 

PORT    SUAL 

V 

^ 

\    ; 

Lat.l6?6:if.  Long.l80?6:29'.E. 

\ 

«p.ri.e6ft 

, 

\ 

ISLAND  OF  LUZON. 


This  island,  accordiug  to  Crawford,  is  tlie  most  i)rivilogod 
one  of  the  tropical  zone,  on  acconnt  of  its  fertility,  its  abun- 
dant and  wide  rivers,  its  many  large  bays,  and  all  its  natural 
conditions.  Its  longitude  from  NE,  to  SE.  is  about  480  miles 
and  its  area  about  -41,000  square  miles,  to  which  may  be 
added  about  3,500  square  miles,  as  the  total  area  of  different 
islands  belonging  to  it. 

ITINERARY    OF   COAST    OP    LUZON — WEST    COAST, 

Cape  Bojeador,  which  forms  the  northwestern  extreme  of 
Luzon,  is  a  low  point  with  a  reef  of  breakers  projecting  from 
it.  To  the  southward  of  the  cape  the  coast  is  cliffy  and 
fringed  by  a  reef  as  far  as  2  miles  south  of  Dirikwi  Creek ; 
it  then  becomes  low,  with  a  sandy  shore  as  far  as  Mount 
Kauit,  which  lies  IG  miles  south  of  the  cape,  the  country  in 
the  interior  being  very  high.  In  case  of  necessity  anchorage 
can  be  got  along  this  coast  during  the  northeast  monsoon. 

The  chain  of  high  mountains  inland,  which  commences 
near  St.  Fabian,  in  the  Gulf  of  Lingayen  (ch.  1,  p.  35),  extends 
parallel  to  the  coast,  gradually  diminishing  in  height,  and 
stretching  more  inland  about  24  miles  to  the  southward  of 
Cape  Bojeador,  leaves  a  spacious  plain  fronting  the  sea.  An- 
other chain  of  hills  begins  about  7  or  8  miles  from  the  shore, 
and  stretches  northward,  parallel  to  the  coast  line. 

Mount  Kauit,  on  the  crest  of  which  are  some  trees,  forms 
a  conspicuous  mark  on  this  low  coast.  The  river  Laoag  dis- 
embogues to  the  southward  of  the  mount ;  its  mouth  is  closed 
by  a  bar  forming  a  bank,  which  extends  some  distance  sea- 
ward ;  the  town  of  Laoag  stands  near  the  bank  of  the  river, 
about  4  miles  inland. 

The  coast  from  Mount  Kauit  trends  S.  by  W.  for  8  miles, 
to  Kulili  Point,  which  is  high,  with  a  sandy  shore,  and  thence 
continues  S.  by  W.  for  another  8  miles,  as  far  as  Solot  Point, 
oft*  which  is  Badog  Island.  Midway  between  Kulili  Point 
and  Badog  Island  is  Gan  Bay,  with  reefs  extending  1^  miles 

(35) 


No 


30 


Poi-tiiquese  Pf 


7     9 


J.  2  Mdela.Jii' 


ISLAND  OF  LUZON. 


Tills  island,  according  to  Crawford,  is  the  most  privileged 
one  of  the  tropical  zone,  on  account  of  its  fertility,  its  abun- 
dant and  wide  rivers,  its  many  large  bays,  and  all  its  natural 
conditions.  Its  longitude  from  NE.  to  SE.  is  abont  480  miles 
and  its  area  about  41,000  square  miles,  to  which  may  be 
added  abont  3,500  square  miles,  as  the  total  area  of  different 
islands  belonging  to  it. 

ITINERARY   OF   COAST    OF    LUZON — WEST    COAST. 

Cape  Bojeador,  which  forms  the  northwestern  extreme  of 
Luzon,  is  a  low  j^oint  with  a  reef  of  breakers  projecting  from 
it.  To  the  southward  of  the  cape  the  coast  is  cliffy  and 
fringed  by  a  reef  as  far  as  2  miles  south  of  Dirikwi  Creek ; 
it  then  becomes  low,  with  a  sandy  shore  as  far  as  Mount 
Kauit,  which  lies  16  miles  south  of  the  cape,  the  country  in 
the  interior  being  A^ery  high.  In  case  of  necessity  anchorage 
can  be  got  along  this  coast  during  the  northeast  monsoon. 

The  chain  of  high  mountains  inland,  which  commences 
near  St.  Fabian,  in  the  Gulf  of  Lingayen  (ch,  1,  p.  35),  extends 
parallel  to  the  coast,  gradually  diminishing  in  height,  and 
stretching  more  inland  about  24  miles  to  the  southward  of 
Cape  Bojeador,  leaves  a  spacious  plain  fronting  the  sea.  An- 
other chain  of  hills  begins  about  7  or  8  miles  from  the  shore, 
and  stretches  northward,  parallel  to  the  coast  line. 

Mount  Kauit,  on  the  crest  of  which  are  some  trees,  forms 
a  conspicuous  mark  on  this  low  coast.  The  river  Laoag  dis- 
embogues to  the  southward  of  the  mount;  its  mouth  is  closed 
by  a  bar  forming  a  bank,  which  extends  some  distance  sea- 
ward ;  the  town  of  Laoag  stands  near  the  bank  of  the  river, 
about  4  miles  inland. 

The  coast  from  Mount  Kauit  trends  S.  by  W.  for  8  miles, 
to  Kulili  Point,  which  is  high,  with  a  sandy  shore,  and  thence 
continues  S.  by  W.  for  another  8  miles,  as  far  as  Solot  Point, 
oft'  which  is  Badog  Island.  Midv/ay  between  Kulili  Point 
and  Badog  Island  is  Gan  Bay,  with  reefs  extending  H  miles 

(85) 


36  LUZON— WEST    COAST. 

to  seaward,  and  immediately  north  of  Gan  Bay  is  Port  Kur- 
rimao,  a  small  circular  bay,  offering  anchorage  in  4  fathoms, 
sand.     Coasting  steamers  call  at  Port  Kurrimao  monthly. 

Badog  Island,  is  low,  thickly  wooded,  and  surrounded  by 
a  reef.  A  passage,  ^  mile  wide,  with  11  to  IG  fathoms  water 
in  it,  separates  Badog  from  the  mainland,  off  Solot  Point. 
The  coast  interv^ening  between  Badog  and  Salomague  Island, 
9  miles  to  the  southward,  is  rocky,  with  breakers  projecting 
from  it.  Anchorage  may  be  found  in  front  of  the  river 
Kabugao,  in  C  to  7  fathoms,  sand,  between  the  reefs  of  the 
coast. 

Shoals. — A  shoal,  with  If  fathoms  on  it,  lies  2^  miles  NE. 
^  N.  from  the  north  point  of  Salomague  Island.  Another 
bank  of  rock,  with  7  and  8  fathoms  on  it,  is  situated  2^  miles 
SW.  by  S.  of  Badog  Island  and  2i  miles  from  the  shore. 

Port  Salomague  is  sheltered  from  all  winds  but  those 
that  blow  between  SW.  and  WNW.  The  north  point  is 
encomi)assed  by  a  reef  which  stretches  along  the  northern 
side  of  the  port ;  and  Salomague  Island,  of  moderate  height, 
lies  about  three-quarters  of  a  mile  from  the  point,  with  a  reef 
projecting  off  it  about  a  cable  to  the  southwest.  The  south 
point,  which  separates  Lapug  Bay  from  Port  Salomague,  is 
also  surrounded  by  shoals.  West  from  this  point,  from  1^  to 
2  miles  distant,  are  rocky  banks,  with  3|  and  4^  fathoms  on 
the  two  nearest,  and  1  fathom  on  the  outer.  The  port  may 
be  known  from  the  offing  by  a  gap  in  some  high  mountains 
which  overtop  the  rest  of  the  chain  on  this  coast.  Salomague 
Gap  resembles  the  Gap  of  Vigan,  but  is  not  so  large,  and 
does  not  approach  as  near  the  sea  as  that  gap,  which  may 
also  be  seen  bearing  about  SE.  when  a  vessel  is  12  or  13  miles 
west  of  Salomague  Bay.  When  the  Gap  of  Salomague  bears 
about  E.  ^  S.,  an  east  course  will  lead  direct  towards  Salo- 
mague Island  at  the  north  point  of  the  port,  which  should  be 
approached  in  a  large  vessel  bearing  about  east ;  and  the  reef 
off  its  southwest  point  ought  to  be  passed  close  in  19  or  22 
fathoms,  mud,  to  avoid  the  rocky  banks  that  lie  to  the  west- 
ward of  the  south  point  of  the  port ;  she  may  then  steer  for 
the  middle  of  the  port,  rather  inclining  toward  the  northern 
shore,  and  anchor  in  8  fathoms.  Farther  in  there  is  a  shoal 
spot,  Avhich  will  be  perceived  in  clear  weather  by  the  dis- 
colored water  on  it.  The  best  berth  to  moor  is  in  6  or  7  fath- 
oms, mud,  opposite  some  rice  magazines  on  the  north  shoal. 
Coast  steamers  call  monthlv  at  Port  Salomague. 


Nn.2. 


16 
14 


ai 


8       9    XL 


^"^  '{         Si 


S'.Ffynaadt 


By  Lie\it.Cla\ii3io  Mantax>. 

One  SeaMle  _  ,,     ,^ 
5    '  Cables  lO 


LUZON — WEST    COAST.  37 

Lapug  Bay  (Salut-Salut  Bay  of  the  old  chart,  and  Solon- 
Solon  Bay  of  Horsburgh),  immediately  to  the  southward  of 
Port  Salomague,  is  sheltered  from  the  same  winds,  but  is  not 
so  capacious  nor  so  deep.  There  are  5^  to  7  fathoms,  sand, 
in  it  until  near  the  shore.  In  front  of  the  bay  are  two  rocky 
shoals  Avhich  will  be  seen  in  clear  weather.  One,  with  1  to  2 
fathoms  on  it,  bears  WSW.  2  miles  from  the  north  point  of 
the  bay,  and  has  a  passage  on  each  side  of  9  or  10  fathoms 
water;  but  that  to  the  northward,  between  it  and  the  north 
point  of  the  T^ay,  is  too  contracted.  The  other  rocky  shoal  is 
in  the  middle  of  the  entrance  to  the  bay  in  front  of  the 
anchorage,  which  it  shelters  somewhat  from  the  sea.  The 
position  of  the  bay  will  be  recognized  by  Mount  Bulagao, 
3,629  feet  high,  situated  to  the  southeast. 

PiNGET  Island  is  very  low,  covered  with  trees,  and  situ- 
ated nearly  a  mile  to  the  NW.  of  a  iDrojecting  point;  it  has 
sandy  shores  and  is  surrounded  bj^  reefs  which  are  steep-to 
on  the  western  side.  A  rocky  shoal  lies  south  of  Pinget 
Island  and  a  mile  from  the  coast.  From  abreast  of  the  island 
the  coast  is  low  and  sandy  to  Point  Dile. 

Point  Dile,  in  latitude  17°  34^'  N.,  is  the  most  prominent 
point  of  this  part  of  the  coast,  projecting  far  to  the  westward. 
Between  it  and  San  Fernajido  Point  (ch.  2,  p.  37)  there  are 
several  towns  along  the  coast  which  should  not  be  aj)proached 
within  a  distance  of  3  miles;  the  country  is  formed  of  high 
double  mountains,  with  low  woody  points  to  seaward  in  some 
places. 

Vigan  Road  is  sheltered  from  northerly  winds  by  Dile  Point, 
but  exj)osed  to  the  southward  and  westward.  A  patch  of  3|- 
fathoms  lies  about  1^  miles  offshore.  The  anchorage  is  in  10 
or  12  fathoms,  near  the  shore,  with  the  river  bearing  about 
east;  the  bank  shelves  suddenly.  About  9  miles  inland  to 
the  ENE.  of  the  road  there  is  a  chasm  between  two  moun- 
tains, named  Abra  de  Vigan,  or  Gap  of  Vigan,  which  is  very 
conspicuous  when  viewed  from  the  offing,  and  is  a  good  mark 
to  know  this  part  of  the  coast.  The  city  of  Vigan  is  situated 
about  2i  miles  to  the  NE.  of  the  anchorage,  on  an  eminence. 

Solvet  Bay  lies  10  miles  from  Dile  Point.  The  eastern  shore 
of  the  bay  is  encircled  by  a  reef  which  extends  out  a  consider- 
able distance.  Small  vessels  can  anchor  in  front  of  the  town 
sheltered  from  all  except  southwest  winds.  San  Estevan 
Point  lies  6^  miles  from  Solvet  Bay,  and  2^  miles  farther  south 
is  the  small  port  of  Santiago,  1  cable  wide. 


38  LUZON — WEST    COAST. 

Kaiidou  Point  is  cliffy  and  surronndf^d  l)y  reefs.  Vessels 
can  anclior  in  the  bay  to  the  southward.  The  land  in  the  vi- 
cinity is  high  and  extends  to  the  edge  of  the  shore,  terminat- 
ing to  the  north,  at  San  Est<'van  Point,  in  a  slope  ending 
perpendicularly. 

The  coast  from  Kandon  Point  trends  south  for  I'j  miles, 
then  for  7  miles  SW.  to  Diarigayos  Point,  which  is  low,  cov- 
ered w4th  trees,  and  surrounded  by  reefs ;  thence  it  trends  south- 
ward again  for  13  miles  to  San  Fernando  Point  (ch.  2,  p.  37). 

Cauiion. — During  the  northeast  monsoon  a  strong  current 
has  sometimes  been  experienced,  setting  to  the  NNE.,  along 
this  coast.  Vessels  proceeding  southward  should  be  prepared 
for  this  current,  or  they  may  find  themselves  embayed  in 
Lingayen  Gulf  (ch.  1,  p.  35). 

Port  San  Fernando  (ch.  2,  p.  37). — San  Fernando  Point 
is  a  small  low  peninsula  surrounded  by  reefs,  and  forms,  with 
the  adjacent  coast,  two  small  anchorages;  in  the  southern 
there  are  6  to  6i  fathoms,  rocky  bottom ;  the  northern  is  the 
l)ort  of  San  Fernando,  where  anchorage  can  be  obtained  in 
5i  to  7  fathoms,  fine  sand,  but  it  is  exjwsed  to  winds  from 
the  northward. 

The  town  is  situated  on  the  east  side  of  the  port  on  high 
land,  and  maintains  frequent  communication  with  Manila. 

Supplies. — Game  and  fish  are  procurable.  Water  is 
obtained  from  w^ells. 

Lights. — A  fixed  red  light,  elevated  29  feet  above  the  sea, 
is  exhibited  from  a  light-house  erected  on  San  Fernando  Point, 
south  side  of  the  entrance  to  Port  San  Fernando,  and  should 
be  visible  in  clear  weather  from  a  distance  of  10  miles. 

The  light-house,  which  is  20  feet  high,  consists  of  two  iron 
supports  above  a  small  iron  building  on  a  base  of  masonry. 

A  fixed  red  light,  to  be  elevated  13  feet,  and  bear  S.  7-iV 
E.  from  the  light-house  of  San  Fernando  Point,  is  to  be 
exhibited  near  the  mole  at  Port  San  Fernando,  and  will  be 
visible  in  clear  weather  from  a  distance  of  4  miles. 

Vessels  entering  the  port  should  steer  for  the  anchorage 
with  this  light  bearing  SSE.  |  E.,  which  will  lead  in  the  fair- 
way of  the  entrance. 

Fag  Reef  (San  Fernando  Shoal),  composed  of  sand  and  rock, 
1  cable  in  extent,  with  a  least  depth  of  -4^  fathoms,  lies  2 
miles  NW.  |  N.  of  San  Fernando  Point.  From  it,  the 
church  of  San  Juan  bears  E.  by  N.  ^  X.  and  the  church  of 
San  Fernando  SE.  by  E.  f  E. 


LUZON — WEST    COAST.  39 

LiXGAYEN  Gulf  (cli.  1,  p.  35)  is  about  30  miles  deep,  and 
about  20  miles  wide  across  the  entrance,  from  Santiago 
Island  to  San  Fernando  Point;  on  tlie  east  coast  are  the  lofty 
mountains  of  Ilocos,  with  the  peak  of  St.  Thomas,  7,418  feet 
high;  the  west  coast  is  of  moderate  height  and  tolerably- 
level,  gradually  rising  to  the  southward  to  a  compact  moun- 
tain mass.  From  the  island  of  Santiago,  for  1 2  miles  to  the 
SE.,  the  west  coast  of  the  gulf  is  fringed  by  an  almost  con- 
tinuous chain  of  islands  and  islets.  The  islands  are,  as  a 
rule,  low  and  wooded,  and  have  shallow  channels  between 
them,  only  used  by  coasters. 

Winds. — The  prevailing  wind  during  the  greater  part  of 
the  year  is  from  SE.  During  the  northeast  monsoon,  land 
and  sea  breezes  become  regular,  and  blow  freshly,  with  clear 
atmosphere,  but  are  interrupted  by  strong  north  and  north- 
easterly gales;  a  bank  of  cloud  seen  in  the  north,  with  a 
clear  sky  and  high  barometer,  is  a  certain  sign  of  the  com- 
mencement of  a  gale.  In  June  the  wind  blows  from  SE.  in 
the  morning,  with  squalls  off  St.  Thomas  and  San  Isidro 
mounts ;  toward  the  evening  it  dies  away  with  heavy  rain 
and  thunder,  and  clearing  toward  midnight  leaves  a  light 
wind  from  the  south,  which  sets  in  from  the  SE.  with  the 
dawn.  From  July  to  October  there  are  usually  gales  from 
the  SW.  and  west,  lasting  from  three  to  fifteen  days,  accom- 
panied by  torrents  of  rain. 

The  worst  period  in  the  gulf  is  from  the  middle-  of  September 
until  the  end  of  October,  when  typhoons  occur. 

Port  St.  Thomas  is  formed  by  a  bank  which  runs  about  2 
miles  to  the  southward  of  the  point,  and  has  1  to  5  fathoms 
on  it.  If  intending  to  j^roceed  to  this  port,  steer  to  the  south- 
ward until  St.  Thomas  Mount  bears  nearly  NE.,  then  alter 
course  for  it,  and  as  soon  as  the  soundings  decrease  to  G  and  7 
fathoms,  turn  to  the  northward  for  the  anchorage.  To  the 
north  of  Port  St.  Thomas  the  coast  of  the  gulf  is  high  and 
steep-to. 

The  coast. — From  St.  Thomas  the  coast  trends  SSE.,  and  is 
high  and  mountainous  as  far  as  St.  Fabian,  where  two  rivers 
disembogue.  Thence  the  coast  line  runs  WSW.  for  4  miles 
to  Binlok  River,  and  then  2  miles  farther  to  Dagupan  or 
Binmalei  River,  both  arms  of  the  river  Agno.  The  country 
is  low  and  fertile,  and  produces  rice,  maize,  indigo,  sugar  cane, 
cotton,  and  nipa  wine. 


40  LUZON — WEST    COAST. 

Dagupan,  or  Biiimalei  River,  has  7  to  8  feet  on  the  bar  at 
springs,  and  a  town  of  the  same  name  situated  close  to  its 
mouth.  Small  vessels  from  the  town  of  Lingayen  pass  out  b}'- 
this  mouth.  The  town  of  Lingayen(ch.  1,  p.  35)  is  near  the  coast, 
and  the  tower  of  its  church  forms  a  consi^icuous  mark  on  this 
shore.  There  is  frequent  communication  between  Dagupan 
and  Manila.  From  Dagupan  the  coast  trends  WSW.,  and 
then  W.  by  N.,  forming  the  head  of  the  gulf. 

Light. — A  fixed  red  light,  elevated  29  feet  above  the  sea,  is 
exhibited  on  the  northeast  side  of  Dagupan  Harbor  entrance, 
and  should  be  visible  in  clear  weather  from  a  distance  of  5 
miles. 

Port  Sual  (ch.  1,  p.  35),  situated  2  miles  to  the  southward  of 
the  high  islet  Kabalitian,  has  good  anchorage,  muddy  bottom, 
at  its  entrance ;  a  sailing  vessel  might  be  warped  into  the  port, 
should  circumstances  render  it  necessary. 

The  port  is  a  little  over  a  mile  long,  north  and  south,  and 
nearly  a  mile  broad,  with  depths  of  4  to  8  fathoms  j  the  entrance, 
however,  is  narrowed  by  rocks  and  reefs  to  the  breadth  of 
about  2^  cables,  while  an  extensive  coral  bank,  with  G  to  18 
feet  water  over  it,  fills  up  a  large  portion  of  the  port.  The 
eastern  edge  of  this  bank  is  marked  by  three  beacons. 

The  land  about  Portuguese  Point,  the  northern  point  of 
entrance  of  the  port,  appears  like  an  island  when  viewed  from 
a  distance  of  7  or  8  miles ;  the  point  may  be  recognized  by  a 
small  round  tower  on  its  bluff,  and  between  it  and  Kabalitian 
Island  the  ground  is  foul  with  rocks  just  awash.  A  reef 
extends  2  cables  from  Portuguese  Point ;  it  is  always  covered, 
and  the  sea  breaks  upon  it  only  when  the  wind  sets  in.  There 
is  a  beacon  near  the  south  edge  of  this  reef.  Mangas  Point, 
the  southern  point  of  entrance,  has  rocks  extending  nearly  3 
cables  from  it,  but  they  are  always  uncovered,  and  may  be 
approached  to  half  a  cable.  In  the  southwest  part  of  the  port 
is  the -village  which  has  a  church  and  a  small  landing  jetty. 

Adela  Rock,  with  12  feet  water  and  6  fathoms  close  around, 
lies  i  mile  east  of  Mangas  Point.  This  rock  is  marked  by  a 
beacon. 

Tides. — Springs  rise  G  feet. 

Light. — A  fixed  red  light,  elevated  79  feet  above  the  sea, 
visible  through  an  arc  of  240°  or  between  the  bearings  S.  10^° 
E.  and  N.  49^°  E.,  is  exhibited  from  a  light-house  erected  on 
Portuguese  Point,  at  the  entrance  to  Port  Sual,  and  should 
be  seen  in  clear  weather  from  a  distance  of  10  miles. 


Nn.3 


< 


lA 


^Mmm^m 


\  \ 


C3McIioTise.\      \  ^ 


POUT  boli:n^ao 

%  iff  C.  J.Hall.Tel.S.S.  CalaJ>riou,lSQ6i 


.l(f.S. 


r«i.i«Ho/Lat.l6?24'. 


Scale 


tSf* 


Cables 


LUZON — WEST    COAST.  41 

The  light-house,  20  feet  high,  is  constructed  of  iron,  and 
jjaiuted  light  gray ;  a  watch  tower  in  ruins  is  near  it. 

Supplies. — Coal  is  brought  from  Lingayen  to  Sual  at  $18 
per  ton.  Water  can  be  procured  from  a  stream  in  southwest 
part  of  the  port. 

Directions. — When  approaching  the  port,  keep  about  1^  or 
2  miles  from  Kabalitian  Island,  steering  for  Mangas  Point 
(ch.  1,  p.  35) ;  pass  the  outer  rock  off  that  point  at  the  dis- 
tance of  half  a  cable,  and  then  steer  for  the  church,  taking 
care  to  avoid  the  large  coral  patch,  the  southern  edge  of 
which  lies  between  the  northeast  j)oint  of  the  port  and  the 
church ;  anchor  in  5  or  4^  fathoms. 

A  British  vice-consul  resides  at  Sual,  and  there  is  frequent 
communication  with  Manila. 

Kabarruyax  Island,  the  southeastern  of  the  large  islands 
on  the  west  side  of  the  gulf,  is  G  miles  long,  NNE.  and  SSW., 
moderately  high,  and  covered  with  wood.  These  islands  are 
surrounded  by  reefs  which  extend  as  much  as  3  miles  from 
land ;  therefore  a  berth  of  at  least  4  miles  should  be  given  to 
this  coast.  Between  Kabarruyan  Island  and  Port  Sual  the 
coast  is  intersected  by  bays  with  sandy  shores,  and  there  are 
some  islands  off  it. 

Port  Bolinao  (ch.  3,  p.  41)  is  a  narrow  channel  between 
Cape  Bolinao  and  the  low  wooded  island  of  Santiago.  The 
shore  end  of  the  telegraph  cable  is  landed  here,  near  a  small 
building  situated  close  to  the  west  shore ;  it  is  thence  laid  in 
a  direction  NE.  by  E.  \  E.  nearly  2  cables  to  a  red  buoy  moored 
in  10  fathoms  water,  thence  to  seaward  in  a  N".  by  W.  ^  W. 
direction.  Mariners  are  cautioned  not  to  anchor  northward 
of  this  buoy  when  it  bears  between  SE.  and  S.  i  W.,  nor  west- 
ward or  southward  of  the  buoy  when  it  bears  between  east 
and  NE.  i  N. 

As  the  coast  of  Santiago  Island  and  also  the  islets  which  lie 
off  it  is  fronted  by  shoals  projecting  about  2^  miles,  vessels 
ought  to  give  the  north  side  of  the  island  a  good  berth  in  the 
northeast  monsoon,  for  a  southerly  current  may  be  liable  at 
times  to  drift  them  into  Lingayen  Gulf  (ch.  1,  p.  35)  or  near 
the  shoals  on  its  western  side. 

Silakwi  Islet,  NNW.  of  Santiago  Island,  appears  wedge- 
shaped  when  seen  from  the  westward,  and  to  the  southeast  of 
it  are  several  small  rocky  islets.  A  reef  of  coral  extends  2 
miles  round  this  group.  • 


42  LUZON— WEST    COAST. 

A  shoal  with  8  fathoms  on  it  lies  4  miles  NE.  of  Silakwi 
Islet,  and  another  with  7  fathoms  on  it  lies  64-  miles  NE.  by 
E.  I  E. 

Cape  Bolinao  is  the  name  given  to  the  northwest  extremity 
of  the  part  of  Luzon  Island  which  forms  the  west  coast  of 
the  Gnlf  of  Lingayen.  It  is  of  moderate  height,  thickly 
wooded,  and  may  he  seen  in  clear  weather  about  '24  miles ;  it 
slopes  gently  toward  the  sea,  and  has  Piedra  Point  on  its 
M^est  side. 

Piedra  Point  (Cape  Bolinao  of  the  old  charts)  is  moderately 
high,  steep-to,  and  sterile  in  appearance ;  it  is  the  most  west- 
ern point  of  Cape  Bolinao.  A  semaphore  station  has  been 
established  on  the  point.  From  Piedra  Point  the  coast  fringes 
with  shoals  and  reefs,  trends  NE.  by  E.  for  7  miles  to  Cape 
Balinhasay,  near  which  stands  the  town  of  Bolinao. 

The  coast  from  Piedra  Point  to  Caiman  Point  is  level,  of 
moderate  height,  and  sterile  aspect,  with  a  steep  beach  front- 
ing tli.e  sea,  and  may  be  seen  in  clear  weather  about  24  miles. 
This  part  of  the  coast  is  bold  to  approach,  having  no  bottom 
at  50  fathoms  within  a  mile  of  it  in  many  places ;  there  are 
soundings  near  the  beach  in  some  of  the  small  bays,  where  a 
small  vessel  might  anchor  occasionally,  but  there  is  no  safe 
place  of  shelter  for  large  vessels. 

Caiman  Point  has  a  reef  projecting  to  the  SSW.,  but  the 
channel  is  safe  between  it  and  Culebra  Island.  The  coast  for 
30  miles  to  the  southward  of  this  point,  as  far  as  Point 
Palauig,  is  indented  with  several  deep  bays  filled  with 
shoals,  projecting  beyond  the  points  that  form  their  respec- 
tive entran'ces. 

Dazol  Bay,  extending  between  Santa  Cruz  and  Caiman 
Points,  has  several  shoals  situated  about  1^  miles  from  shore. 
The  channel  between  Culebra  Island  and  Caiman  Point  leads 
to  Tambove  Roads  and  also  to  the  port  of  Santa  Cruz.  The 
latter  port  is  only  used  by  coasters,  and  is  approached  from 
the  northward  between  Hermana  Major  and  a  small  islet  3| 
miles  east  of  it.  The  passage  between  the  two  Hermanas, 
although  wide,  is  reported  to  be  dangerous. 

Tambove  Road. — East  of  Caiman  Point  is  a  small  bay, 
and  east  of  this  is  Tambove  Road,  extending  4  miles  east  and 
west,  2|  miles  deep,  and  open  only  to  southerly  winds.  At 
the  bottom  of  the  bay  is  Dauli  Point,  and  2  miles  SE.  of  Dauli 
Point  is  a  l)aiih  with  6^  feet  of -water  over  it. 


LL'ZON— WEST    COA.ST.  43 

The  depth  at  tlie  entrance  of  the  bay  is  18  fathoms,  with  I'i 
and  6  fathoms  at  the  anchorage. 

After  passing  between  Caiman  Point  and  Cnlebra  Ishmd 
steer  to  the  east,  giving  a  berth  to  the  reefs  off  the  next  point; 
when  the  bay  is  well  open  steer  to  the  northward  for  Danli 
Point,  but  until  in  soft  mud  it  will  be  improper  to  anchor, 
for  rocks  are  scattered  over  the  bottom  where  it  consists  of 
sand. 

Wood  and  good  water  may  be  obtained  here. 

CuLEBRA  AND  Hermana  ISLANDS. —  Culebra,  or  Adder 
Island,  is  small,  with  trees  on  it,  and  a  sandy  beach;  on  the 
south  side  there  is  a  reef.  The  passage  between  the  island 
and  Caiman  Point  is  If  miles  broad,  clear  of  dangers,  and 
w4th  GO  fathoms  water  in  it.  Hermana  (Sisters)  Islands  are 
low  and  woody,  with  conspicuous  sandy  beaches.  Hermana 
Major  lies  about  5^  miles  southward  of  Culebra,  and  is  sur- 
rounded by  reefs.  To  the  north  of  it  is  a  reef  3  miles  long 
NNW.  and  SSE.,  with  rocks  above  water,  between  which 
and  the  island  there  is  a  channel  with  44-  fathoms  in  it.  Her- 
mana Menor  (Makalira)  lies  3  miles  SSE.  of  Hermana  Major 
and  W.  of  Santa  Cruz  Point,  with  which  it  forms  a  channel, 
having  8  fathoms  water  in  it ;  it  is  about  1  mile  in  diameter, 
with  reefs  on  its  west  and  south  sides  and  a  patch  of  sand  on 
its  north  side. 

The  coast. — Santa  Cruz  Point  is  low  and  covered  by  man- 
groves; a  reef  projects  1^  miles  from  it  toward  Hermana 
Menor.  Between  Santa  Cruz  Point  and  Arenas  Point,  (3^ 
miles  to  the  southward,  the  coast  recedes,  forming  a  bay  into 
which  three  rivers  discharge ;  it  then  runs  south  for  4  miles 
to  Bani  Point.  All  this  part  of  the  coast  is  fronted  by  shoals 
extending  5  miles  offshore. 

Sabalai  Bank,  3  miles  long,  north'  and  south,  and  2  miles 
broad,  is  situated  l^  miles  to  the  NW.  of  Arenas  Point;  it  is 
a  rocky  shoal  awash  at  its  eastern  edge,  with  from  1|  to  5^ 
fathoms  water  over  it  in  other  jmrts.  Between  Sabalai  Bank 
and  Arenas  Point  are  several  pinnacles  with  2f  and  4  fathoms 
on  them. 

Tortuga  Bank,  about  2  miles  south  of  Sabalai  Bank,  is  2 
miles  in  extent  east  and  west,  with  a  least  depth  of  2f  fathoms. 

Ports  Masinglok  and  Matalvi,  situated  between  Bani  Point 
and  Makalaba  Island,  are  separated  by  San  Salvador  Island 
and  the  reef  which  extends  to  the  east  of  it.     Bani  Point  is 


44  LUZON — WEST   COAST. 

]o-x  and  sandy,  witli  patclies  of  mangroves  on  it;  a  reef  pro- 
jects 1  mile  SSW.  from  it,  and  nearly  joins  the  slioals  awash, 
which  form  the  northern  side .  of  the  entrance  to  Port 
Masinglok. 

Salvador  Island  is  of  moderate  elevation,  tliickly  wooded, 
and  has  reefs  extending  f  of  a  mile  to  the  NW.  The  channel 
between  Salvador  Island  and  the  reefs,  extending  from  Bani 
Point,  is  4  cables  broad,  with  depths  of  27  to  15  fathoms,  and 
a  depth  of  16  to  14  fathoms  is  maintained  to  before  the  town 
of  Masiiiglok.  The  channel  south  of  the  island  is  about  3i 
cables  broad  in  the  narrowest  part;  it  has  a  depth  of  25  to  15 
fathoms  in  it,  and  leads  to  Port  Matalvi. 

Port  Masinglok. — The  anchorage  in  front  of  the  town  is 
bad,  as  it  is  open  to  the  NW.,  and  the  channel  leading  to  it  is 
narrow  and  lined  with  reefs.  The  space  southeast  of  Salvador 
Island  is  foul  and  strewn  with  rocks,  but  anchorage  can  be 
obtained  in  a  bay  on  the  east  side  of  the  island,  in  5|  to  6^ 
fathoms,  protected  from  northerly  winds.  North  of  Port 
Masinglok  and  east  of  Bani  Point  is  Oyon  Bay,  which  runs 
in  2  miles  ENE.,  with  depths  of  G  to  8  fathoms,  mud;  the 
entrance  is  blocked  by  a  circular  reef. 

Port  Matalvi,  which  is  well  protected,  is  formed  between 
Matalvi  Island  and  the  coast  to  the  southward ;  it  extends  2 
miles  east  and  west,  and  has  a  mean  breadth  of  i  mile.  The 
best  anchorage  is  in  8  fathoms,  mud,  in  the  middle  of  the 
port.  Water  can  be  obtained  from  a  spring  south  of  Luan 
Island.  Makalaba  Island,  at  the  entrance  of  the  channel  lead- 
ing to  Port  Matalvi,  is  circular  in  form,  with  a  sandy  shore 
on  its  east  side,  and  reefs  which  extend  f  of  a  mile  from  its 
north  and  south  points. 

The  coast — From  the  southern  point  of  Matalvi  Port  the 
coast  trends  sonth  to  Palauig  Bay,  and  is  very  low,  sandy, 
and  bordered  by  reefs.  Palauig  Bay  is  2f  miles  wide  at  its 
mouth,  1  mile  deep,  and  open  to  the  NW.  The  town  of 
Palauig  is  situated  on  the  south  shore. 

Palauig  Point  is  bordered  to  the  northward  by  islets,  rocks, 
and  shoals,  which  make  this  point  dangerous  to  approach. 

Palauig  Reefs  consist  of  various  shoals  extending  4^  miles 
offshore  between  Iba  and  Palauig  Point.  The  southern  reef, 
named  Kinabakbagan,  with  1^  fathoms  water  over  it,  extends 
li  miles;  the  northern  and  largest,  with  very  little  water 
over  it,  lies  off  Palauig  Point.  Between  these  two  are  sev- 
eral shoal  patches,  the  outer  one  having  only  2i  fathoms  on 


LUZON — WEST    COAST.  45 

it.  It  will  be  prudent  to  give  this  part  of  the  coast  a  herth 
of  6  or  7  miles. 

Iba  Point,  lying  G  miles  from  Batalan  Point,  is  surrounded 
by  a  coral  reef  extending  northwest  to  Point  Palauig.  Sonth- 
east  of  Iba  Point  is  the  town  of  Iba,  capital  of  the  Province 
of  Zambales,  situated  2^  miles  from  the  month  of  the  river  of 
the  same  name.  Anchorage  can  be  obtained  south  of  the  H- 
fathom  shoal  which  fronts  the  mouth  of  this  river. 

Batalan,  or  Guai  Point,  6  miles  SSE.  of  Iba  Point,  is  sur- 
rounded by  a  reef  which  extends  out  3  cables.  Mount  Batalan, 
formed  by  two  hills,  the  highest  of  which  is  1,847  feet,  domi- 
nates the  point,  and  is  an  excellent  mark  for  this  coast. 

Inland  a  double  range  of  high  mountains  runs  nearly  north 
and  south,  and  between  these  and  the  coast  there  is  an  exten- 
sive flat  plain  named  Playa  Honda.  Of  the  inner  range, 
Mount  Pinatubo  reaches  a  height  of  6,040  feet. 

Shoals. — At  oi  miles  south  of  Batalan  Point  and  2  miles 
from  the  coast  is  a  pinnacle  rock  with  4^  fathoms  on  it,  and 
at  9  and  11^  miles  S.  i  W.  of  the  same  point  are  two  other 
shoals  with  9  fathoms  over  them. 

The  coast  from  Batalan  Point  trends  about  S.  by  E.  for  21 
miles  to  Kabangan  Bay,  and  then  turns  to  the  SW.  to  Point 
Kapones.  Barranca  Colorada  is  a  very  slightly  salient  point 
formed  by  a  flat-toj^ped,  reddish-colored  hill  situated  on  the 
sand.  Between  Batalan  and  Barranca  Colorada  shoal  ground 
extends  in  places  5  cables  from  the  shore.  Between  this 
point  and  Kapones  the  coast  is  bordered  by  a  sand  beach,  near 
which  there  are  little  plateaus  of  shoal  water,  very  steep-to. 

Point  Kapones  is  the  most  western  point  of  this  part  of 
Luzon,  and  therefore  important  to  vessels  proceeding  to  and 
from  China,  and  passing  close  to  this  coast.  It  bears  north, 
distant  60  miles,  from  Cabra,  or  Goat  Island,  and  is  high,  l)are 
land,  of  reddish  aspect,  having  three  islands  to  the  N  W.  of  it ; 
the  largest  of  these.  Great  Kapones,  lying  with  its  outer  point 
2i  miles  WNW.  from  Point  Kapones,  is  8  cables  long  WNW. 
and  ESE.,  and  has  rocks  around  it;  the  other  two  islands, 
extending  4  cables  north  and  south,  lie  7  cables  NE.  by  E. 
from  Great  Kapones,  nearly  mid-distance  between  it  and  the 
coast. 

Light. — On  Great  Kapones  Island,  at  328  yards  N.  59 ""  E. 
from  the  western  point  of  the  island,  there  is  exhibited  a  flash- 
ing white  light,  showing  a  flash  every  thirty  seconds ;  it  is 


46  LUZON — WfiST    COAST. 

visible  tlirougli  an  arc  of  300",  or  between  the  bearings  of  S. 
02°  W.,  tlirough  east,  and  N.  (i4'  W. 

The  light  is  elevated  228  feet  above  high  water,  and  shonld 
be  seen  in  clear  weather  from  a  distance  of  23  miles. 

The  light-house,  53  feet  high  and  constructed  of  brick,  is 
square  in  shape,  and  the  keeper's  dwelling  stands  at  the  south- 
west corner  of  it. 

Soundings. — About  a  mile  outside  Point  Kapones  the  depth 
is  42  or  44  fathoms ;  from  40  to  35  fathoms  will  be  found  within 
a  mile  of  the  shore,  between  this  part  of  the  coast  and  the 
north  point  of  Port  Subig,  and  generally  45  to  50  fathoms 
about  3  or  4  miles  off. 

The  coast  from  Kapones  Point  trends  S.  by  E.  ^  E.  8  miles 
to  Port  Silanguin ;  it  is  high,  rocky,  indented  by  three  small 
bays  fronted  by  islets,  and  backed  by  a  range  of  high  moun- 
tains extending  NE.  and  SW. 

Port  Silanguin  (ch.  4,  p.  46)  is  about  half  a  mile  wide  at  its 
entrance,  and  2  miles  deep,  having  tolerable  shelter  from  all 
winds,  except  from  west  and  SW.  The  southern  point  is 
formed  by  a  high,  round,  bare  island,  joined  to  the  mainland 
by  a  narrow  reef  of  rocks.  The  depth  in  the  entrance  is  18 
fathoms,  decreasing  gradually  to  the  anchorage,  a  little  inside, 
near  the  beach  on  the  south  shore,  which  is  the  best  berth. 

About  a  mile  SW.  of  the  south  entrance  point  of  Port  Silan- 
guin are  six  islets,  called  Farallon  on  the  chart,  adjoining  each 
other,  and  surrounded  by  rocks ;  the  outer  one  lies  about  1 
mile  SW.  \  W.  from  Point  Silanguin.  Rocks  are  reported  to 
extend  1  to  1^  miles  to  the  westward  of  these  islands. 

Water. — There  are  two  streams  of  fresh  water  at  the  head 
of  Port  Silanguin,  and  a  spring  of  good  drinking  water. 

The  coast  between  Port  Silanguin  and  Port  Subig  is  high 
and  moderately  steep-to. 

Port  Subig  (ch.  4,  p.  40)  has  Grande  Island  at  its  entrance, 
to  the  westward  of  which  is  the  safe  passage  into  the  port ;  for 
the  passage  to  the  eastward  is  intricate  and  lined  by  reefs. 
This  port  stretches  7  miles  inland,  and  forms  two  excellent  har- 
bors, one  on  the  east  side,  named  Port  Olongapo,  and  the  other 
at  the  northern  extremity,  opposite  the  village  of  Subig ;  here 
vessels  may  be  sheltered  from  all  winds  in  7  to  10  fathoms,  mud. 

The  islands  in  the  port  are  surrounded  by  reefs,  which  ex- 
tend one  to  two  cables;  and  a  rocky  shoal,  with  2f  fathoms 
on  it,  is  situated  at  the  head  of  the  port,  4  cables  SSW.  from 


E'riffrofvd  try  Ed>i*WelUr 

931 


mral"W:  J.L:.Vhartan,CB,i:R.S.  ^^<^nif^ 
Ery  StrtetXoKerBH. 


J 


^^^L 


:^< 


?/;-"■ 


^^ 


PORTS  sub; 

AND   SILANGUII^ 


.  i3 


0    H 


LUZON — WEST    COAST.  47 

Point  Kabangan.  In  jDroceeding  to  the  inner  part  of  the  port, 
steer  along  the  western  shore,  which  is  clear  of  danger. 

The  extreme  of  the  reef  extending  off  Point  Kubi,  at  the 
entrance  to  Port  Olongapd,  is  marked  by  two  white  beacons 
and  a  buoy  surmounted  by  a  ball.  Caiman  Shoal,  within  the 
port,  is  also  marked  by  a  white  beacon  and  a  buoy  surmounted 
by  a  ball.  A  black  beacon  marks  the  part  of  this  shoal  which 
is  awash  at  low  water. 

There  is  frequent  steam  communication  between  Port  Subig 
and  Manila. 

Port  Binanga,  or  Minangas  (ch.  4,  p.  40),  is  the  first  bight 
to  the  southward  of  the  entrance  of  Port  Subig.  Small  ves- 
sels may  anchor  in  5  fathoms  sheltered  from  all  winds,  ex- 
cepting those  from  west  and  WSW.  The  course  into  it  is 
east  and  E.  by  N".,  about  mid-channel  between  the  points,  to 
avoid  the  shoals  projecting  from  them,  and  there  are  4  fath- 
oms, fine  sandy  bottom,  inside,  within  a  short  distance  from 
the  shore. 

The  coast. — From  Port  Binanga  the  coast  trends  south  for  4 
miles  and  is  low,  wooded,  and  bordered  by  a  reef  which,  NW. 
of  the  town  of  Moron,  extends  as  far  as  a  mile  out  from  the 
shore.  Thence  the  coast  runs  SE.  for  4  miles  to  JSTapo  Point, 
off  which  there  is  an  islet  joined  to  the  point  by  a  reef.  From 
Napo  Point  the  coast  trends  ESE.  for  4  miles,  and  then  nearly 
south  for  7  miles  to  Luzon  Point ;  thus  forming  a  bight, 
named  Bagak  Bay,  at  the  head  of  which  is  the  town  of  Bagak. 
The  shore  of  this  entire  bay  is  very  low.  Anchorage  may  be 
had  off  the  town  of  Bagak,  near  the  mole,  in  5^  to  11  fathoms. 

Luzon  Point  is  rocky  and  peaked,  of  moderate  height,  and 
bordered  by  a  reef  which  extends  out  1  cable.  The  coast 
from  this  point  trends  in  a  general  direction  nearly  SE.  by 
E.  ^  E.  for  about  7  miles  to  Los  Cochinos,  and  is  indented 
with  several  small  bays.  Guai  Bay,  the  largest  of  these, 
affords  good  anchorage  during  the  northeast  monsoon,  and  is 
frequented  by  vessels  waiting  for  a  fair  wind  to  enter  Manila 
Bay.  Reefs  extend  from  the  entrance  points  of  the  bay ;  the 
depth  between  the  reefs  is  b^  to  11  fathoms,  and  4  fathoms 
farther  in,  but  it  is  not  necessary  to  enter  the  bay  to  be  well 
sheltered. 

Los  Cochinos,  or  Lechones,  are  five  low  rocks  above  water 
which  extend  ^  mile  south  of  the  southwest  point  of  Mariveles 
Port ;  they  are  steep-to,  with  the  exception  of  one  rock  cov- 
ered by  5  feet  of  water,  which  rock  lies  1  cable  S.  9°  W.  of 


LUZON — WEST    COAST.  47 

Point  Kabangau.  In  proceeding  to  the  inner  part  of  the  port, 
steer  along  the  western  shore,  which  is  clear  of  clanger. 

The  extreme  of  the  reef  extending  off  Point  Knbi,  at  the 
entrance  to  Port  Olongapd,  is  marked  by  two  white  beacons 
and  a  buoy  surmounted  by  a  ball.  Caiman  Shoal,  within  the 
port,  is  also  marked  by  a  white  beacon  and  a  buoy  surmounted 
by  a  ball.  A  black  beacon  marks  the  part  of  this  shoal  which 
is  awash  at  low  water. 

There  is  frequent  steam  communication  between  Port  Subig 
and  Manila. 

Port  Binanga,  or  Minangas  (ch.  4,  p.  4(3),  is  the  first  bight 
to  the  southward  of  the  entrance  of  Port  Subig.  Small  ves- 
sels may  anchor  in  5  fathoms  sheltered  from  all  winds,  ex- 
cepting those  from  west  and  WSW.  The  course  into  it  is 
east  and  E.  by  N.,  about  mid-channel  between  the  points,  to 
avoid  the  shoals  jn-ojecting  from  them,  and  there  are  4  fath- 
oms, fine  sandy  bottom,  inside,  within  a  short  distance  from 
the  shore. 

The  coast. — From  Port  Binanga  the  coast  trends  south  for  4 
miles  and  is  low,  wooded,  and  bordered  by  a  reef  which,  NW. 
of  the  town  of  Moron,  extends  as  far  as  a,  mile  out  from  the 
shore.  Thence  the  coast  runs  SE.  for  4  miles  to  Napo  Point, 
off  which  there  is  an  islet  joined  to  the  point  by  a  reef.  From 
Napo  Point  the  coast  trends  ESE.  for  4  miles,  and  then  nearly 
south  for  7  miles  to  Luzon  Point ;  thus  forming  a  bight, 
named  Bagak  Bay,  at  the  head  of  which  is  the  town  of  Bagak. 
The  shore  of  this  entire  bay  is  very  low.  Anchorage  may  be 
had  off  the  town  of  Bagak,  near  the  mole,  in  5^  to  11  fathoms. 

Luzon  Point  is  rocky  and  peaked,  of  moderate  height,  and 
bordered  by  a  reef  which  extends  out  1  cable.  The  coast 
from  this  point  trends  in  a  general  direction  nearly  SE.  by 
E.  ^  E.  for  about  7  miles  to  Los  Cochinos,  and  is  indented 
with  several  small  bays.  Guai  Bay,  the  largest  of  these, 
affords  good  anchorage  during  the  northeast  monsoon,  and  is 
frequented  by  vessels  waiting  for  a  fair  wind  to  enter  Manila 
Bay.  Reefs  extend  from  the  entrance  points  of  the  bay;  the 
depth  between  the  reefs  is  5^  to  11  fathoms,  and  4  fathoms 
farther  in,  but  it  is  not  necessary  to  enter  the  bay  to  be  well 
sheltered. 

Los  Cochinos,  or  Lechones,  are  five  low  rocks  above  water 
which  extend  i  mile  south  of  the  southwest  point  of  Mariveles 
Port ;  they  are  steep-to,  with  the  exception  of  one  rock  cov- 
ered by  5  feet  of  water,  which  rock  lies  1  cable  S.  9°  W.  of 


48  LUZON — WEST    COAST, 

the  easternmost  Coeliiiio,  Monti  Islet.  Los  Cocliinos  Point 
is  the  SSE.  extremity  of  a  little  peninsula  conspicuous  l)y 
two  hills  which  command  it. 

From  Port  Subig  to  Los  Cochinos  the  coast  is  in  general 
evenly  steep,  and  may  be  approached  within  1  or  3  miles  in 
some  parts ;  but  it  will  be  prudent  to  give  it  a  wide  berth,  as 
rocks  or  foul  ground  extend  a  considerable  distance  from 
some  of  the  points. 

Supplies  at  Manila. — The  quantity  of  coal  for  steaming 
purposes  kept  in  stock  varies  considerably,  but  it  can  always 
be  obtained,  and  is  taken  on  board  from  lighters  in  the  bay. 
In  1887  the  price  for  Cardiff  coal,  placed  on  board,  was  about 
$10  per  ton. 

Water  can  be  x^urchased,  and  is  brought  alongside  in  steam 
water  tanks.  The  water  in  Manila,  excepting  the  rain  j^re- 
served  in  tanks,  is  brackish  and  very  hard. 

Fresh  beef  is  very  bad,  it  being  spoiled  in  the  killing.  If 
much  be  required  the  bullocks  should  be  purchased  and  killed 
on  board.  The  price  is  about  10  cents  per  pound.  Vegetables 
are  very  moderate  in  price,  but  not  plentiful. 

Corregidor  or  Mariveles  and  Caballo  are  two  islands  divid- 
ing the  entrance  of  Manila  Bay  into  two  channels,  known 
respectively  as  the  North  and  South  channels.  Corregidor, 
the  principal  island,  639  feet  high,  lies  near  the  north  shore 
and  is  3^  miles  in  length  east  and  west.  On  its  7iorth  side  is  a 
small  bay,  protected  by  breakwaters,  affording  good  anchor- 
age for  coasting  vessels ;  and  from  Buri  Point  a  reef  extends 
to  the  southward  toward  Caballo  Island. 

There  is  fresh  water  to  be  procured  under  a  steep  cliff  at 
the  western  end  of  this  island,  but  the  landing  is  on  a  stony 
beach,  and  inconvenient. 

Caballo  Island  is  a  high  bluff  rock  420  feet  high,  of  consid- 
erable size,  partially  covered  with  verdure,  lying  about  f  of 
a  mile  southward  of  Buri  Point,  the  eastern  extreme  of  Cor- 
regidor. A  reef  and  shoal  water  extend  about  5  cables  from 
its  western  extreme. 

The  channel  between  the  two  islands  is  about  4  cables  wide 
and  has  a  depth  of  7^  fathoms  in  the  middle ;  the  tides  in  it 
are  strong. 

Lights. — On  the  summit  of  Corregidor  stands  a  light-house 
60  feet  high,  from  which  is  exhibited,  at  an  elevation  of  639 
feet  above  the  sea,  a  white  light,  revolving  once  every  ten  or 


■s-^r 


*^"    '  ■■  u^: 


■■ "  1 ■■  ■ 

.•  ": 

"\^ 

« 

,. 

'^-M 


//:.   . 


X 


ARSKNAL   DE  CAVITK 


"""^■^ 


P  L  A  JV  O 


n^EHTO    DE   CAVITE 

sus  ensenadas  de   CANACAO    v  BACOOR 

•  parte   de  !a  bahla  do  Manila    hasla    Paranaque 


D.  Manuel  Villavioenoio. 


(^r. 


idj-id.  1874..' 


MARK AS 


#>• 


~.  [—>—'-    .-^.  r-  I 


LUZON  — WEST    COAST.  49 

twenty  seconds,  and  visible  in  clear  weather  from  a  distance 
of  20  miles.  A  fixed  white  light  is  shown  from  the  white 
tower  on  the  West  Mole  Head,  at  the  entrance  to  the  bay  on 
the  north  side  of  the  island. 

A  fixed  white  light  is  exhibited  from  low  sjDur  on  the  north- 
east part  of  Caballo  Island,  27  feet  above  high-water  mark, 
and  is  visible  G  miles.  This  light  is  concealed  by  high  land 
to  seaward  between  the  bearings  of  NNE.  and  E.  by  N.,  and 
screened  toward  the  north  shore  between  the  l)earings  of  S. 
by  W.  and  ESE. 

A  fixed  white  light,  showing  a  sector  of  green  light  through 
an  arc  of  75°  or  between  the  bearings  of  N.  47°  E.  and  N.  28° 
W.,  is  exhibited  from  a  light-house  on  Sangley  Point  (ch.  5, 
p.  49),  the  outer  extreme  of  the  low  land  at  the  entrance  of 
Port  Cavite.  It  is  elevated  29  feet  above  high  water,  and  is 
visible  in  clear  weather  from  a  distance  of  6  miles.  The  light 
is  shifted  as  the  point  extends. 

A  fixed  red  light,  elevated  51  feet  above  the  level  of  the  sea, 
is  exhibited  from  a  white  circular  tower,  on  the  northern  mole 
at  the  entrance  of  Pasig  River,  and  should  be  visible  in  clear 
weather  from  a  distance  of  9  miles. 

A  fixed  green  light  is  exhibited  from  an  iron  stand  painted 
red,  on  the  battery  of  the  southern  mole,  entrance  of  Pasig 
River.  This  light  is  elevated  16  feet  above  high  water,  and 
should  be  seen  from  ofi^  the  entrance  of  the  river  between  the 
bearing  of  NW.  and  SE.  at  a  distance  of  1  mile ;  it  bears  south 
from  the  red  light  on  the  north  mole. 

Corregidor  Island  light,  Manila  Bay,  has  been  replaced  by 
a  provisional  light  of  the  same  character,  but  of  less  i^ower, 
pending  the  installation  of  a  new  permanent  light  to  be 
exhibited  on  and  after  August  1,  1897. 

The  new  light  will  be  a  flashing  white  and  red  light  show- 
ing white  and  red  flashes  alternately  every  ten  seconds.  The 
light  will  be  633  feet  above  the  sea,  42  feet  above  the  ground, 
and  visible  36  miles  in  clear  weather. 

Soundings  from  50  to  40  fathoms  will  be  obtained  when 
within  7  or  6  miles  of  Corregidor,  decreasing  gradually  to  27 
or  26  fathoms  about  2  miles  to  the  westward  of  it. 

Between  Corregidor  and  the  north  shore  the  depths  are  50 
to  48  fathoms  within  :^  of  a  mile  of  the  island,  26  fathoms  in 
mid-channel,  decreasing  quickly  to  16  or  15  fathoms,  stony 
ground,  within  |  mile  of  the  north  shore. 


£soala    eii   ntf^trow 


PRECIO   1.5    PeKeias_En  t;!.,.ar,,a 


LUZON— WEST    COAST.  49 

twenty  seconds,  and  visible  in  clear  weather  from  a  distance 
of  20  miles.  A  fixed  white  light  is  shown  from  the  white 
tower  on  the  West  Mole  Head,  at  the  entrance  to  the  bay  on 
the  north  side  of  the  island. 

A  fixed  white  light  is  exhibited  from  low  spnr  on  the  north- 
east part  of  Caballo  Island,  27  feet  above  high- water  mark, 
and  is  visible  6  miles.  This  light  is  concealed  by  high  land 
to  seaward  between  the  bearings  of  NNE.  and  E.  by  N.,  and 
screened  toward  the  north  shore  between  the  bearings  of  S. 
by  W.  and  ESE. 

A  fixed  white  light,  showing  a  sector  of  green  light  through 
an  arc  of  75°  or  between  the  bearings  of  N.  47°  E.  and  N.  28° 
W.,  is  exhibited  from  a  light-house  on  Sangley  Point  (cli.  5, 
p.  49),  the  outer  extreme  of  the  low  land  at  the  entrance  of 
Port  Cavite.  It  is  elevated  29  feet  above  high  water,  and  is 
visible  in  clear  weather  from  a  distance  of  0  miles.  The  light 
is  shifted  as  the  point  extends. 

A  fixed  red  light,  elevated  51  feet  above  the  level  of  the  sea, 
is  exhibited  from  a  white  circular  tower,  on  the  northern  mole 
at  the  entrance  of  Pasig  River,  and  should  be  visible  in  clear 
weather  from  a  distance  of  9  miles. 

A  fixed  green  light  is  exhibited  from  an  iron  stand  painted 
red,  on  the  battery  of  the  southern  mole,  entrance  of  Pasig 
River.  This  light  is  elevated  16  feet  above  high  water,  and 
should  be  seen  from  off  the  entrance  of  the  river  between  the 
bearing  of  NW.  and  SE.  at  a  distance  of  1  mile ;  it  bears  south 
from  the  red  light  on  the  north  mole. 

Corregidor  Island  light,  Manila  Bay,  has  been  replaced  by 
a  provisional  light  of  the  same  character,  but  of  less  power, 
pending  the  installation  of  a  new  permanent  light  to  be 
exhibited  on  and  after  August  1,  1897. 

The  new  light  will  be  a  flashing  white  and  red  light  show- 
ing white  and  red  flashes  alternately  every  ten  seconds.  The 
light  will  be  633  feet  above  the  sea,  42  feet  above  the  ground, 
and  visible  36  miles  in  clear  weather. 

Soundings  from  50  to  40  fathoms  will  be  obtained  when 
within  7  or  6  miles  of  Corregidor,  decreasing  gradually  to  27 
or  26  fathoms  about  2  miles  to  the  westward  of  it. 

Between  Corregidor  and  the  north  shore  the  dej^ths  are  50 
to  48  fathoms  within  ^  of  a  mile  of  the  island,  26  fathoms  in 
mid-channel,  decreasing  quickly  to  16  or  15  fathoms,  stony 
ground,  within  ^  mile  of  the  north  shore. 


50  LUZON— WEST    COAST. 

La  Monja,  the  Nun,  or  Maycot-k,  is  a  higli  rock,  bearing 
from  Corregidor  light  W.  f  S.,  distant  3  miles,  with  27  fath- 
oms water  within  ^  of  a  mile  of  it  all  round.  The  soundings 
from  it  decrease  regularly  to  20  fathoms  within  -|  mile  of  the 
north  shore  and  deepen  to  29  or  30  fathoms  near  the  north- 
west part  of  Corregidor,  close  to  which  there  are  two  rocks, 
one  of  which  is  perforated. 

El  Fraile  (the  Friar)  Rock  or  Islet,  which  appears  like  a 
sail,  lies  3f  miles  S.  i  E.  from  Caballo  light,  and  nearly  2 
miles  from  the  south  shore  of  the  bay.  Close  around  it  are 
depths  of  10  and  11  fathoms,  increasing  to  17  and  23  fathoms 
at  a  short  distance  to  the  westward. 

Port  Mariveles,  on  the  north  side  of  the  entrance  to  Manila 
Bay,  is  about  a  mile  wide  and  1^  miles  deep ;  with  good  an- 
chorage, sheltered  from  all  but  southeast  winds.  Vessels  of 
any  size  may  moor  here,  and  procure  excellent  water.  Some 
rocky  islets,  Los  Cochinos,  with  a  rock  awash  just  outside 
them,  project  -i-  mile  otf  the  southwest  point  of  entrance. 
Vessels  may  anchor  in  17  fathoms,  with  the  village  bearing 
NW.  by  W.,  or  they  may  run  farther  into  the  bay  if  neces- 
sary, the  bottom  being  good  holding  ground  and  the  anchorage 
safe.  This  is  a  convenient  place  for  vessels  to  touch  at  when 
in  want  of  wood  and  water,  the  former  being  an  expensive 
article  at  Manila. 

From  Port  Mariveles  the  coast  trends  east  to  Point  Lasisi, 
then  NE.  to  Point  Limai;  between  the  two  latter  points  the 
shore  is  fronted  by  foul  ground,  and  between  San  Jose  and 
Real  points,  fishing  stakes  extend  2  miles  from  the  land. 

Shoal. — A  shoal  of  12  feet  water,  on  which  the  American 
ship  Sea  Witch  grounded  in  1884,  is  reported  to  lie  with  Kau- 
kauve  Point  bearing  west,  distant  6  cables. 

Limbones  and  Karabao  islets  are  two  rocky  islets  on  the 
south  side  of  the  entrance ;  between  them  is  Patungan  Cove, 
which  runs  in  2  miles  to  the  SSE.  From  Limbones  Islet  the 
coast  is  high  and  cliif  y  as  far  as  Marigondon  River,  which  forms 
the  boundary  of  the  highlands  of  the  Sierra  de  Pico  de  Loro. 

A  semaphore  station  has  been  established  on  Point  Restinga, 
1  mile  east  of  Karabao  Island. 

St.  Nicholas  Banks  are  two  shoals  lying  midway  between 
Caballo  Island  and  Port  Cavite  (ch.  5,  p.  49).  The  outer  shoal, 
nearly  a  mile  in  extent,  is  the  larger  of  the  two,  and  has  but 
5  feet  water  on  its  shoalest  iiart.     From  its  outer  or  northern 


LUZON— SOUTHWEST    COAST.  51 

edge,  in  11  feet  water,  Corregitlor  light  bears  W.  by  S.  f  S., 
and  Cavite  churcli  E.  by  N.  ^  N.  Within  a  ship's  length  to 
the  northwestward  there  are  13  and  15  fathoms  water,  the 
soundings  being  no  guide  in  approaching  it  because  the  bank 
is  so  steep.  La  Monja  Island,  in  line  with  the  northwest  point 
of  Corregider  Island  bearing  W.  by  S.  |  S.,  leads  north  of 
the  St.  Nicholas  Banks. 

A  beacon  has  been  constructed  on  the  northwest  head  of 
the  northwestern  of  the  two  shoals  forming  St.  Nicholas  Banks 
in  Manila  Bay.  The  beacon  stands  in  13  feet  of  water  at  low 
water  and  consists  of  a  base  of  concrete  showing  12  feet  above 
low  water,  in  the  form  of  a  truncated  cone,  and  surmounted 
by  an  iron  tower  23  feet  high,  on  which  will  be  placed  the 
lantern  for  the  light  which  is  to  be  established. 

SOUTHWEST    COAST. 

Although  this  coast  is  out  of  the  ordinary  track  of  vessels 
passing  up  and  down  the  China  Sea,  yet  it  is  of  importance 
when  proceeding  to  or  from  Manila,  inside  the  Lubang 
Islands.  Vessels  navigating  along  it  should  keep  near  the 
shore,  in  order  to  escape  the  tides  which  run  from  the 
entrance  of  Manila  Bay  to  the  southwestward. 

From  Limbones  Island  the  coast  trends  S.  by  W.  about  7 
miles  to  Point  Fuego,  and  is  intersected  by  various  bays.  It 
is  elevated,  rocky,  and  very  steep-to,  with  several  islets  in  its 
vicinity. 

Port  Jamilo,  situated  about  44-  miles  to  the  southward  of 
Limbones  Island,  is  on  the  southeast  side  of  the  bay  of  the 
same  name,  and  runs  in  about  1^  miles  to  the  eastward ;  the 
entrance  is  about  4  to  5  cables  in  breadth,  with  depths  of  16 
and  14  fathoms,  decreasing  gradually  toward  the  interior, 
where  the  soundings  are  5i  to  G|  fathoms,  sand  and  mud. 

The  best  anchorage  is  on  the  north  side,  in  (3^  and  7^  fath- 
oms. Mangroves  grow  near  the  mouth  of  the  river,  which 
discharges  at  the  head  of  the  port,  the  shore  of  which  is  low. 

Soundings. — The  soundings  off  this  part  of  Luzon  are  deep 
ai'id  irregular,  30  to  110  fathoms,  and  afford  but  little  or  no 
warning  when  approaching  the  dangers,  close  to  which  are 
17  to  GO  fathoms;  consequently  the  navigator  will  have  to 
approach  the  coast  with  proper  care  and  caution. 

The  coast. — Point  Fuego  is  moderately  high  and  rocky, 
with  an  islet  off  its  north  side.     Two  other  islets,  connected 


52  LUZON — SOUTHWEST    COAST. 

by  a  reef,  lie  1^  miles  SSE.  of  the  point,  and  have  a  pinnacle 
rock,  awash  at  low  water,  on  their  eastern  side. 

Nasngbu  Bay,  about  5  miles  to  the  southwestward  of  Fuego 
Point,  is  formed  by  low  land,  with  a  dark,  sandy  shore,  which 
is  steep-to  and  wooded.  About  the  middle  of  this  bay  the 
river  Lian  discharges ;  on  the  bar  is  a  depth  of  2  feet  at  low 
water.  The  town  of  Nasugbu,  containing  3,000  inhabitants, 
is  situated  on  the  right  bank  of  the  river.  Anchorage  during 
the  northeast  monsoon  can  be  obtained  in  front  of  the  bar  of 
the  river  Lian,  in  5^  to  7i  fathoms,  sand. 

Shoal. — A  rocky  shoal,  1  cable  long,  east  and  west,  and  i  of 
a  cable  broad,  with  4^  feet  water  over  it  at  the  eastern  extrem- 
ity, lies  4  cables  from  Nasugbu  Point ;  from  the  shoalest  part, 
Fortune  Island  bears  W.  i  N.,  Point  Talin  S.  i  W.,  and  Point 
Fuego  NNW.  f  W. 

Talin  Bay,  lying  to  the  north  of  Talin  Point,  is  3|  miles 
wide  and  about  1^  miles  deep,  but  open  to  the  NW.,  and  foul. 
Its  shore  is  composed  of  alternate  rocky  cliffs  and  sandy 
beaches. 

Talin  Point  is  of  moderate  height,  of  rocks  and  short  sand 
beaches  which  serve  as  a  base  to  several  pyramidal  hills  very 
slightly  wooded ;  it  is  surrounded  by  a  reef  to  the  distance  of 
one  cable. 

The  coast. — Two  miles  to  the  south  of  Point  Talin  is  a  little 
bay  (Matabukai) ;  from  here  the  coast  trends  south  for  8  miles 
to  Point  Kalatayan,  and  is  very  low,  with  sandy  shores  and 
mangB.ves;  it  is  also  intersected  by  several  estuaries,  and  is 
fronted  by  a  reef  which  extends  2  miles  to  seaward.  Sound- 
ings of  14  and  17  fathoms  will  be  obtained  ^  mile  from  the 
edge  of  the  reef. 

Cape  Santiago. — The  southwest  extremity  of  Luzon  Island 
is  moderately  high,  wooded,  and  surrounded  by  a  reef  which 
extends  about  a  cable  from  the  shore,  and  dries.  The  sound- 
ings at  the  edge  of  the  reef  are  4  to  5  fathoms,  deepening 
abruptly  to  44  and  55  fathoms  at  a  distance  of  half  a  mile. 

Light. — There  is  a  semaphore  station  on  Cape  Santiago,  in 
connection  with  Manila,  and  a  light-house  will  shortly  be  com- 
menced. 

Minerva  Rock. — Vessels  passing  eastward  of  the  Lubang 
group  and  apj)roaching  Cape  Santiago,  or  St.  Jago,  the  south- 
west point  of  Luzon,  should  be  careful  to  avoid  the  Minerva 
Rock,  which  seems  not  to  have  been  noticed  by  navigators 


LUZON — SOUTHWEST    COAST.  53 

until  the  Minerva,  of  Alloa,  Captain  Robertson,  bound  from 
Sydney  to  Manila,  struck  on  it  at  2  a.  m.  September  10,  1834, 
although  an  American  shij)  had  been  wrecked  on  it  several 
years  previously.  It  is  said  to  be  a  coral  rock,  having  17 
fathoms  water  near  it,  and  bearing  from  Cape  Santiago  SE. 
^  E.,  distant  4  or  5  miles. 

The  channel  eastward  of  the  Lubang  Islands,  and  also 
between  them  and  Mindoro,  is  frequented  by  the  Spanish  ves- 
sels when  going  to  or  coming  from  Manila.  The  Samarang 
worked  through  this  channel  easterly,  and  Sir  Edward  Belcher 
remarks :  "  It  is  important  to  remind  seamen  that  from  about  4 
to  (j  a.  m.  those  who  frequent  this  coast  state  that  sudden  heavy 
squalls  may  be  expected  offshore,  and  as  vessels  are  compelled 
to  carry  a  press  of  sail  to  mpke  j)rogress,  they  should  shorten 
before  they  round  Kalavite;  and  this  especially  applies  to 
close  working  to  get  through  the  channel  between  it  and 
Lubang.  Even  Avith  caution  a  flurry  took  two  jib  booms  in 
succession  between  G  and  10  a.  m.  The  advantage  gained 
by  this  channel,  which  is  free  from  danger  as  to  pilotage,  was 
manifest,  as  it  enabled  us,  having  cleared  the  channel  at  3 
p.  m.,  to  reach  the  entrance  of  Manila  Bay  with  a  free  wind 
at  10  p.  m." 

Fortune  Island,  situated  6i  miles  SW.  of  Point  Fuego,  is 
about  a  mile  in  extent,  bare,  and  steep-to,  with  some  rocks  off 
its  southeastern  side.  Sir  E.  Belcher  observes:  "The  island 
is  safe  to,  and,  like  Cabra,  requires  but  the  seaman's 
attention." 

Simo  Banks,  about  14  or  15  miles  northward  of  the  Lubang 
group,  consist  of  two  banks,  with  a  least  depth  of  8  fathoms 
on  them.  The  western  bank  extends  2  miles  north  and  south, 
and  lies  12  miles  W.  ^  N.  from  Fortune  Island.  The  eastern 
bank  extends  NE.  and  SW.,  and  bears  W.  by  N.  8  miles  from 
Fortune  Island.  There  are  irregular  souiidings,  21  to  109 
fathoms,  near  these  banks. 

Lubang  Islands  are  a  detached  group  of  six  islands  that 
front  the  southwest  end  of  Luzon  and  the  northwest  end  of 
Mindoro.  They  are  uninhabited,  with  the  exception  of  Lu- 
bang Island,  which  in  1879  had  a  population  of  about  3,000. 
The  only  safe  anchorage  for  vessels  during  all  seasons  is  the 
port  of  Tilig,  situated  on  the  northeast  coast  of  Lubang 
Island. 

Cabra,  or  Goat  Island,  the  outer  or  westernmost  island  of  the 
Lubang  group,  extends  2  miles  from  NW.  to  SE.,  and  is  a 


54  LUZON — SOUTHWEST    COAST. 

low,  flat,  wooded  island,  with  a  reef  projecting  -i-  cable  from 
its  north  and  northeast  sides. 

Sir  E.  Belcher  remarks:  "Some  doubt  existing  as  to  the 
true  position  of  the  dangers  reported  to  extend  off  this  island, 
a  day  was  devoted  to  establish  this  turning  point  of  the  navi- 
gation of  these  seas." 

The  Samarang  grazed  the  island  on  its  eastern  side,  round- 
ing to  and  anchoring  off"  its  southern  face.  The  distance 
usually  observed  in  passing  land  is  the  only  question  to  be 
noticed  here.  No  dangers  requiring  express  caution  exist. 
It  has  also  been  passed  by  the  Samarang  very  close  on  the 
west  side,  much  within  the  range  that  any  merchant  vessel 
could  try  without  the  appearance  of  danger.  In  the  voyage 
of  H.  M.  S.  Snlpliur  it  is  observed:  "Both  the  Starling  and 
Sulphur  shaved  the  surf  line  of  Cabra  without  obtaining 
soundings ;  therefore,  the  dangers  reported  to  lie  to  the  north- 
ward of  this  island  are  incorrectly  stated." 

The  channel  between  this  island  and  Lubang  is  about  1\ 
miles  broad,  and  may  be  navigated  without  fear,  as  the  reefs 
on  the  north  side  of  Lubang  always  show.  In  this  channel 
the  flood  sets  to  the  north  and  the  ebb  to  the  south. 

Light. — Near  the  western  extreme  of  Cabra  Island  is  exhib- 
ited a  group  flashing  white  light  every  minute,  the  duration 
of  each  flash  being  eight  seconds,  the  interval  between  each 
two  flashes  of  the  same  group  seven  seconds,  and  the  interval 
between  the  groups  thirty-seven  seconds.  It  is  visible  sea- 
ward through  an  arc  of  268°,  or  from  the  bearing  of  S.  49°  W. 
to  N.  39°  W. 

The  light  is  elevated  217  feet  above  the  sea,  and  should  be 
seen  in  clear  weather  from  a  distance  of  22  miles. 

The  light-house,  67  feet  high,  and  constructed  of  brick,  is 
square  in  shape,  with  sloping  base,  and  keeper's  dwelling  at- 
tached on  its  eastern  side. 

Lubang  Island,  extending  about  16  miles  nearly  NW.  and 
SE.,  is  the  largest  and  most  important  island  of  the  group; 
it  is  high  in  the  middle,  but  low  at  each  extreme. 

Its  coasts  are  protected  by  a  reef  which  extends  about  i  of 
a  mile  from  the  shore;  the  southwest  coast  is  rocky.  On  the 
eastern  and  northeastern  sides  are  several  bays,  more  or  less 
protected,  but  diflicult  to  make,  owing  to  the  shoals  and  reefs 
by  which  they  are  inclosed. 

Port  Tilig,  on  the  northeast  coast  of  Lubang,  is  the  only 
safe  anchorage  for  vessels  in  all  seasons ;  it  is  sheltered  from 


LUBAN  ISLAND 


LOOC   BAT 


^^/ 


S«<J»  o/ B  Cub!™ 


t 

x-'V 

■-[ 

A 

^^ 

J 

V 

i 

A 

LUZON — SOUTHWEST    COAST.  55 

all  winds  and  completely  protected  from  the  sea.  The  hold- 
ing ground  is  excellent.  The  entrance  faces  the  NNW,  and 
is  beaconed  by  the  reefs  on  which  the  sea  breaks  during 
rough  weather.  In  the  entrance  there  are  dej:>tlis  of  14  to  5^ 
fathoms  in  low  water,  in  mid-channel,  and  the  western  shore 
can  be  approached  until  the  anchorage  in  front  of  the  bastion 
is  reached,  in  5^  to  3f  fathoms,  mud  and  sand.  The  bottom 
of  the  bay  is  occupied  by  a  shoal  in  the  shape  of  a  half  moon, 
showing  at  Ioav  water,  which  divides  the  port  into  two  dis- 
tinct anchorages. 

The  San  Vicente  bastion  is  situated  on  the  western  point  of 
the  entrance;  it  is  a  square  tower  of  rough  stone,  upon  the 
parapet  of  which  a  wooden  house  has  been  erected. 

Ingress  and  egress,  unless  in  very  favorable  weather,  owing 
to  its  being  on  a  lee  shore,  is  questionable  for  a  sailing  vessel. 

Cattle,  pigs,  and  poultry  can  be  obtained  at  moderate  prices, 
also  a  fair  supply  of  water.  There  are  no  vegetables,  and 
fruit  is  very  scarce. 

Tides. — The  tides  are  complicated.  It  is  high  water,  full 
and  change,  in  Port  Tilig  at  9h.  30m. ;  springs  rise  5  feet. 

Luk  (Looc)  Bay  (ch.  6,  p.  55),  on  the  east  side  of  Lubang,  is 
thus  described  by  Sir  E.  Belcher:  "On  the  eastern  end  of 
Lubang  Island,  and  covered  by  Ambil  Island,  is  the  very  snug 
port  of  Luk,  which  affords  safe  retreat  in  the  event  of  accident 
in  passing  Kalavite  or  during  the  navigation  of  Verde  Island 
Passage.  It  is  pretty  free  from  dangers  at  the  mouth,  and 
good  holding  ground  will  be  found  in  depths  between  10  and 
20  fathoms.  Within  the  former  depth  it  suddenly  shoals, 
and  several  lines  of  coral  ledge  bar  the  inner  depths  of  the 
bay  from  direct  access,  although  excellent  shelter  would  be 
found  by  a  vessel  moored  between  these  barriers  to  which  they 
might  easily  be  conducted.  At  the  village  a  brisk  rivulet 
supplies  most  excellent  water,  but  boats  can  not  fill  except  at 
high  water." 

In  approaching  the  bay  caution  must  be  observed,  as  a  3^ 
fathoms  patch  is  marked  on  the  chart  about  2^  miles  to  the 
eastward  of  the  southern  horn  of  the  bay.  Water,  as  well  as 
wood,  is  easily  procured,  but  bullocks,  stock,  vegetables,  etc., 
are  at  the  same  (or  higher)  prices  as  Manila. 

From  Luk  Bay  the  coast  trends  to  the  NW.  about  7  miles 
to  Port  Tilig,  and  -is  generally  fringed  with  reefs.     There  are 


No.G 


LUBAN  ISLAND 


\ 


LOOC  BA' 

Surveyed,  by 
CATT"  SIH.E  ■  HE  I A :  HF.H,  RJf.  C  J. 

1846 

SOUNDINGS  IN  FATHOMS 
J 
Jfatural  Sca2e   M.ioo 


San  Rafael  ."i  i\ 


Scale  at  10  CaUes  or  1  Sea  i 


LUZON — SOUTHWEST    COAST.  55 

all  winds  and  completely  protected  from  the  sea.  The  hold- 
ing ground  is  excellent.  The  entrance  faces  the  NNW.  and 
is  beaconed  by  the  reefs  on  which  the  sea  breaks  during 
rough  weather.  In  the  entrance  there  are  depths  of  14  to  5^ 
fathoms  in  low  water,  in  mid-channel,  and  the  western  shore 
can  be  approached  until  the  anchorage  in  front  of  the  bastion 
is  reached,  in  5^  to  of  fathoms,  mud  and  sand.  The  bottom 
of  the  bay  is  occupied  by  a  shoal  in  the  shape  of  a  half  moon, 
showing  at  low  water,  which  divides  the  i><-*i't  into  two  dis- 
tinct anchorages. 

The  San  Vicente  bastion  is  situated  on  the  western  point  of 
the  entrance;  it  is  a  square  tower  of  rough  stone,  upon  the 
parapet  of  which  a  wooden  house  has  been  erected. 

Ingress  and  egress,  unless  in  very  favorable  weather,  owing 
to  its  being  on  a  lee  shore,  is  questionable  for  a  sailing  vessel. 

Cattle,  pigs,  and  poultry  can  be  obtained  at  moderate  prices, 
also  a  fair  supply  of  water.  There  are  no  vegetables,  and 
fruit  is  very  scarce. 

Tides. — The  tides  are  complicated.  It  is  high  water,  full 
and  change,  in  Port  Tilig  at  9h.  30m. ;  springs  rise  5  feet. 

Luk  (Looc)  Bay  (cli.  6,  p.  55),  on  the  east  side  of  Lubang,  is 
thus  described  by  Sir  E.  Belcher:  "On  the  eastern  end  of 
Lubang  Island,  and  covered  by  Ambil  Island,  is  the  very  snug 
port  of  Luk,  which  affords  safe  retreat  in  the  event  of  accident 
in  passing  Kalavite  or  during  the  navigation  of  Verde  Island 
Passage.  It  is  pretty  free  from  dangers  at  the  mouth,  and 
good  holding  ground  will  be  found  in  depths  between  10  and 
20  fathoms.  Within  the  former  depth  it  suddenly  shoals, 
and  several  lines  of  coral  ledge  bar  the  inner  depths  of  the 
bay  from  direct  access,  although  excellent  shelter  would  be 
found  by  a  vessel  moored  between  these  barriers  to  which  they 
might  easily  be  conducted.  At  the  village  a  brisk  rivulet 
supplies  most  excellent  water,  but  boats  can  not  fill  excei)t  at 
high  water." 

In  approaching  the  bay  caution  must  be  observed,  as  a  3^ 
fathoms  patch  is  marked  on  the  chart  about  2|-  miles  to  the 
eastward  of  the  southern  horn  of  the  bay.  Water,  as  well  as 
wood,  is  easily  procured,  but  bullocks,  stock,  vegetables,  etc., 
are  at  the  same  (or  higher)  prices  as  Manila. 

From  Luk  Bay  the  coast  trends  to  the  NW.  about  7  miles 
to  Port  Tilig,  and  -is  generally  fringed  with  reefs.     There  are 


5()  T.I'ZON — SOITTHWEST    (OAST. 

suiiu'  small  l);iys  on  this  coast,  l)ut  tlu-y  only  afford  protection 
among  the  I'et^fs  for  small  vessels  with  local  knowledge. 

Amhil,  or  Amul  Island,,  lying  to  the  east  of  Lnbang,  is  about 
4^  miles  east  and  west,  and  is  formed  by  a  conical  mountain 
about  2,500  feet  high  with  a  plain  on  its  western  side.  The 
northeast  coast  is  high  and  rocky,  with  an  open  bay,  in  which 
are  depths  of  10  to  11  fathoms ;  on  the  west  side  is  a  bay  ^  mile 
broad  in  which  anchorage  can  be  obtained  in  4  fathoms,  mud; 
a  reef  extends  2  cables  from  the  shores  of  this  bay. 

The  passage  between  Ambil  and  Lubang  is  clear,  but  caution 
is  necessary  on  account  of  the  reefs,  which  contract  the  chan- 
nel to  one-half  its  apparent  breadth.  The  flood  tide  sets  to 
the  south  and  the  ebb  to  the  north  through  this  channel. 

Afuera  Bank,  to  the  north  of  Lubang  Island  and  2^  miles 
from  Port  Tilig,  extends  1|  miles  from  east  to  west  and  is  f 
of  a  mile  broad,  with  deptlis  of  2  to  4  fathoms  over  it.  From 
the  bastion  of  Tilig  the  shoalest  part  bears  between  N.  f  W. 
and  N.  by  W.  i  W. 

Ambil  Bank,  a  crescent-shaped  shoal,  is  2  miles  in  extent, 
with  depths  of  4  to  5^  fathoms  on  it,  and  a  patch  of  rock  in 
the  center,  with  2  fathoms  water  over  it.  It  lies  NW.  of 
Ambil  Island  and  close  to  it,  the  channel  between  the  edge 
of  the  bank  and  the  NW.  point  of  the  island  being  4  cables 
broad. 

Malavatuan  Island,  3  miles  to  the  north  of  Ambil,  is  about 
3  cables  in  extent  NE.  and  SW.,  and  covered  with  brushwood. 
It  is  steep-to,  and  has  a  passage  1^  miles  broad  between  it  and 
Mandani  Island,  with  depths  in  it  of  5|  to  7  fathoms.  To  the 
north  and  northwestward  of  this  island  are  shoal  patches  on 
which  the  least  water  appears  to  be  G  fathoms,  the  soundings 
round  about  being  36  to  50  and  90  fathoms. 

■  Mandani  Island,  1  mile  north  of  Ambil,  is  rather  more  than 
^  mile  in  extent,  and  composed  of  two  small  hills  of  unequal 
height.  On  the  southwest  side  is  a  shoal  a  cable  from  the 
shore ;  the  other  sides  are  steep-to. 

Golo  Island,  a  high  but  long  narrow  strip  of  land,  8  miles 
WNW.  and  ESE.,  with  reefs  off  its  northeast,  east,  and  south- 
east points,  adjoins  the  southeastern  extreme  of  Lubang.  The 
south  side  of  Golo  Island  must  be  approached  with  caution ; 
coral  reefs  extend  about  1  cable  from  the  shore.  H.  M.  S. 
Teazer,  1872,  anchored  in  13  fathoms,  mud,  oft'  this  part  of  the 


LUZON — SOUTHWEST    COAST.  57 

island,  with  Cape  Kalavite  bearing  S.  |  W.,  and  tlie  south- 
east extreme  of  Golo  Island  SE.  by  E.  f  E.  About  i  of  a 
cable  nearer  the  shore  4  and  5  fathoms,  coral,  were  obtained. 

The  channel  between  this  island  and  Lubang  is  4  cables 
broad,  with  a  rock  nearly  awash  in  its  center.  The  flood 
tide  runs  to  the  south,  and  the  ebb  to  the  north  through  this 
channel. 

Flying  Cloud  Rock. — The  ship  Flying  Cloud,  on  the  Ttli 
of  April,  1854,  is  reported  to  have  struck  on  a  sunken  rock, 
Avith  (')  to  12  feet  water  on  it,  and  about  30  or  35  feet  in  diam- 
eter; it  is  said  to  lie  in  latitude  13°  28'  N.,  longitude  110°  34' 
E.  (approximate). 

Cape  Santiago  is  moderately  high,  wooded,  and  surrounded 
by  a  reef  which  extends  about  a  cable  from  the  shore,  and 
dries.  The  soundings  at  the  edge  of  the  reef  are  4  to  5  fathoms, 
deepening  abruptly  to  44  and  55  fathoms  at  the  distance  of  ^ 
mile. 

Light. — There  is  a  semaphore  station  on  Cape  Santiago  in 
connection  with  Manila,  and  a  light-house  will  shortly  be  com- 
menced. 

Minerva  Rock,  on  which  the  Minerva,  of  Alloa,  is  reported 
to  have  struck  at  2  a.m.,  September  10,  1834,  is  said  to  be  a 
coral  rock,  having  17  fathoms  water  near  it,  and  bearing  from 
Cape  Santiago  SE.  ^  E.,  distant  4  or  5  miles.  The  rock  was 
searched  for  unsuccessfully  by  the  Spanish  Hydrographic 
Commission  under  Capt.  D.  Claudio  Montero,  and  has  been 
erased  from  the  Sj^anish  charts. 

.  Pagapas  Bay,  between  Cape  Santiago  and  Point  San  Pedrino 
to  the  northward,  is  very  deep ;  the  shore  is  fringed  by  a  nar- 
row reef  with  soundings  of  7  fathoms  near  its  edge.  Anchor- 
age may  be  found  on  the  eastern  side  of  the  bay  in  7  fathoms ; 
the  western  part  is  rocky.  At  the  bottom  of  the  bay  is  the 
little  port,  Kalaboso,  formed  by  a  break  in  the  reef ;  the  en- 
trance is  difficult  and  it  is  only  frequented  by  coasters. 

Point  San  Pedrino  is  surmounted  by  a  hillock;  it  is  well 
wooded,  and  is  encircled  l)y  a  reef  that  extends  to  a  cable's 
distance  from  the  shore. 

Balayan  Bay,  the  great  bay  between  Cape  Santiago  and 
Point  Benagalet  or  Kalumpan,  is  clear  of  danger,  with  bottom 
of  sand  and  mud,  but  the  shores  are  so  steep  that  a  vessel  must 
approach  very  close  to  get  within  12  fathoms  depth. 


58  LUZON — SOUTHWEST    COAST. 

W^inds  and  tides. — The  winds  in  this  bay  follow  the  mon- 
soo]is  generally ;  the  land  breeze  blows  nearly  every  evening. 
The  Hood  stream  makes  to  the  southward  and  the  ebb  to  the 
northward. 

Balayan  town,  at  the  mouth  of  the  river  of  the  same  name, 
is  situated  G  miles  to  the  northward  of  Point  San  Pedriho ; 
there  is  anchorage  to  the  eastward  of  the  river  in  3  to  G 
fathoms,  sand  and  rock,  sheltered  from  all  winds  but  those 
from  the  southward ;  only  boats  of  light  draft  can  enter  the 
river,  as  the  bar  has  only  3  feet  of  water  over  it  at  high  water. 
Mount  Balayan,  which  lies  3  miles  NE.  of  the  town,  serves 
as  a  guide  to  the  anchorage.  The  town  consists  of  25,000  in- 
habitants, and  affords  supplies  of  all  kinds. 

Taal  lies  11  miles  ESE.  of  Balayan;  the  coast  between  these 
two  towns  is  low  and  sandy,  but  steej)-to.  This  important 
town  is  at  the  entrance  of  the  river  Pansipit,  into  which  ves- 
sels of  100  tons  burden  can  enter.  The  best  anchorage  is  to 
the  north  of  the  mouth  of  the  river  near  the  shore  in  7  fath- 
oms, sand,  with  the  fort  of  Taal  in  line  with  Mount  Makalog; 
it  is  sheltered  from  all  winds  from  north  to  south  through  east. 
There  are  7  feet  of  water  at  high  water  on  the  bar  of  the  river, 
which  flows  from  the  lake  of  Taal  and  enters  the  bay  about  a 
mile  from  the  town.  The  inhabitants  of  Taal,  like  those  of 
Balayan,  are  engaged  chiefly  in  agriculture,  care  of  cattle, 
and  in  fishing;  provisions  are  plentiful,  and  there  is  active 
commerce  with  the  Province  of  Manila. 

Point  Benagalet,  the  western  point  of  Kalumpan  Peninsula, 
is  a  rocky  bluff  fringed  by  a  narrow  reef,  which  runs  all 
around  the  southwest  of  the  peninsula  to  near  Point  Cazador. 
This  part  of  the  coast  is  clean,  with  soundings  of  25  fathoms 
close  to ;  it  is  of  regular  height  and  covered  with  wood. 

Point  Cazador  is  the  southern  end  of  Kalumpan  Peninsula, 
which  separates  the  bays  of  Balayan  and  Batangas.  It  is 
formed  by  a  tongue  of  land  of  regular  height,  covered  with 
trees;  off  the  point,  and  joined  to  it,  are  some  rocks,  and  on 
its  eastern  side  a  narrow  reef,  with  soundings  of  3  to  11  fath- 
oms at  ^  cable  distance,  which  soundings  deepen  abruptly  to 
65  fathoms  at  2  cables  from  the  southern  part. 

Batangas  Bay,  contained  between  Point  Cazador  and  Point 
Matoko,  9  miles  to  the  ESE.,  penetrates  9  miles  to  the  north- 
ward ;  it  is  clear  and  deep,  with  steep  coasts.  From  Point 
Cazador  the  coast  for  6  miles  to  the  NNE.  is  steep,  rocky,  and 


LUZON — SOUTHWEST   COAST.  59 

wooded;  it  can  be  passed  without  danger  at  a  distance  of  i  of 
a  mile.  From  thence  the  coast  is  low,  with  sand  beaches  cut 
into  by  the  little  rivers  Balito,  Buang,  Batangas,  and  Kaluni- 
pan. 

Batangas  River,  whicli  enters  to  the  eastward  and  very  near 
to  the  town  of  the  same  name,  is  so  shallow  that  a  canoe  can 
hardly  enter  it  at  low  water,  and  even  at  high  water  boats 
have  a  difficulty  in  going  up  it.  There  is  a  watering  place  up 
the  river  at  a  little  distance  from  the  mouth,  and  farther  up 
the  river  divides  it  into  two  branches ;  one  branch  is  directed 
to  the  eastward,  and  with  some  windings  passes  close  to  the 
town  of  Batangas,  at  f  of  a  mile  from  the  mouth ;  the  other 
branch  is  to  the  southeast,  and  joins  the  river  Kalumpan. 
To  the  west  of  the  mouth  there  is  a  sand  bank,  which  is  mostly 
uncovered  at  low  water. 

Kalumpan  River  enters  f  of  a  mile  from  the  Batangas 
River.  The  bank  which  forms  its  bar  is  2  cables  wide,  and 
uncovers  at  low  water,  so  that  it  is  difficult  even  for  the  light- 
est canoes  to  enter.  The  river  brings  down  volcanic  ashes 
and  pieces  of  pumice  stone,  which  together  form  both  its 
banks  and  the  bar,  and  cover  part  of  the  bottom  in  the  neigh- 
borhood. 

Coast. — From  the  river  Kalumpan  the  coast  trends  to  the 
southward,  forming  a  small  bay  with  a  beach  of  sand  and 
mangroves  ending  in  a  little  point  at  1+  miles  from  the  river. 
The  bank  of  sand  which  commences  at  the  mouth  of  the 
river  Batangas  and  borders  all  this  part  of  the  coast  at  a  dis- 
tance of  2  to  3  cables  terminates  here.  This  bank  dries  in 
places  at  low  water;  the  depth  near  its  northern  edge  is  12^ 
fathoms,  mud;  off  its  southwest  extreme,  11  fathoms;  and  at 
its  southern  end  7  to  30  fathoms,  whicli  depth  increases  to  82 
fathoms  at  less  than  2  miles  from  the  Batangas  coast. 

Pinamukan  Point  lies  SSW.  3  miles  from  the  little  point 
where  the  bank  ends;  the  coast  between  these  points  is  of 
regular  height  and  well  wooded,  with  soundings  of  5  fath- 
oms close  to  the  shore  and  -tO  to  50  fathoms  at  the  distance  of 
1  mile;  to  the  eastward  of  Point  Pinamukan  it  forms  an 
angle,  into  which  flows  a  small  river  of  the  same  name  as  the 
point.  Fresh  water  may  be  obtained  from  this  river,  but 
with  difficulty,  as  it  is  necessary  to  go  some  distance  up  for 
it,  and  the  river  is  very  shallow.  From  Point  Pinamukan 
the  coast  trends  about  SSW.  for  3  miles  to  Point  Matoko,  and 


00  LUZON — SOUTHWEST    COAST. 

is  of  regukir  licight  and  wooded,  with  detaclied  rocks  close  to 
tlie  shore. 

Anchorage. — From  Point  Buaiig  to  Point  Pinamukan  the 
whole  coast  is  formed  of  sand  beaches,  and  vessels  of  all  sizes 
can  anchor  off  it,  but  necessarily  very  close  to  the  shore  on 
account  of  the  great  depth  of  water.  Between  Buang  and 
Batangas  a  depth  of  14  fathoms,  mud,  will  be  found  at  less 
than  2  cables  from  the  shore,  and  this  anchorage  is  preferred 
by  the  vessels  that  frequent  the  coast,  on  account  of  its  good 
holding  ground  and  its  proximity  to  those  two  towns.  In 
case  of  necessity,  anchorage  can  be  had  on  the  coast  east  and 
west  of  the  above  road,  but  very  close  to  the  shore,  and  on 
bottom  of  gravel  and  rock. 

Point  Matoko,  which  forms  the  eastern  extremity  of 
Batangas  Bay,  is  high,  wooded,  and  precipitous,  with  one 
low  point  to  the  southwest.  The  coast  to  the  eastward  is 
rocky  for  1^  miles,  as  far  as  a  sloping  point  (Ilijan) ;  it  then 
forms  a  slight  indentation,  ending  to  the  eastward  in  Point 
Arenas.  In  this  bay  small  coasters  find  anchorage  during 
the  northeast  monsoon,  to  avoid  the  ebb  stream.  The  shores 
of  this  part  of  the  coast  are  covered  with  the  Palo  Maria,  a 
tree  of  the  natural  order  Outtifenv ,  which  yields  a  valuable 
gum. 

Point  Arenas,  the  second  point  from  Matoko,  consists  of 
sand  and  stones,  which  serves  to  distinguish  it ;  it  is  low  and 
clean,  and  the  tidal  streams  rush  past  it  with  great  force. 
Point  Taliji,  li  miles  ENE.  of  Point  Arenas,  is  not  very 
prominent;  it  is  rocky  and  wooded;  to  the  westward  of  the 
point  good  water  can  be  obtained,  which  comes  from  a  valley 
of  Mount  Taliji.  From  here  to  Point  Rosario,  2^  miles  ENE., 
the  coast  is  covered  with  trees,  and  shows  a  sandy  beach 
fringed  by  rocks  close  to. 

Rosario  River  debouches  at  2|  miles  from  the  point  of  the 
same  name;  it  is  ^  cable  wide  at  the  mouth,  and  the  two 
points  which  form  the  entrance  are  both  prolonged  by  a  spit 
of  sand  ^  cable  in  length.  The  bar  is  1  cable  in  width,  and 
composed  of  sand  and  gravel  with  rocky  patches  on  it ;  the 
entrance  channel,  which  is  between  the  bar  and  the  north- 
west entrance  point,  is  hardly  ^  cable  wide  and  only  3  or  4- 
feet  deep  at  low  water  and  6  feet  at  high  water,  which  depth 
diminishes  farther  up  the  stream.  The  river  divides  into 
two  branches ;  fresh  water  can  be  obtained  from  the  northern 


LUZON — SOUTH   COAST.  01 

one,  but  canoes  must  be  used  to  get  it.  From  Kosario  River 
to  Malabrigo  Point  the  shore  is  sandy,  wooded,  and  of  regular 
height. 

Anchorage  can  be  found  in  northerly  winds  for  v^essels  of 
all  sizes  between  Points  Matoko  and  Malabrigo,  but  the  shore 
is  very  steep,  and  at  less  than  2  cables  from  it  the  depth  is 
from  8  to  13  fathoms.     Bottom,  coarse  sand  and  gravel. 

Punas  or  Lobo  Point  is  the  central  point  of  the  broad  head- 
land formed  by  the  spurs  of  the  Sierras  de  Lobo ;  Malabrigo 
Point  is  the  western,  and  Malagundi  (or  Galban)  the  eastern 
point  of  this  headland.  The  coast  comprised  between  them 
is  of  moderate  height  and  well  wooded,  rocky  between  Mala- 
brigo and  Punas,  and  bordered  with  sand  beach  and  rock 
from  here  to  Malagundi,  off  which  point  lies  a  little  islet  sur- 
rounded by  rocks.  Punas  Point  is  remarkable  by  some  red 
patches  at  a  short  distance  from  the  beach,  and  the  Sierras 
de  Lobo,  3,363  feet  high,  serve  to  indicate  the  i^osition  from 
the  southeast. 

SiGAYAN  OR  LoKOLOKO  PoiNT. — From  Malagundi  Point 
the  coast  shows  the  same  sand  beach  for  4  miles  to  the  little 
river  Sigayan,  where  the  high  land  of  the  Sierras  behind 
Punas  Point  terminates.  The  river  is  narrow  and  shallow, 
and  fresh  water  can  be  obtained  at  a  little  distance  from  the 
mouth.  No  description  of  Sigayan  Point  itself  is  to  be  found 
in  the  Spanish  Derrotero. 

AncJwrage. — Vessels  of  all  sizes  can  anchor  between  Mala- 
gundi and  Sigayan,  but  close  to  the  shore,  which  is  very  steep. 
The  bottom  is  generally  of  coarse  sand  mixed  with  gravel. 

SOUTH   COAST. 

Tayabas  Bay. — From  Point  Sigayan  or  Lokoloko  the 
shore  is  of  the  same  nature  for  4  miles  ENE.  to  Point  Ban- 
tiki,  which  is  surrounded  by  rocks  to  the  distance  of  3  cables. 
The  land  behind  these  headlands  is  low  and  thickly  wooded, 
and  appears  almost  entirely  sunk  when  seen  from  the  neigh- 
borhood of  the  south  point  of  Marinduque. 

KoLOKONTO  Bay. — At  1^  miles  NW,  of  Point  Bantiki  is 
the  southeast  point  of  an  inlet  named  Kolokonto  Bay,  the 
entrance  of  which  is  f  of  a  mile  wide,  and  which  runs  1  mile 
inland;  there  is  a  small  islet  within  it  covered  with  trees, 
and  in  front  of  the  entrance  several  rocks  which  mostly  dry 


0:2  i.rzox — south  coast. 

at  low  water.  This  inlet  serves  as  shelter  to  small  craft  in 
soutliwest  gales. 

Coast. — From  the  northwest  point  of  Kolokonto  Bay  the 
coast  trends  round  to  the  northward ;  it  is  of  regular  height, 
wooded,  and  bordered  by  a  sand  beach.  The  River  Nayun 
enters  the  sea  at  6  miles  from  the  last  point.  Its  mouth  is 
only  ^  cable  wide  and  1|  fathoms  deep  at  low  water  inside 
the  bar,  which  itself  is  2  cables  wide  with  3  feet  least  depth. 
At  \  mile  up  the  stream  from  the  entrance  are  several  wooded 
islets,  and  here  the  river  divides  into  two  arms,  both  of  salt 
water.  The  river  Nayun  offers  shelter  to  small  coasters,  for 
at  its  mouth  there  are  from  2  to  4  fathoms,  lessening  toward 
the  islets. 

Anchorage. — Vessels  of  all  sizes  can  anchor  off  the  coast 
between  the  mouth  of  the  river  and  Kolokonto  Bay,  at  \  of  a 
mile  from  the  shore,  in  12  fathoms,  mud. 

Tayabas  River. — The  coast  from  the  river  Naj^un  is  low, 
and  bordered  with  sand  beach  as  far  as  the  river  Tayabas, 
which  is  f  of  a  cable  wide  at  the  entrance ;  its  bar  is  2  cables 
wide,  and  in  the  entrance  channel  the  depth  is  1  fathom  at 
high  water,  increasing  within  2  fathoms.  Native  craft,  called 
parados  and  karakoas,  frequent  this  river,  and  armed  launches 
sometimes  go  up  as  far  as  a  place  named  Kota,  at  1  mile  from 
the  mouth.  The  channel  is  easy  to  recognize  by  the  stakes 
])laced  every  year  by  the  natives.  Fresh  water  can  be  ob- 
tained at  some  distance  from  the  mouth. 

Reef. — A  small  shoal  which  uncovers  at  spring  tides  lies  i 
mile  SW.  by  S.  of  the  mouth  of  the  river;  from  this  shoal  a 
reef  extends  G^  miles  ESE.,  fronting  the  coast  to  a  distance 
of  Gi-  miles  from  Bantiki  Point,  the  eastern  point  of  Pagbilao 
Bay,  and  nearly  closing  up  the  mouth  of  that  bay.  The 
soundings  off  the  edge  of  this  reef  are  irregular,  from  3  to  11 
fathoms. 

Pagbilao  Bay,  which  lies  between  Bantiki  Point  and  Pag- 
bilao Island,  is  of  wide  extent,  but  the  available  part  of  it  is 
reduced  by  reefs  to  a  circular  space  of  about  1|  miles  diameter. 
A  pilot  is  needed  to  enter  this  bay,  on  account  of  the  reefs 
which  border  the  entrance  near  the  southwest  point  of  Pag- 
bilao Grande ;  the  depth  of  the  channel  is  from  8  to  10  fathoms ; 
and  of  the  space  within,  from  3  to  5  fathoms,  mud. 

.  Pagbilao  Grande  Island  is  of  triangular  form  and  nearly 
joined  to  the  main  land,  forming  with  it  the  bays  of  Pagbilao 


LUZON — SOUTH   COAST.  63 

to  the  west,  and  Languinmaiiok  to  the  east.  Mount  Mitraon 
the  northeast  part  is  285  feet  high.  The  southern  point  is 
steep-to,  having  a  depth  of  13  fathoms,  mud,  at  2  cables  from 
it.  This  is  the  point  to  make  for  to  enter  the  Bay  of  Paghila<  >. 
Pagbilao  Chica  is  united  to  the  larger  island  by  a  stri])  of 
sand ;  it  is  crescent-shaped,  forming  to  the  westward  the  little 
bay  of  Kapaluan,  at  the  mouth  of  which  is  15  fathoms,  sand, 
diminishing  to  oj  fathoms,  rock,  at  the  edge  of  the  shoal  water 
that  fills  the  upper  part  of  the  bay. 

Languinmanok  Port  is  reduced  by  reefs  from  the  coasts  on 
both  sides  to  a  channel  7  cables  wide  and  3  luiles  long,  in 
which  the  soundings  gradually  lessen  from  11  fathoms  to  2^, 
sand  and  mud.  Great  care  must  be  taken  to  keep  clear  of 
the  reefs,  which  advance  from  both  sides  of  the  entry,  nar- 
rowing the  channel  considerably,  and  of  two  shoals  which  lie 
in  line  with  Languinmanok  Vantay,  and  a  rock  3  cables  S.  ^ 
W.  of  it.  These  shoals  are  situated  respectively  S.  50"  W., 
and  S.  30°  W.  of  Point  Tublig  Mangayao. 

Tides. — It  is  high  water,  full  and  change,  at  1 :30;  springs 
rise  oi  feet. 

Coast. — The  eastern  shore  of  Tayabas  Bay,  from  Languin- 
manok Port  to  Point  Tuguian,  is  of  moderate  height,  and 
fringed  with  reefs,  which  extend  to  2  miles  from  shore  in  some 
places ;  on  the  edge  of  these  reefs  the  soundings  are  from  3^ 
to  12  fathoms,  and  from  15  to  18  at  a  little  distance.  There 
is  anchorage  in  4  or  5  fathoms,  sand  and  mud,  off  the  mouth 
of  a  little  river  which  enters  near  a  bay  north  of  Silankapo 
Point,  12  miles  from  Languinmanok.  The  town  of  Kalailayan 
is  near  this  river. 

SJioal. — There  is  a  rocky  shoal  2  miles  NW.  of  Silankai:»o 
Point,  extending  1  mile  from  NE.  to  SW.,  with  10  fathoms, 
coral,  outside  of  it,  and  8  fathoms  in  the  narrow  passage  be- 
tween it  and  the  shore  reef. 

PiTOGO. — At  5  miles  ESE.  of  Silankapo  Point  is  Mabio 
Point ;  and  2  miles  ENE.  of  Mabio  is  the  small  town  of  Pitogo, 
with  anchorage  before  it  in  4  fathoms.  When  making  for 
this  anchorage,  vessels  must  keep  close  to  the  western  shore, 
as  the  coast  to  the  eastward  is  very  foul,  with  rocks  at  a  short 
distance  from  it. 

Tuguian  Point. — The  coast  reef  projects  only  4-  mile  off 
this  point,  and  anchorage  can  be  found  under  the  j^oint  in  9 
fathoms,  mud. 


64  LUZON— SOUTH    COAST. 

Shoal. — At  3i  miles  NW.  ^  N.  of  Point  Tuguian  there  is  a 
rocky  shoal  of  small  extent,  with  3^  fathoms  otf  its  southern 
edge,  and  10 fathoms  off  the  northeast  side;  there  is  a  passage 
between  it  and  the  coast  from  which  it  is  separated  1|-  miles. 

Caution. — In  navigating  this  coast,  it  should  not  be  a])- 
proached  within  3  or  4  miles.  In  the  passage  between  Tuguian 
Point  and  the  island  Mompog  the  flood  tide  sets  to  the  SE. 
and  the  ebb  to  the  NW. 

Katanauan  Bay,  5  miles  ESE.  of  Point  Tuguian,  is  clean 
and  off'ers  shelter  from  northerly  and  easterly  winds  in  3-j  to 
7  fathoms,  sand  and  mud.  A  river  flows  into  it,  and  on  the 
left  bank  is  the  town  of  Katanauan.  The  west  point  of  the 
entrance  is  of  sand,  and  the  other  mangroves.  Both  points 
send  out  reefs,  the  western  to  a  distance  of  1  mile,  and  the 
eastern  to  2  miles. 

Between  Katanauan  and  Malanai,  a  distance  of  6  miles,  the 
depth  is  9  fathoms,  sand,  at  1  mile  from  the  coast. 

Malanai  Anchorage  is  in  a  bight  of  the  coast  ESE.  of  Point 
Ajus.  A  river  enters  the  sea  at  the  l)ottom  of  the  bight, 
having  on  its  left  bank  the  town  of  Malanai  (or  Yendo),  in 
front  of  which  there  is  anchorage  in  5  fathoms,  mud. 

Point  Lipata  is  hilly  and  covered  with  mangroves  and  sand 
patches;  a  ridge  of  rocks  extends  some  distance  to  the  north- 
ward of  it. 

The  coast  between  Malanai  Bay  and  Bondog  Point  is 
fringed  with  rocks  which  extend  to  i  mile  from  the  shore  to 
the  northward  of  Ayoni  Bay. 

Shoal. — A  rocky  shoal,  1  mile  in  extent,  with  3  fathoms 
water  at  the  edge  and  7  to  13  fathoms  around  it,  lies  about  2 
miles  NW.  of  Subunguin  Point,  and  3  miles  from  the  coast. 
The  channel  between  this  shoal  and  the  coast  reef  is  2  miles 
wide,  clear  of  danger,  and  17  to  24  fathoms  deep. 

PiNAMUNTANGAN  PoiNT. — Aguasa  Bay,  to  the  northward 
of  Point  Pinamuntangan,  has  rocks  •  before  its  entrance. 
Pinamuntangan  Bay,  between  Aguasa  Bay  and  Point  Pina- 
muntangan, is  small  and  open  to  the  west.  It  is  bordered  on 
its  northern  and  southern  sides  by  a  beach  of  sand  and  man- 
groves; to  the  northward  of  the  point  is  a  depth  of  11  fath- 
oms, shoaling  gradually  to  the  shore. 

The  coast  from  Pinamuntangan  Point  runs  7^  miles  to  the 
SE.  to  Bondog  Point,  ending  in  a  sandy  beach  with  detached 
rocks  near  it. 


LUZON — SOUTH    COAST.  65 

BoNDOG  Head  (Cabezo  de  Bondog)  is  a  mountain  1,250 
feet  high,  visible  in  clear  weather  at  a  distance  of  30  miles. 

Point  Bondog  is  the  southern  extremity  of  the  i^eninsula 
between  Tayabas  Bay  and  Ragai  Gulf;  the  vicinity  is  rocky, 
as  is  also  the  part  of  the  coast  to  the  NE. ;  but  the  lowland  soon 
reappears,  and  continues  as  far  as  Point  Arena.  The  face  of 
the  coast  here  presents  several  open  bays  with  sandy  beaches, 
offering  good  anchorages  of  sandy  bottom;  the  depths  in 
them  decrease  gradually  to  8  fathoms  at  a  short  distance  from 
the  shore ;  the  heights  are  wooded,  and  the  plains  afford  good 
pasturage.  There  are  several  herds  of  buffaloes ;  and  ante- 
lopes abound,  which  may  be  hunted  without  difficulty. 

Shoals. — At  3  miles  ENE.  of  Point  Bondog,  and  4  miles  S. 
G0°  W.  of  Point  Arena,  there  is  a  rocky  shoal ;  the  anchorage 
NE.  of  it  is  good. 

Marinduque  Island,  situated  before  the  eastern  entrance 
of  Verde  Island,  is  nearly  circular,  with  its  greatest  diameter 
24  miles.  It  is  mountainous  and  elevated,  having  a  range  of 
hills  on  its  eastern  side  running  north  and  south,  consisting 
of  the  mountains  Tapian,  San  Antonio,  and  Marlanga.  The 
soil  is  fertile,  but  it  offers  few  resources,  the  principal  produc- 
tion being  rice. 

There  are  two  ports,  of  no  gi'eat  importance — that  of  San 
Andres,  to  the  NW.,  and  of  Santa  Cruz,  to  the  NE. — and 
several  small  bays  which  offer  shelter,  according  to  the  sea- 
sons, on  the  east,  south,  and  west  sides,  but  these  anchorages 
are  not  very  good,  and  the  coast  towns  are  very  poor. 

Port  Banalakan,  or  San  Andres,  is  surrounded  by  high 
wooded  land,  and  vessels  can  lie  inside  in  all  security.  The 
anchorage  is  confined,  but  the  depth  is  good,  10  to  12  fath- 
oms, mud.  There  is  an  inner  harbor  which  can  be  entered 
by  towing  or  warping  through  the  narrow  passage,  hardly  a 
cable  wide,  and  obstructed  by  an  islet  in  the  middle  of  the 
channel.  This  inner  basin  is  of  f  of  a  mile  extent,  and  of  5^ 
to  8  fathoms  depth,  muddy  bottom,  A  large  vessel  would 
find  herself  not  only  sheltered  in  it  from  all  winds,  but  com- 
pletely hidden,  for  it  is  entirely  closed  in,  and  its  existence 
would  not  be  suspected  without  previous  knowledge. 

Directions. — On  entering  or  leaving  Port  Banalakan,  the 
southern  shore  must  be  kept,  at  1  cable  length  from  which 
are  10  to  18  fathoms,  in  order  to  avoid  a  rocky  patch  of  great 
extent  off  the  north  side  of  the  entrance ;  this  patch  has  \  of 


66  LUZON — SOUTH    COAST. 

a  fathom  on  it,  and  lies  SE.  of  two  islets  surrounded  by  rocks 
that  are  before  the  entrance.  The  entire  northwest  headland 
of  the  island  is  foul. 

Water  is  difficult  to  obtain,  as  it  is  necessary  to  go  well  up 
the  river  to  obtain  it  fresh,  and  when  there  it  takes  a  long- 
time to  fill  the  casks. 

San  Andres  Islets  are  two  islets  which  stretch  rather  more 
than  a  mile  to  the  west  of  the  northwest  point  of  the  island 
Marinduque.  The  distance  between  them  is  1  cable,  and  the 
same  between  the  nearest  of  them  and  the  shore.  These  pas- 
sages are  foul,  but  the  sea  fronts  are  clear. 

Point  San  Andres,  the  northern  point  of  the  island,  is 
mountainous  and  very  steep. 

North  coast. — Between  Point  San  Andres  and  Point  Santa 
Cruz,  8^  miles  to  the  eastward,  the  coast  is  formed  into  two 
bays  by  Trapichihan  Point.  That  to  the  westward,  though 
lined  with  rocks,  is  deep,  having  22  fathoms  in  the  middle; 
that  to  the  eastward  is  closed  by  a  reef  which  projects  between 
the  islets  off  Point  Trapichihan  and  continues  as  far  as  Santa 
Cruz,  with  soundings  of  10  fathoms  at  its  edge.  Point  Santa 
Cruz  is  low  and  covered  with  mangroves.  A  reef,  with  large 
rocks  awash  at  low  water,  advances  from  its  point  a  mile  to 
the  ESE.  and  forms,  together  with  another  reef  that  projects 
from  the  island  Santa  Cruz  (Anibaya),  the  northern  mouth 
of  Port  Santa  Cruz. 

Santa  Cruz  Port  is  only  fit  for  small  craft,  but  larger  ves- 
sels can  find  anchorage,  with  sandy  bottom,  in  the  channels 
formed  by  the  islands  at  the  entrance,  or,  in  case  of  need, 
they  can  penetrate  farther  by  warping,  but  great  care  is 
required  to  avoid  the  detached  rocks.  The  town  affords  but 
few  resources. 

Directions. — To  enter  by  the  north  channel,  bring  the  island 
Santa  Cruz  to  bear  SE.,  give  sufficient  berth  to  the  reef  that 
extends  from  it,  and  follow  the  chamiel  to  the  south  by  sound- 
ings until  the  port  is  opened;  the  soundings  are  from  6  to  IG 
fathoms  in  the  passage  and  5  toward  the  anchorage,  slioaling 
to  3  fathoms,  mud,  off  the  baluarte. 

To  enter  by  the  east  channel,  pass  the  island  Santa  Cruz  at 
one-third  of  the  distance  between  it  and  Marinduque,  which 
will  give  the  deepest  water ;  this  channel  is  less  tortuous  than 
the  northern  one,  and  the  soundings  are  more  regular;  the 
width  is  1  mile  from  side  to  side. 


nOMBLOX  ISLAXD 


PORT  ROMBLON 


Jahirol  SaUt   itf3B> 


LUZON — SOUTH    COAST.  (J7 

Anibayas. — This  is  the  name  of  the  .2:roup  of  three  islands 
before  the  port  Santa  Cruz,  Maniuayan,  and  Mompog.  The 
two  first  are  low  to  the  westward,  of  regular  height  in  the 
middle,  and  hilly  to  the  eastward.  All  three  are  surrounded 
by  reefs,  which  narrow  the  channel  between  them.  These 
channels  are  only  used  by  coasters.  A  vessel  leaving  Santa 
Cruz  Port  by  the  northern  channel  in  order  to  go  southward 
should  keep  all  these  islands  on  the  starboard  hand,  giving 
them  a  berth  of  a  mile,  to  clear  their  reefs,  which  project  thus 
far,  and  she  should  not  trust  a  smooth  appearance  of  the 
water.  If  driven  to  take  the  passage  between  Maniuayan 
and  Mompog,  she  should  keep  near  to  the  latter  island,  for 
the  reefs  from  Maniuayan  approach  to  within  ^  mile  of 
Mompog. 

Salomague  Point,  8^  miles  SE.  of  Santa  Cruz,  is  the  east- 
ernmost point  of  the  island ;  it  is  low  and  covered  with  man- 
groves. The  coast  between  these  points  is  fringed  with  rocks 
to  a  distance  of  4-  mile  out  from  it ;  the  soundings  at  the  edge 
are  6  to  11  fathoms,  rock,  increasing  to  54,  mud,  at  2  miles 
from  it.  Between  Salomague  and  Point  Marlanga  there  is  a 
bay,  in  the  southern  part  of  which,  between  points  Kabuyok 
and  Paniki,  there  is  a  good  anchorage  near  the  shore,  in  12 
fathoms,  mud. 

Marlanga  Point  is  dominated  by  a  high  mountain,  the 
northwest  shoulder  of  which  marks  the  commencement  of  the 
anchorage.  The  coast  is  safe  from  Point  Marlanga  to  Point 
Saban  (ch.  7,  p.  67),  and  may  be  approached  to  within  2  cables, 
at  which  distance  the  soundings  will  be  20  fathoms.  These 
two  points  are  spurs  of  the  above-named  mountain. 

Elephant  Islet,  about  |  mile  south  of  Point  Saban,  is  a  steep 
sugar-loaf  rock,  with  a  few  trees  upon  it.  On  the  northeast 
side  there  is  a  little  creek  with  a  sand  beach  and  4|-  fathoms 
depth.  Between  the  islet  and  Marinduque  there  is  12  fathoms, 
sand.  The  French  chart  gives  a  little  reef  off  Saban,  but  it 
must  be  small. 

Tres  Reyes  are  three  islands  of  moderate  height,  peaked 
and  clean,  except  the  easternmost,  Gaspar,  which  has  rocks  on 
its  east  side.  Between  these  islets  and  Marinduque  there  is 
a  safe  passage  if  care  be  taken  to  avoid  a  shoal  of  2^  fathoms 
nearer  the  coast  of  Marinduque  than  the  middle  of  the 
passage. 

Point  Banod,  or  Gazan,  is  fronted  by  a  reef  which  extends 
i  mile  to  the  SE.,  and  joins  the  shore  again  off  the  town  of 


Ban^odl' 


LUZON — SOUTH    COAST.  (j7 

AxiBAYAS. — This  is  the  name  of  the  .^roup  of  three  islands 
before  the  port  Santa  Cruz,  Maniuayan,  and  Mompog.  The 
two  first  are  low  to  the  westward,  of  regular  height  in  the 
middle,  and  hilly  to  the  eastward.  All  three  are  surrounded 
by  reefs,  which  narrow  the  channel  between  them.  These 
channels  are  only  used  by  coasters.  A  vessel  leaving  Santa 
Cruz  Port  by  the  northern  channel  in  order  to  go  southward 
should  keep  all  these  islands  on  the  starboard  hand,  giving 
them  a  berth  of  a  mile,  to  clear  their  reefs,  which  project  thus 
far,  and  she  should  not  trust  a  smooth  appearance  of  the 
water.  If  driven  to  take  the  passage  between  Maniuayan 
and  Mompog,  she  should  keep  near  to  the  latter  island,  for 
the  reefs  from  Maniuayan  approach  to  within  |  mile  of 
Mompog. 

Salomague  Point,  8^  miles  SE.  of  Santa  Cruz,  is  the  east- 
ernmost point  of  the  island ;  it  is  low  and  covered  with  man- 
groves. The  coast  between  these  j)oints  is  fringed  with  rocks 
to  a  distance  of  ^  mile  out  from  it ;  the  soundings  at  the  edge 
are  6  to  11  fathoms,  rock,  increasing  to  54,  mud,  at  2  miles 
from  it.  Between  Salomague  and  Point  Marlanga  there  is  a 
bay,  in  the  southern  part  of  which,  between  points  Kabuyok 
and  Paniki,  there  is  a  good  anchorage  near  the  shore,  in  12 
fathoms,  mud. 

Marlanga  Point  is  dominated  by  a  high  mountain,  the 
northwest  shoulder  of  which  marks  the  commencement  of  the 
anchorage.  The  coast  is  safe  from  Point  Marlanga  to  Point 
Saban  (ch.  7,  p.  G7),  and  may  be  approached  to  within  2  cables, 
at  which  distance  the  soundings  will  be  20  fathoms.  These 
two  points  are  spurs  of  the  above-named  mountain. 

Elephant  Islet,  about  |  mile  south  of  Point  Saban,  is  a  steep 
sugar-loaf  rock,  with  a  few  trees  upon  it.  On  the  northeast 
side  there  is  a  little  creek  with  a  sand  beach  and  4^  fathoms 
depth.  Between  the  islet  and  Marinduque  there  is  12  fathoms, 
sand.  The  French  chart  gives  a  little  reef  off  Saban,  but  it 
must  be  small. 

Tres  Reyes  are  three  islands  of  moderate  height,  peaked 
and  clean,  except  the  easternmost,  Gaspar,  which  has  rocks  on 
its  east  side.  Between  these  islets  and  Marinduque  there  is 
a  safe  passage  if  care  be  taken  to  avoid  a  shoal  of  2^  fathoms 
nearer  the  coast  of  Marinduque  than  the  middle  of  the 
passage. 

Point  Banod,  or  Gazan,  is  fronted  by  a  reef  which  extends 
■J  mile  to  the  SE.,  and  joins  the  shore  again  off  tlie  town  of 


C.R  •  LUZON — SOUTH    COAST. 

Gazau;  the  2^  fatlionis  slioal  just  mentioned  seems  to  be  a 
])art  of  this  reef,  detached  to  tlie  south.  The  town  Gazan 
is  2  miles  north  of  the  point.  Tlic  anchorage  is  on  the  ojX'n 
coast,  at  a  distance  from  the  Ix^ach,  and  quite  exposed. 

Point  Kauit  is  low  and  sandy ;  a  reef  runs  from  it  to  the 
8SE.  as  far  as  Gazan  Reef,  but  to  the  northward  the  coast, 
which  is  of  sand  beach,  is  clean  as  far  as  Point  Datinuana, 
and  to  3  miles  beyond,  and  may  T)e  apj^roached  with  safety; 
from  here  a  sand  bank  with  7  fathoms  at  its  outer  edge 
stretches  along  at  ^  mile  from  the  shore  as  far  as  the  south- 
east point  of  Port  Banalakan. 

"  BuAK  River  and  Town. — The  town  is  situated  on  the  left 
bank  at  1^  miles  from  the  mouth  of  the  river,  which  enters  the 
sea  to  the  southward  of  Point  Datinuana.  It  carries  on  a 
fair  trade  with  Manila.  Steamers  call  here  about  once  in  a 
week  or  ten  days. 

Anchorage. — The  anchorage  is  SW.  of  a  stone  fort  at  the 
mouth  of  the  river,  at  2  cables  from  the  shore,  in  5  to  1 2  fath- 
oms, coarse  sand. 

Tidal  streams. — In  the  part  of  the  sea  between  Masbate 
Island  and  Mindoro  the  currents  are  not  strong  except  off 
Point  Arena,  the  southeastern  extreme  of  Bondog  Peninsula, 
wdiere  they  acquire  some  force  from  the  quantity  of  water  that 
enters  and  leaves  the  Gulf  of  Ragai ;  but  in  Verde  Island  Pas- 
sage the  tidal  streams  reach  a  velocity  of  3  to  4  knots,  and 
the  branches  which  pass  on  either  side  of  Verde  Island  cause 
strong  eddies  at  their  meeting  again,  and  at  Point  Escarceo 
even  a  partial  reversal  of  the  stream. 

The  flood  streams  from  the  China  Sea  through  Verde  Island 
Passage,  and  from  the  Pacific  through  San  Bernardino  Strait, 
meet  and  neutralize  each  other  nearly  in  the  meridian  of  Point 
Bondog,  or  in  the  line  between  Point  Bondog  and  Romblon 
Island  (ch.  7,  p.  07).  The  ebb  streams  set  in  the  reverse  di- 
rection, i.  e.,  from  Bondog  Peninsula  outward,  and  it  has 
been  observed  that  on  coming  to  Point  Bondog  with  a  fair 
tide  a  reverse  has  been  experienced  on  passing  its  meridian. 
The  tidal  hour  of  this  point  has  not  been  determined. 

Winds  on  the  south  coast  of  Luzon. — In  Tayabas  Bay  and 
the  Gulf  of  Ragai  the  land  breeze  which  sets  in  during  the 
night  in  both  monsoons  is  generally  feeble,  but  sometimes 
S(iually,  thereby  compelling  a  sailing  vessel  to  anchor  in  order 
to  avoid  being  driven  off  the  coast. 


LUZON    -SOUTH    COAST.  69 

Gulf  of  Ragai. — The  Gulf  of  Ragai,  included  between 
Point  Bondog  to  the  west  and  Point  Kadburauan  (Panganiran) 
to  the  east,  43  miles  apart,  runs  65  miles  inland  to  the  NW., 
and,  along  with  the  River  Vinas,  which  enters  the  gulf  at  its 
head,  almost  severs  the  island  of  Luzon  in  two  at  this  part, 
separating  the  Province  of  Tayabas  and  Camarines  Norte. 
The  Gulf  of  Ragai  is  generally  clear  and  deep.  The  port  of 
Pusgo  or  Mayasas  on  the  west  coast  and  Pasakao  Bay  on  the 
east  coast  are  its  most  frequented  anchorages.  The  entrance  of 
the  gulf  is  divided  into  two  channels  by  Burias  Island,  with 
the  islands  and  shoals  off  its  no^'thern  end. 

West  coast  of  Ragai  Oulf. — The  coast  between  Point  Aiena 
and  Port  Pusgo  is  moderately  high  and  steep-to,  with  sound- 
ings from  7  to  14  fathoms  off  it,  except  at  the  part  opposite 
Alibi jaban  Island,  where  a  reef  extends  along  the  coast  for  3 
miles;  anchorage  can  be  had  oft'  the  coast  generally,  but  not 
close  in,  as  there  are  rocks  close  to  the  shore. 

Sombokobon  Bay,  5|-  miles  NNE.  of  Point  Arena,  is  much 
frequented  by  native  coasters.  In  the  middle  of  the  bay  there 
is  a  rocky  shoal,  with  a  narrow  channel  between  it  and  the 
shore.  The  north  point  of  the  bay  ends  in  a  reef,  which  pro- 
jects to  the  SE.  and  forms  a  semicircle,  offering  shelter  and 
anchorage  in  3|-  fathoms,  fine  sand.  The  town  of  Sombokobon 
is  on  the  northwest  side  of  the  bay. 

Alibijaban  Island,  3-2^  miles  north  of  Sombokobon  Bay,  is 
2^  miles  long,  north  and  south,  and  f  of  a  mile  wide ;  low, 
wooded,  and  surrounded  by  a  reef  which  extends  1  mile  to 
the  southward  and  i  mile  out  from  the  other  sides,  with 
irregular  soundings  near  its  edges ;  in  the  northern  part  of 
this  reef  is  a  little  bay  with  a  depth  of  4  fathoms,  and  off  the 
southern  end  there  is  a  small  anchorage  with  a  depth  of  14 
fathoms.  The  channel  between  the  island  and  the  reef  on 
the  main  coast  opposite  is  1^  miles  wide  and  23  fathoms 
deep.  From  the  most  salient  point  of  the  reef  Point  Arena 
bears  S.  8°  E.  and  Point  Gorda,  north  of  Pusgo,  N.  21°  W. 

Palad  Bank,  5  miles  north  of  Alibijaban  Island,  is  a  bank 
of  sand  1  mile  long,  10  feet  above  water,  and  surrounded  by 
rocks.  It  can  be  seen  in  daylight  from  a  good  distance,  and 
at  a  sufficient  distance  to  avoid  it  on  a  clear  night.  The 
channel  between  the  bank  and  the  main  coast  is  2  miles  wide 
and  12  fathoms  deep. 

Port  Pusgo  is  a  narrow  inlet  which  penetrates  5  miles  to 
the  NW.     The  width  between  the  southern  entrance  points 


TO  LUZON — SOUTH    COAST. 

is  1^  miles,  but  the  navigable  space  is  considerably  reduced 
by  a  shoal  which  extends  along  the  main  shore,  and  half  way 
up  the  inlet  there  is  only  1  cable  width.  The  depth  in  mid- 
channel  is  4^  to  5  fathoms  from  the  entrance  to  as  far  as  1 
mile  past  the  narrowest  part,  but  in  the  inner  harbor  gener- 
ally it  is  less  than  If  fathoms  deep.  The  town  of  San  Narcisso 
stands  at  the  extreme  head  of  the  inlet. 

ShoaJ. — In  the  middle  of  the  entrance,  at  1^  miles  S.  25° 
E.  of  Point  Pusgo,  there  is  a  rocky  bank  14^  cables  in  extent, 
covered  by  10  feet  of  water. 

Point  Gordalies  1^  miles  N.  by  W.  of  Point  Pusgo,  and  is 
high  and  steep,  with  a  flat  crown.  The  reef,  which  from  the 
interior  of  Port  Pusgo  fringes  the  coast,  continues  round 
Point  Gorda  to  the  northwest,  at  a  distance  of  2  to  4  cables 
from  the  shore.  A  shoal  covered  by  If  fathoms  water  lies  5 
miles  noi^thwest  of  Point  Gorda,  and  1  mile  from  the  shore. 

Piris  Bay,  13i  miles  NW.  by  N.  of  Point  Gorda,  is  bor- 
dered by  a  shoal  of  mud  covered  by  If  fathoms  water,  which 
considerably  reduces  the  available  space ;  anchorage  can  be 
had  in  the  northwest  part  of  the  bay  in  5^  fathoms.  Point 
Lian,  the  northern  point  of  the  bay,  Is  of  moderate  height 
and  skirted  by  a  reef  which  projects  ^  mile  from  it  to  seaward. 

Point  Kapuluan,  5  miles  north  of  Point  Lian,  is  surrounded 
by  the  reef  which  borders  the  coast  for  2^  miles  to  the  north- 
ward. Kapuluan  Rocks,  2:^  miles  east  of  the  point  of  the 
same  name,  form  a  shoal  ^  of  a  mile  in  extent,  on  which  there 
are  several  rocks  awash,  with  4^  to  14  fathoms  near  it. 

Acha  Shoal,  5  miles  N.  by  W.  of  Point  Kapuluan,  is  a 
rocky  shoal  2  cables  long,  north  and  south,  covered  by  1 
fathom  water  at  its  edge.  It  lies  2f  miles  from  the  coast  and 
1:^  miles  from  Sipalon  Island,  a  low  peaked  island  separated 
from  the  reef  of  the  north  coast. 

Vinas  River,  which  enters  the  gulf  at  the  extreme  head  of 
it,  is  shallow,  the  depth  at  the  mouth  being  only  5^  feet. 

East  coast  of  Eagai  Gulf. — Talkauayan  Bay  is  1^  miles 
wide  and  runs  2^  miles  to  the  northward;  the  depth  of  water 
in  it  decreases  gradually  from  7  fathoms  at  the  mouth  to  3 
fathoms  at  the  head. 

Katabanga  Bay,  3  miles  SE.  of  Talkauayan  Bay,  is  nearly 
4  miles  wide  between  Points  Guilbai  and  Bagutayok,  and  is 
lined  with  rocks.  The  depth  toward  the  northern  part  is  11 
fathoms.  There  is  anchorage  in  the  southern  part  near  the 
little  river  Katabanga. 


LUZON — SOUTH    COAST.  71 

Rag-ai  Bay,  between  Point  Omon  to  the  north  and  Point 
Oktok  and  Sahan  Island  to  the  south,  offers  good  anchorage, 
sheltered  in  both  monsoons,  in  depths  of  17  to  1|  fathoms, 
mnd.  Sabun  Island,  1  mile  long,  east  and  west,  is  almost 
nnited  to  Point  Oktok  at  low  water;  its  northern  side  is 
steep-to,  but  a  reef  projects  1  mile  to  seaward  from  the  west- 
ern point.     The  southern  shore  is  foul. 

Kaima  Bay,  included  between  Sabun  Island  and  Point 
Bantuin  or  Galvanei,  8  miles  to  the  SE.,  is  bordered  by  a 
reef.  There  is  an  anchorage  near  this  reef  off  the  town  of 
Bangon  in  8  to  12  fathoms,  and  also  in  places  nearer  Point 
Bantuin,  in  7  fathoms.  Point  Bantuin  is  high  and  steep,  and 
only  connected  with  the  main  coast  by  a  strip  of  low  land  | 
cable  wide.  The  two  islets  Galvanei  are  respectively  w  mile 
and  1  mile  NW.  of  the  point. 

Coast. — From  Point  Bantuin  (Galvanei)  the  coast  trends 
SE.  for  13  miles  to  Point  Tanuan  and  is  mountainous  and 
bold.  ■  The  river  Tinagbud  enters  about  midway  between  the 
two  points ;  anchorage  may  be  had  off  the  mouth  in  4  fath- 
oms. A  sharp  peaked  rock  lies  2  cables  from  Point  Buri, 
south  of  Tinagbud.  Point  Tanuan  is  steep,  with  a  flat  crown, 
and  from  this  point  the  coast  trends  E.  by  S.  for  5  miles, 
high,  and  fronted  by  sand  beaches  as  far  as  Pasakao  An- 
chorage. 

Pasakao  Anchorage  is  situated  between  two  little  flat-topped 
hills,  the  westernmost  of  which  terminates  in  a  mangrove- 
covered  point  and  a  reef  which  projects  |  mile  to  the  SE. 
The  best  anchorage  is  in  3  to  4  fathoms,  in  front  of  the  town, 
and  north  of  the  high  flat  islet  Refugio,  which  lies  h-  mile 
from  the  southern  point.  This  little  islet  is  surrounded  by  a 
reef  1  cable  wide  and  steep-to,  with  soundings  of  37  fathoms 
at  a  short  distance  to  the  southward.  The  channel  between 
the  islet  and  the  coast  has  a  depth  of  11  fathoms.  In  taking 
this  passage  the  islet  should  be  kept  closer  than  the  mainland. 
Steamers  call  here  fortnightly. 

Coast. — From  Pasakao  Anchorage  to  Point  Makoto  the 
coast  is  high,  steep-to,  and  bordered  by  sand  beaches  between 
the  intermediate  points.  Anchorage  may  be  had  very  close 
to  the  shore  north  of  Point  Sibono,  7  miles  SE.  by  E.  of  Pa- 
sakao, in  Jamuaron  Bay,  north  of  the  point  of  the  same  name, 
in  6  fathoms ;  vessels  can  also  anchor  in  the  elbow  which  the 


72  LUZON — SOUTH    COAST. 

coast  makes  at  the  town  of  Pantao,  north  of  Point  Kauanha- 
han.  A  shoal  surrounds  this  point  to  a  distance  of  1  cahle, 
and  lines  the  coast  to  the  bottom  of  the  elbow. 

Ajjud  Shoal  is  a  rocky  shoal  which  uncovers  in  parts  at  low 
water  and  extends  1  mile  W.  and  2  miles  NNW.  of  Point  Apud. 

Point  Makoto  is  of  moderate  height,  steep,  with  a  flat  crown, 
and  is  surrounded  by  a  reef.  A  rocky  shoal  i  mile  in  diame- 
ter, and  covered  by  3f  fathoms,  lies  1  mile  NW.  of  the  point. 
This  shoal  may  generally  be  distinguished  by  the  green  and 
white  color  of  the  water  above  it.  There  is  an  islet  southeast 
of  the  j)oint,  united  to  it  by  a  reef. 

The  bay  to  the  eastward  of  Point  Makoto  offers  anchorage 
sheltered  from  the  north  and  west.  Care  must  be  taken  in 
entering  it  to  avoid  a  reef  which  projects  from  Point  Badian, 
the  south  point  of  the  bay. 

Point  Kadburauan,  or  Panguiran,  is  low,  wooded,  and  sur- 
rounded by  rocks  to  a  short  distance,  with  a  depth  of  4| 
fathoms  near  them. 

Tides. — In  the  Gulf  of  Ragai  the  flood  stream  sets  to  the 
north  and  the  ebb  to  the  south.  The  range  of  tides  at 
springs  is  og-  feet. 

Burias  Island,  at  the  entrance  of  the  Gulf  of  Ragai,  is  a 
narrow  island,  37  miles  long,  NW.  and  SE.,  and  about  6 
miles  wide  in  the  middle.  It  is  roughly  mountainous  and 
thinly  wooded ;  it  is  commanded  by  the  lofty  mountain  Enga- 
noso,  situated  nearly  in  the  center  of  the  island,  and  showing 
a  cleft  that  divides  the  high  land  of  the  northern  part  of  the 
island  from  the  very  low  laud  of  the  southern  ])art.  Tlie 
coasts  are  in  general  steep,  and  bordered  in  places  by  sand 
beaches.  The  island  has  two  sheltered  ports :  Busin,  at  the 
northwest  end,  formed  by  Busin  Island  lying  in  front  of  a 
bay  in  the  coast,  and  Busainga  on  the  northeast  coast  of  the 
island. 

Burias  Island  and  the  islets  and  reefs  in  its  vicinity  have 
not  yet  been  thoroughly  surveyed.  The  main  productions 
are  rice,  maize,  and  abaca  (manila  hemp). 

There  are  several  small  islets  and  reefs  off  the  northern 
part :  Templo,  2^  miles  NW.  of  Point  Cueva,  the  northwest 
point  of  Burias,  is  3  miles  long,  NW.  and  SE.,  and  1^  miles 
Avide.  There  are  detached  rocks  on  its  south  side,  and  its 
north  point  is  surrounded  by  a  reef  of  \  mile  width.  Som- 
brero, li  miles  west  of  Templo,  consists  of  two  islets  close 


LUZON — SOUTH   COAST.  78 

together  on  a  reef  which  extends  a  mile  to  the  northwest  and 
southeast  of  them.  Arena,  7  miles  SE.  4-  E,  of  Point  Arena, 
on  Bondog  Peninsula,  is  surrounded  by  a  reef  which  grows 
out  f  of  a  mile  to  the  northward.  A  shoal,  separated  from 
this  last-named  islet  by  a  channel  f  of  a  mile  wide  and  12 
fathoms  deep,  lies  1^  miles  to  the  north  of  it. 

Busin  Island  is  2^  miles  long  and  1  mile  wide.  A  shoal 
projects  from  its  northwest  end  to  the  islets  Tinalisayan,  and 
united  with  the  reef  that  surrounds  the  little  island  Tangui- 
gui  4  miles  north  of  Point  Cueva. 

Detached  shoals. — One  mile  north  of  Tanguigui  theTe  is  a 
rocky  head  covered  by  3^  fathoms  of  water,  with  75  fathoms 
immediately  north  of  it;  and  about  2  miles  north  of  the 
northern  end  of  Burias  there  is  a  rocky  shoal  ^  mile  in  extent, 
having  less  than  a  fathom  over  it. 

Anima  Sola  is  an  islet  4^-  miles  N.  -40°  E.  of  the  northeast 
point  of  Burias,  surrounded  by  rocks. 

Port  Busin  is  formed  by  the  channel  3^  miles  long  and  1| 
cables  wide  that  separates  the  island  Busin  from  Burias.  The 
western  entrance  of  this  channel  is  narrow  and  tortuous,  and 
very  dangerous  for  a  sailing  vessel;  the  northern  entrance  is 
preferable,  as,  though  narrow,  it  is  more  direct,  and  its  sides 
are  steep-to.  In  a  working  breeze  a  vessel  can  keep  well  in 
mid-channel.  The  northern  entrance  may  be  easily  recog- 
nized by  the  north  cape  of  Burias,  Point  Colorada,  which  is 
higher  than  Busin  Island,  and  shows  yellow  patches  among 
the  trees  that  cover  it.  The  i)art  of  the  coast  also  near  the 
entrance  may  be  recognized  by  the  massive  bluffs  about  it. 

Lights. — In  the  Spanish  list  of  lights  a  fixed  white  light  is 
shown  on  Point  Colorada,  and  another  on  the  northwest  point 
of  the  channel;  but  these  lights  are  not  maintained  by  the 
government,  and  are  therefore  not  to  be  depended  upon. 

Anchorage. — The  best  anchorage  is  west  of  Fort  San  Pas- 
cual,  at  the  entrance  to  the  bay  that  opens  to  the  south,  on  the 
coast  of  Burias.  The  depth  at  the  entrance  of  this  bay  is  11 
fathoms,  lessening  to  2|-  fathoms,  at  |-  mile  within  the  bay. 

Fresh  water  can  be  obtained  here. 

Coast. — Between  Port  Busin  and  Port  Busainga,  o^  miles  to 
the  SE.,  the  coast  forms  a  bay,  from  the  western  point  of 
which  a  reef  projects  to  the  northward  for  1  mile  with  9  fath- 
oms near  its  northern  edge,  narrowing  into  the  coast  again  at 
the  northern  point  of  Port  Busainga. 


74  LUZON — SOUTH    COAST. 

Port  Busainga  is  an  inlet  1  mile  long  and  1  cable  \vide,  in- 
cluding some  bays  wliicli  afford  good  holding  ground  in  depths 
of  8  fathoms,  sheltered  from  wind  and  sea.  The  wide  space 
at  the  bottom  of  the  port  is  shallow. 

Lights.— The  Spanish  list  of  lights  gives  a  fixed  blue  light 
on  Point  Piedras,  the  northwestern  entrance  of  the  inlet,  but 
it  is  not  mentioned  in  the  Spanish  Derrotero,  and  as  it  is  not 
an  official  light  it  must  not  be  depended  upon. 

Tides. — It  is  high  water,  full  and  change,  at  Oh.  30m. 
Springs  rise  5^  feet. 

Easf  coast  of  Burias. — The  bay,  5  miles  long,  SE.  by  S.  of 
Port  Busainga,  ajDpears  to  be  filled  with  shoals ;  the  remain- 
der of  the  coast  to  the  southward  presents  beaches  off  which 
there  is  anchorage  on  the  open  ccast. 

West  coast  of  Burias. — Point  Cueva,  the  northwest  point 
of  the  island,  is  surrounded  by  a  shoal  2  cables  wide,  from 
which  a  reef  extends  to  Point  Guinduianan  6  miles  to  the 
southward,  advancing  in  some  places  to  a  mile  from  the  coast. 
The  remainder  of  the  west  coast  is  sandy,  with  shoals  at  no 
great  distance  from  it,  especially  in  the  bend  of  the  coast 
called  Boca  Engaiiosa,  which  is  the  highest  hill  in  the  island. 
The  little  islet  Gorion  is  in  this  bend. 

Caution. — When  approaching  Burias  Island  from  the  west- 
ward in  thick  weather,  such  as  occurs  in  the  southwest  mon- 
soon, the  southern  part  of  the  island,  which  is  low,  may  be 
hidden,  and  the  slope  of  Mount  Engaiiosa  may  be  mistaken 
for  it,  and  Boca  Engaiiosa  for  the  passage  between  Burias  and 
Masbate,  a  mistake  Avhich  has  caused  the  loss  of  many  ves- 
sels, and  has  given  rise  to  the  name  "False."  This  error  may 
be  avoided  by  bearing  in  mind  that  the  middle  of  the  low  part 
of  the  southern  land  of  Burias  is  in  line  with  Albai  Volcano 
in  Luzon  on  the  bearing  N.  38°  E. 

From  Point  Kadburauan  the  coast  trends  ENE.  for  6  miles 
and  is  foul ;  the  islet  Lanuyan,  distant  1  mile  from  the  coast, 
is  united  to  it  by  a  reef  which  dries  at  low  water.  The  coast 
then  bends  round  to  the  SE.,  and  becomes  lower  toward  Mari- 
godon,  which  is  rocky  and  steep,  with  a  flat  top.  There  is 
anchorage  betAveen  Point  Marigodon  and  the  town  of  the  same 
name  to  the  northward.  From  this  point  the  coast  trends 
SE*.  by  E.  for  8  miles  to  Point  Putiao,  and  is  low  with  shelv- 
ing sand  beaches  affording  good  anchorage  off  it. 


LUZON — SOUTH    COAST.  75 

DoNSOL  River  and  Town.  —The  river  mouth  is  fronted  by 
wide  sand  banks  which  extend  to  1  mile  from  the  shore,  with 
soundings  of  13  fathoms  at  the  edge  and  68  fathoms  at  ^  mile 
distance.  The  bar  of  the  river  has  only  3  feet  of  water  over 
it  at  low  water;  within  the  bar  a  depth  of  5  to  11  feet  is  car- 
ried for  a  mile  up  the  stream.  The  town  of  Donsol,  on  the 
left  bank  of  the  river,  near  its  month,  carries  on  a  brisk  trade 
with  Manila,  principally  in  abaca  (manila  hemp),  palm  mats, 
and  cocoanut  oil.     Steamers  call  about  fortnightly. 

Port  Putiao  is  a  large  but  shallow  inlet  which  can  be  en- 
tered by  coasters  only  and  at  high  water ;  sand  banks  on  both 
sides  reduce  the  available  width  to  one-half,  and  at  2  miles 
from  the  mouth  these  banks  unite,  thus  leaving  only  a  depth 
of  3  feet  here  for  communication  with  the  inner  port.  The 
entrance  points  are  1  mile  apart  and  are  both  surrounded  by 
reefs,  the  reef  round  the  western  point  extending  1  mile  to 
the  SE.  The  depth  at  the  entrance  is  2f  fathoms,  and  at  1 
mile  farther  in  it  is  1-g-  fathoms. 

Palatuan  Bay,  to  the  eastward  of  Port  Putiao,  is  shallow, 
the  reefs  on  either  side  leaving  only  a  narrow  inlet  2^  fath- 
oms deep.  At  the  outer  edge  of  the  reefs  the  depth  is  3  to  5i 
fathoms. 

Point  Bantiki,  the  western  point  of  the  large  port  Sorsogon, 
is  rounded,  low,  rocky,  and  wooded,  with  a  shore  composed  of 
gravel  and  clayey  cliffs.  On  the  southern  extremity  there  is 
a  vantay.  The  rocky  shoal  that  surrounds  the  point  is  very 
narrow,  except  on  the  side  of  Palatuan  Bay. 

Port  Sorsogon  is  the  largest  and  best  harbor  in  the  strait 
of  San  Bernardino,  and  is  a  good  refuge  in  case  of  a  typhoon 
or  a  colla,  and  for  effecting  repairs.  The  entrance  is  divided 
into  three  channels  by  the  islands  Malumahuan  and  Bagatao. 
The  channel  between  these  two  islands  is  the  only  one  practi- 
cable for  vessels,  the  others  between  the  islands  and  the  coast 
being  narrow  and  shoal.  A  narrow  shoal  stretches  from 
Malumahuan  Island  almost  to  the  north  coast  of  the  port. 

Bagatao  Island.- — ^A  bank  of  tine  black  sand,  with  sound- 
ings over  it  of  12  to  14  fathoms,  stretches  2  miles  SW.  of 
Bagatao  Island,  and  offers  anchorage  to  a  vessel  caught  Ijy 
bad  weather  and  unable  to  reach  the  port. 

The  Boca  Grande,  or  principal  entrance,  is  1^  miles  wide 
and  irregular  in  dei^th,  from  0  to  20  fathoms.  The  west  coast 
of  Bagatao  Island  is  clean ;  the  bottom  on  the  Malumahuan 


70      .  LUZON — SOUTH    COAST. 

side  is  shelving,  with  a  depth  of  4  fathoms  at  a  distance  of  2 
cables  to  the  east  of  that  island.  The  channel  is  nearly  G 
miles  long,  NE.  by  E.,  with  irregular  depths  from  8  to  20 
fathoms  as  far  as  Point  Makugil,  on  the  southern  shore.  A 
rocky  shoal,  covered  by  1  fathom,  ^jrojects  off  this  point  1^ 
cables  N.  by  E.  The  coasts  and  islands  on  both  sides  of  this 
channel  are  clean,  and  the  sea  faces  of  the  islets  on  the  north 
side  are  steep-to,  so  that  a  vessel  keeping  in  mid-channel  is 
clear  of  all  danger. 

The  inner  port  of  Sorsogon  is  spacious,  extending  0  miles 
ENE.  toward  the  town  of  Sorsogon,  with  depths  diminishing 
gradually  from  9  to  2^  fathoms. 

Anchorage. — Once  past  Bagatao  Island  a  vessel  can  choose 
the  anchorage  suitable  to  her  draft,  but  if  she  draws  much 
water  it  is  best  not  to  make  for  the  town  of  Sorsogon,  as  a 
depth  of  3i  fathoms  is  reached  at  4  miles  from  it.  H.  M.  S. 
Sphinx,  in  18G1,  anchored  north  of  Bagatao  Island  in  8  fath- 
oms, with  Tinakos  Island  bearing  S.  83°  E.  and  Tumalaitai 
Fort  N.  16°  W. 

Siqj2)lies.—Th.eve  are  many  towns  on  the  shores  of  Port 
Sorsogon,  and  beef,  poultry,  rice,  and  vegetables  are  all 
procurable.  Horsburgh  says  that  water  is  to  be  had  on  the 
eastern  side  of  the  harbor.  Steamers  from  Manila  visit  the 
port  about  twice  a  fortnight. 

Coast. — From  the  southern  point  of  entrance  to  Port  Sor- 
sogon the  coast  trends  S.  by  E.  for  13  miles  to  Point  Bulak, 
and  shoAvs  broken  ground  in  some  places,  though  in  general 
the  shore  shelves  gradually  into  the  sea  by  sandy  beaches, 
before  which  vessels  can  find  good  anchorage.  At  5  miles 
from  Bagatao  Island,  according  to  the  Spanish  Derrotero,  a 
scarjjed  hill  can  be  distinguished,  which  indicates  a  place 
where  a  bank  covered  by  5  feet  of  water  projects  to  1  mile 
from  the  shore.  All  this  coast  shelves  out  to  2  or  3  miles, 
with  soundings  of  15  fathoms  at  14-  miles,  and  30  fathoms  at 
3  miles. 

BuLAN  River  AND  Town.— The  town  of  Bulan  (formerly 
known  as  Gata)  is  situated  on  the  right  bank  of  the  river 
which  debouches  south  of  Point  Bulak.  A  vantay  is  erected 
on  the  sandy  point  of  Bulak.  The  depth  on  the  bar  of  the 
river  is  4^  feet  at  low  water,  and  greater  upstream.  Coasting 
steamers  call  here. 


LUZON — SOUTH    COAST.  77 

Angas  Point,  24-  miles  SE.  of  Point  Bulak,  is  high;  Otake 
Baj^,  included  bet^Yeen  the  two,  shows  a  sandy  beach  and  is 
2i  to  10  fathoms  deep. 

Butag  Bay,  east  of  Point  Angas,  is  about  a  mile  wide,  and 
runs  1  mile  in  to  NE. ;  reefs  extend  from  the  points  on  both 
sides.  The  depth  of  water  at  the  entrance  is  14  to  16  fathoms, 
and  in  the  middle  of  the  bay  14  fathoms.  The  shores  are 
wooded  and  in  some  places  of  considerable  height. 

Marinap  Bay,  the  next  bay  to  the  eastward  of  Butag,  is 
capable  of  containing  vessels  of  good  draft.  The  shores  are 
sandy  in  some  places,  and  covered  with  mangroves  in  others. 

Between  the  southern  point  of  Marinap  Bay  and  Point 
Tagiran  the  coast  is  slightly  indented  with  little  bays,  clean 
and  deep,  but  not  running  far  inland  and  offering  but  little 
shelter,  with  soundings  of  25  fathoms  near  the  intermediate 
points. 

Tagiran  Point,  9^  miles  from  Point  Bulak,  is  a  remarkable 
little  hill,  apai-t  from  high  mountain  range  behind  it,  with  a 
flat  top  on  which  is  a  jjlot  of  green  clearer  than  the  rest  of  the 
hill,  and  which  can  be  seen  at  a  great  distance.  There  are 
three  or  four  detached  rocks  about  40  yards  from  the  point, 
with  5  fathoms  of  water  close  to  them,  and  13  fathoms  at 
a  short  distance.  A  rivulet  falls  into  the  sandy  creek  on  the 
east  side  of  the  point. 

Tides. — In  the  channel  between  this  coast  and  Tikao  Island 
the  tidal  streams  run  with  a  velocity  of  not  less  than  4  knots. 

Tikao  Island  is  23  miles  long,  NW.  and  SE.,  and  6  miles 
wide  at  its  northern  end,  narrowing  toward  the  extreme  south 
point,  San  Rafael,  from  which  a  chain  of  islets  and  rocks 
extends  toward  Point  Vigia  in  Masbate.  The  island  is 
mountainous,  and  but  thinly  populated.  It  possesses  two 
ports,  San  Miguel  and  San  Jacinto,  neither  of  them  very 
good. 

Port  San  Miguel  is  1  mile  wide  at  the  entrance,  and  open 
to  the  NW. ;  the  depth  of  water  is  50  fathoms  at  the  entrance 
and  45  to  25  fathoms  within,  but  the  plan  shows  very  few 
soundings.  The  shores  of  the  port  are  very  steep,  but  a  reef 
with  three  islets  on  it  extends  from  the  middle  of  the  western 
shore  to  3  cables  NE.  of  the  eastern  islet;  the  reef  is  hidden 
below  water  and  a  part  of  it  fringes  the  southern  part  of 
the  bav. 


78  LUZON — SOUTH    COAST. 

This  port  offers  convenient  anchorage  in  tliick  or  Ijad 
weather,  or  to  a  vessel  embayed  under  the  islands  San  Miguel, 
and  unable  to  reach  Port  San  Jacinto,  or  the  anchorages  oft' 
Masbate. 

The  three  islets  which  form  a  prolongation  of  Point  San 
Miguel  are  very  steep-to,  but  must  be  kept  at  a  distance,  as 
vessels  are  liable  to  be  drawn  toward  them  by  the  tides. 

Tragdugan  Bay,  7^  miles  SE.  of  Point  San  Miguel,  is  open 
to  the  NE.  and  is  skirted  by  a  narrow  reef  which  extends  2 
miles  to  the  NW.  and  fringes  the  coast  to  Port  San  Jacinto, 

8  miles  SSE. 

Port  San  Jacinto  is  small  and  open  to  the  east,  but  has  good 
holding  ground ;  the  entrance  may  be  recognized  by  a  fort 
with  rounded  bastions  on  the  southern  point,  with  some  con- 
ical hills  behind  it.  The  narrow  bank  that  fringes  the  coast 
continues  round  the  inside  of  the  port,  and  the  3^  fathoms 
line  of  soundings  passes  within  3  cables  of  the  northern  point 
(named  San  Antonio  on  the  plan  and  San  Francisco  in  Span- 
ish Derrotero),  and  within  1^  cables  of  the  southern  point 
(San  Jose),  reducing  the  actual  width  of  the  available  harbor 
to  about  3  cables.  The  depth  of  water  lessens  gradually  from 
16  fathoms  at  the  entrance  to  3  fathoms,  mud,  at  the  edge  of 
the  shoal  of  sand  and  mud  at  the  bottom  of  the  port.  The 
town  is  on  the  point  near  the  fort. 

Anchorage. — The  best  anchorage  is  on  the  southern  side  in 

9  fathoms,  with  Point  Cosme  bearing  NNE.  and  the  church 
and  fort  of  San  Jos(^  SE.  by  E.  f  E.  Vessels  arriving  off  the 
port  at  night,  and  not  caring  to  venture  in,  may  anchor 
before  the  port  in  10  to  24  fathoms,  but  the  anchor  should  be 
let  go  as  soon  as  soundings  show  2-4  fathoms,  as  the  bank  is 
very  steep-to. 

Water  can  be  obtained  at  the  wells  and  also  at  a  river  near. 

Tides. — It  is  high  water,  full  and  change,  at  Gh.  30m. ; 
springs  rise  G  feet ;  the  tidal  stream  is  very  weak. 

Coasts. — The  east  coast  of  Tikao  presents  many  little  bays 
open  to  the  east,  in  which  anchorage  can  be  had,  as  well  as  on 
the  sand  bank  that  borders  the  coast  and  which  extends  out 
about  a  mile  from  Biton  Bay  to  Point  San  Rafael.  The  west 
coast  is  steep  and  rugged  and  has  no  good  anchorage ;  a  depth 
of  5^  to  7  fathoms  is  found  along  the  entire  coast  at  a  short 
distance  from  it. 


LUZON — SOUTH   COAST.  79 

Passages  Between  Tikao  and  Masbate. — A  eliain  of 
islets  and  rocks,  with  channels  between  them,  extends  from 
San  Rafael,  the  south  point  of  Tikao,  to  Point  Vigia  in  Mas- 
hate,  8^  miles  SW.  The  most  practicable  of  these  channels 
(named  in  the  Spanish  Derrotero,  Negrito  Head  passages,)  are 
one  between  the  islet  Matabao,  next  to  Tikao,  and  Black  Rock, 
and  one  between  Black  and  Makaragui.  The  first  of  these  is 
1  mile  wide  and  36  fathoms  deep ;  the  second  is  much  wider 
and  27  fathoms  deep. 

Matabao. — From  the  east  coast  of  this  island  a  bank  of 
sand  extends  1^  miles  to  the  NE.,  with  If  fathoms  least  water 
over  it  and  8  fathoms  near  the  edges.  The  narrow  channel 
between  this  islet  and  Tikao  has  a  depth  of  8  to  11  fathoms. 

Black  Rock,  or  Cabeza  de  Negrito,  is  a  cluster  of  rocks 
which  covers  at  high  water;  it  is  steep-to,  with  14  fathoms 
water  alongside. 

The  channels  between  Makaragui  and  Deagan  and  the  inter- 
mediate islets  are  of  no  importance;  the  channel  between 
Deagan  and  Point  Vigia,  in  Masbate,  is  4  or  5  cables  wide 
and  4^  fathoms  dee]3.  The  tidal  streams  run  very  strong 
through  these  channels,  reaching  a  velocity  of  3  to  5  knots  at 
springs,  with  violent  eddies. 

South  Point  of  Luzon. — From  Tagiran  P(jint  the  coast 
trends  eastward  for  6  miles,  forming  a  succession  of  sandy 
bays  of  no  great  indentation,  with  small  rivers  emptying 
themselves  into  them.  The  depth  of  water  in  these  bays  is 
very  great.  The  little  port  Bunut,  east  of  Point  Langao,  is 
the  outlet  of  a  river  which  flows  from  a  ravine  between  two 
high  mountains.  The  depth  at  the  mouth  is  15  fathoms,  and 
4 fathoms  farther  in;  over  the  bar  of  the  river  the  water  is  so 
shallow  that  boats  can  only  enter  at  high  tide. 

Point  Bunut,  on  the  eastern  side  of  the  port,  is  not  so  high 
as  the  adjacent  land,  but  is  distinguished  by  a  table  top  with 
a  cogonal  upon  it ;  the  other  points  are  covered  with  trees  to 
the  water's  edge.  From  Point  Bunut  to  Point  Babatgun  the 
coast  is  rocky. 

Babatgun  Anchorage  is  a  semicircular  bay  included  between 
Point  Babatgun  to  the'west  and  Point  Kulasi  to  the  east;  on 
the  western  side  of  the  bay  there  is  a  small  sheltered  creek 
with  very  steep  shores,  a  depth  of  4|  fathoms  being  found  at 
less  than  12  yards  from  the  shore.  The  west  point  of  the  bay 
is  rocky,  with  a  reef  j^rojecting  to  some  distance  from  it.     Care 


80  LUZON — SOUTH    COAST. 

mi\st  be  taken  to  avoid  tliis  reef,  as  tlie  flood  tide  from  the 
Tiklin  Channel  sets  directly  on  to  it.  The  depth  of  water  be- 
tween the  two  entrance  points  varies  from  18  to  4  fathoms, 
while  from  the  center  of  the  bay  toward  the  above-mentioned 
creek  the  soundings  are  1?  fathoms  to  14  not  far  from  the 
.shore. 

Kalantas  Bank,  bearing  S.  4-  W.  2  jniles  from  Point  Kulasi, 
is  formed  of  large  black  rocks  and  coral.  The  northern  head 
is  a  flat  rock  5  feet  above  water,  with  8  fathoms  water  near  it ; 
the  depth  increases  at  a  short  distance  to  the  northward.  The 
shoal  extends  SE.  from  the  flat  rock,  and  at  a  distance  of  1 
mile  the  depth  is  8  fathoms ;  from  here  it  augments  rapidly 
to  the  southward.  The  tidal  streams  cause  heavy  breakers 
on  the  bank,  giving  it  the  appearance  of  a  white  sandy  islet. 

Tiklin  Strait  is  the  channel  between  the  coast  of  Luzon  and 
the  islands  Kalintan,  Juak,  and  Tiklin.  Although  the  channel 
is  sufficiently  deep,  it  is  not  safe  for  a  large  vessel  to  pass 
through  on  account  of  the  tidal  streams  and  eddies  in  it.  The 
western  shore  of  the  strait,  between  points  Kulasi  and  Pandan, 
is  comjjosed  of  broken  coral  covered  with  mangroves,  and 
fronted  by  a  reef  i  mile  wide,  with  3|  fathoms  depth  at  the 
edge  of  it.  Shelter  may  be  found,  if  required,  in  Kulasi  Bay, 
which  lies  between  Kulasi  Point  and  the  island  to  the  north- 
ward of  it. 

Magnok  Bay  is  a  small  bay  open  to  the  eastward,  fringed 
by  a  narrow  reef,  with  3  to  4  fathoms  water  near  the  edge ; 
the  plan  shows  a  depth  of  8  fathoms  in  the  middle  of  the  bay. 
On  entering,  care  must  be  taken  to  avoid  a  rocky  shoal  cov- 
ered by  li  feet  at  low  water,  which  extends  to  i  mile  NNE. 
of  the  southern  point  of  the  bay.  During  easterly  winds  the 
bay  is  not  safe,  as  a  heavy  reef  breaks  within  it.  The  town 
Magnok  on  the  north  side  of  the  bay  is  poor,  and  offers  few 
resources. 

Islands  in  San  Bernardino  Strait— Tiklin  Islands.— 
Kalintan,  the  southernmost  of  the  group,  lies  |  mile  SE.  of 
Point  Kulasi,  in  Luzon,  and  is  1  mile  in  length,  NE.  and  SW. ; 
Juak,  ISTE.  of  Kalintan  and  only  separated  from  it  by  a  nar- 
now  channel,  is  2^  miles  long,  north  and  south ;  both  islands 
are  rugged  and  covered  by  ebony  trees.  There  is  a  small 
detached  rock  about  1^  cables  distant  from  the  southeast  shore 
of  Kalintan.  Tiklin,  which  gives  the  name  to  the  group,  lies 
f  of  a  mile  SE.  of  Point  Pandan  in  Luzon,  but  the  available 


LUZON — SOUTH    COAST.  81 

channel  between  them  is  reduced  by  reefs  on  either  side  to 
a  width  of  2  cables.  The  island  itself  is  i  mile  in  length, 
north  and  sonth,  but  a  shoal  projects  from  the  south  point 
halfway  toward  the  island  Juak,  which  ends  in  a  rock  awash, 
with  -U  fathoms  water  near  it,  leaving  between  it  and  Juak 
a  narrow  channel  fit  only  for  small  coasters.  Good  anchorage 
may  be  had  at  a  distance- of  2  miles  SW.  of  Tiklin. 

Naranjos  Islands  are  a  group  of  six,  lying  close  together, 
about  7  miles  to  the  southward  of  the  south  point  of  Luzon ; 
they  are  named  respectively  San  Andres,  Rasa,  Medio,  Dar- 
sena,  Aguada,  and  Escarpada ;  a  seventh  island,  named  Desta- 
cado  ("  detached  ")  lies  3^  miles  SE.  of  Aguada.  These  islands 
are  mostly  of  moderate  height  and  rocky;  their  shores  are 
rugged,  with  occasional  sand  beaches ;  the  channels  between 
them  are  clear  and  practicable  for  vessels  of  all  sizes ;  but  it 
is  not  safe  for  a  sailing  vessel  to  use  them  on  account  of  the 
variability  and  strength  of  the  currents  and  the  shifts  of  wind 
experienced  along  them ;  besides  which,  each  island  is  sur- 
rounded by  a  narrow  reef  projecitng  farther  from  the  salient 
point  of  the  islands.  The  soundings  between  the  islands  vary 
between  9  and  27  fathoms,  so  that  a  vessel  could  anchor  in 
case  of  need,  but  the  bottom  is  rocky. 

The  channel  between  Naranjos  grouj)  and  Kaspul  Island 
has  not  been  surveyed.     There  are  no  dangers  visible  in  it. 

Kapul  Island,  lying  3  miles  SE.  of  Kalintan  Island,  is  about 
7  miles  long,  IsTW.  and  SE.,  and  2^  miles  wide,  moderatelj^ 
high,  the  highest  land  being  on  the  eastern  side  near  the  town 
Abak.  On  this  part  there  are  sand  beaches,  but  the  remain- 
der of  the  coast  is  rugged  and  steep,  and  it  is  not  prudent  to 
anchor  near  the  shore. 

Anchorage. — At  about  the  southern  extremity  of  the  island 
there  is  a  little  bay  called  Juban  Bay,  with  dej^ths  of  17  to  7 
fathoms,  whicli  is  probably  the  only  place  offering  safe 
anchorage.  On  the  west  point  of  entrance  there  is  a  remark- 
able pyramidal  rock  which  is  useful  as  a  guide. 

Diamante  Rock,  lying  2  miles  SE.  of  the  south  i)oint  of 
Kapul,  is  small  and  very  steep-sided.  It  is  covered  by  24- 
fathoms  least  water,  with  17  fathoms  at  its  edge. 

Clearing  mark. — A  vessel  compelled  to  pass  between  Kapul 
and  Dalumpiri  islands  may  clear  Diamante  Rock  to  the  west- 
ward by  keeping  the  southwest  tangent  of  Kapul  in  line  with 
the  highest  part  of  the  Sierra  of  Gata  on  Bulan,  bearing  X. 


82  LUZON — SOUTHEAST    COAST. 

38°  W.,  and,  by  taking  care  not  to  open  the  channel  between 
the  islands  Aguada  and  Escarpada,  she  will  clear  Diamante 
Rock  to  the  northward. 

Dalnmpiri  or  Puercos  Island  is  low,  wooded,  and  bordered 
by  sand  beaches,  with  rocks  close  to  them.  A  rocky  shoal 
projects  from  the  southern  j^oint  more  than  a  mile  to  the  SE., 
covered  by  4^  to  9  fathoms  water,  with  17  fathoms  at  a  short 
distance.  There  is  no  danger  in  the  way  of  anchoring  off  the 
island,  but  the  water  is  deep  and  the  bottom  rocky.  The 
channel  between  Dalumpiri  and  Kapul  is  2  to  3  miles  Avide 
and  clear  of  danger.  Game  is  abundant,  esi)ecially  wild  hogs 
(puercos).  In  the  middle  of  the  island  there  is  a  large  lake 
swarming  with  alligators. 

SOUTHEAST    COAST. 

Bulusan  town,  10  miles  north  of  Point  Paiidan,  is  situated 
on  the  shore  on  the  right  bank  of  a  river  which  takes  its  rise  on 
the  eastern  slopes  of  Bulusan  Volcano.  The  shore  is  fringed 
by  a  reef  to  the  distance  of  i  mile  in  places,  with  2^  to  7 
fathoms  on  the  edge. 

Bulusan  Volcano,  5  miles  distant  from  the  coast,  is  a  re- 
markable active  volcano,  visible  at  a  distance  of  GO  miles  and 
forming  an  excellent  mark  for  making  the  strait.  From  the 
eastward  it  shows  a  single  peak,  but  seen  from  the  SSW.  it 
shows  two  peaks. 

San  Bernardino  Islet,  from  which  the  strait  takes  its  name, 
lies  7  miles  from  the  coast  of  Bulusan.  It  is  150  feet  high 
and  covered  with  trees,  many  of  which  belong  to  the  ebony 
tribe.  There  is  a  smaller  islet  close  to  it  to  the  NNE.,  and 
rocks  and  foul  ground  extend  ^  mile  SE.  from  the  island.  On 
either  side  there  is  a  channel  5  miles  wide,  with  soundings  of 
30  to  60  fathoms.  The  chart  shows  a  rock,  position  doubtful, 
about  1  mile  NW.  of  the  island. 

Gubat  Bay,  12  miles  north  of  Bulusan,  is  bordered  by  reefs, 
and  great  reefs  project  some  2  miles  out  from  the  north  and 
south  points  of  the  bay.  The  coast  between  Bulusan  and 
Gubat  is  fringed  with  a  wide  reef,  shown  on  the  chart  to 
extend  2  miles  out  from  the  shore  in  one  place.  The  town 
of  Gubat  is  on  the  NW,  side  of  the  bay  near  a  tongue  of  land 
which  divides  the  bay  into  two.  Steamers  from  Manila  call 
here  about  twice  a  week,  but  we  have  no  information  about 
the  anchorage. 


LUZON — NORTH    COAST.  83 

Moiitugan  Reef  is  tlie  great  reef  that  fringes  the  shore  from 
Biilusaii  to  Point  Montugan.  Its  most  salient  part  projects 
3  miles  to  the  eastward  about  5  miles  north  of  Gubat.  The 
channels  in  the  reef  are  used  by  coasters  Avorking  their  way 
to  the  Gulf  of  Albai. 

Point  Montugan,  the  southern  point  of  the  Gulf  of  Albai 
and  9i  miles  from  Gubat,  is  very  low  and  sunken  and  sur- 
rounded by  shoals.  A  reef  projects  1^  miles  out  from  it  to 
the  NE.,  with  5  to  11  fathoms  at  its  edge. 

NORTH    COAST. 

Cape  Bojeador,  which  forms  the  northwestern  extreme  of 
Luzon,  is  a  low  point  with  a  reef  of  breakers  projecting  from 
it.  Thence  the  coast  trends  in  a  northeast  direction  6  miles 
to  Point  Fegra,  on  the  east  side  of  which  anchorage  may  be 
obtained  during  southerly  winds.  The  deep  bay  between  this 
point  and  Dialao  Point,  9  miles  to  the  NE.,  has  much  foul 
ground  on  its  eastern  shore.  There  is  anchorage  at  the  head 
of  this  bay,  near  the  small  port  of  Bangui,  which  is  said  to 
have  been  long  shut  up  by  an  earthquake. 

Mairaira  Point,  distant  about  20  miles  NE.  of  Cape  Bojea- 
dor, has  a  reef  projecting  about  a  mile  out.  Point  Kabikun- 
gan,  bearing  about  E.  by  S.  13  miles  from  Mairaira  Point, 
is  a  bluff  steep  point  of  white  cliffs,  having  a  mass  of  high 
mountains,  called  Patapa  Mountains,  contiguous  to  it.  To 
the  eastward  of  Point  Kabikungan  there  is  a  round  hill  of 
middling  height,  named  Point  Pata.  The  whole  of  the  coast 
from  Cape  Bojeador  to  this  place  is  steep,  without  any  sound- 
ings until  near  the  shore;  the  land  is  of  moderate  height,  and 
in  some  parts  rather  low  close  to  the  sea,  with  several  rivers ; 
but  the  country  inland  is  high  and  mountainous. 

A  light-house  will  shortly  be  erected  on  Cape  Bojeador. 

From  Pata  Point  the  coast  trends  southeastward  for  43 
miles  and  then  northeastward  for  27  miles  to  Cape  Engano, 
the  northeast  extreme  of  Luzon,  forming  an  immense  bay. 
Fronting  the  sea  is  a  considerable  space  intersected  by  rivers. 
On  the  western  side  is  the  Abulug;  a  chain  of  mountains 
parallel  to  the  coast  and  about  6  miles  inland.  There  is  a 
continous  beach  along  this  coast  with  regular  soundings,  gen- 
erally 5  to  10  fathoms  at  a  mile  or  two  off  on  the  western 
part,  and  the  same  depths  at  3  to  6  miles  offshore  in  the 
bight  of  the  haj,  deepening  again  near  the  eastern  shore. 


84  LUZON — NORTH    COAST. 

At  14-  and  15^  miles  SE.  by  E.  from  Pata  Point  are  tlie 
entrances  of  the  San  Juan  Pamplona  and  the  Abulug,  two 
small  rivers,  with  a  low  island  between  them.  A  sand  bank, 
the  only  known  danger  on  the  coast,  and  on  which  the  sea 
breaks  in  bad  weather,  lies  about  2  miles  N.  by  E.  of  the  bar 
of  the  Abulug,  and  fronting  the  point  to  the  westward  of  the 
river.  It  extends  ESE.  and  WSW.  2  miles,  and  about  a  mile 
outside  it  there  are  35  and  40  fathoms,  fine  black  sand. 

The  entrance  of  the  Kagayai,  Rio  Grande  de  Kagayan,  14 
miles  southeastward  of  the  Abulug,  has  good  anchorage  in 
10  or  11  fathoms  about  1^  miles  NNE.  from  its  mouth.  The 
point  on  the  east  side  is  known  by  the  church  and  convent  of 
the  town  of  Aparri  built  upon  it ;  abreast  of  which,  or  north 
from  the  church,  is  the  best  anchorage.  The  river  is  about 
■J-  of  a  mile  at  the  entrance,  with  2  and  2^  fathoms  on  the  bar, 
deepening  to  5  and  G  fathoms,  mud,  within  the  bar.  The 
coast  to  the  eastward  of  the  river  is  flat,  with  soundings  of 
20  fathoms,  black  sand,  about  6  miles  off  shore.  Steamers 
from  Manila  call  fortnightly  at  Aparri. 

Palaui  Island,  5  miles  in  extent  and  moderately  elevated, 
lies  contiguous  to  the  northwestern  point  of  the  large  jjrom- 
ontory  which  forms  the  northeastern  extremity  of  Luzon ;  and 
the  port  of  San  Vincente  is  formed  between  Palaui  and  the 
coast.  The  western  shore  of  the  island  appears  bold,  but  a 
reef  projects  from  its  eastern  side  to  1^  miles  out,  the  edge  of 
it  being  about  ^  mile  from,  and  around  the  small  islet 
Escuacha. 

CapeEngaiio  (ch.  8,  p.  84),  E.  ^  S.,  54  miles  from  Pata  Point, 
is  the  north  point  of  Palaui  Island.  The  two  Hermauos  islets 
lie  off  this  cape,  and  there  are  some  rocks  oft"  the  northeast 
point ;  a  mile  to  the  east  of  the  cape,  and  at  a  distance  of  ^ 
mile  off,  lies  the  islet  Gran  Laja,  a  square,  steep  mass  of  lava, 
about  ^  mile  in  extent,  which  may  be  seen  at  a  distance  of 
about  27  miles. 

Port  San  Vincente  (ch.  8,  p.  84),  30  miles  E.  by  N.  f  N.  of 
Aparri,  is  formed  by  a  small  island  of  the  same  name  lying 
between  the  northeast  end  of  Luzon,  and  the  adjacent  island 
of  Palaui.  There  is  room  in  this  port  for  three  or  four  ships, 
sheltered  from  all  winds;  but  the  entrance  is  narrow  and 
intricate,  being  formed  between  shoals  on  either  side  which 
project  from  the  southeast  part  of  Palaui  and  from  San  Vin- 
cente Island;  a  vessel  is  therefore  obliged  to  warp  in. 


V  *-  Henuano! 


y.wpfi 


PalauiJ^.L 


Q  -    Ueitiianos  I 


CAI'E     CNCANO 
Ih- J jcul .  Claudio  MoiiJero  1859. 


LUZON — NORTH    COAST.  85 

Trneiio  Shoal,  wliieli  lies  f  of  a  mile  south  of  San  Vincente 
Island,  does  not  uncover;  the  Spanish  Derrotero  does  not 
state  the  depth  of  water  on  it.  The  southeast  point  of  Palaui 
Island  kept  open  to  the  eastward  of  the  south  point  of  San 
Vincente  Island  will  clear  Trueno  to  the  SE.  The  currents 
in  this  locality  are  rather  strong. 

There  is  good  anchorage  in  5  fathoms  opposite  the  mouth  of 
the  port  on  the  SW.,  sheltered  from  all  winds  but  those  be- 
tween W.  and  SW.  There  is  also  anchorage  along  the  coast 
between  Aparri  Road  and  this  place,  in  15  or  30  fathoms  water 
within  2  miles  of  the  shore ;  the  soundings  are  pretty  regular, 
excepting  at  a  depression  in  the  bank  about  10  miles  to  the 
SW.  of  Vincente,  where  the  depths  are  70  to  80  fathoms 
water  about  2^  miles  off  the  shore,  having  close  to  the  edge 
of  it  30  fathoms,  black  sand. 

There  is  no  description  of  the  eastern  entrance  to  this  port, 
but  the  survey  shows  a  channel  of  5  fathoms  between  the 
reefs  off  the  Luzon  shore  and  Rona  Islet,  in  the  center  of  the 
narrows.  The  approach  is  from  the  eastward,  and  it  is  a 
mile  wide  between  the  reefs  round  Escucha  Islet  and  those 
bordering  the  main. 

Bank. — One  mile  to  the  northward  of  Escarpada  Point,  and 
in  a  direct  line  between  that  point  and  the  northwest  point  of 
Gran  Laja  Islet,  there  is  a  rocky  bank  of  small  extent,  covered 
by  7  to  15  fathoms. 

RepoHed  shoal. — According  to  the  statement  of  M.  Denier, 
master  of  the  French  bark  Douquay  Trouin,  a  shoal  was  passed 
on  the  28th  of  May,  1875,  XE.  of  Luzon  Island.  When  sighted 
it  was  awash.  It  extended  in  a  SW.  and  XE.  direction,  thence 
running  NW.  for  about  100  yards.  The  vessel  passed  within 
a  distance  of  2  miles,  going  6  knots  an  hour.  M.  Denier 
places  the  shoal  in  latitude  19°  5'  N.  and  longitude  124°  43'  E. 

Clare  of  Anson  Beef. — Information  is  wanting  about  this 
danger,  which  is  shown  on  the  charts  as  lying  87  miles  S.  73° 
E.  of  Cape  Engano;  in  latitude  17°  49'  X.,  longitude  124°  40'  E. 

Directions. — The  channel  between  Cape  Engano  and  Kami- 
guin  Island  to  the  NXW.  is  20  miles  wide,  and  clear  of  dan- 
ger. As  the  currents  set  strongly  to  the  northward  in  the 
southwest  monsoon,  it  will  be  prudent  for  vessels  proceeding  to 
the  eastward  from  this  coast  with  light  winds  to  keep  on  the 
south  side  of  the  channel  to  prevent  their  being  drifted  to  the 
northward  near  the  Guinapak  and  Didikas  rocks,' which  lie  to 
the  northeastward  of  Kamiguin. 


LUZON — NORTH    COAST.  85 

Trueno  Shoal,  wliieli  lies  f  of  a  mile  south  of  San  Vineeiite 
Island,  does  not  nncover;  the  Si)anish  Derrotero  does  not 
state  the  depth  of  water  on  it.  The  southeast  point  of  Palaui 
Island  kept  open  to  the  eastward  of  the  south  point  of  San 
Vincente  Island  will  clear  Trueno  to  the  SE.  The  currents 
in  this  locality  are  rather  strong. 

There  is  good  anchorage  in  5  fathoms  opposite  the  mouth  of 
the  port  on  the  SW.,  sheltered  from  all  winds  but  those  be- 
tween W.  and  SW.  There  is  also  anchorage  along  the  coast 
between  Aparri  Road  and  this  place,  in  15  or  20  fathoms  water 
within  2  miles  of  the  shore ;  the  soundings  are  pretty  regular, 
excepting  at  a  depression  in  the  bank  about  10  miles  to  the 
SW.  of  Yincente,  where  the  depths  are  70  to  80  fathoms 
water  about  2^  miles  off  the  shore,  having  close  to  the  edge 
of  it  30  fathoms,  black  sand. 

There  is  no  description  of  the  eastern  entrance  to  this  port, 
but  the  survey  shows  a  channel  of  5  fathoms  between  the 
reefs  off  the  Luzon  shore  and  Rona  Islet,  in  the  center  of  the 
narrows.  The  approach  is  from  the  eastward,  and  it  is  a 
mile  wide  between  the  reefs  round  Escucha  Islet  and  those 
bordering  the  main. 

Baiik. — One  mile  to  the  northward  of  Escarj)ada  Point,  and 
in  a  direct  line  between  that  point  and  the  northwest  point  of 
Gran  Laja  Islet,  there  is  a  rocky  bank  of  small  extent,  covered 
by  7  to  15  fathoms. 

Reported  shoal. — According  to  the  statement  of  M.  Denier, 
master  of  the  French  bark  Douquay  Trouin,  a  shoal  was  passed 
on  the  28th  of  May,  1875,  NE.  of  Luzon  Island.  When  sighted 
it  was  awash.  It  extended  in  a  SW.  and  NE.  direction,  thence 
running  NW.  for  about  100  yards.  The  vessel  passed  within 
a  distance  of  2  miles,  going  6  knots  an  hour.  M.  Denier 
places  the  shoal  in  latitude  19°  5'  N.  and  longitude  124°  43'  E. 

Clare  of  Anson  Reef. — Information  is  wanting  about  this 
danger,  which  is  shown  on  the  charts  as  lying  87  miles  S.  73° 
E.  of  Cape  Engano;  in  latitude  17°  49'  N.,  longitude  124°  40'  E. 

Directions. — The  channel  between  Cape  Engano  and  Kami- 
guin  Island  to  the  NNW.  is  20  miles  wide,  and  clear  of  dan- 
ger. As  the  currents  set  strongly  to  the  northward  in  the 
southwest  monsoon,  it  will  be  prudent  for  vessels  proceeding  to 
the  eastward  from  this  coast  with  light  winds  to  keej)  on  the 
south  side  of  the  channel  to  prevent  their  being  drifted  to  the 
northward  near  the  Guinapak  and  Didikas  rocks,' which  lie  to 
the  northeastward  of  Kamioruin. 


86  LUZON — NORTHEAST    AND    EAST    COASTS. 

NORTHEAST    COAST. 

From  San  Vincente  (cli.  s,  p.  8-4)  the  coast  runs  east  for  5 
miles,  bordered  by  a  narrow  reef  with  detached  rocks,  to 
Escarpada  Point,  the  northeast  point  of  Luzon,  which  has 
been  usually  distinguished,  both  in  charts  and  sailing  direc- 
tions, as  Cape  Engano.  Here  the  coast  turns  abruptly  to  the 
southeastward  for  12  miles  to  Iligan  Point. 

From  Point  Iligan  the  coast  again  turns  abruptly  to  the 
SSW.,  and  then  curves  gradually  round  to  the  eastward  to 
the  headland  of  Moises,  which  bears  S.  by  E.,  distant  64  miles 
from  Point  Iligan,  and  is  formed  by  the  eastern  slopes  of 
Mount  Moises.  The  coast  in  this  wide  bight  is  high  and 
clean,  but  offers  no  shelter. 

Three  mountains,  the  resj^ectivo  heights  of  which  are  2,086, 
3,451,  and  3,995  feet,  rise  to  the  southward  of  Cape  Engano, 
at  the  distances  of  11,  16,  and  22  miles,  and  must  be  fine  land- 
marks in  clear  weather.  Mount  Moises,  another  one  of  the 
range  of  mountains  which  traverse  the  northeast  part  of 
Luzon  parallel  to  the  coast,  is  4,085  feet  high,  and  is  a  good 
mark  for  the  ports  in  its  vicinity. 

Divilakan  Bay,  north  of  Mount  Moises,  is  open  to  the  north- 
ward ;  the  shores  are  fringed  with  reefs,  and  there  is  a  depth 
from  7  to  9  fathoms  in  the  bay.  The  little  port  Dimalansan 
(ch.  9,  p.  86),  SE.  of  Divilakan  Bay,  penetrates  2  miles  to  the 
south,  but  is  only  1  cable  wide  and  only  2^  fathoms  deep. 
Port  Bikobian  (ch.  10,  p.  86),  south  of  Dimalansan,  penetrates 
2  miles  to  the  north,  and  is  2-^  cables  wide  and  9  to  11  fath- 
oms deep. 

Paranan  Bay,  ESE.  of  Mount  Moises,  is  semicircular  in 
form,  has  great  depth  of  water  in  it,  and  is  free  of  dan- 
gers; but  it  is  quite  exposed  to  the  northeast  wind.  A  long 
sand  beach  borders  the  bottom  of  the  bay,  into  which  several 
small  rivers  flow.     The  Spanish  survey  ends  here. 

EAST    COAST. 

The  coast  between  Paranan  Bay  and  Inaguikan  Point,  250 
miles  farther  south,  has  not  been  surveyed,  and  is  very  differ- 
ently drawn  on  the  English  and  Spanish  charts.  Some  of 
the  positions,  as,  for  example,  Ca]3e  Ildefonso,  80  miles  from 
Paranan  Bay,  is  given  on  the  Spanish  chart  10  miles  SE.  by 
E.  of  the  position  given  for  it  on  the  English  chart. 


Nu.Q, 


PORT   OF  BIMALANSAN 

From,  a  Spaouh.  Governmaix  Sxnrve-v  1859. 


^ 


Md-ia 


PORT  OF  BIKOBIAN 

From  a  Spanish  GovBnuoaent  Sv»rveyl859. 


LUZON — EAST    COAST.  87 

The  general  trend  of  the  ccjast  is  SSW.,  and  it  is  stated  in 
the  Derrotero  to  l)e  clean  and  very  steep-to,  and  with  tlio 
exception  of  Prnelm  Shoal,  to  present  no  off -lying  dangers. 
The  bays  Tumango  (Dilasak  of  the  Spanish  chart),  Kasigu- 
ran.  Baler,  and  Dibut  (Dingalan  on  the  Spanish  chart)  are 
little  known;  they  offer  bad  anchorages,  exposed  to  all  tlio 
winds  and  sea  of  the  Pacific  Ocean. 

Prueba  Shoal,  3  miles  from  the  main  coast,  nearly  west  of 
the  northern  point  of  Polillo  Island,  is  the  only  off-lying  dan- 
ger between  Cape  Engaho  (cli.  8,  p.  84)  and  Point  Inagnikan. 

Dingala  Bay  is  clean,  with  a  depth  of  22  fathoms  in  the 
middle  of  it,  and  2^  fathoms  at  2  cables  from  the  shore. 
There  are  rocks  close-to  off  the  sonth  point.  In  the  northern 
part  of  the  bay  there  is  a  creek  sheltered  from  the  northerly 
winds,  with  anchorage  in  7  fathoms  at  G  cables  from  the  shore. 

A  round  point  projects  from  the  bottom  of  the  bay,  with 
ten  islets  off  it  on  a  reef  which  extends  2^  miles  north  and 
south;  this  reef  has  several  rocks  awash  npoii  it,  and  a  depth 
of  4  fathoms  at  the  edge. 

The  river  Dumangas,  which  enters  the  southern  part  of  the 
bay,  has  5  feet  of  water  on  its  bar;  and  Umirei  River,  1  mile 
farther  south,  has  6  feet  of  water  on  its  bar. 

Lamon  Bay,  comprised  between  two  points,  Inaguikan  to 
the  NW.  and  the  land  of  Mambulao  to  the  SE.,  is  protected 
from  northerly  winds  by  the  islands   Polillo  and  Jomalig. 

The  little  island  Balesin  lies  in  the  middle  of  the  bay,  and 
farther  in,  the  islands  Cabalete  and  Alabat;  these  two  last- 
named  islands  form  with  the  coast  a  well-sheltered  port,  with 
good  holding  ground.  The  passage  on  the  eastern  side  of 
Alabat  is  free  of  danger,  but  that  on  the  western  side  is  shal- 
low and  foul.  It  must  be  remembered  that  the  coast  hero  is 
not  well  known,  and  the  bays  along  it  have  not  been  sounded 
out. 

Polillo  Island  rises  in  the  center  to  a  mountain  of  moderate 
height  with  wooded  slopes.  The  north  coast  is  clean  and 
steep ;  the  east  coast  is  bordered  with  islands  and  dangerous 
reefs,  but  the  west  coast  is  clean,  except  before  the  jiort  of 
Polillo,  where  a  great  reef  runs  NW.  parallel  to  the  coast, 
leaving  a  narrow  channel  some  14  fathoms  deep  leading  to 
the  port.  Soundings  show  9  to  18  fathoms  water  at  a  distance 
of  4  mile  from  this  shore. 


88  LUZON — KAST    COAST. 

Port  Lain[)()n,  in  the  iiortlnvosleru  part  of  Lamon  Bay,  is  a 
small  but  well-sheltered  povt,  of  a  depth  of  5  to  12  fathoms 
over  a  bottom  of  sand  and  mud.  The  shores  are  covered  by- 
dense  vegetation,  and  commanded  by  the  remarkable  moun- 
tain by  name  Binangonan;  several  rivers  flow  into  the  port, 
and  good  water  may  be  obtained.  This  port  is  celebrated  in 
the  history  of  the  Philippines  by  having  been  during  a  part 
of  the  Sixteenth  Century  the  depot  of  the  Spanisb  galleons 
and  the  treasures  of  Manila,  as  being  situated  in  a  freer  posi- 
tion for  communication  with  New  Spain  than  might  have 
been  any  port  in  the  then  little  known  and  difficult  strait  of 
San  Bernardino. 

Mauban  Anchorage  lies  about  20  miles  south  of  Port 
Lampon.  Information  is  lacking  about  this  anchorage,  but 
it  must  be  a  place  of  trade,  as  steamers  call  there.  An  out- 
line sketch  of  the  port  was  made  by  the  officers  of  Malaspina's 
Expedition  in  1792. 

Alabat  Harbor. — There  is  no  information  about  this  har- 
bor beyond  Avhat  is  stated  above  from  the  Spanish  Derrotero, 
viz,  that  the  islands  Alabat  and  Cabalete  form  with  the  main 
coast  a  sheltered  harbor  of  good  holding  ground ;  and  there 
is  an  old  record  of  the  tides. 

Tides. — It  is  high  water,  full  and  change,  at  Alabat  Harbor 
at  lOh. ;  springs  rise  9  feet. 

Port  Mambulao,  between  Pinandunguan  Point  and  the 
Dajikan  Islands,  is  safe,  sheltered  from  all  winds  and  easy  of 
access.  The  depth  of  water  diminishes  gradually  from  11 
fathoms  at  the  entrance  of  the  bay  to  2  fathoms  before  the 
mouth  of  the  river  at  the  head  of  the  port.  The  number  of 
fishing  inclosures  within  the  harbor  considerably  obstructs 
the  navigation.  The  town  of  Mambulao,  at  the  mouth  of  the 
river,  is  of  slight  importance.  This  town  and  the  neighbor- 
ing one  of  Parakale  are  famous  for  red-lead  ore  found  in  the 
vicinity. 

Tanaos  Islets  are  five  low  flat  islets  lying  3  miles  NNW. 
of  Pinandunguan  Point.  Another  low  flat  island  named  Ta- 
busao,  lies  west  of  the  same  point. 

Kalaguas  Islands  are  a  group  of  eight  islands  and  several 
small  islets,  the  largest  and  most  central  of  which  is  Tinagu ; 
they  are  mostly  bordered  by  reefs,  and  are  all  low,  except 
Makulabo,  which  can  be  seen  in  clear  weather  at  a  distance 
of  24  miles.    Anchorage  may  be  found  eastward  of  Makulabo, 


LUZON — EAST    COAST.  89 

frcjin  the  soutliwest  pai't  of  Tiiuigii  to  :>  miles  N.  by  E.  of 
Parakale  on  the  main  coast.  Water  can  l)e  obtained  on  tlie 
east  side  of  Makulabo. 

Matandumaten  Islet  is  shown  on  the  chart  at  10  miles  SE. 
of  Kabalisai,  the  easternmost  of  the  Kalagua  Islands,  and 
midway  between  these  two  another  islet  is  shown,  with  a  rock 
off  its  southern  side.  Information  is  wanting  about  these 
islets. 

Danger. — A  great  bank  is  shown  on  the  charts  as  lying  23 
miles  NE.  by  E.  of  the  Kalaguas,  stretching  20  miles  WNW. 
and  ESE.,  with  3  to  5  fathoms  of  water  over  it.  No  sound- 
ings are  given  in  the  neighborhood  of  this  bank,  nor  between 
it  and  the  coast ;  but  it  is  believed  that  the  channel  between 
the  bank  and  Kalaguas  is  deep. 

Coast. — Parakale  is  a  town  in  a  little  bay  T  miles  SE.  of 
Pinandunguan  Point.  Parakale  Point,  the  westernmost  point 
of  the  bay,  is  low,  covered  by  mangroves,  and  bordered  by  a 
reef.  From  Bakai  Point,  the  eastern  point  of  the  bay,  the 
coast  trends  south  62°  E.  as  far  as  Indang  Point  (Jimdang), 
and  is  low  and  bordered  by  a  beach,  off  which  there  is  good 
anchorage. 

Indang  Island  (Kinamanokan),  off  Indang  Point,  is  low, 
fiat,  and  bordered  l^y  sand  beaches ;  it  is  separated  from  the 
coast  by  a  channel  5  to  10  feet  deep. 

Daet  River,  which  enters  the  sea  6  miles  SSE.  of  Indang 
(Kinamanokan)  Island,  is  11  feet  deep  at  the  mouth  and  16 
feet  deep  farther  ut).  When  entering  the  river  the  western 
shore,  upon  which  stands  a  fort,  must  be  kept  aboard,  as 
there  is  a  reef  off  the  eastern  point,  which  is  low  and  covered 
by  mangroves.     Steamers  from  Manila  call  here. 

Kanimo  and  Kanton  islands,  situated  at  a  short  distance 
SE.  of  Daet  River,  are  of  moderate  height.  Kanimo,  Avhich 
is  the  larger  of  the  two,  is  about  2  miles  long,  north  and 
south ;  its  shores  are  mostly  surrounded  by  rocks,  but  on  the 
northeast  side  there  is  anchorage  on  sandy  bottom.  Five 
small  islands,  named  Rasas,  lie  to  the  southward  and  south- 
westward  of  Kanton  Island.  The  water  in  the  neighborhood 
of  these  islands  is  shallow. 

Kolasi  Point,  formed  by  the  slope  of  Kolasi  Hill,  is  high ; 
there  is  a  little  bay,  3  fathoms  deep,  between  the  point  and  a 
peaked  hill  SW.  of  it.  The  town  of  Kolasi,  which  stands  on 
the  northern  slope  of  the  hill,  must  be  a  place  of  some  trade, 
as  steamers  call  there. 


90  LUZON— EAST    COAST. 

San  Miguel  Bay. — To  the  eastward  uf  Kolasi  Point  the 
coast  forms  a  clean  circular  bay,  some  20  miles  in  diameter, 
surrounded  by  high  mountains,  and  capable  of  harboring, 
in  safety,  vessels  of  great  draft.  When  entering  from  the 
eastward  care  must  be  taken  to  avoid  the  reefs  off  Siruma 
Island  and  Pinitan  Point.  Tlie  depth  of  water  in  the  middle 
of  the  bay  is  7  to  8  fathoms,  lessening  gradually  toward  the 
sides.  The  western  shore,  between  Kolasi  Point  and  Kabusao 
Eiver,  at  the  bottom  of  the  bay,  is  very  low,  and  edged  by  a 
sandy  beach,  with  shallow  water  off  it. 

Kabusao  River,  which  discharges  itself  through  a  low,  flat 
shore,  is  1  cable  wide  and  3|  fathoms  deep  at  the  mouth; 
farther  iip  it  carries  a  depth  of  2i  fathoms  throughout  a 
length  of  24  miles,  as  far  as  the  town  of  Nueva  Carceres. 
A  bank  of  sand,  covered  by  3  feet  water,  projects  2  miles  to 
the  NE.  from  the  mouth.  There  are  two  other  shoals  to  the 
westward  of  the  outer  end  of  the  bank.  Kabusao  is  only  a 
fishing  village. 

Kabalanga  River,  6  miles  to  the  eastward  of  Kabusao,  has 
a  good  depth  of  water.  The  town  of  the  same  name  is  built 
a  little  way  up  the  stream. 

Siruma  Point  and  Island. — From  Kabalanga  River  the 
coast  rises  and  continues  of  moderate  height  as  far  as  Siruma 
Point.  The  depth  of  water  off  this  coast  is  irregular,  and 
some  shoals  and  small  islands  lie  near  it.  Siruma  Point  is 
connected  with  the  small  island  close  to  it  by  a  reef ;  another 
reef  extends  1^  miles  WNW.  of  the  island,  and  dries  in  places. 

The  coast. — Siruma  Bay,  to  the  eastward  of  the  point,  has 
depths  of  7  to  9  fathoms,  sand.  From  the  northern  point  of 
the  bay  a  reef  projects  2  miles  to  the  ISTW. ;  the  breakers  on 
this  reef  can  be  seen  to  some  distance.  Between  Siruma  Bay 
and  Port  Sisiran,  the  coast  is  bordered  by  islands  and  rocks. 
The  several  bays  that  it  forms  are  foul,  and  accessible  to  fish- 
ing boats  only.  Botauanan,  the  northernmost  island  on  this 
part  of  the  coast,  is  high  and  surrounded  by  rocks. 

Kinalasag  Island,  which  forms  the  northern  side  of  Port 
Sisiran,  is  about  4  miles  in  length,  moderately  high,  and  clean 
on  the  side  toward  the  port.  Bagakai  Island  and  several 
smaller  islets  lie  off  the  northern  point,  and  from  the  north- 
ern part  of  Bagakai  a  reef  with  rocks  awash  extends  ^  mile 
out.  A  rock  (Laja)  on  which  the  sea  breaks  lies  1^  miles  off 
the  northeast  shore  of  Kinalasag,  off  the  entrance  to  Port 


LUZON — EAST   COAST.  91 

Sisiraii.  Of  the  two  passages  on  either  side  of  this  rock,  that 
to  the  westward  is  the  best;  soundings  show  depths  of  14  to 
23  fathoms  at  less  than  a  mile  from  Kinalasag. 

Sisiran  Port  is  clean  and  capacious,  and  has  good  anchorage 
sheltered  by  high  ground.  The  entrance,  open  to  the  north, 
is  1^  miles  wide  and  has  a  depth  of  10  to  12  fathoms  near  the 
point  of  Kinalasag,  and  7  fathoms  near  the  edge  of  the  reef 
which  surrounds  the  eastern  point  to  a  distance  of  2  cables. 
Within  the  port  the  depth  of  water  decreases  gradually  from 
10  fathoms  at  the  mouth  to  2f  farther  in;  bottom  sand  and 
mud  near  the  shore.  Water  can  be  obtained  on  the  eastern 
shore,  but  no  provisions  are  procurable. 

Tagun  Bay,  east  of  Port  Sisiran,  has  not  been  explored. 

Lahui  Island  is  -t  miles  long,  NNE.  and  SSW.  Its  north- 
western extremity  terminates  in  a  remarkable  sharp  peak  like 
a  sugar  loaf,  higher  than  several  islets  Avhich  lie  near  it.  The 
northeastern  jjoint  is  bordered  by  a  reef  to  a  distance  of  3 
cables.  At  a  distance  of  3  miles  NW.  of  the  Sugar  Loaf  there 
is  a  group  of  four  islets,  the  largest  of  which  is  3  cables  in 
length,  with  a  reef  projecting  1  mile  to  the  northward  from 
it,  and  surrounding  two  still  smaller  islets.  The  southern 
islet  of  the  group  lies  7  cables  SE.  of  the  largest  islet,  and  is 
clean  and  steep-to.  The  channel  between  these  islets  and 
Lahui  Island  is  safe,  and  has  a  depth  of  12  to  27  fathoms. 

Coast  mark. — The  Sugar  Loaf  above  mentioned  makes  a 
good  mark  for  the  entrance  of  Port  Sisiran  when  coming 
from  the  eastward. 

Kanamuan  Port,  situated  at  the  foot  of  the  highest  moun- 
tain of  this  part  of  the  coast,  is  very  small,  and  has  a  depth 
of  only  2i  to  3^  fathoms.  The  town  Kanamuan  is  4  miles 
inland,  on  the  left  bank  of  the  river.  Kanamuan  Point,  4 
miles  east  of  this  port,  is  high  and  steep,  as  is  also  the  coast, 
which  runs  SE.  by  S.  for  5  miles  from  it,  as  far  as  Point 
Bungus. 

Katanaguan  Islands,  2  miles  east  of  Kanamuan  Point,  are 
small,  low,  and  surrounded  by  reefs.  Tacbun  Channel,  be- 
tween the  above-named  islands  and  point,  is  clear,  with  17  to 
8  fathoms  of  water.  The  two  islets  Palombon,  east  of  Point 
Bungus,  are  separated  from  that  point  by  a  channel  1^  miles 
wide  and  15  fathoms  deep. 

Katanduanes  Island,  separated  from  Luzon  by  Maqueda 
Channel,    is   about    38    miles   long,    north   and    south,    and 


92  LUZON — EAST    COAST. 

22  miles  broad,  and  traversed  throughout  its  length  by  a 
chain  of  mountains.  It  is  abundantly  supplied  with  small 
rivers,  from  the  sands  of  which  the  natives  obtain  gold  dust. 
The  soil  is  fertile  and  produces  rice,  maize,  sesame,  indigo, 
cotton,  and  abaca  (manilahemp),  and  there  are  good  pastures 
for  rearing  horses  and  oxen. 

The  west  coast  is  in  general  safe  and  steep ;  the  east  coast, 
bordered  by  little  islets,  presents  some  bays  with  bad  anchor- 
ages ;  and  off  the  north  coast  there  are  various  islets  and  shoals 
detached  from  the  shore  to  a  distance  of  10  miles. 

lot  Point,  the  northern  extremity  of  the  island,  is  of  mod- 
erate height  and  steep-to.  Matulin  Island,  3  miles  ENE.  of 
lot  Point,  is  the  center  of  a  circular  reef  about  2  miles  in 
diameter  and  awash  throughout  its  entire  extent. 

Horadaba  Islets  are  three  rocks,  the  northernmost  of  which 
bears  N.  31°  W.  distant  3  miles  from  lot  Point.  Abriop 
Bank,  1  mile  NW.  of  Horadaba  Islets,  has  not  been  surveyed. 
It  is  shown  on  the  chart  as  extending  3  miles  from  east  to  west 
and  1  mile  from  north  to  south. 

The  Palumbanes  Islands  are  a  little  group  of  three  islets  4 
miles  west  of  Karao  Bay.  A  shoal  upon  which  breakers  were 
seen  is  reported  to  be  situated  about  4  miles  northward  of 
Palumbanes  Islands.  A  rocky  bank,  1  cable  in  extent,  lies 
in  the  channel  between  the  Palumbanes  Islands  and  Karao 
Bay. 

Karao  Bay,  on  the  northwest  part  of  Katanduanes  Island, 
offers  fair  anchorage  over  a  rocky  bottom ;  there  is  no  other 
anchorage  on  the  west  coast  of  the  island. 

Sialat  Point,  on  the  southwest  part  of  Katanduanes,  is  high. 
Agajo  Point,  5  miles  south  of  Sialat,  is  low  and  covered  by 
mangroves ;  from  this  point  the  coast  trends  SE.  by  E.  for  7 
miles  to  Tuguntun  Point,  and  is  high,  with  little  bays  in  it, 
which  do  not  afford  anchorage.  The  town  of  Kalolbong  lies 
midway  between  the  two  points;  the  chart  shows  two  shoals 
off  Kalolbong. 

Kabugao  Bay,  on  the  south  side  of  the  island,  is  11  miles 
wide  between  the  points  Tuguntun  and  Nagumbuayan,  and  18 
fathoms  deep,  shoaling  gradually  to  4  fathoms  near  the  shore. 
Tuguntun  Point,  the  southern  point  of  the  island,  is  low  and 
bordered  by  rocks,  and  2  miles  NE.  of  the  point  there  are  two 
rocky  shoals.  Farther  north,  on  the  left  bank  of  a  little  river, 
stands  the  town  of  Birak,  the  most  important  on  the  island. 


LUZUN — EAST    COAST.  93 

Kabugao  River,  on  the  eastern  side  of  the  bay,  is  fronted  by 
two  islets,  and  has  a  bar  whieli  nearly  dries  at  low  water. 
The  towns  of  Cabngao  and  Bato  stand  on  the  banks  of  the 
river.  The  western  shore  of  Kabugao  Bay  is  bordered  by 
banks  and  rocks. 

East  coast  of  Katanduanes . — Port  Baras  has  a  depth  of  3 
to  7  fathoms,  but  is  obstructed  by  reefs  which  make  the  en- 
trance difficult.  Port  Bagamanok,  on  the  northeast  coast, 
offers  two  anchorages.  The  southern  anchorage  is  between 
the  island  Panai  and  Anajao  Point ;  the  entrance  which  runs 
east  and  west  leads  into  a  little  semicircular  bay,  between  two 
islets,  having  a  depth  of  4^  to  T  fathoms.  The  northern  an- 
chorage is  situated  at  the  southern  extremity  of  the  narrow 
channel  between  the  reef  off  Minigil  Point  and  off  Panai 
Island,  and  it  has  a  depth  of  17  fathoms,  lessening  to  7  fath- 
oms, sand,  opposite  the  town  of  Bagamanok. 

Winds  on  the  east  coast  of  Luzon. — From  Cape  Engaiio  to 
the  Bay  of  San  Miguel,  nortlieast  winds  prevail  from  October 
to  March,  the  monsoon  here  beginning  with  north  winds 
which  are  of  short  duration  and  soon  pass  into  the  northeast ; 
in  January  and  February  the  east  winds  begin,  and  terminate 
the  monsoon.  The  heaviest  rains  fall  from  October  to  Janu- 
ary, and  in  October  typhoons  sometimes  occur.  In  March  and 
April,  and  sometimes  in  the  beginning  of  May,  variable  winds 
blow,  bringing  in  the  southwest  monsoon ;  but  the  dry  season, 
of  which  April  and  May  are  the  driest  months,  is  uninter- 
rupted by  rain. 

Thunderstorms  occur  from  June  to  November,  most  fre- 
quently in  August.  During  the  southwest  monsoon  the  sea 
is  very  calm,  but  in  the  middle  of  the  northeast  monsoon  all 
navigation  ceases  on  the  east  coast. 

Tides. — The  flood  stream  sets  to  the  northward,  both  on  the 
east  and  on  the  west  side  of  Katanduanes  Island,  and  to  the 
westward  along  the  part  of  the  coast  between  Katanduanes 
and  Polillo  Island.  There  is  no  information  as  to  the  hours 
of  high  water. 

Lagonoi  Gulf  has  not  been  sounded,  nor  are  its  coasts  well 
known ;  it  appears,  however,  to  be  safe,  and  no  dangers  have 
been  reported  on  the  route  between  Maqiieda  Channel  and 
Tobako  Bay  in  the  southern  part  of  tlie  gulf.  The  part  of  the 
coast  that  runs  NW.  of  Tobako  for  8  miles,  as  far  as  Tibi 
town,  is  bordered  by  a  sand  beach  with  good  depth  of  water 
off  it. 


94  lA'ZON — EAST    COAST. 

Mount  Isiii'o,  which  rises  to  a  height  oi  (;,4G2  feet  between 
San  Miguel  Bay  and  Lagonoi  Gulf,  is  an  extinct  volcano  of 
3G  miles  in  circumference.  Its  eastern  slopes  reach  nearly  to 
the  waters  of  Lagonoi  Gulf,  while  its  western  slopes  are 
separated  from  San  Miguel  Bay  by  a  wide  strip  of  alluvial 
soil.  Mount  Iriga,  between  Mount  Isaro  and  Albai  Volcano, 
is  3,970  feet  high. 

Tobako  Bay,  in  the  southern  part  of  Lagonoi  Gulf,  is  fronted 
by  the  islands  San  Miguel  and  Kakrarai,  and  is  by  them 
formed  into  an  excellent  and  capacious  harbor  G  miles  long 
and  3i  miles  wide,  with  a  depth  near  the  shore  of  9  to  5^ 
fathoms.  These  two  islands  are  connected  by  a  reef,  and 
Kakrarai  is  only  separated  from  Sula  Point,  the  southern 
point  of  the  bay,  by  a  narrow,  winding,  and  impracticable 
channel.  The  entrance  to  the  harbor,  between  points  Natu- 
naguan  on  the  main  coast  of  Luzon,  and  Guinamban  on  San 
Miguel  Island,  is  7i  cables  wide.  The  first  of  these  two  points 
is  clean ;  but  a  reef  projects  to  theNW.  from  Point  Guinamban, 
to  a  distance  of  1  mile,  and  continues  round  the  north  coast 
of  San  Miguel. 

The  town  of  Tobako,  in  the  northwest  ]iart  of  the  bay, 
carries  a  brisk  trade  with  Manila,  steamers  calling  there  three 
or  four  times  a  month.  Fr(nn  Tobako  the  coast  is  steep,  with 
4i  fathoms  close  to  it,  as  far  as  Bagakai,  situated  4^  miles 
SSE.  of  Tobako.  Anchorage  may  be  had  anywhere  between 
these  two  places,  but  the  best  is  off  Tobako,  in  front  of  the 
church. 

From  Bagakai  a  reef  stretches  across  the  southern  part  of 
the  harbor  to  Kakrarai  Island,  inclosing  the  islet  Bugias, 
which  is  round  and  fiat-topped,  and  closes  the  mouth  of  the 
Sula  Channel.  Pilis  Bay  is  a  lagoon  some  7  fathoms  deep, 
into  which  vessels  of  very  light  draft  can  enter  at  high  water. 

Tides. — The  flood  stream  sets  to  the  north  and  the  ebb  to 
the  south. 

The  islands  of  San  Miguel,  Kakrarai,  and  Batan  are  sepa- 
rated from  each  other  by  channels  full  of  rocks  and  shoals 
that  dry  at  low  water,  rendering  them  impracticable;  the 
north  coast  of  San  Miguel  is  bordered  by  reefs,  the  extent  of 
which  has  not  been  determined ;  it  is,  therefore,  prudent  to 
give  the  coast  a  berth  of  2  miles  at  least. 

Rapurapu  Island  is  high;  it  is  separated  from  Batan  by  a 
channel  2  miles  wide,  but  too  much  obstructed  by  rocks  to  be 


LUZOX — EAST    COAST.  95 

navigable;  a  reef  stretclies  about  a  mile  out  from  the  middle 
of  the  south  shore  and  dries  at  low  water,  and  a  rock  lies  1 
mile  WSW,  of  the  western  point  of  the  island. 

Albai  Gulf,  south  of  the  above-named  islands  and  23 
miles  long,  east  and  west,  is  4  miles  wide  between  Rapuraj)U 
Island  and  Montugan  Point  in  Bulusan,  and  of  the  same 
width  between  Kakrarai  Island  and  Paron  Point.  The  shores 
are  in  general  steep,  but  the  opening  in  the  southern  part, 
called  Poliki  Bay,  is  shallow  and  foul.  The  Spanish  Derro- 
tero  states  that  there  are  only  two  shoals  in  the  inner  part  of 
the  gulf,  2  miles  from  the  shore  at  the  head,  but  the  Spanish 
chart  of  1873  shows  "  varios  bajos"  (several  shoals)  in  the 
middle  of  the  inner  part. 

Sula  Port,  formed  by  the  southern  part  of  the  narrow  chan- 
nel that  separates  Kakrarai  Island  from  the  mainland,  is 
well  sheltered  and  has  good  holding  ground.  It  is  4  cables 
wide  and  11  fathoms  deep  at  the  mouth,  continuing  the  same 
width  and  depth  for  ^  mile  to  the  northward.  The  channel 
then  curves  to  the  westward  and  narrows  to  ^  cable,  so  that 
only  the  lightest  of  coasters  can  enter  Tobako  Bay  by  it. 
Both  of  the  entrance  jjoints  are  bordered  by  reefs  1  cable 
wide. 

Livok,  at  tlie  head  of  Albai  Gulf,  is  a  town  on  the  left  bank 
of  a  little  river.  A  reef  lines  the  shore  near  the  town,  and  is 
shown  on  the  chart  to  extend  to  f  mile  from  the  shore. 

Shoals. — SE.  of  Livok,  at  a  distance  of  2  miles,  there  are 
two  rocky  shoals,  1  cable  in  extent  and  covered  by  3  feet  of 
water.  From  the  northern  shoal  Sula  Point  bears  N.  56°  E., 
and  Livok  town  N.  30°  W.  From  the  southern,  Sula  Point 
bears  I^.  56°  E.,  and  Livok  town  N.  22°  W.  This  locality 
should  be  approached  with  caution. 

Albai  River,  about  6  miles  south  of  Livok,  is  of  no  great 
importance,  and  has  only  1  foot  of  water  on  the  bar  at  low 
water.  The  new  town  of  Albai,  capital  of  the  province,  stands 
on  level  ground  1  mile  WSW.  of  the  old  town  of  Albai, 
which  was  the  capital  before  the  eruption  of  the  volcano  in 
1814.  The  new  town  is  sheltered  from  the  volcano  by  an 
isolated  hill  named  Linguin,  which,  as  also  a  low  hill  named 
Kapuntakan  on  the  south  point  of  the  river,  are  good  marks 
for  making  the  ancliorage.  Between  Livok  and  the  river  Albai 
the  shore  is  bordered  by  a  sand  beach,  having  depths  of  9  to 
11  fathoms  near  it.  The  town  of  Albai  exports  hemp  to  the 
value  of  83,000  annually. 


90  MANILA — PROVINCE    AND    CITY. 

Albai  Volcano,  situated  on  a  great  ])lain  about  5  miles  from 
the  shore  near  Livok,  is  one  of  the  most  remarkable  volcanoes 
of  the  Archipelago;  it  forms  a  perfect  cone  8,374  feet  high, 
always  crowned  by  a  great  plume  of  vapor,  and  is  a  good 
mark  for  navigating  the  coast. 

Poliki  Bay  is  obstructed  by  reefs,  at  the  edge  of  which  there 
are  soundings  of  5^  fathoms ;  on  the  western  side  there  are 
several  little  channels  which  do  not  afford  good  anchorage. 

Paron  Point,  the  northeast  point  of  the  gulf,  is  high  and 
steep ;  there  is  a  thermal  spring  near  it,  the  vapor  from  which 
can  be  seen  at  a  great  distance. 

Jesus  Point,  2  miles  SE.  of  Paron  Point,  has  on  its  western 
side  a  little  beach,  near  which  there  is  anchorage.  From  Point 
Gajo,  2  miles  SE.  of  Point  Jesus,  a  reef,  which  extends  west- 
ward nearly  a  mile,  fringes  the  shore  as  far  as  the  head  of 
Sugot  Bay. 

Sugot  Bay  is  li  miles  wide,  and  penetrates  2  miles  to  the 
southward ;  the  eastern  shore  only  is  accessible  and  is  bordered 
by  a  sand  beach  with  a  depth  of  water  of  5^  fathoms  near  it ; 
the  western  shore  is  fringed  by  a  reef.  The  river  and  town 
of  Sugot  are  at  the  head  of  the  bay;  vessels  drawing  19  feet 
can  approach  the  mole  of  the  town. 

Coal. — A  layer  of  coal,  similar  in  quality  to  Australian  coal, 
has  been  discovered  at  Gatbo,  a  village  SE.  of  Sugot  town. 

MoNTUGAN  Point. — A  line  of  reef,  extending  more  than  a 
mile  out,  fringes  the  shore  from  Point  Pagjuriran  to  Point 
Montugan,  and  continues  round  the  coast  into  San  Bernardino 
Strait. 

PROVINCE  OF  MANILA. 

It  is  bounded  on  the  north  by  the  Province  of  Bulacan,  on 
the  east  by  the  District  of  Morong  and  Laguna  de  Bay,  on  the 
south  by  the  Province  of  Cavite,  and  on  the  west  by  the  bay 
of  the  same  name.  The  area  is  264  square  miles  and  the  pop- 
ulation 400,000. 

Manila  (see  plan  of  Manila  on  separate  map),  capital  of  the 
Philippine  Archipelago  and  the  province  of  this  name,  has 
110,000  inhabitants  and  was  founded  in  1571,  on  the  left  bank 
of  the  moutli  of  Rio  Pasig  at  its  junction  with  the  Pacific 
Ocean. 

It  is  a  fortified  city,  encircled  by  a  wall  with  bastions  and 
bulwarks  and  a  ditch  and  outer  ditch,  where  it  does  not  front 
on  the  sea  or  river.     The  waters  of  the  sea  or  river  can  be  let 


MANILA— CITY.  97 

in  and  thus  isolate  the  city  l)y  opening  the  sluices  constructed 
for  this  purpose.  There  are  six  gates — three  to  the  north,  on 
the  road  to  the  river  Pasig,  called  Almacenes,  Santo  Domingo, 
and  Isabel  II. ;  and  three  on  the  land  side,  called  Parian,  Real, 
and  Santa  Lucia.  All  are  well  defended  by  bastions,  partic- 
ularly on  the  land  side.  Besides  the  gates,  there  is  a  bastion 
to  the  north-northwest  of  the  gate  of  Santa  Lucia,  which  is 
not  always  open. 

The  gate  Real  formerly  enfiladed  the  Plaza  Mayor  and  the 
palace  of  the  governor,  but  since  the  taking  of  the  city  by 
the  English  in  1762  it  has  been  placed  in  front  of  the  college 
of  San  Jose,  where  it  is  now  situated,  and  public  entrance  is 
made  through  the  gate  of  Parian.  The  land  side  is  the  most 
exposed  and  the  best  fortified,  but  for  convenience  the  descrip- 
tion will  begin  at  the  most  advanced  point  formed  by  the  river 
and  sea,  which  is  to  be  found  at  the  extreme  northwest  of  the 
city  and  defended  by  the  royal  fort  of  Santiago.  Thence  it 
will  follow  the  bank  of  the  river  to  the  extreme  northeast, 
where  the  bastion  to  San  Gabriel  is  situated,  from  which  point, 
proceeding  along  the  trace  in  an  oblique  direction,  first  to  the 
northeast,  then  to  the  east,  and  finally  to  the  south,  the 
extremity  of  the  part  in  the  battery  of  San  Gregorio  and  the 
bastion  of  San  Diego  is  reached.  From  here  one  turns  to  the 
southwest  along  the  coast,  which  leads  to  the  before-mentioned 
fort  of  Santiago.  This  fort  is  a  citadel,  defending  the  entrance 
to  the  river  and  the  northwest  angle  of  the  city.  Originally 
built  of  wood,  it  assumed  its  present  form  by  order  of  Gov- 
ernor Gomez,  who  surrounded  the  city  with  good  fortifica- 
tions. The  fort  has  a  gate  to  the  plaza  and  a  false  one  to  the 
river.  In  front,  and  on  the  other  side  from  this,  is  found  the 
fort  of  Fernando,  which  has  no  great  strength. 

On  the  east  of  the  royal  fort  of  Santiago,  and  at  a  short 
distance  from  it  on  the  same  side  of  the  river,  is  found  the 
bastion  Tenerias;  next,  in  the  same  direction  the  gate  of 
Almacenes;  more  to  the  east,  the  battery  of  the  military 
hospital.  Not  far  from  this  and  on  the  same  line,  the  gate  of 
Santo  Domingo  with  its  strong  battery ;  next,  the  bastion  of 
the  customs  house  (Aduana) ;  next,  the  gate  of  Isabel  II.,  and 
lastly,  the  bastion  of  San  Gabriel,  which  terminates  the  line 
of  fortifications  along  the  river.  Joined  to  this  bastion  on  the 
exterior  side  is  found  the  Plaza  Nueva.  Still  following  the 
trace  from  the  bastion  of  San  Gabriel,  one  arrives  at  the  g-ate 


98  MANILA — CITY. 

of  Parian,  through  which  it  is  necessary  to  pass  in  a  northerly- 
direction  to  reach  the  bridge  of  Pasig.  Leading  south  from 
this  gate,  is  a  heantifully  paved  highway  of  great  breadth, 
and  to  the  southeast  is  the  bastion  Diablo.  South  of  this 
point  is  the  postern  of  Recoletos  and  just  beyond,  the  bastion 
of  San  Andres.  Thence,  to  the  southwest,  is  situated  the  royal 
gate,  and,  as  has  been  stated,  the  extreme  southern  point 
is  defended  by  the  bastion  of  San  Diego  protected  by  the 
battery  of  San  Gregorio,  which  is  built  on  the  exterior  line 
in  the  angle  of  the  plaza. 

Many  of  these  works  have  deteriorated  with  time,  and  the 
expenditure  of  a  little  money  and  labor,  especially  at  the 
strategic  points  of  Santiago  Point,  Restinga  Point,  and  Cor- 
regidor,  would  be  of  great  benefit.  The  streets  are  straight, 
well  leaved,  and  illuminated.  Prominent  among  its  buildings 
are  the  governor's  palace,  the  royal  court  of  chancery,  and 
the  convent  of  San  Agustin,  with  its  handsome  church; 
the  church  and  convent  of  the  Recollects  of  San  Francisco, 
whose  buildings  occupy  an  immense  space ;  the  royal  college 
and  pontifical  university  of  St.  Thomas,  which  is  spacious, 
well  constructed,  and  possesses  a  notable  physical  laboratory ; 
the  municipal  atheneum,  in  charge  of  the  Jesuits,  with  a 
physical  laboratory,  natural  history  museum,  and  a  magnif- 
icent apparatus  for  astronomical  observations ;  the  military 
hospital,  with  room  for  1,000  beds,  and  the  spacious  and  well- 
attended  hospital  of  San  Juan  de  Dios.  Among  the  buildings 
ruined  in  the  earthquake  of  1863,  some  of  which  are  being  re- 
constructed and  others  already  so,  are  the  large  and  well-con- 
structed cathedral,  the  customs  building,  etc. 

Within  the  fortified  city  reside,  generally  speaking,  the 
authorities  of  the  archipelago,  who  have  the  same  mission 
and  the  same  hierarchy  as  those  of  Cuba. 

The  real  nucleus  of  the  population  of  Manila  is  in  its 
suburbs.  These  comprise  the  pueblos  called  Binondo;  San 
Jos^;  Santa  Cruz,  with  15  wards;  Quiapo,  with  2  wards;  San 
Miguel,  with  7  wards;  Sampaloc,  with  39  wards;  and  Tondo, 
with  18  wards.  The  neighborhoods  of  these  suburbs  are  de- 
lightful and  picturesque,  with  their  rivers,  lagoons,  creeks, 
islands,  quarries,  and  little  hamlets.  Good  bridges  facilitate 
communication  between  Manila  and  its  suburbs.  The  suburb 
of  Binondo  is  the  most  mercantile  of  the  archipelago;  here 
are  the  central  administration  of  revenues  and  monoiDolies, 


MANILA — CITY.  99 

general  tobacco  warehouses,  and  the  administration  of 
finances  of  the  province.  Its  streets  are  narrow  and  the 
houses  tastefully  and  solidly  built.  On  the  breakwater  of 
the  jetty  extending  out  into  the  bay  is  a  third-class  light- 
house, and  the  steamers  which  perform  the  service  of  the  bay 
and  make  periodical  trips  to  the  provinces  of  Cavite,  Batangas, 
Bulucan,  and  Pampanga,  close  in  along  the  river. 

North  of  Binondo,  separated  by  a  river  spanned  by  several 
bridges,  is  the  suburb  of  Tondo,  extending  to  the  west  of  the 
bay,  on  flat,  sandy  ground.  The  houses  are  in  general  con- 
structed of  cane  and  nipa  (a  species  of  palm  with  feathery 
leaves) ;  the  streets  are  narrow,  and  there  is  a  handsome 
church,  a  small  theater,  and  a  good  market  place.  North- 
east of  Binondo  is  the  suburb  of  Santa  Cruz,  with  good 
buildings,  a  flower  market,  theater,  public  jail,  leper  hospital 
under  the  Franciscans,  and  a  cemetery  for  Chinese  or  Sangley 
infieles  (infidels). 

Northeast  of  Manila  and  at  the  extremity  of  the  suburb  of 
Santa  Cruz  is  the  suburb  of  Quiapo,  Avith  good  houses,  hand- 
some and  well-aligned  streets,  and  a  pretty  market  place. 
There  are  the  tribunal  of  the  natives,  an  elegant  and  solid 
structure;  the  well-built  suspension  bridge  over  the  Pasig, 
measuring  350  feet  long  by  23  feet  wide;  the  magnificent 
market  of  the  Quinta,  and  the  spacious  and  pretty  San  Sebas- 
tian street,  with  elegant  buildings  and  convenient  porticos, 
at  the  end  being  the  sanctuary  of  San  Sebastian  under  the 
Agustin  Recollects. 

The  suburb  of  San  Miguel  is  situated  to  the  east  of  Manila 
on  the  opposite  bank  of  the  Pasig  River,  being  connected  with 
Quiapo  by  a  good  wooden  bridge ;  it  has  good  buildings  and 
a  comfortable  and  well-ventilated  barracks.  Along  the  river 
are  a  number  of  villas,  the  last  one  being  called  Malacamang, 
the  residence  of  the  supreme  authority  of  the  archipelago.  It 
consists  of  an  elegant  palace  divided  into  two  parts,  sur- 
rounded by  gardens,  with  good  wharves  on  the  river.  On  the 
island  of  San  Andres^  situated  in  the  center  of  the  river 
Pasig,  is  the  convalescent  hospital,  spacious  and  with  good 
hygienic  conditions,  the  San  Jose  poorhouse,  and  the  insane 
asylum.  To  the  east  of  the  island  are  the  San  Andres  and 
San  Rafael  batteries,  the  southern  part  serving  as  support  to 
the  bridge  uniting  the  suburb  of  San  Miguel  with  San  Miguel 
Viejo. 


100  .MAMl.A — CITY. 

To  the  iiortlieast  of  Manila,  adjoining  it  and  fronting  on 
tlie  river  bank,  is  tlie  jjlace  known  as  arroceros  (rice  mills),  a 
much  frequented  spot,  where  are  located  the  tobacco  factories, 
in  one  of  which  over  7,000  female  laborers  are  constantly  oc- 
cupied ;  also  the  botanical  garden,  the  barracks  of  the  regi- 
ment of  i^eninsular  artillery,  the  Si^anish  theater,  the  Kiosko, 
designed  for  public  dances,  and  the  slaughterhouse. 

A  mile  and  three-quarters  south  of  Manila,  on  the  banks  of 
the  bay,  is  the  pueblo  of  Malate.  It  is  crossed  by  the  highway 
from  the  capital  to  Cavite ;  it  has  a  fine  church,  an  infantry 
barracks  occupied  by  a  regiment  of  that  arm,  and  a  cavalry 
barracks,  quartering  the  lancer  squadron  of  Luzon ;  both  are 
good  and  spacious. 

On  the  shores  of  the  Pasig  is  the  paseo  (promenade)  of  Ma- 
gallanes,  on  which  is  erected  an  obelisk  dedicated  to  the  mem- 
ory of  the  illustrious  mariner,  Magellan.  On  the  paseo  del 
malecon  (dike  promenade)  is  another  monument  recalling  the 
patriotism  of  the  oidor  (judge)  Anda.  There  are  cock  pits 
and  luxurious  cafes,  the  Spanish  recreation  club,  a  military 
library  founded  by  royal  order  of  February  15, 1846,  and  out- 
side the  town  a  riding  school  and  race  course. 

The  garrison  of  Manila  and  its  suburbs  was  composed  of  3 
regiments  of  infantry,  a  battalion  of  artillery,  the  squadron 
of  cavalry,  and  a  regiment  of  veteran  gendarmery  (guardia 
civil). 

The  general  postal  service  of  the  north  comprises  the  pro- 
vinces of  Bataan,  Zambales,  Pampanga,  Tarlac,  Pangasinan, 
Union,  Ilocos  Sur,  Ilocos  Norte,  and  the  districts  of  Lepanto, 
Bontoc,  Benguet,  Tiagan,  Porac,  and  Corregidor. 

The  cross-country  line  comprises  the  provinces  of  Bulacan, 
Nueva  Ecija,  Nueva  Vizcaya,  Isabela,  Cagayan,  and  the 
districts  of  Principe  and  Saltan. 

The  general  service  of  the  south  comj^rises  the  provinces  of 
Laguna,  Batangas,  Mindoro,  Tayabas,  Camarines  Norte, 
Camarines  Sur,  Albay,  and  the  districts  of  Moring,  Masbate, 
and  Ticao,  and  Infanta  and  Burias. 

That  of  Cavite  (two  expeditions  daily). 

That  of  Pampanga,  Bataan,  and  El  Corregidor. 

That  of  Bulacan,  Pami)anga,  and  Nueva  Ecija. 

That  of  La  Laguna  (by  steamer). 

That  of  Laguna,  Batangas,  and  Mindoro,  river  route. 

That  of  the  interior  of  the  provinces  of  Manila. 

That  of  the  Batanes  Islands. 


MANILA    BAY.  101 

That  of  Balabac,  Laucan,  Puerto-Princesa,  Zamboanga,  and 
Pollok. 

Ill  the  maritime  provinces  of  the  archipehigo  the  arrivals  and 
departures  are  uncertain,  the  service  being  performed  1)y  coast- 
ing vessels. 

MANILA    BAY. 

The  general  map  of  the  island  of  Luzon  shows,  in  general 
outline,  Manila  Bay  and  Cavite,  the  port  and  marine  arsenal 
of  Manila,  oif  which  the  engagement  of  May  1  took  place. 
Manila  Bay  is  about  30  miles  in  extent  each  way.  The  land 
on  both  sides  of  the  entrance  is  high  and  covered  with  vege- 
tation, while  the  shores  at  the  head  are  low,  marshy,  and 
intersected  by  numerous  small  rivers,  estuaries,  and  tide  lakes. 
Fortifications  were  erected  commanding  the  opening  of  the 
bay  with  the  additional  protection  of  submarine  mines ;  depth 
of  water,  from  16  to  17  fathoms. 

Corregidor,  or  Mariveles,  and  Pulo  Caballo  are  islands 
dividing  the  entrance  of  Manila  Bay  into  two  channels.  Cor- 
regidor, the  principal  island,  600  feet  high,  lies  near  the  north 
shore,  and  is  3  miles  in  length,  east  to  west.  There  is  a  light- 
house on  its  summit.  On  its  north  side  is  a  small  bay,  pro- 
tected by  breakwaters,  affording  anchorage  for  small  vessels, 
and  from  Buri  Point  a  reef  juts  to  the  southward  toward 
Caballo  Island,  on  a  low  spur  of  which  is  a  fixed  light.  It  is 
the  channel  between  Caballo  Island  and  the  mainland  which 
was  used  by  the  United  States  squadron,  and  which  was 
apparently  not  defended  at  all. 

Manila  is  about  25  miles  from  the  entrance  of  the  bay.  A 
telegraph  connected  Manila  with  Hongkong,  the  cable,  which 
was  originally  landed  at  Cape  Bolinao,  having  been  shifted 
to  the  chief  town.  Manila's  total  export  and  import  trade  is 
worth  about  six  and  one-half  millions  sterling.  The  length 
of  quayage  in  the  river  Pasig  is  4,250  feet,  but  the  river,  the 
average  breadth  of  which  is  350  feet,  is  too  narrow  to  allow 
vessels  to  turn.  The  longest  vessel  using  the  river  regularly 
is  231  feet.  Larger  vessels  lie  at  anchor  in  the  bay.  Pasig 
River,  which  is  navigable  for  about  10  miles,  is  the  principal 
channel  of  communication  with  the  interior ;  there  is  a  depth 
of  11  feet  on  the  bar  at  low  water.  It  i^asses  between  the 
commercial  districts  and  the  fortress  of  Manila.  At  its  mouth 
is  a  breakwater,  and  a  battery  is  placed  on  the  southern  mole. 


102  LUZON— CITIES    AND    TOWNS. 

Cavitc  (cli.  5,  p.  49),  wliicli  stands  on  a  low  point  of  land,  is 
fortified,  and  more  guns  are  said  to  have  recently  been  placed 
in  position.  The  Spanish  troops  were  in  garrison  there. 
The  whole  number  of  officers  and  troops  in  the  islands  on 
November  1,  1897,  was  about  46,108,  having  been  largely 
reenforced  in  1896-97  to  quell  the  revolution.  At  Cavite  ves- 
sels are  built  and  repaired,  the  port  having  excellent  conven- 
iences. There  is  a  slip  with  a  cradle  270  feet  broad,  and 
hydraulic  power  capable  of  drawing  2,000  tons.  Workshops 
contain  appliances  of  all  kinds.  A  dock  for  gunboats  and  a 
larger  private  dock  for  vessels  of  1,500  tons  have  been  con- 
structed. The  harbor,  or  cove,  is  a  good  one,  with  shelter 
from  west  and  southwest  winds,  and  a  depth  of  water  of  3^ 
fathoms.  From  Cavite  to  Manila  by  water  is  7  miles,  but  by 
road  15  miles.  Large  vessels  generally  anchor  off  Cavite 
Harbor,  about  a  mile  from  the  shore,  in  5  fathoms.  Here 
the  Spanish  flotilla  was  placed. 

CITIES    AND    TOWNS. 

Caloocan. — Population,  9,843;  situated  7  miles  from  Manila. 
There  are  highroads  to  Manila,  Novaliches,  Mariquina,  and 
Sampaloc. 

Dilao. — Population,  4,625;  situated  3  miles  from  Manila. 

Ermita. — Population,  4,726 ;  situated  1^  miles  from  Manila. 

Las  Pinas. — Population,  4, 000 ;  situated  8  miles  from  Ma- 
nila. 

Malate. — Population,  2,319;  situated  If  miles  from  Manila. 

Malibay. — Population,  2,890;  situated  4  miles  from  Manila. 

Mariquina. — Population,  10,313;  situated  7  miles  from 
Manila.     It  communicates  with  Caloocan  by  a  highroad. 

Montalban. — Population,  3,055;  situated  16  miles  from 
Manila. 

Muntinlupa. — Population,  5,068;  situated  21  miles  from 
Manila. 

Navotas, — Population,  9,154;  situated  6^  miles  from  Ma- 
nila. 

Novaliches. — Population,  1,871;  situated  10  miles  from 
Manila.  It  communicates  with  Caloocan  and  Manila  by  high- 
roads. 

Pandacan. — Population,  2,446;  situated  2  miles  from  Ma- 
nila. 


ABRA    PROVINCE.  103 

Paranaque. — Population,  9,8<:;3;  situated  at  a  distance  of 
G^-  miles  from  Manila. 

Pasig. — Population,  2-2,000;  situated  7  miles  from  Manila. 

Pateros. — Population,  2,842;  situated  3  miles  from  Manila. 

Pineda. — Population,  9,825;  situated  3^  miles  from  Manila. 

San  Felipe  Neri.— Population,  5,465. 

San  Juan  del  Monte.— Population,  2,011. 

San  Mateo. — Population,  G,700;  situated  17  miles  from 
Manila. 

San  Pedro  Macati. — Population,  3,921;  situated  about  3 
miles  from  Manila. 

Santa  Ana. — Population,  2,194;  situated  about  3  miles 
from  Manila. 

Taguig-. — Population,  9,6G2;  situated  4  miles  from  Manila. 

Tambobong. — Population,  25,000;  situated  3  miles  from 
Manila. 

PROVINCE   OF   ABRA. 

Situated  in  the  northern  part  of  the  island  of  Luzon,  it  is 
bounded  on  the  north  by  the  provinces  of  Ilocos  Norte  and 
Cagayan,  on  the  east  by  Isabela  and  part  of  the  district  of 
Bontoc,  on  the  south  by  the  districts  of  Bontoc  and  Lepanto 
and  part  of  Ilocos  Sur,  and  on  the  west  by  Ilocos  Sur.  Its 
rugged  and  volcanic  surface  is  covered  with  rich  vegetation, 
the  oak,  pine,  and  strawberry  tree  abounding.  Among  the 
game  are  buffalo,  deer,  wild  boars,  monkeys,  etc.,  and  in  the 
valleys  are  grown  vegetables,  maize,  tobacco,  and  palay.  The 
area  is  3,280  square  miles,  and  the  population  49,702,  distrib- 
uted among  9  pueblos  and  40  rancherias. 

The  capital  is  Bangued,  with  a  population  of  13,417.  It 
is  situated  236  miles  from  Manila.  It  has  a  telegraph  station, 
and  was  the  residence  of  the  politico-military  governor. 

CITIES    AND    TOWNS. 

Alfonso  XII. — Population  not  known. 

Bacay. — Population,  2,4G1;  situated  11  miles  from  Ban- 
gued. 

Dolores. — Population,  2,970;  situated  G^  miles  from  Ban- 
gued.     There  are  highroads  to  Taynud. 

La  Paz. — Population,  2,869;  situated  8  miles  from  Ban- 
gued. 


104  ALBAY    PROVINCE. 

Pidigan. — Population,  2,142;  .situated  3  miles  from  Ban- 
gued. 

Pilar. — Population,  4,107;  situated  3  miles  from  Bangued. 

San  Jose. — Population,  1,285;  situated  17  miles  from  Ban- 
gued. 

San  Gregorio.— Population,  1,429;  situated  4  miles  from 
Bangued.     It  lias  a  post  office. 

San  Quintin. — Population,  725 ;  situated  8  miles  from  Ban- 
gued.    It  is  on  the  liigliroad  from  Bangued  to  Vigan. 

Tayum. — Population,  3,436 ;  situated  2  miles  from  Bangued. 

Villavieja. —  Population,  859;  situated  20  miles  from 
Bangued. 

PROVINCE  OF  ALBAY. 

Situated  in  the  extreme  southeast  of  Luzon,  it  is  bounded 
on  the  north  and  east  by  the  Pacific,  on  the  south  by  the 
Strait  of  San  Bernardino  and  the  Sea  of  Visayas,  and  on  the 
west  by  Camarines  Sur.  It  is  a  broken  volcanic  country; 
there  are  several  extinct  volcanoes  and  one  in  activity  called 
Mayon  or  Albay,  being  high  and  of  dangerous  ascent.  There 
are  impenetrable  forests  of  very  rich  timber,  and  much  large 
and  small  game.  Numerous  rivers  Avater  delightful  valleys, 
in  which  all  products  of  the  country  are  grown.  There  are 
good  highways.  The  natives  are  very  industrious,  and  on  the 
coast  there  are  many  dockyards  where  good  vessels  are  con- 
structed. The  area  is  2,262  square  miles  and  the  population 
296,850. 

The  capital  is  Albay,  with  a  population  of  14,000,  the  town- 
ship having  34,000.  It  is  situated  on  the  bay  of  the  same 
name  and  at  the  foot  of  the  Mayon  volcano,  and  was  the  resi- 
dence of  the  alcalde  mayor,  the  promoter  fiscal,  and  a  number 
of  public  functionaries. 

CITIES   AND    TOWNS. 

Bacacay. — Population,  1 0, 547 ;  situated  1 1  miles  from 
Albay,  on  the  bay  of  the  same  name. 

Bacon. — Population,  13,013;  situated  G  miles  from  Albay. 

Bagamanog.— Population,  1,209. 

Barcelona. — Population,  1,567;  situated  62  miles  from 
Albay. 

Bato. — Population  not  known ;  situated  29  miles  from  Albay. 

Bulan. — Population,  11,000;  situated  21  miles  from  Albay. 

Bulusan. — Population,  5,230 ;  situated  82  miles  from  Albay. 


A  I.BAY    PROVINCE.  105 

Cagsaua. — Population,  20,449 ;  situated  2  miles  from  Albay. 

Calolbon. — Population,  4,382. 

Camalig-. — Population,  14,868 ;  situated  7  miles  from  Albay. 

Caramoan. — Population,  908. 

Casig-uran. — Population,  8,662;  situated  22  miles  from  Al- 
bay. 

Castilla. — Population,  2,353;  situated  18  miles  from  Albay. 

Donsol. — Population,  5,500;  situated  16  miles  from  Albay. 

Gubat. — Population,  13,359;  situated  52  miles  from  Albay. 

Guinobatan. — Population,  20,500;  situated  11  miles  from 
Albay. 

Irocin. — Population,  5,224;  situated  62  miles  from  Albay. 

Jovellar. — Population,  5,279 ;  situated  10  miles  from  Albay. 

Juban.— Population,  6,000. 

Legaspi.— Population,  6,017;  situated  ^  mile  from  Albay. 

Libog. — Population,  6,569,  the  townsliip  having  4,000.  It 
is  situated  8  miles  from  Albay. 

Liibon. — Population,  4,125;  situated  22  miles  from  Albay. 

Ligao. — Population,  17,371;  situated  19  miles  from  Albay. 

Magallanes. — Population,  2,377;  situated  34  miles  from 
Albay. 

Malilipot. — Population,  5,995;  situated  12  miles  from  Al- 
bay. It  has  regular  highroads,  the  means  of  transportation 
being  4  and  2  wheel  carts. 

Malinao. — Population,  10,296. 

Manito. — Population,  1,515;  situated  1-|  miles  from  Albay. 

Matnog. — Population,  3,745;  situated  53  miles  from  Albay. 

Oas. — Population,  10,357;  situated  22  miles  from  Albay, 

Pandan. — Population,  2,143;  situated  39  miles  from  Albay. 

Payo. — An  island  with  2,800  inhabitants,  situated  at  a 
3  days'  sail  from  Albay.     It  is  composed  of  8  j^ueblos. 

Pilar. — Poi)ulation,  5,458;  situated  21  miles  from  Albay. 

Polangui. — Population,  10,050;  situated  22  miles  from 
Albay. 

Sorsogon. — Population,  10,720;  situated  14  miles  from 
Albay. 

Tabaco.— Population,  17,436 ;  situated  16  miles  from  Albay. 
It  has  a  telegraph  station  and  a  post-office. 

Tivi. — Chief  town  of  a  district  of  10,215  inhabitants;  situ 
a  ted  22  miles  from  Albay. 

Viga. — Poimlation,  2,896;  situated  21  miles  from  Albay. 

Virac. — Population,  5,832. 


lOG  tAMAKINES    PROVINCE. 

PROVINCE  OF  THE  CAMARINES  (NORTH  AND  SOUTH). 

Situated  to  the  southeast  of  Manila,  it  is  bounded  on  the 
north  by  the  Pacific  Ocean,  on  the  south  by  the  Province  of 
Albaj^,  on  the  west  by  the  District  of  Ragay  and  the  Pacific 
Ocean,  and  on  the  east  by  the  Pacific  Ocean.  The  area  is 
3,829  square  miles  and  the  population  185,878. 

South  Camarines. — It  is  bounded  on  the  north  by  North 
Camarines,  on  the  east  by  Albay,  and  on  the  south-southwest 
by  the  Sea  of  Mindoro,  and  is  crossed  from  northeast  to  south- 
east by  a  great  mountain  chain,  covered  with  impenetrable 
forests  of  good  building  timber  and  inhabited  by  infieles.  Its 
lakes  are  Buhi,  Bato,  and  Baaso ;  in  its  extensive  valleys  are 
raised  cacao,  rice,  maize,  abaca,  sugar  cane,  etc.  Industry 
consists  in  the  manufacture  of  fine  clothes  of  simanay  and 
guimara.     It  is  divided  into  35  pueblos  and  268  barrios. 

North  Camarines. — It  is  bounded  on  the  north  and  north- 
west by  the  Pacific  and  the  Bay  of  San  Miguel,  on  the  south 
by  South  Camarines,  on  the  southwest  by  the  Bay  of  Guin- 
ayangan,  and  on  the  west  by  the  Province  of  Tayabas,  and  is 
covered  with  mountains  and  crossed  by  numerous  rivers  of 
great  volume.  In  the  interior  are  virgin  forests  inhabited 
by  tribes  of  negritos,  and  there  are  unworked  mines  of  gold, 
silver,  iron,  copper,  and  lead.  The  rivers  abound  in  fish  and 
there  are  good  wagon  roads.  It  is  divided  into  8  pueblos  and 
25  barrios. 

The  capital  is  Nueva  Caceres,  with  a  population  of  11,550. 
It  is  situated  on  the  Naga  River,  navigable  from  the  sea  to  the 
capital  by  vessels  of  from  150  to  200  tons,  and  it  is  207  miles 
distant  from  Manila.  It  was  the  residence  of  the  bishop  of  the 
diocese,  of  the  alcalde  mayor,  and  of  the  chief  of  the  com- 
mand of  gendarmery,  and  has  a  cathedral,  a  bishop's  palace, 
seminary  for  clergymen  of  the  country,  normal  school,  a 
court-house,  etc.  There  is  a  post  office  and  a  railroad  and 
telegraph  station. 

CITIES   AND   TOWNS. 

Baao. — Population,  G,759;  situated  17  miles  from  Nueva 
Caceres. 

Basud. — Population,  1,874;  situated  11  miles  from  Nueva 
Caceres. 

Bato.— Population,  4,861. 

Bombon.— Population,  2,656. 


CAMAKIXES    rKOVIXCE.  107 

Buhi. — Population,  10,000;  situated  34  miles  froui  Nueva 
Caeeres. 

Bula. — Population,  2,800;  situated  10  miles  from  Nueva 
Caeeres. 

Calabanga. — Poi)ulation,  5,704:;  situated  7  miles  from 
Niieva  Ciiceres. 

Calasagasan. — Population,  813;  situated  49  miles  from 
Nueva  Caeeres. 

Camaligan. — Population,  5,049.  There  are  highroads  to 
Callejcui,  Nueva  Caeeres,  and  Camaman. 

Camaman.— Population,  5,959. 

Capalonga.— Population,  1,692. 

Caramoan.— Population,  6,697. 

Daet. — Population,  10,650;  situated  50  miles  from  Nueva 
Caeeres. 

Gainza. — Population,  2,631. 

Goa. — Population,  7,748. 

Indan.— Population,  5,800;  situated  55  miles  from  Nueva 
Cjtceres. 

Iriga. — Population,  17,094;  situated  22  miles  from  Nueva 
Caeeres. 

Labo. — Population,  4,213. 

Lagonoy. — Population,  8,500.  It  is  the  capital  of  the  dis- 
.  triet  of  the  same  name. 

Libmanan. — Population,  14,512;  situated  14  miles  from 
Nueva  Caeeres,  to  which  it  is  connected  by  highroads.  It 
has  a  post  office  and  telegraph  station. 

Liupi. — Population,  765;  situated  13  miles  from  Nueva 
Caeeres. 

Mabatobato. — Population,  849. 

Magarao. — Population,  5,744;  situated  3  miles  from  Nueva 
Caeeres. 

Mambulao.— Population,  1,182. 

Manguirin.— Population,  1,300;  situated  9  miles  from 
Nueva  Caeeres. 

Milaor. — Population,  5,120;  situated  2  miles  from  Nueva 
Caeeres. 

Minalabag.— PoiDulation,  3,869;  situated  4  miles  from 
Nueva  Caeeres. 

Nabua. — Population,  17,789 ;  situated  17  miles  from  Nueva 
Caeeres. 


108  A.-MBUKAYAN,  APAYOS,  AND  BATAAX. 

Pamplona-^Population,  3,G47;  situated  5  miles  from 
Nueva  C;'ieeres.     It  lias  a  post  office. 

Paracale. — Population,  3,211 ;  situated  68  miles  from  NueYa 
Caccres. 

Pasacao. — Population,  1,548. 

Pili. — Population,  3,635;  situated  9  miles  from  Nueva 
Cd,ceres. 

Quipayo. — Population,  1,703;  situated  7  miles  from  Nueva 
Caceros. 

Ragay. — Population,  2,300;  situated  38  miles  from  Nueva 
Caceres.     It  lias  a  telegraph  station. 

Sagnay. — Population,  3,1)85;  situated  13  miles  from  Nueva 
Caceres. 

San  Fernando. — Population,  3,271.  It  has  a  highway  to 
the  capital  and  one  to  Puscacao. 

San  Jose. — Population,  9,000 ;  situated  24  miles  from  Nueva 
Cficeres. 

San  Vincente.— Population,  1,325. 

Sipocot. — Population,  1,066;  situated  22  miles  from  Nueva 
Caceres. 

Siroma. — Population,  679;  situated  14  miles  from  Nueva 
Caceres. 

Talisay. — Population,  3,507;  situated  52  miles  from  Nueva 
Cficeres. 

Tigaon. — Population,  4,100;  situated  5  miles  from  Nueva 
Caceres. 

Tinambag. — Population,    2,497;   situated    19    miles  from 

Caceres. 

DISTRICT  OF  AMBURAYAN. 

This  district  is  confined  to  the  slopes  of  the  Malaya  Ridge, 
and  is  bounded  on  the  north  by  Tiagaii  and  Ilocos  Sur,  on  the 
east  by  Lepanto,  on  the  south  by  La  Union,  and  on  the  west 
by  Bengued.     The  population  is  30,150. 

The  capital  is  Alilem,  with  a  population  of  8,014. 

DISTRICT  OF  APAYOS. 

This  district  is  situated  north  of  Cagayan  de  Luzon,  and 
consists  of  some  forty  ranches.     The  population  is  6,000. 
The  capital  is  Bugabagu. 

PROVINCE  OF  BATAAN. 

.  Situated  in  the  center  of  the  island  of  Luzon,  it  is  bounded 
on  the  north  l)y  Pampanga,  on  the  south  by  the  Bay  of  Manila, 


BATAXGAS    PROVINCE.  109 

Oil  the  east  by  Zambales,  aud  on  the  west  by  the  China  Sea. 
The  area  is  1,023  square  miles,  and  the  popuhition  52,000. 

The  capital  is  Balanga,  with  a  population  of  9,000.  It  is 
situated  31  miles  from  Manila,  and  has  highroads  to  the 
neighboring  towns.  There  is  a  post  office  and  telegraph 
station. 

CITIES   AND    TOWNS. 

Abucay. — Population,  7,185 ;  situated  3  miles  from  Balanga. 

Bag-ac. — Population,  1,655;  situated  8  miles  from  Balanga. 

Dinalupijan. — Population,  738 ;  situated  15  miles  from  Ba- 
langa. 

Hermosa.— Population,  2,649;  situated  11  miles  from  Ba- 
langa. 

Mabatan.— Population,  1,766;  situated  2  miles  from  Ba- 
langa, to  which  there  is  a  railway. 

Mariveles. — Population,  1,429;  situated  30  miles  from  Ba- 
langa. 

Moron. — Population,  2,622 ;  situated  25  miles  from  Balanga. 

Orani. — Population,  6,400;  situated  7  miles  from  Balanga. 

Orion. — Population,  10,373;  situated  6  miles  from  Balanga. 

Pilar. — Population,  3,471 ;  situated  3  miles  from  Balanga. 

Samal. — Population,  5,233;  situated  6  miles  from  Balanga. 

PROVINCE  OF  BATANGAS. 

Batangas  is  an  important  province  owing  to  its  geographical 
position,  being  situated  south  of  Luzon  and  oj^posite  Mindoro ; 
its  close  proximity  to  the  capital,  and  its  easy  communication 
by  land  and  sea.  Within  its  boundaries  is  Lake  Bingabon, 
in  the  center  of  which  rises  the  isolated  cone  of  the  Taal 
Volcano,  over  1,200  feet  high.  It  is  noted  for  its  high  moun- 
tains, thick  woods,  and  fertile  valleys,  over  which  roam  droves 
of  buffalo,  horses,  etc.  The  principal  industries  of  the 
province  are  the  manufacture  of  silk,  abaca,  and  cotton  fabrics, 
and  dyestutfs.  The  province  is  divided  into  24  pueblos  and 
471  barrios.  The  area  is  1,153  square  miles  and  the  popula- 
tion 212,000. 

The  capital  is  Batangas,  with  a  population  of  39,358.  It  is 
situated  72  miles  from  Manila,  in  a  cove  of  its  name,  on  the 
Calumpang  River,  and  has  a  spacious  and  convenient  harbor. 
During  the  month  of  February  there  are  held  a  number  of 
agricultural  and  industrial  fairs  and  expositions  in  this  city. 


110  BATANGAS   PROVINCE. 

wliich  are  mucli  patronized  by  tlie  populace  of  tlie  province, 
and  where  labor  and  progress  are  stimulated  by  the  awarding 
of  prizes.  There  are  some  4,000  houses  of  simple  and  elegant 
construction,  among  which  may  be  mentioned  the  royal 
palace,  parish  convent,  and  tribunal.  The  city  was  the  resi- 
dence of  the  alcalde  mayor  and  a  number  of  public  function- 
aries. 

CITIES   AND    TOWNS. 

Balayang.— Population,  24,747;  situated  30  miles  from 
Batangas. 

Bauang.— Population,  39,659;  situated  4  miles  from  Ba- 
tangas.    It  has  many  highroads. 

Calaca. — Population,  8, 288 ;  situated  23  miles  from  Batangas, 

Calatagan. — Population,  904;  situated  41  miles  from  Ba- 
tangas. 

Cuenca. — Population,  6,735;  situated  8  miles  from  Batangas, 
with  which  it  communicates  by  a  highroad. 

Ibaan. — Population,  8,900;  situated  5  miles  from  Batangas. 
It  has  two  highroads. 

Lemery.— Population,  2,890,  its  township  having  14,000; 
situated  15  miles  from  Batangas. 

Lian. — Poj)ulation,  5,889;  situated  36  miles  from  Batangas. 
It  has  highroads  to  Tuy  and  Nasugbu. 

Lipa. — Population,  40,733 ;  situated  18  miles  from  Batangas. 

Lobi. — Population,  6,472;  situated  20  miles  from  Batangas. 

Nasugbu.— Population,  8,627;  situated  44  miles  from  Ba- 
tangas.    It  has  a  highroad  to  Lian. 

Prosario.— Population,  12,435;  situated  16  miles  from  Ba- 
tangas. It  is  connected  by  highroads  with  Tiaon,  Lipa,  Ibaan, 
San  Juan,  and  Taisan. 

San  Jose.— Population,  10,000;  situated  9  miles  from  Ba- 
tangas. 

San  Juan. — Population,  14,017;  situated  48  miles  from  Ba- 
tangas.    It  has  a  highroad  to  Rosario. 

San  Luis. — Population,  5,201;  situated  16  miles  from  Ba- 
tangas. 

Santo  Tomas. — Population,  10,709;  situated  33  miles  from 
Batangas. 

Taal. — Population,  33,378 ;  situated  13  miles  from  Batangas. 

Taisan. — Population,  6,971. 

Talisay. — Population,  8,111;  situated  37  miles  from  Ba- 
tano-as. 


BENGUET    DISTRICT.  Ill 

Tanauan.— Population,  20,038;  situated  27  miles  from  Ba- 
tangas  on  the  principal  liigliroad  from  Manila  to  Batangas. 

Tuy. — Population,  10,150;  situated  24  miles  from  Batangas. 
Tliere  are  higliways  to  Balayan,  Sian,  Nasugbu,  and  Alfonso. 

DISTRICT  OF  BENGUET. 

Situated  in  the  land  of  the  Igorrotes,  it  is  bounded  on  the 
north  by  the  District  of  Lepanto,  on  the  east  by  the  Province 
of  Nueva  Vizcaya,  on  the  south  by  Pangasan,  and  on  the  west 
by  La  Union.  It  is  a  volcanic  and  very  irregular  country, 
covered  with  lofty  pines  of  good  quality  and  crossed  by  numer- 
ous streams  and  rivers  in  which  small  quantities  of  gold  are 
found.  The  area  is  328  square  miles  and  the  population 
15,932,  divided  among  two  pueblos,  25  visitas,  and  128  ranch- 
erias  of  subdued  infieles. 

The  capital  is  La  Trinidad,  with  a  population  of  2,000.  It 
was  the  residence  of  the  political-military  commander,  lieu- 
tenant of  the  gendarmery,  and  parish  priest. 

CITIES   AND   TOWNS. 

Adavang.— Population,  312. 

Ambuclao. — Population,  145. 

Amlimay.— Population,  336;  situated  23  miles  from  La 
Trinidad. 

Atoc— Population,  1,317. 

Azual. — Population,  615;  situated  16  miles  from  La  Trin- 
idad. 

Baguio. — Population,  661 ;  situated  26  miles  from  La  Trin- 
idad. 

Balacbac. — Population,  688. 

Baningan. — Poi^ulation,  379 ;  situated  6  miles  from  La 
Trinidad. 

Benneng. — Population,  500. 

Bojod. — Population,  448;  situated  18  miles  from  La  Trin- 
idad. 

Bubon. — Population,  169  ;  situated  32  miles  from  La  Trin- 
idad. 

Buguias. — Population,  650. 

Cabayan.— Population,  844;  situated  19  miles  from  La 
Trinidad. 

Capangan. — Population,  583;  situated  7  miles  from  La 
Trinidad. 


112  BINATANGAN    AND    BOXTOC. 

Carao. — Poi)ulation,  502. 

Daclan.— Population,  907  ;  situated  13^  miles  from  La  Trin- 
idad. 

Galiano. — Population,  1,330;  situated  11  miles  from  La 
Trinidad. 

Ibatanes. — Population,  480. 

Loo. — Population,  724;  situated  29  miles  from  La  Trinidad. 

Lutab. — Population,  415;  situated  16  miles  from  La  Trin- 
idad. 

Magangan. — Population,  301;  situated  13  miles  from  La 
Trinidad. 

Paiquet.— Population,  G22;  situated  13  miles  from  La  Trin- 
idad. 

Palina. — Population,  704. 

Palintaang. — Population,  900. 

Quibungan. — Poi^ulation,  519;  situated  20  miles  from  La 
Trinidad. 

Salipaang. — Population,  300. 

Sapuan. — Population,  214;  situated  7  miles  from  La  Trin- 
idad. 

Tacquian. — Population,  386. 

Tavio. — Population,  537;  situated  8  miles  from  La  Trin- 
idad. 

Tinec— Population,  229. 

TivalbaL — Population,  376;  situated  7  miles  from  La  Trin- 
idad. 

Tublay.— Population,  996. 

Vac—Population,  1,000. 

DISTRICT  OF  BINATANGAN. 

Situated  on  the  eastern  coast  of  Luzon,  it  is  bounded  on  tlie 
north  by  Isabela,  on  the  east  by  the  Pacific  Ocean,  on  the 
south  by  the  District  of  Principe,  and  on  the  west  by  the  dis- 
tricts of  Nueva  Vizcaya  and  Nueva  Ecija. 

The  capital  is  Binatangan. 

PROVINCE  OF  BONTOC. 

It  is  situated  northeast  of  the  Province  of  Lepanto'  in  a 
mountainous  country,  and  has  a  population  of  24,502,  divided 
among  two  pueblos  and  a  number  of  rancherias.  The  climate 
is  temperate  and  moist ;  there  are  a  number  of  mineral  springs 
as  well  as  much  iron  j^y rites  and  beds  of  silver-bearing  galena. 


"BONTOr    PROVIN'CE.  113 

The  capital  is  Bontoc,  witli  a  i)()pulation  of  5,774.  It  is 
situated  253  miles  from  Manila,  and  was  tlie  home  of  the 
governor. 

CITIES   AND   TOWNS. 

Aga-oa. — Population,  400 ;  situated  22  miles  from  Bontoc. 

Alap. — Population,  713,  the  township  having  849 ;  situated 
10  miles  from  Bontoc. 

Ang-Baiong.  —  Population,  163;  situated  13  miles  from 
Bontoc. 

Anquien. — Population,  090,  the  township  having  1,115; 
situated  16  miles  from  Bontoc. 

Antadao. — Population,  328;  situated  11  miles  from  Bontoc. 

Balili.— Population^ 297;  situated  10  miles  from  Bontoc. 
,    Balioang. — Population,  504;  situated  13  miles  from  Bontoc. 

Balugang.  —  Population,  1,312;  situated  18  miles  from 
Bontoc. 

Banaue. — Population,  638,  the  township  having  872 ;  situ- 
ated 27  miles  from  Bontoc. 

Bang-Inang.— Population,  144;  situated  30  miles  from 
Bontoc. 

Barligt. — Population,  439;  situated  17  miles  from  Bontoc. 

Betuagan. — Population,  285,  the  township  having  366 ;  sit- 
uated 14  miles  from  Bontoc. 

Cang-Co. — Population,  398 ;  situated  9  miles  from  Bontoc. 

Dalican. — Population,  457,  the  township  having  587;  situ- 
ated 7  miles  from  Bontoc. 

Fidelisan. — Population,  478,  the  township  having  531 ;  sit- 
Tiated  16  miles  from  Bontoc. 

Guina-Ang. — Population,  1,071;  situated  9  miles  from 
Bontoc. 

Gung-TJgong. — Population,  716;  situated  12  miles  from 
Bontoc. 

Inapuy. — Population,  417;  situated  17  miles  from  Bontoc. 

Mainit. — Population,  417,  the  township  having  547 ;  situ- 
ated 9  miles  from  Bontoc. 

Malitcong. — -Population,  651,  the  township  having  777; 
situated  8  miles  from  Bontoc. 

Paquigang. — Population,  304,  the  township  having  319; 
situated  12  miles  from  Bontoc. 

Pok-Itang. — Population,  543 ;  situated  28  miles  from  Bon- 
toc. 

Quing-Aquing. — Population,  512. 


114  BULACAN    PROVINCE. 

Sacasacan. — Popuhition,  Gito;  situated  10  miles  from  Bon- 
toc. 

Sadanga. — Population,  519,  the  township  having  048;  situ- 
ated 20  miles  from  Bontoc. 

Sagada. — Population,  1,000;  situated  20  miles  from  Bontoc. 

Samuqui. — Population,  545;  situated  |  mile  from  Bontoc. 

Tac-Cong. — Poi^ulation,  645 ;  situated  14  miles  from  Bontoc. 

Tanolo. — Population,  385 ;  situated  13  miles  from  Bontoc. 

Talubin.— Population,  632;  situated  8  miles  from  Bontoc. 

Tanulon. — Population,  492;  situated  17  miles  from  Bontoc. 

Tetapan. — Population,  1,340;  situated  9  miles  from  Bontoc. 

Tugtucang. — Population,  407,  the  township  having  657; 
situated  7  miles  from  Bontoc. 

PROVINCE  OF  BULACAN. 

This  is  one  of  the  smallest,  but  richest  provinces  of  the 
archipelago.  It  is  bounded  on  the  east  by  Nueva  Ecija,  on 
the  south  by  Manila,  on  the  west  by  the  Bay  and  Province  of 
Pampanga,  and  on  the  north  by  the  Province  of  Pampanga. 
The  area  is  965  square  miles,  and  the  population  230,000.  It 
is  crossed  by  several  ramifications  of  the  Caraballo  Moun- 
tains and  by  the  great  Pampanga  River,  which  empties  into 
Manila  Bay  by  several  mouths,  some  of  which  are  navigable. 
The  land  is  fairly  cultivated;  there  are  sugar  mills,  and 
cacao,  rice,  indigo,  sesame,  and  fruits  are  grown.  There  are 
mines  of  iron  and  magnetite,  and  quarries  of  stone,  alabaster, 
etc.  Industry  is  confined  to  the  manufacture  of  striped 
cloths  of  silk  and  cotton,  to  fishing,  to  washing  the  sandy 
bottoms  of  rivers  for  a  few  particles  of  gold,  and  to  the  mak- 
ing of  hats  and  cigar  cases.  The  ijrovince  is  divided  into  25 
pueblos  and  464  barrios  or  visitas. 

The  capital  is  Bulacan,  with  a  population  of  13,186.  It  is 
situated  22  miles  from  Manila,  has  a  church,  a  town  hall, 
about  2,000  stone  houses,  and  was  the  residence  of  the 
provincial  authorities. 

CITIES   AND   TOWNS. 

Angat. — Population,  8,050;  situated  19  miles  from  Bulacan. 

Baliuag. — Population,  14,122;  situated  13  miles  from 
Bulacan. 

Barasoain. — Population,  9,675;  situated  6  miles  from 
Bulacan. 


CABUGAOAN    DISTRICT.  115 

Big-aa. — Population,  8,120;  situated  3^  miles  from  Bulacan. 

Bocaue. — Population,  10,345;  situated  4^  miles  from 
Bulacan. 

Bustos. — Population,  7,0-25;  situated  2  miles  from  Bulacan. 

Calumpit. — Population,  15,072;  situated  12  miles  from 
Bulacan. 

Guiguinto. — Population,  5,115;  situated  2  miles  from 
Bulacan. 

Hagonoy. — Population,  20,120;  situated  13  miles  from 
Bulacan. 

Malolos. — Population,  14,590;  situated  6  miles  from  Bula- 
can. 

Marilao. — Population,  5,075;  situated  8  miles  from  Bula- 
can. 

Meicauayan, — Population,  8,110;  situated  11  miles  from 
Bulacan. 

Norzag-aray. — Population,  5,305;  situated  IG  miles  from 
Bulacan. 

Obando. — Population,  7,948 ;  situated  7  miles  from  Bulacan. 

Paombong. — Population,  10,297;  situated  8  miles  from 
Bulacan. 

Polo. — Population,  7,549;  situated  7  miles  from  Bulacan. 

Pulilan. — Population,  10,058;  situated  8  miles  from  Bula- 
can. 

Quingua. — Population,  8,854;  situated  7  miles  from  Bula- 
can. 

San  Ildefonso. — Population,  G,G01;  situated  19  miles  from 
Bulacan. 

San  Jose. — Population,  2,397 ;  situated  IG  miles  from  Bula- 
can. 

San  Miguel  de  Mayumo. — Population,  20,460;  situated 
25  miles  from  Bulacan. 

San  Rafael. — Population,  8,4G9;  situated  12  miles  from 
Bulacan.  There  is  a  railroad  to  Balinag,  Angat,  and  San 
Miguel. 

Santa  Isabel. — Population,  8,125;  situated  6  miles  from 
Bulacan. 

Santa  Maria  de  Pandi. — Population,  10,508;  situated  8 
miles  from  Bulacan. 

DISTRICT  OF  CABUGAOAN. 

Situated  north  of  Luzon,  it  is  bounded  on  the  north  by  the 
Province  of  Cagayan,  on  the  east  by  the  command  of  Apayaos, 


116  CAGAYAN    PROVIXCE. 

on  the  south  by  the  Province  of  Abra,  and  on  the  west  by 
Ilocos  Norte. 
The  capital  is  Cubagaoan. 

PROVINCE  OF  CAGAYAN. 

Situated  nortli  of  the  Province  of  Isabela,  it  is  bounded  on 
tlie  north  by  the  China  Sea,  and  on  the  east  and  west  by  the 
Sierra  Madre  Mountains  and  the  Cordillera  of  the  north  (an 
extension  of  the  central  cordillera).  It  is  the  coldest  territory 
in  the  archipelago,  so  that  in  January  and  February  the  body 
must  be  given  additional  protection.  In  other  seasons  the  air 
lacks  purity,  on  account  of  the  excessive  humidity  maintained 
by  the  thick  forests  and  more  than  fifty  rivers  and  creeks. 
Owing  to  the  good  quality  of  the  soil,  the  fruits  common  to 
the  country  are  raised,  the  tobacco  of  its  plantations  being 
specially  celebrated.  Stock  is  owned  to  the  extent  of  some 
31,000  carabaos  (buffalo),  30,000  head  of  cattle,  14,000  swine, 
and  15,000  horses.  The  area  is  6,587  square  miles,  and  the 
population  112,357. 

The  capital  is  Tuguegarao,  with  a  population  of  10,826. 
It  is  situated  on  the  right  bank  of  the  Rio  Grande  de  Cagayan 
(cli.  11,  p.  116).  Among  the  principal  buildings  are  the 
government  house  (of  rubble  masonry  and  elegant  architec- 
ture), the  court-house,  church,  and  town  hall.  The  authori- 
ties residing  here  were  the  mayor  and  judge  and  a  number  of 
treasury,  justice,  and  fomento  officials. 

CITIES   AND    TOWNS. 

Abulug. — Population,  5,880;  situated  79  miles  from  Tu- 
guegarao. 

Alcala. — Population,  5,471;  situated  21  miles  from  Tugue- 
garao.    It  has  a  telegraph  station. 

Aparri. — Population,  11,262;  situated  54  miles  from  Tu- 
guegarao. There  is  a  telegraph  station.  The  captain  of  the 
port  resided  here. 

Buguey.— Population,  1,120;  situated  58  miles  from  Tu- 
guegarao. 

Camanaliugan. — Population,  4,198 ;  situated  53  miles  from 
Tuguegarao. 

Claveria. — Population,  4,641;  situated  171  miles  from  Tu- 
guegarao, with  which  it  is  connected  by  a  highroad. 


^iu., 


X 


..-<-'  ..„  ...J^ 


n,'. 


CAVITE    PROVINCE.  117 

Enrile.— Population,  7,000;  situated  3  miles  from  Tugue- 
giarao. 

Gattaran. — Population,  805 ;  situated  3  miles  from  Tugue- 
garao. 

Iguig. — Population,  4,000;  situated  11  miles  from  Tugue- 
garao. 

Lalloc. — Population,  6,4:75;  situated  (33  miles  from  Tugue- 
garao.     It  has  a  post  office  and  telegraph  station. 

Malaueg. — Population,  3,819;  situated  '>S  miles  from 
Tuguegarao. 

Nasiping.— Population,  1,023;  situated  34  miles  from 
Tuguegarao. 

Pamplona. — Population,  2,404;  situated  79  miles  from 
Tuguegarao. 

Piat. — Population,  2,716;  situated  24  miles  from  Tugue- 
garao. 

Santo  Nino.— Population,  2,891. 

Solana. — Population,  5,578;  situated  4  miles  from  Tugue- 
garao. 

Tabang. — Population,  2,897 ;  situated  14  miles  from  Tugue- 
garao. 

Tuao. — Population,  4,986;  situated  26  miles  from  Tugue- 
garao. 

PROVINCE  OF  CAVITE. 

An  important  province  on  account  of  its  special  situation 
between  Manila  Province  and  Bay  Lake,  its  fertile  and  hand- 
some coasts,  and  the  military  arsenal  of  the  archipelago 
located  here.  It  has  many  mountains  grown  over  with  fine 
timber,  the  valleys  being  watered  by  numerous  streams.  The 
area  is  488  square  miles  and  the  population  133,926. 

The  capital  is  Cavite,  with  a  population  of  1,497.  It  is  sit- 
uated to  the  north  on  a  peninsula  in  Manila  Bay,  and  is  con- 
nected with  Manila  by  a  good  road.  It  has  a  telegraph  station 
communicating  with  the  whole  island  of  Luzon.  It  is  a  for- 
tified place,  has  an  arsenal,  and  is  one  of  the  prettiest  of 
towns.  All  its  buildings  are  of  stone,  among  them  being- 
several  churches,  an  extensive  tobacco  factory,  a  theater, 
casino,  and  several  government  offices.  Here  resided  the  gov- 
ernor, judge,  attorney,  and  a  number  of  treasury,  adminis- 
tration, and  f  omento  officials,  besides  the  regular  garrison  and 
the  employees  of  the  arsenal.     Some  3  miles  to  the  south  is 


CAVITE    PROVINCE.  117 

Enrile.— Population,  7,000;  situated  3  miles  from  Tugue- 
giarao. 

Gattaran. — Population,  805 ;  situated  3  miles  from  Tugue- 
garao. 

Iguig.— Population,  4,000;  situated  11  miles  from  Tugue- 
garao. 

Lalloc. — Population,  6,4:75;  situated  03  miles  from  Tugue- 
garao.     It  has  a  post  office  and  telegraph  station. 

Malaueg. — Population,  3,819;  situated  "^8  miles  from 
Tuguegarao. 

Nasiping.— Population,  1,023;  situated  34  miles  from 
Tuguegarao. 

Pamplona. — Population,  2,404;  situated  79  miles  from 
Tuguegarao. 

Piat. — Population,  2,716;  situated  24  miles  from  Tugue- 
garao. 

Santo  Nino.— Population,  2,891. 

Solana. — Population,  5,578;  situated  4  miles  from  Tugue- 
garao. 

Tabang. — Population,  2,897 ;  situated  14  miles  from  Tugue- 
garao. 

Tuao. — Population,  4,986;  situated  26  miles  from  Tugue- 
garao, 

PROVINCE  OF  CAVITE. 

An  important  province  on  account  of  its  special  situation 
between  Manila  Province  and  Bay  Lake,  its  fertile  and  hand- 
some coasts,  and  the  military  arsenal  of  the  archipelago 
located  here.  It  has  many  mountains  grown  over  with  fine 
timber,  the  valleys  being  watered  by  numerous  streams.  The 
area  is  488  square  miles  and  the  population  133,926. 

The  capital  is  Cavite,  with  a  population  of  1,497.  It  is  sit- 
uated to  the  north  on  a  peninsula  in  Manila  Bay,  and  is  con- 
nected with  Manila  by  a  good  road.  It  has  a  telegraph  station 
communicating  with  the  whole  island  of  Luzon.  It  is  a  for- 
tified place,  has  an  arsenal,  and  is  one  of  the  prettiest  of 
towns.  All  its  buildings  are  of  stone,  among  them  being- 
several  churches,  an  extensive  tobacco  factory,  a  theater, 
casino,  and  several  government  offices.  Here  resided  the  gov- 
ernor, judge,  attorney,  and  a  number  of  treasury,  adminis- 
tration, and  f  omento  officials,  besides  the  regular  garrison  and 
the  employees  of  the  arsenal.     Some  3  miles  to  the  south  is 


118  CAYAPAS   DISTRICT. 

tlie  region  known  as  Tierra  Alta  (high  countrj^) ;  here  are 
many  viUas  and  country  houses,  being  a  good  phice  for 
foreigners  to  recuperate. 

CITIES   AND   TOWNS. 

Alfonso. — Population,  7,GG0 ;  situated  25  miles  from  Cavite. 

Amadeo. — Population,  3,873 ;  situated  19  miles  from  Cavite. 

Bacoor. — Population,  13,113 ;  situated  10  miles  from  Cavite. 

Bailen. — Population,  4,239;  situated  26  miles  from  Cavite. 

Caridad  (La). — Population,  1,258;  situated  1|  miles  from 
Cavite. 

Carmona. — Poi^ulation,  3,959;  situated  17  miles  from 
Cavite. 

Cavite  el  Viejo  (ch.  5,  p.  49).— Population,  9,484;  situated 
10  miles  from  Cavite. 

Imus. — PojDulation,  14,076;   situated  18  miles  from  Cavite. 

Indang. — Population,  1,500,  the  township  having  13,344; 
situated  24  miles  from  Cavite. 

Magallanes. — Population,  1,200;  situated  43  miles  from 
Cavite. 

Maragondon. — Population,  8,313;  situated  43  miles  from 
Cavite. 

Mendez  Nunez. — Population,  3,745;  situated  29  miles 
from  Cavite. 

Naic. — Population,  9,215;  situated  17  miles  from  Cavite. 

Noveleta. — Population,  2,804 ;  situated  7  miles  from  Cavite. 

Perez  Dasmarinas. — Population,  4,696;  situated  15  miles 
from  Cavite.     There  is  a  wagon  road  to  Silan  and  Imus. 

Rosario. — Population,  6,385 ;  situated  10  miles  from  Cavite. 

San  Francisco  de  Malabon. — Population,  9,055;  situated 
12  miles  from  Cavite. 

San  Roque  (ch.  5,  p.  49). — Population,  3,182;  situated  1 
mile  from  Cavite. 

Santa  Cruz. — Population,  8,546;  situated  49  miles  from 
Cavite. 

Silang. — Population,  7,411;  situated  34  miles  from  Cavite. 

Ternate. — Population,  1,828 ;  situated  32  miles  from  Cavite. 

DISTRICT  OF  CAYAPAS. 

Situated  at  the  source  of  the  Rio  Amburayang,  it  is  bounded 
on  the  north  by  the  District  of  Quiangan,  on  the  south  by 


ILOCOS   NORTE    PROVINCE.  119 

Nueva  Vizcaya,  on  tlie  east  by  the  peak  of  Salesas,  and  on 
tlie  west  by  Benguet.     It  consists  of  9  ranches. 
The  capital  is  Cayapa. 

PROVINCE  OF  ILOCOS  NORTE. 

Situated  in  the  northwest  of  Luzon,  it  is  one  of  the  most 
industrious  provinces  in  the  island.  The  soil,  in  general  rug- 
ged, yields  all  kinds  of  fruit.  Live  stock  of  fine  quality  is 
one  of  the  chief  sources  of  wealth ;  the  valleys  are  fertilized 
by  many  rivers  descending  from  the  great  sierra.  There  is  a 
good  pike  communicating  with  Manila  and  running  through 
several  provinces.  The  pueblos  of  the  interior  are  also  con- 
nected by  good  roads.  The  climate  is  agreeable,  especially 
to  foreigners,  as  in  certain  seasons  and  certain  regions  the 
Reamur  thermometer  descends  to  80°;  it  would  be  a  good 
place  for  the  establishment  of  acclimating  colonies,  which 
would  be  of  great  benefit  to  jjersons  unable  to  stand  the  heat 
of  other  parts  of  the  country,  and  to  those  attacked  by  dys- 
entery. In  Lice  Mountain  is  a  grotto  of  about  39  acres  in 
area.  The  province  is  divided  into  16  pueblos,  120  barrios, 
and  5G  rancherias  of  subdued  infieles.  The  area  is  1,873  square 
miles  and  the  population  150,900. 

The  capital  is  Laoag,  with  a  population  of  37,094.  It  was 
the  residence  of  the  alcalde  mayor  and  a  number  of  public 
functionaries. 

CITIES   AND    TOWNS. 

Bacarra. — -Population,  13,735 ;  situated  3  miles  from  Laoag. 

Badoc. — Population,  10,861;  situated  22  miles  from  Laoag. 

Bangui.— Population,  5,649;  it  is  situated  38  miles  from 
Cavite  and  is  connected  with  the  capital  by  a  highroad. 

Banna. — Population,  2,587;  situated  19  miles  from  Laoag. 

Batac, — Population,  17,625;  situated  10  miles  from  Laoag. 

Dingras.— Population,  12,600;  situated  11  miles  from 
Laoag. 

Nagpartian.— Population,  1,985;  situated  28  miles  from 
Laoag. 

Paoay. — Population,  11,848;  situated  15  miles  from  Laoag. 

Pasuquin.— Population,  5,616;  situated  9  miles  from 
Laoag. 

Piddig. — Population,  10,841;  situated  8  miles  from  Laoag, 
There  is  a  wagon  road  to  Solsona  and  San  Miguel. 


1-^0  ILOCOS    SUR    PROVINCE. 

San  Miguel  Sarrat. — Population,  9,015;  situated  3  miles 
from  L;ioa,n'. 

San  Nicolas. — Population,  0,578;  situated  l.V  miles  from 
Laoa--. 

Solsona. — Population,  3,091  ;  situated  15  miles  from  Laoag. 

Vintar. — Population,  11,803;  situated  4  miles  from  Laoag. 

PROVINCE  OF  ILOCOS  SUR. 

Situated  in  tlie  northwest  of  Luzon,  it  is  bounded  on  the 
north  by  Ilocos  Norte,  on  the  south  by  La  Union,  on  the 
east  by  Abra,  and  on  the  west  by  the  China  Sea.  It  is  a 
rather  flat  country,  watered  by  several  rivers,  among  them 
being  the  Abra,  a  river  of  great  volume.  The  soil  is  excel- 
lent in  quality,  producing  in  abundance  all  kinds  of  vegeta- 
bles. Many  medicinal  plants  grow  in  the  mountains.  One 
of  the  chief  sources  of  wealth  is  stock  raising,  the  number  of 
cattle  and  swine  being  very  large.  The  area  is  644  square 
miles  and  the  population  172,836, 

The  capital  is  Vigan,  with  a  population  of  10,000.  It  is 
situated  238  miles  from  Manila  and  has  a  post  ofhce  and  tele- 
graph station.  It  is  also  the  capital  of  the  bishopric  of 
Nueva  Segovia.  It  has  good  buildings,  among  which  may 
be  mentioned  the  cathedral,  episcopal  palace,  casa  real, 
court-house,  administration  building,  and  council  seminary. 
It  was  the  residence  of  the  mayor,  judge,  and  a  number  of 
fomento,  justice,  and  treasury  ofhcials,  besides  the  cathedral 
dignitaries,  the  rector,  and  the  professor  of  the  seminary. 

CITIES    AND    TOWNS. 

Bantay. — Population,  6,449;  situated  ^  mile  from  V'lgan. 

Cabugao. — Population,  8,259;  situated  17  miles  from  Vi- 
gan.  There  is  a  wagon  road  to  Ilocos  Sur  and  Ilocos  Norte 
and  to  Vigan. 

Candon. — Population,  15,797;  situated  29  miles  from 
Vigan.     It  has  a  telegraph  station. 

Caoayan. — -Population,  6,050 ;  situated  3  miles  from  Vigan, 
with  a  port  called  Pandan  for  merchant  and  mail  steamers. 
It  has  three  highroads. 

Lapo. — Population,  6,000;  situated  13  miles  from  Vigan. 

Magsingal. — Population,  8,446;  situated  6  miles  from 
Vigan. 


LA    INFANTA    PROVINCE.  121 

Narbacan. — Population,  10,500;  situated  15|  miles  from 
Vigaii. 

Nueva  Coveta. — Population,  789. 

Salcedo. — Population,  914;  situated  41  miles  from  Vigan. 

San  Esteban. — Population,  2,132;  situated  23  miles  from 
Yig-an. 

San  Ildefonso. — Population,  2,033;  situated  3  miles  from 
Vigan. 

San  Vicente. — Population,  5,237;  situated  l-j  miles  from 
Vigan. 

Santa. — Population,  8,532;  situated  4  miles  from  Vigan. 

Santa  Catalina. — Population,  5,100;  situated  1  mile  from 
Vigan. 

Santa  Cruz. — Population,  5,870;  situated  42  miles  from 
Vigan  and  08  miles  from  the  station  of  Dagupan. 

Santa  Lucia.  — Population,  7,113;  situated  40  miles  from 
Vigan. 

Santa  Maria. — Population,  10,030;  situated  19  miles  from 
Vigan. 

Santiago. — Population,  4,087;  situated  20  miles  from 
A'igan. 

Santo  Domingo. — Population,  8,931 ;  situated  4  miles  from 
Vigan. 

Sevilla. — Population,  1,133;  situated  45  miles  from  Vigan. 

Sinait. — Population,  7,936;  situated  22  miles  from  Vigan. 

Tagudin. — Population,  4,055;  situated  52  miles  from 
Vigan.     It  lias  a  telegraph  station. 

PROVINCE  OF  LA  INFANTA. 

It  is  bounded  on  the  north  by  Principe,  on  the  south  by 
Tayabas  and  Laguna,  on  the  east  by  the  Pacific  Ocean,  and  on 
the  west  by  Nueva  Ecija.  The  area  is  3,773  square  miles  and 
the  population  10,200. 

The  capital  is  Binangonan  de  Lampon,  with  a  population 
of  7,557.  It  is  situated  758  miles  from  Manila,  and  commii- 
nication  across  the  Province  of  Laguna  is  difficult  and 
laborious. 

CITIES    AND    TOWNS. 

Polillo. — Population,  1,400;  situated  19  miles  from  Binan- 
gonan.    It  has  a  post  office. 


122  ISABELA    DE    LUZON    AND    ITAVES. 

PROVINCE  OF  ISABELA  DE  LUZON. 

It  is  situated  north  of  Manila,  between  the  Sierra  Madre 
and  the  Cordillera  Central  or  Caraballos  mountains.  It  is 
covered  with  thick  forests  which  are  peopled  by  infieles  and 
abound  in  timber  for  building  purposes.  The  ground  is  much 
broken  and  is  watered  by  several  rivers.  Maize,  fruits,  palay, 
and  good  tobacco  are  grown,  and  a  great  amount  of  live  stock 
of  all  kinds  is  raised.  There  are  in  the  province  9  pueblos,  5 
barrios,  and  40  rancherias  of  subdued  infieles.  The  area  is 
4,467  square  miles  and  the  population  40,846. 

The  capital  is  Ilagan,  with  a  population  of  13,811.  It  is 
situated  329  miles  from  Manila.  A  detachment  of  exiles  was 
located  here,  employed  in  pressing  tobacco.  The  city  was  also 
the  residence  of  the  commander  of  the  presidio. 

CITIES    AND    TOW^NS. 

Angadanan. — Population,  2,739;  situated  41  miles  from 
Ilagan. 

Cabagan  Nuevo. — Population,  6,240. 

Cabagan  Viejo.— Population,  3,633 ;  situated  26  miles  from 
Ilagan.     It  has  a  telegraph  station. 

Carig. — Population,  2,447;  situated  39  miles  from  Ilagan. 
It  has  a  telegraph  station. 

Cauayan. — Population,  2,115;  situated  16  miles  from 
Ilagan. 

Echague. — Population,  5,700;  situated  34  miles  from 
Ilagan. 

Gamu. — Population,  6,101;  situated  7  miles  from  Ilagan. 

Palanan. — Population,  1,137;  situated  ^  mile  from  Ilagan. 

Reina  Mercedes.— Population,  3,286;  situated  12  miles 
from  Ilagan. 

Santa  Maria  de  Luzon. — Population,  2,607;  situated  19 
miles  from  Ilagan. 

Tumauini. — Population,  4,814;  situated  14  miles  from 
Ilagan. 

DISTRICT  OF  ITAVES. 

It  is  bounded  on  the  north  by  Apayaos,  on  the  south  by 
Ambabuy,  Dinaguangan,  and  the  Mayoyas  mountains,  on  the 
east  by  Isabela,  and  on  the  west  by  Abra,  Bontoc,  and  Quian- 
gan.     The  population  is  15,208. 

The  capital  in  Magogao. 


LAGUNA    PROVINCE.  123 

PROVINCE  OF  LAGUNA. 

It  is  bounded  on  the  iiortli  by  Morong,  on  tlie  south  by 
Batangas  and  Tayabas,  on  the  east  by  the  sea,  and  on  the 
west  by  Cavite  and  Manila.  The  area  is  684  square  miles  and 
the  population  177,000.  It  is  a  very  broken  country,  covered 
with  mountains ;  the  valleys  are  watered  by  rivers  and  streams, 
in  one  of  which  is  the  cascade  of  Batacan,  500  feet  high  by  90 
wide.  Though  the  climate  is  very  salubrious,  fevers  prevail 
during  the  rainy  season,  owing  to  the  swamps  formed  by  the 
rivers  when  unusually  high.  The  principal  peaks  are  Bana- 
jao,  about  6,000  feet,  and  Maquilin,  about  3,500  feet.  The 
Bay  lagoon  (laguna),  from  which  the  province  takes  its  name, 
is  a  small  fresh-water  sea  from  105  to  108  miles  in  circumfer- 
ence, with  the  island  of  Talin  in  the  middle.  The  coast  towns 
communicate  with  Manila  by  means  of  sail  and  steam  boats, 
which  facilitate  the  exportation  of  its  rich  products.  The  ter- 
ritory is  divided  into  28  pueblos  and  404  barrios. 

The  capital  is  Santa  Cruz,  with  a  population  of  13,141. 
It  is  situated  48  miles  from  Manila  and  is  celebrated  for  its 
markets.  Highroads  lead  to  Batangas,  Cavite,  Manila,  and 
the  Province  of  Tayabas.  It  has  fine  buildings  and  was  the 
residence  of  the  alcalde  mayor,  prOmotor  fiscal,  the  chief  of 
the  command  of  the  gendarmery,  and  a  number  of  public 
functionaries. 

CITIES    AND    TOWNS. 

Alaminos.— Population,  4, GOO;  situated  17  miles  from 
Santa  Cruz. 

Bauos  (Los). — Population,  2,750;  situated  65  miles  from 
Santa  Cruz. 

Bay. — Population,  1,796;  situated  15  miles  from  Santa 
Cruz. 

Binan.— Population,  19,786;  situated  41  miles  from  Santa 
Cruz.  It  has  highroads  leading  to  Manila  via  Santa  Cruz,  to 
Cavite,  and  to  the  neighboring  cities. 

Cab uyao.— Population,  8,888 ;  situated  34  miles  from  Santa 
Cruz. 

Calamba.— Population,  11,476;  situated  27  miles  from 
Santa  Cruz.  It  has  highroads  to  Batangas,  Cabuyao,  and 
Los  Baiios,  and  a  telegraj)h  station. 

Calauang.— Population,  3,107;  situated  15  miles  from 
Santa  Cruz. 


124  LAGUNA    PROVINCE. 

Cavinti. — Population,  5,515;  situated  9  miles  from  Santa 
Cruz. 

Lilio. — Population,  5,000;  situated  13  miles  from  Santa 
Cruz. 

Liongos.^ — Population,  1,413;  situated  4|  miles  from  Santa 
Cruz. 

Luisiana. — Population,  3,802;  situated  13  miles  from  Santa 
Cruz. 

Liumbang.— Population,  4,293;  situated  1  mile  from  Santa 
Cruz. 

Magdalena. — Population,  2,352;  situated  7  miles  from 
Santa  Cruz.  .  It  lias  highroads  leading  to  Santa  Cruz,  Majay- 
jay,  Lilio,  and  Nagcarlan. 

Majayjay. — Population,  0,528. 

Mavitac. — Population,  1,431 ;  situated  25  miles  from  Santa 
Cruz. 

Nagcarlang. — Population,  12,976;  situated  9  miles  from 
Santa  Cruz. 

Paete. — Population,  2,887;  situated  5  miles  from  Santa 
Cruz.     It  has  a  highroad  to  the  capital. 

Pagsajan. — Population,  6,327 ;  situated  4  miles  from  Santa 
Cruz.  It  has  highroads  leading  to  Santa  Cruz,  Magdalena, 
and  Lumban. 

Panjil. — Population,  2,459;  situated  10  miles  from  Santa 
Cruz. 

Paquil. — Pojjulation,  1,719;  situated  9  miles  from  Santa 
Cruz.     It  has  highroads  leading  to  Paete  and  Panjil. 

Pila. — Population,  5,987;  situated  6  miles  from  Santa 
Cruz. 

San  Antonio. — Population,  1,649;  situated  9  miles  from 
Santa  Cruz. 

San  Pablo. — Population,  19,537;  situated  10  miles  froln 
Santa  Cruz.     It  has  a  number  of  highroads. 

San  Pedro  Tunasan. — Population,  3,700;  situated  43 
miles  from  Santa  Cruz. 

Santa  Maria. — Population,  840;  situated  24  miles  from 
Santa  Cruz. 

Santa  Rosa. — Population,  9,434;  situated  29  miles  from 
Santa  Cruz. 

Siniloan. — Population,  5,659;  situated  15  miles  from  Santa 
Cruz. 


LEPANTO    PROVINCE.  125 

PROVINCE  OF  LEPANTO. 

Situated  in  the  district  of  tlie  Igorrotes,  it  is  bounded  on  the 
east  by  Bontoc,  on  tlie  iiortli  by  Abra,  on  the  west  by  Tiagan, 
and  on  the  south  by  Benguet.  The  area  is  835  square  miles 
and  the  popuhition  10,422. 

The  capital  is  Cervantes,  with  a  poi)ulation  of  '.148.  It  is 
also  the  capital  of  tlie  district  of  Cayan,  and  is  situated  261 
miles  from  Manila. 

CITIES    AND    TOWNS. 

Augaqui. — Pojjulation,  01)7;  situated  13  miles  from  Cer- 
vantes. 

Baguen. — Population,  352. 

Balagua. — Population,  299;  situated  9  miles  from  Cer- 
vantes. 

Banaas. — Population,  3T5;  situated  17  miles  from  Cer- 
vantes. 

Banco. — ^Population,  37 ;  situated  8  miles  from  Cervantes. 

Banguitau. — Population,  181. 

Besao. — Population,  660 ;  situated  18  miles  from  Cervantes. 

Bonguen. — Population,  1,112;  situated  11  miles  from  Cer- 
vantes. 

Cadananan. — Population,  488;  situated  10  miles  from 
Cervantes. 

Cagubatan. — Population,  114 ;  situated  9  miles  from  Cer- 
vantes. 

Cayan. — Population,  650 ;  situated  6  miles  from  Cervantes. 
There  is  a  highway  to  Bontoc. 

Dagnian. — Population,  354. 

Dain. — Population,  500;  situated  2  miles  from  Cervantes. 

Data.— Population,  471. 

Gayan. — Population,  181 ;  situated  19  miles  from  Cer- 
-vantes. 

Guinzadan.— Population,  762 ;  situated  8  miles  from  Cer- 
vantes. 

Ibanao. — Population,  318. 

Lenga. — Population,  200 ;  situated  8  miles  from  Cervantes. 

Lessep. — Population,  263. 

Liubon. — Population,  700;  situated  10  miles  from  Cer- 
vantes.    It  has  a  highroad  to  Bontoc. 

Liuyue. — Population,  750;  situated  15  miles  from  Cer- 
vantes. 


126  MORONG    PROVINCE. 

Magneymey.— Population,  118. 

Malaya. — Population,  084;  situated  8  miles  from  Cer- 
vantes. 

Mansiqui.— Population,  170;  situated  IT  miles  from  Cer- 
vantes. 

Masla. — Population,  530;  situated  11  miles  from  Cervantes, 
It  lias  a  highroad  to  Bontoc. 

Maylec. — Population,  104. 

Namatec. — Population,  265;  situated  10  miles  from  Cer- 
vantes. 

Namipil. — Population,  005;  situated  9  miles  from  Cer- 
vantes. 

Navosen. — Population,  344;  situated  5  miles  from  Cer- 
vantes. 

Otucan.— Population,  381. 

Pandaya. — Population,  369;  situated  9  miles  from  Cer- 
vantes. 

Pilipil. — Population,  246 ;  situated  7  miles  from  Cervantes. 

Pingat. — Population,  914;  situated  15  miles  from  Cer- 
vantes. 

Quinali. — Population,  138;  situated  13  miles  from  Cer- 
vantes. 

Sabangan. — Population,  700;  situated  17  miles  from  Cer- 
vantes. 

Silipil. — Population,  633. 

Suinadell. — Population,  550;  situated  13  miles  from  Cer- 
vantes. 

Suyoc. — Population,  750;  situated  15  miles  from  Cervantes. 

Tacbac. — Population,  502;  situated  14  miles  from  Cer- 
vantes. 

Tadian. — Population,  450. 

Tuboc. — Population,  1,107;  situated  11  miles  from  Cer- 
vantes. 

XJlulin. — Population,  271 ;  situated  4  miles  from  Cervantes. 

Vila. — Population,  241. 

PROVINCE  OF  MORONG. 

It  is  bounded  on  the  north  by  Bulacan,  on  the  south  by  the 
Lagima  de  Bay,  on  the  east  by  La  Infanta,  and  on  the  west 
by  Manila.  The  area  is  422  square  miles  and  the  population 
42,800.  The  province  is  in  a  mountainous  country  abound- 
ing in  stone  quarries,  banks  of  jasperated  marble,  and  gold 
beds.     Much  rice  and  suffar  cane  is  raised. 


NUEVA    ECIJA    PROVINCE.  127 

The  capital  is  Morong,  witli  a  population  of  9,430.  It  is 
situated  38  miles  from  Manila,  lias  a  telegraph  station,  and  was 
the  residence  of  the  politico-military  commander. 

CITIES   AND    TOWNS. 

Angono. — Population,  1,955;  situated  16  miles  from  Mo- 
rong-. 

Antipole. — Population,  3,500;  situated  8  miles  from  Mo- 
rong.    There  are  highways  to  Taytay  and  Cruz. 

Baras. — Population,  1,217;  situated  2  miles  from  Morong. 

Binangonan. — Population,  7,624;  situated  11  miles  from 
Morong. 

Bosoboso, — Population,  855;  situated  10  miles  from  Mo- 
rong. 

Cainta. — Population,  2,275;  situated  9  miles  from  Morong. 

Car  dona. — Population,  2,641 ;  situated  3  miles  from  Morong. 

Jalajala. — Population,  1,735;  situated  21  miles  from  Mo- 
rong. 

Pililla. — Population,  2,000;  situated  6  miles  from  Morong. 

Tanay. — Population,  4,529;  situated  4  miles  from  Morong. 

Taytay. — Population,  6,800;  situated  13  miles  from  Morong. 

Teresa. — Population,  4,250;  situated  3  miles  from  Morong. 

PROVINCE  OF  NUEVA  ECIJA. 

Situated  to  the  north  of  Manila,  it  is  bounded  on  the  north 
by  Nueva  Vizcaya,  on  the  south  by  Bulacan,  on  the  east  by 
the  Pacific  Ocean,  and  on  the  west  by  Pampanga  and  Pan- 
gasinan.  The  area  is  3,462  square  miles,  and  the  population 
155,000.  This  province  corresponds  to  the  bishopric  of  Nueva 
Segovia ;  it  is  swept  by  strong  winds  the  greater  part  of  the 
year,  so  that  it  is  impossible  to  approach  its  coast  without 
danger.  It  has  a  healthful  and  agreeable  climate.  The  prin- 
cipal industry  is  cattle  raising.  Where  the  winds  do  not 
strike  there  are  very  thick  woods,  in  which  large  and  small 
game  finds  shelter ;  rice,  sugar,  and  much  tobacco  are  raised 
in  the  plains.  The  province  is  divided  into  22  pueblos,  87 
barrios  or  visitas,  and  many  rancherias  of  infieles  (infidels), 
who  for  the  most  part  neither  pay  tribute  nor  have  any  rela- 
tions with  the  Christian  pueblos,  so  that  their  number  is  un- 
known. 

The  capital  is  San  Isidro,  with  a  population  of  7,056.  It 
is  situated  some  69  miles  from  Manila.     It  has  a  telegraph 


128  NUEVA    ECU  A    PROVINCE. 

station  and  was  the  residence  of  tlie  judge  and  a  number  of 
administration,  treasury,  and  fomento  officials. 

CITIES   AND   TOWNS. 

Aliaga. — Population,  17,000;  situated  16  miles  from  San 
Isidro. 

Balung-ao. — Population,  0,848;  situated  41  miles  from  San 
Isidro. 

Bongabon. — -Population,  •■^,117;  situated  32  miles  from  San 
Isidro.     It  lias  a  telegraph  station. 

Cabanatuan.— Population,  12,000;  situated  16  miles  from 
San  Isidro.  It  has  a  telegraph  station,  and  there  is  a  highway 
to  the  toAvns  of  Bongabong,  Talavera,  and  Aliaga. 

Cabiao. — Population,  7,924;  situated  5  miles  from  San 
Isidro. 

Carranglan. — Population,  937;  situated  63  miles  from  San 
Isidro. 

Cuyapo. Population,  0,350;  situated  36  miles  from  San 

Isidro. 

Gapan. — Population,  20,216;  situated  4  miles  from  San 
Isidro. 

Jaen. — Population,  4,651;  situated  1  mile  from  San  Isidro. 

liupao. — Population,  608. 

Mampicuam. — Population,  3,241;  situated  34  miles  from 
San  Isidro. 

Penaranda. — Population,  7,700;  situated  2  miles  from  San 
Isidro. 

Pontabangan. — Population,  1,513;  situated  41  miles  from 
San  Isidro.     It  has  a  telegraph  station. 

Puncan. — Population,  501 ;  situated  52  miles  from  San 
Isidro. 

Resales. — Population,  11,519;  situated  38  miles  from  San 
Isidro.  It  has  highroads  to  Manila  and  Ilocos  and  another 
transverse  one  through  the  province. 

San  Antonio. — Population,  7,269;  situated  3  miles  from 
San  Isidro. 

San  Jose. — Population,  852;  situated  42  miles  from  San 
Isidro. 

San  Juan  de  Guimba. — Population,  2,904. 

San  Q,uintin. — Population,  6,852;  situated  55  miles  from 
San  Isidro. 


NUEVA    VIZCAYA    AND    PAMPANGA.  129 

Santa  Rosa. — Popuhition,  4,324:;  situated  59  miles  from 
San  Isidro. 

Santor. — Populati(jn,  2,921;  situated  34  miles  from  San 
Isidrt). 

Talavera. — Population,  2,720;  situated  44  miles  from  San 
Isidro. 

Umingan. — Population,  5,848;  situated  53  miles  from  San 
Isidro. 

Zaragoza. — Poi)ulation,  5,250;  situated  10  miles  from  San 
Isidro. 

PROVINCE  OF  NUEVA  VIZCAYA. 

It  is  situated  in  the  central  part,  nortli  of  Manila  and  Caba- 
lesian,  between  the  beginning  of  three  principal  mountain 
ranges  and  the  great  Cagayan  River,  west  of  the  District  of 
Principe.  Surrounded  by  high  mountains,  a  large  valley  is 
formed  where  much  rice  and  tobacco  are  grown;  many 
domestic  animals  are  raised  in  the  mountains.  The  popula- 
tion is  23,511.  There  are  good  highways  passing  through  all 
of  the  eight  pueblos  into  which  the  province  is  divided. 

The  capital  is  Bayombong,  with  a  population  of  3,691.  It 
is  situated  106  miles  from  Manila. 

CITIES    AND    TOWNS. 

Aritao. — Population,  700;  situated  13  miles  from  Bayom- 
bong. 

Bagabag. — Population,  1,915;  situated  13  miles  from  Bay- 
ombong. 

Bambang. — Population, -3, 387;  situated  7  miles  from  Bay- 
ombong. 

Diadi. — Population,  109;  situated  22  miles  from  Bayom- 
bong. 

Dupax. — Population,.  2,229;  situated  17  miles  from  Bay- 
ombong. 

Ibung. — Population,  977;  situated  11  miles  from  Bayom- 
bong. 

Solano. — Population,' 4, 190;  situated  3  miles  from  Bayom- 
bong. 

PROVINCE  OF  PAMPANGA. 

Situated  to  the  nortli  of  Manila,  it  is  bounded  on  the  north 
by  Tarlac,  on  the  south  by  the  Bay  of  Manila,  on  the  east  by 
Nueva  Ecija  and  Bulacan,  and  on  the  west  by  Zambales  and 


130  PAMPANGA    PROVINCE. 

Bataau.  The  area  is  787  square  miles,  and  the  popuhxtion 
250,000,  distributed  among  22  pueblos  and  329  barrios.  It  is 
divided  into  High  and  Low  Pampanga,  the  former  part  being 
the  more  thickly  populated,  producing  in  abundance  sugar 
cane,  rice,  indigo,  tobacco,  lentils,  etc, ;  there  are  many  sugar 
mills,  and  the  manufacture  of  hats  is  highly  developed. 
There  is  a  great  abundance  of  buffalo,  deer,  and  wild  boars ; 
it  has  extensive  and  thick  forests,  inhabited  by  certain  races 
of  infieles. 

The  capital  is  Bacolor,  with  a  population  of  10,«-12.  It  is 
situated  47  miles  from  Manila,  and  has  a  good  wagon  road  to 
the  capital  of  the  island,  although  communication  is  generally 
by  sea.  The  city  has  a  telegraph  and  railway  station,  and  was 
the  residence  of  the  mayor  and  judge  and  a  number  of  jus- 
tice, treasury,  and  fomento  officials. 

CITIES   AND    TOWNS. 

Angeles. — Population,  3,000,  the  township  having  10,495; 
situated  11  miles  from  Bacolor. 

Apalit. — Population,  11, 753 ;  situated  11  miles  from  Bacolor. 

Arayat. — Population,  14,014;  situated  10  miles  from 
Bacolor. 

Betis. — Population,  4,460;  situated  2  miles  from  Bacolor. 

Candaba. — Population,  14,585;  situated  20  miles  from 
Bacolor. 

Florida  Blanca. — Population,  7,<i54;  situated  22  miles 
from  Bacolor. 

Guagua. — Population,  10,722;  situated  3  miles  from  Ba- 
color. 

Liubao. — Population,  21,175 ;  situated  4  miles  from  Bacolor. 

Mabalacat. — Poxmlation,  10,600;  situated  15  miles  from 
Bacolor. 

Macabebe. — Population,  10,400;  situated  13  miles  by  road 
and  (■)  miles  by  rail  from  Bacolor. 

Magalang. — Population,  8,262;  situated  19  miles  from 
Bacolor. 

Mexico. — Population,  17, 09 9;  situated  5  miles  from  Bacolor. 

Minalin. — Population,  6,386;  situated  15  miles  from 
Bacolor. 

Porac. — Population,  8,512;  situated  14  miles  from  Bacolor. 

San  Fernando. — Population,  13,266 ;  situated  4  miles  from 
Bacolor.     It  has  a  telegraph  station. 


PANGASINAN    PROVINCE.  131 

San  Luis. — Population,  10,-208;  situated  11  miles  from 
Bacolor. 

San  Miguel. — Population,  1,887. 

San  Simon. — Population,  7,817;  situated  13  miles  from 
Bacolor. 

Santa  Ana.— Population,  G,132;  situated  14  miles  from 
Bacolor. 

Santa  Rita. — Population,  7,359;  situated  1  mile  from 
Bacolor. 

Santa  Tomas. — Population,  4,321;  situated  10  miles  from 
Bacolor. 

Sexmoan. — Population,  7,9G9;  situated  4  miles  from  Ba- 
color. 

PROVINCE  OF  PANGASINAN. 

Situated  to  tlie  north  of  Manila,  it  is  bounded  on  the  north 
by  La  Union,  on  the  south  by  Pampanga  and  Zambales,  on 
the  east  by  La  Union  and  Vizcaya,  and  on  the  west  by  the 
China  Sea.  It  forms  an  extensive  plain,  where  rice  and 
sugar  are  raised.  In  the  forests  abounds  large  and  small 
game,  while  in  the  mountains  a  gold  mine  is  worked  by  the 
Igorrotes ;  there  are  also  mines  of  iron,  magnetite,  and  sul- 
phur in  a  pure  state,  and  along  the  coast  and  in  the  rivers 
fish  are  abundant.  The  population  is  295,105,  divided  among 
27  pueblos  and  474  vi.sitas  or  barrios. 

The  capital  is  Lingayen,  with  a  population  of  18,880.  It 
is  situated  14G  miles  from  Manila.  It  has  a  postoffice  and 
telegraph  station  and  was  the  residence  of  the  mayor  and 
judge,  and  a  number  of  functionaries.  There  is  a  good  par- 
ish church,  and  along  a  broad  and  long  street  are  about  3, 500 
houses,  some  of  stone. 

CITIES    AND    TOWNS. 

Aguilar. — Population,  4,412;  situated  12  miles  from  Lin- 
gayen. 

Alava. — Population,  (j,100;  situated  21  miles  from  Lin- 
gayen. 

Alcala  (Santa  Cruz). — Population,  5,200,  the  township 
having  8,024;  situated  27  miles  from  Lingayen.  There  are 
several  highways. 

Asingan.— Population,  3,522;  situated  36  miles  from 
Lingayen. 


132  PANGASINAX    PROVINCE. 

Bayambang. — Population,  8,505.  It  lias  highroads  to 
Ling-ayeu,  Dagupan,  and  San  Carlos. 

Binalonan. — Population,  10,295;  situated  27  miles  from 
Lingayen.  Five  highroads  connect  it  with  neighboring 
cities. 

Binmaley. —  Population,  13,787;  situated  3  miles  from 
Lingayen. 

Calasiao. — Population,  13,753;  situated  9  miles  from 
Lingayen. 

Dagupan. — Population,  1(;,000;  situated  8  miles  from 
Lingayen. 

Malasiqui. — Population,  8,900;  situated  l(i  miles  from 
Lingayen,  on  the  railway  from  Manila  to  Dagupan. 

Manaoag. — Population,  17,500;  situated  19  miles  from 
Lingayen. 

Mangaldan. — Population,  10,14-3;  situated  13  miles  from 
Lingayen.  It  is  connected  by  highroads  with  Dagupan,  Santa 
Barbara,  San  Fabian,  and  San  Jacinto. 

Mangatarem. — Population,  10,146;  situated  18  miles  from 
Lingayen.  There  are  highroads  to  L^rbiztondon,  Aguilar, 
and  San  Clemente. 

Pozorrubio. — Population,  9,123,  the  township  having 
9,947;  situated  25  miles  from  Lingayen. 

Salasa. — Population,  7,067;  situated  3  miles  from  Lingayen. 

San  Carlos. — Population,  23,934;  situated  10  miles  from 
Lingayen. 

San  Fabian. — Population,  9,018;  situated  18  miles  from 
Lingayen. 

San  Isidro. — Population,  2,531;  situated  '.»  miles  from 
Lingayen. 

San  Jacinto. — Population,  5,059;  situated  14  miles  from 
Lingayen.  It  is  connected  with  several  neighboring  towns 
by  highroads. 

San  ManueL — Population,  590;  situated  26  miles  from 
Lingayen.  Highroads  connect  it  with  San  Nicolas,  Bina- 
lonang,  and  Asingan. 

San  Nicolas. — Population,  10,204;  situated  38  miles  from 
Lingayen. 

Santa  Barbara. — Population,  7,595 ;  situated  14  miles  from 
Lingayen.  It  is  connected  by  highroads  with  Calasiao  and 
Urdaneta. 

Santa  Maria. — Popiilation,  3,939. 


EL    PRiNCIPE    AND    QUIANGAN.  133 

Sual. — Population,  2,G3G;  situated  11  miles  from  Lingayen. 

Tayug. — Population,  19,r,l-.>;  situated  28  miles  from 
Lingayen. 

Urbistondo.— Population,  5,182;  situated  10  miles  from 
Lingayen. 

Urdaneta. — Population,  1G,58S;  situated  27  miles  from 
Lingayen. 

Villasis. — Population,  11,968;  situated  28  miles  from 
Lingayen. 

PROVINCE  OF  EL  PRINCIPE. 

A  military  province  depending  in  civil  matters  on  Nueva 
Ecija,  it  is  situated  on  tlie  east  coast  of  the  island,  between 
the  eastern  slopes  to  the  south  of  the  Sierra  Madre,  the  Bay 
of  Casiguran,  and  the  Dibut  Cove.  The  country  -is  covered 
■with  inaccessible  mountains,  grown  over  with  luxuriant  veg- 
etation and  peopled  by  the  race  of  Ilongotes,  who,  while  ex- 
ceedingly cowardly,  are  fierce  and  bloody.  The  only  things 
raised  are  abaca  and  palay,  the  inhabitants  not  cultivating 
this  fertile  soil  owing  to  a  lack  of  outlet  for  products.  The 
area  is  478  square  miles  and  the  population  5,000. 

The  capital  is  Baler,  with  a  population  of  1,911.  It  is  sit- 
uated at  a  distance  of  112  miles  from  Manila^  and  was  the  resi- 
dence of  the  governor  and  a  number  of  the  gendarmery.  In 
order  to  communicate  with  Manila  it  is  necessary  to  go  to 
Bomgabong  by  horseback  or  in  a  hammock  carriage,  making 
a  laborious  journey  of  three  days,  during  which  neither 
shelter  nor  provisions  can  be  found.  From  Bomgabong  to 
Manila  one  can  go  in  a  carriage,  crossing  the  territories  of 
Nueva  Ecija  and  Bulacan. 

CITIES    AND    TOWNS. 

Casignan. — Population,  207 ;  situated  9  miles  from  Baler. 
Casiguran. — Population,    1,527;     situated    9   miles    from 
Baler. 

DISTRICT   OF   QUIANGAN. 

Situated  in  the  northern  part  of  Luzon,  it  is  bounded  on 
the  north  by  Bontoc,  on  the  south  by  Nueva  Vizcaya,  on  the 
east  by  Nueva  Vizcaya  and  Isabela,  and  on  the  west  by 
Lepanto.  The  area  is  303  square  miles  and  the  population 
29,800. 

The  capital  is  Q,uiangan,  situated  155  miles  from  Manila. 


134  TAKLAC   AND   TAYABAS. 

PROVINCE   OF   TARLAC. 

It  is  bounded  on  the  west  by  the  Province  of  Zambales,  on 
the  south  by  Pampanga,  on  the  east  by  Nueva  Ecija,  and  on 
the  north  by  Pangasinan.  Tlie  area  is  1,100  square  miles, 
and  the  population  is  115,000. 

The  capital  is  Tarlac,  with  a  population  of  9,608.  It  is 
situated  73  miles  from  Manila,  and  has  a  telegraph  station. 

CITIES    AND    TOWNS. 

Anao. — Population,  7,000;  situated  17  miles  from  Tarlac. 

Banban.— Population,  3,196;  situated  16  miles  from  Tarlac. 

Camilig.— Population,  23,410 ;  situated  16  miles  from  Tarlac. 

Capas. — Population,  2,925;  situated  11  miles  from  Tarlac. 
There  is  a  railway  from  Manila  to  Tarlac. 

Concepcion. — Population,  13,499;  situated  10  miles  from 
Tarhic. 

Gerona. — Population,  9,261;  situated  9  miles  from  Tarlac. 

Moncada. — Poj)ulation,  7,6()1;  situated  18  miles  from 
Tarlac. 

Moriones. — Popidation,  1,289;  situated  3  miles  from 
Tai-lac. 

Murcia. — Situated  6^  miles  from  Tarlac. 

O'Donnell. — Population,  1,988;  situated  14  miles  from 
Capas.     It  has  a  post  office. 

Paniqui.— Population,  8,712 ;  situated  14  miles  from  Tarlac. 

La  Paz. — Population,  2,805;  situated  9  miles  from  Tarlac. 

Pura. — Population,  5,255;  situated  12  miles  from  Tarlac. 

San  Clemente.-— Population,  1,875;  situated  21  miles  from 
Tarlac. 

Santa  Ignacia. — Population,  1,374;  sitimted  14  miles  from 
Tarlac.     There  is  a  highroad  to  Manila. 

Victoria.— Population,  10,362;  situated  7  miles  from  Tarlac. 

PROVINCE  OF  TAYABAS. 

Situated  to  the  southeast  of  Manila,  it  is  boiinded  on  the 
north  by  Laguna,  on  the  south  by  the  sea  of  Mindoro,  on  the 
east  by  Camarines  Norte,  and  on  the  west  by  Batangas  Prov- 
ince, The  area  is  1,919  square  miles,  and  the  population 
105,576.  It  has  easy  communication  with  Manila  by  way  of 
the  coast  of  Batangas  and  Cavite,  through  the  interior  of 


TAYABAS    PROVINCE.  135 

Laguiia,  and  by  the  Pasig  River.  The  country  is  very  nioiin- 
taiaous,  the  principal  base  being  Mount  Ma  jay  jay,  a  strategic 
point  of  much  importance.  All  the  grains  of  the  country  are 
grown  in  its  fields  and  valleys,  and  much  stock  is  raised. 
Industry  is  quite  advanced,  cigar  cases,  hats,  and  various 
fabrics  being  made.  The  inhabitants  occupy  22  pueblos  and 
373  visit  as  or  barrios. 

The  capital  is  Tayabas,  with  a  population  of  15,000.  It  is 
situated  91  miles  from  Manila,  in  a  fiat  country  on  the  river  of 
its  name,  and  on  the  southern  slopes  of  the  Majayjay  Moun- 
tains. There  are  dockyards  in  which  good  vessels  are  con- 
structed. It  was  the  residence  of  the  alcalde  mayor,  promotor 
fiscal,  and  a  number  of  officials  of  the  treasury,  fomento,  etc. 

CITIES    AND    TOWNS. 

Atimonan. — Population,  10,000;  situated  194-  miles  from 
Tayabas.  There  is  a  highway  to  Gumaco  and  a  telegraph 
station. 

Calauag. — Population,  2,813;  situated  57  miles  from  Tay- 
abas. 

Candelaria. — Population,  3,234;  situated  4  miles  from 
Tayabas. 

Catanauan. — Population,  4,000;  situated  60  miles  from 
Tayabas. 

Dolores.— Population,  2,571;  situated  8  miles  from  Tay- 
abas.    There  are  highroads  to  Tiaon  and  San  Pablo. 

Guinayangan.— Population,  2,000;  situated  70  miles  from 
Tayabas.  It  has  a  ward  called  Catimo,  where  there  is  a  tele- 
graph station. 

Gumaca. — Population,  7,571;  situated  90  miles  from  Tay- 
abas. 

Lopez. — Population,  0,412;  situated  324-  miles  from  Tay- 
abas. 

Lucban.— Population,  12,755;  situated  8  miles  from  Tay- 
abas. There  are  highroads  to  Alfonso  XII,  Majayjay,  and 
Mamban. 

Lucena. — Population,  7,000 ;  situated  8  miles  from  Tayabas. 

Macalelon.— Population,  3,000;  situated  70  miles  from 
Tayabas. 

Mauban.— Population,  9,2<)8;  situated  32  miles  from  Tay- 
abas. 

Mulauay.— Population,  325. 


136  TIA(}AX    AND    LA    UNION. 

Pagbilao. — Population,  5,750;  situated  (i|  miles  from  Tay- 
abas. 

Pitogo. — Population,  3,011 ;  situated  i)3 miles  from  Tayabas. 

San  Narciso. — Population,  1,087;  situated  372  miles  from 
Tayal)as. 

Sariava. — Pcjpulation,  (i,  iiGO ;  situated  G  miles  from  Tayabas. 

Tiaon. — Population,  0,050 ;  situated  20  miles  from  Tayabas. 

Unisan. — Population,  3,155;  situated  24  miles  from  Tay- 
abas. 

DISTRICT  OF  TIAGAN. 

Situated  in  the  northern  part  of  Luzon,  it  is  bounded  on 
the  north  by  Abra,  on  the  south  by  Amburayan,  on  the  east 
by  Lepanto,  and  on  the  west  by  Ilocos  Sur.  The  population 
is  3,041. 

The  capital  is  San  Emilio,  with  a  population  of  109.  It  is 
situated  323  miles  from  Manila. 

CITIES    AND    TOWNS. 

Amamasan. — Population,  283. 
Baan. — Population,  030. 
Buduy an. — Population,  2  70. 
Bug-ui. — Population,  282. 
Concepcion. — Population,  353. 
Lanenas. — Population,  285. 
Limpa. — Population,  556. 
Ligney. — Population,  509. 
Matbo. — Population,  472. 

Paltoc.  —  Population,  770;  situated  5  miles  from  San 
Emilio. 

Paspasaqui. — Population,  312. 
Sanz.— Population,  400. 
Tobalina. — Population,  548. 
Vito. — Population,  258. 

PROVINCE  OF  LA  UNION. 

Situated  to  the  north  of  Manila,  it  is  bounded  on  the  north 
by  the  Province  of  Ilocos  Sur,  on  the  east  by  those  of  Abra 
and  Lepanto,  on  the  south  by  Pangasinan,  and  on  the  west 
by  the  China  Sea.  It  is  52  miles  long  by  174-  wide.  The  area 
is  741  square  miles,  and  the  population  119,421,  distributed 
among  13  pueblos,  278  visitas,  and  45  rancherias  of  subdued 


ZAMBALES    PROVINCE.  137 

infieles.  Much  rice,  maize,  tobacco,  sugar  cane,  etc.,  is  grown, 
and  gold  is  gathered  in  the  river  sands,  but  it  is  of  poor 
quality. 

The  capital  is  San  Fernando,  with  a  population  of  12,892. 
It  is  situated  171  miles  from  Manila,  with  which  it  comuni- 
cates  by  wagon  road,  and  from  thence  to  Loasang  by  a  pike 
which  traverses  the  provinces  of  Pangasinan,  Pampanga,  and 
Bulacan.  It  was  the  residence  of  the  governor  and  of  a  number 
of  public  functionaries.  There  is  a  post  office  and  telegraph 
station. 

CITIES    AND    TOWNS. 

Agoo.— Population,  10,150;  situated  19  miles  from  San 
Fernando. 

Aringay. — Population,  3,044;  situated  14  miles  from  San 
Fernando.     It  has  a  telegraph  station. 

Bagnotan. — Population,  6,555;  situated  9  miles  from  San 
Fernando. 

Balauang. — Population,  12,242 ;  situated  22  miles  from  San 
Fernando. 

Bangar.— Population,  9,000;  sitnated  24  miles  from  San 
Fernando. 

Bauang. — Poimlation,  7,701;  situated  G  miles  from  San 
Fernando. 

Gaba. —  Population,  4,1G4;  situated  12  miles  from  San 
Fernando. 

Naguilian. — Population,  10,405;  situated  11  miles  from 
San  Fernando. 

Namacpacan. — Population,  8,630;  sitnated  19  miles  from 
San  Fernando.  It  has  the  following  outlying  towns :  Cabalito, 
Oaqui,  Cantoria,  and  Puerto  de  Darigayos. 

Rosario.— Population,  2,246;  situated  29  miles  from  San 
Fernando 

San  Juan. — Population,  10,211;  situated  5  miles  from  San 
Fernando. 

Santo  Tomas.— Population,  6,481;  situated  26  miles  from 
San  Fernando.     It  has  highroads  to  the  neighboring  towns. 

PROVINCE  OF  ZAMBALES. 

Situated  in  the  southern  part  of  the  island  of  Luzon,  it  is 
bounded  on  the  north  by  the  Gulf  of  Lingayen  and  the  Prov- 
ince of  Pangasinan ;  on  the  east  by  tlie  Provinces  of  Tarlac, 
Pampanga,  and  Bataan ;  on  the  south  by  Bataan,  and  on  the 


138  ZAMBALES    PROVINCE. 

west  by  the  China  Sea.  The  area  is  l,G-i7  square  miles,  and 
the  population  87,G41,  distributed  among  23  pueblos,  70  bar- 
rios, and  7  rancherias  of  subdued  infieles.  The  mountains  of 
this  province  are  covered  with  timber  forests,  which  are 
inhabited  by  various  tribes  of  fierce  savages  and  abound  in 
game.  Products  of  the  mountains  are  wax  and  honey,  while 
in  the  remainder  of  the  territory  cane,  indigo,  vegetables, 
cacao,  and  rice  are  grown. 

The  capital  is  Iba,  with  a  population  of  3,512.  It  is  situ- 
ated 122  miles  from  Manila,  has  a  good  casa  real,  casa  de  la 
comunidad,  courthouse,  church,  meeting  hall,  and  parish 
house,  and  was  the  residence  of  the  mayor  and  judge  and  a 
number  of  functionaries.  It  has  a  post  office  and  telegraph 
station. 

CITIES   AND    TOWNS. 

Agno. — Population,  5,002;  situated  75  miles  from  Iba. 

Alaminos.— Population,  8,008;  situated  82  miles  from  Iba. 
It  has  a  telegraph  station. 

Alos. — Population,  894 ;  situated  64  miles  from  Iba.  It  has 
a  highroad  to  Balincaguing  and  Alaminos. 

Anda. — Population,  3,761;  situated  94  miles  from  Iba,  on 
the  island  of  Cabarroyan.  It  has  highroads  to  Alaminos  and 
Bolinceo. 

Balincaguing.— Population,  2,378;  situated  52  miles  from 
Iba.     It  has  highroads  in  good  condition. 

Bani. — Population,  4,295;  situated  60  miles  from  Iba. 

Bolinao  (ch.  3,  p.  41).— Population,  4,075;  situated  103 
miles  from  Iba.  The  municipal  district  is  formed  of  13 
islands.  There  is  a  meteorologic  and  semaphoric  station,  a 
submarine  cable,  and  a  dockyard  for  coast  vessels. 

Botolan. — Population,  4,566;  situated  4  miles  from  Iba. 

Cabangan. — Population,  2,798;  situated  7  miles  from  Iba. 

Candelaria. — Population,  2,865 ;  situated  22  miles  from  Iba. 

Castillejos. — Population,  3,357;  situated  33  miles  from  Iba. 

Dasol. — Population,  2,404;  situated  49  miles  from  Iba. 

Infanta. — Population,  3,445;  situated  44  miles  from  Iba. 

Masinloc. — Population,  2,945;  situated  19  miles  from  Iba. 
There  are  highroads  to  Candelaria  and  Palauig. 

Palauig. — Population,  2,584;  situated  13  miles  from  Iba. 

San  Antonio. — Population,  4,988;  situated  22  miles  from 
Iba.  There  are  highroads  to  San  Narciso,  San  Marcelino, 
and  San  Miiruel. 


ZAMBALES    PROVINCE.  139 

San  Felipe. — Population,  4,205;  situated  19  miles  fromlba. 

San  Isidro. — Population,  2,803;  situated  38  miles  from  Iba, 

San  Marcelino. — Population,  4,043;  situated  29  miles  from 
Iba. 

San  Narciso. — Population,  7,255;  situated  23  miles  from 
Iba.  There  are  three  highroads — one  to  San  Antonio,  one  to 
San  Felipe,  and  one  to  San  Marcelino. 

Santa  Cruz. — Population,  4,594;  situated  38  miles  from  Iba. 

Sarapsap. — Population,  7, 142 ;  situated  82  miles  from  Iba. 

Subic. — Population,  3,016;  situated  38  miles  from  Iba. 


DINAGAT  I. 

F©KT  GlEO 

5,»vfv«/  u„rf»-  Ik.  ,Ur^,ium,  at- 

CAPTAm  CLAUDIO  MONTERO     Spanish  Nmy 

1864 

UPCabaUeu-La 

.  9?  53:  bS.  L<m5.12B?43'.20"Eyjpprox./ 
Jt'^CabaU.I.      ^ 

f 

M 

;■■:                   ^      ,,^-  ;■ 

^^^R. 

^^p" 

.J 

^^fe^ 

^ 

^^^™' 

. 

~~  ^    * 

,5         •       ..                    ~'>--^. 

*     IB 

c;^* 

-> '  ?•"? 

23 

IB  ^      V 

•\:.^ 

"):?; 

.If  J. 

^ 
..,*' 

o_ 

.^^^                 5         _^_       lO 

"^"Cabk,  u,'  1  Sea  mfle       ~^ 

ISLAND  OF  MINDANAO. 


By  decree  of  July  30,  ISr.O,  tlie  territorial  division  of  this 
island  was  definitely  established,  and  a  civico-military  gov- 
ernment, under  the  denomination  of  Mindanao  and  adjacent 
islands,  was  created.  It  is  divided  into  8  districts.  The  island 
is  situated  between  Visayas  on  the  north  and  Borneo  on  the 
south ;  it  is  bounded  on  the  east  by  the  Pacific  Ocean,  and  on 
the  west  by  the  island  of  Paragua,  the  Strait  of  Balabac, 
and  Borneo.  The  area  is  16,595  square  miles,  and  the  popu- 
lation 611,300,  of  which  211,000  are  Christians  and  the  rest 
Mohammedans  and  Pagans.  It  is  very  extensive  and  irregu- 
lar in  form,  possessing  high  and  extended  mountain  chains 
which  have  not  been  entirely  explored,  and  which  are  grown 
over  with  very  rich  woods.  It  is  inhabited  almost  throughout 
the  interior  by  savages.  Its  rivers,  some  of  great  volume, 
empty  into  the  sea,  as  follows :  On  the  north  coast  and  Butuan 
Bay,  the  Jabonga  and  Butuan;  on  the  Macajalar  coast,  the 
Cagayan;  in  Eligan  Bay,  the  Malanao  and  others  of  minor 
importance ;  in  the  cove  of  Dapitan,  the  Palaven ;  and  on  the 
rest  of  the  coast  mentioned  creeks  and  riA^ers  of  regular  vol- 
ume abound,  as  well  as  on  the  remaining  coasts,  except  the 
Rio  Grande  de  Mindanao  (ch.  11,  p.  116),  which  empties  to  the 
east  of  the  great  Bay  of  Illana. 

ITINERARY   OF   COAST   OF   MINDANAO — NORTHEAST   COAST. 

From  the  east  point  of  Bilambilam  Bay  the  coast  trends 
almost  SE.  by  E.  for  30  miles,  forming  a  slight  indentation, 
to  Point  Tugus ;  the  shore  is  covered  by  mangroves  and  strewn 
with  rocks. 

The  Ginatuan  Islands  extend  to  about  9  miles  from  the  coast 
in  a  northeasterly  direction,  leaving  a  deep  channel  2-^  miles 
wide  between  them  and  the  south  coast  of  Dinagat  (ch.  12, 
p.  141).  Ginatuan  Island,  the  largest  of  the  group,  is  3  miles 
long,  NW.  and  SE.,  and  has  a  small  islet  off  its  northern  point ; 
both  island  and  islet  are  clean  and  steep-to ;  Bayalnan  (Baya- 
tuan),  the  next  island  to  the  southeast,  is  34-  miles  long,  NW. 
and  SE. ;  a  reef  on  its  northern  end  extends  1  mile  to  the  NE., 
(141) 


1  Sea  mile 


ISLAND  OF  MINDANAO. 


By  decree  of  July  30,  1800,  the  territorial  division  of  this 
island  was  definitely  established,  and  a  civico-military  gov- 
ernment, under  the  denomination  of  Mindanao  and  adjacent 
islands,  was  created.  It  is  divided  into  8  districts.  The  island 
is  situated  between  Visayas  on  the  north  and  Borneo  on  the 
south ;  it  is  bounded  on  the  east  by  the  Pacific  Ocean,  and  on 
the  west  by  the  island  of  Paragua,  the  Strait  of  Balabac, 
and  Borneo.  The  area  is  16,595  square  miles,  and  the  popu- 
lation 611,300,  of  which  211,000  are  Christians  and  the  rest 
Mohammedans  and  Pagans.  It  is  very  extensive  and  irregu- 
lar in  form,  possessing  high  and  extended  mountain  chains 
which  have  not  been  entirely  explored,  and  which  are  grown 
over  with  very  rich  woods.  It  is  inhabited  almost  throughout 
the  interior  by  savages.  Its  rivers,  some  of  great  volume, 
empty  into  the  sea,  as  follows :  On  the  north  coast  and  Butuan 
Bay,  the  Jabonga  and  Butuan;  on  the  Macajalar  coast,  the 
Cagayan;  in  Eligan  Bay,  the  Malanao  and  others  of  minor 
importance ;  in  the  cove  of  Dapitan,  the  Palaven ;  and  on  the 
rest  of  the  coast  mentioned  creeks  and  rivers  of  regular  vol- 
ume abound,  as  well  as  on  the  remaining  coasts,  except  the 
Rio  Grande  de  Mindanao  (ch.  11,  p.  110),  which  empties  to  the 
east  of  the  great  Bay  of  Illana. 

ITINERARY   OP   COAST   OF   MINDANAO — NORTHEAST   COAST. 

From  the  east  point  of  Bilambilam  Bay  the  coast  trends 
almost  SE.  by  E.  for  30  miles,  forming  a  slight  indentation, 
to  Point  Tugus ;  the  shore  is  covered  by  mangroves  and  strewn 
with  rocks. 

The  Ginatuan  Islands,  extend  to  about  9  miles  from  the  coast 
in  a  northeasterly  direction,  leaving  a  deep  channel  2^  miles 
wide  between  them  and  the  south  coast  of  Dinagat  (ch.  12, 
p.  141).  Ginatuan  Island,  the  largest  of  the  group,  is  3  miles 
long,  NW.  and  SE.,  and  has  a  small  islet  off  its  northern  point ; 
both  island  and  islet  are  clean  and  steep-to ;  Bayalnan  (Baya- 
tnan),  the  next  island  to  the  southeast,  is  3^  miles  long,  NW. 
and  SE. ;  a  reef  on  its  northern  end  extends  1  mile  to  the  NE., 

(141) 


1-1-2  MINDANAO — NOKTHEAST  COAST. 

inclosing-  several  rocks  under  water.  The  channel  between 
Ginatuan  and  Bayalnan  is  H  miles  wide;  but  some  islets  on 
the  southern  end  reduce  the  available  passage  to  a  width  of  4 
cables.  This  channel  is  practicable  for  steamers,  but  the  pas- 
sage between  the  western  islands  of  the  grouj)  and  the  coast  of 
Mindanao  are  not  practicable.  Kabsugan,  the  southernmost 
island,  is  4|  miles  long,  NW.  and  SE.,  and  is  united  to  the 
coast. 

Nagubat  Islets  are  two  rocks,  clean  and  steep-to,  lying  7 
miles  south  of  the  summit  of  Ginatuan  Island. 

Kabgan  Island  lies  24  miles  south  of  Nagubat  Islets,  and  1 
mile  from  the  coast  of  Mindanao.  A  group  of  four  rocks  lies 
2^  miles  SE.  of  Kabagan. 

Nangaba  Islands,  close  to  Tagonito  Point,  form  a  chain  of 
eight  islets  extending  4i  miles  WNW.  and  ESE.  The  south- 
ern islet,  Amagadpagat,  lies  nearly  in  the  middle  of  the  chan- 
nel between  the  coast  and  the  south  point  of  Bukas  Island 
(ch.  45,  p.  254). 

Tugus  Point  is  a  narrow  tongue  of  land  stretching  2  miles 
to  the  NE.  The  channel  between  it  and  Bukas  Island  is  4^ 
miles  wide,  and  has  a  depth  of  41  fathoms  in  the  middle.  The 
land  in  the  vicinity  is  commanded  by  Mount  Legaspi,  3,889 
feet  high,  at  the  northern  end  of  the  great  range  that  runs 
parallel  to  the  east  coast  of  Mindanao. 

Ballena  (Whale)  Rock,  6f  miles  east  of  Tugus  Point,  when 
seen  from  the  northward,  appears  like  two  rocks ;  it  is  5  yards 
in  extent  and  5  feet  above  water ;  a  reef  extends  -j  mile  S W. 
of  the  rock. 

General  Island  is  the  largest  and  highest  of  a  group  consist- 
ing of  three  islands  and  several  rocks  lying  off  Kapunuipugan 
Point,  5  miles  SE.  of  Point  Tugus.  It  is  sei3arated  from  the 
point  by  a  deep  and  narrow  channel,  and  is  surrounded  by  a 
reef  which  shows  several  rocks  above  water,  and  includes 
Triton  Rocks  and  Anki  Islet,  2  miles  to  the  SE.  There  is 
anchorage  SW.  of  the  island  near  the  shore  in  17  fathoms, 
mud.  Unamao,  2  miles  south  of  the  General,  is  united  to  the 
coast  by  a  reef ;  between  the  two  islands  is  an  isolated  rocky 
shoal. 

Kantilan  Reef,  before  the  river  and  town  of  the  same  name, 
5  miles  south  of  Point  Kapunuipugan,  extends  2  miles  from 
the  shore ;  the  end  of  the  reef  is  in  line  with  Unamao  Islet 
and  Point  Kapunuipugan. 


MINDANAO — NORTHEAST  COAST.  143 

Kauit  Point,  -^0  miles  SE.  by  E.  of  Tugus  Point,  is  clean  and 
steep-to  to  the  northward  and  westward,  but  bordered  to  the 
eastward  by  a  reef  that  reaches  out  for  1|  miles  to  seaward, 
and  continues  along  the  coast  to  the  southward  for  10  miles. 
The  open  bay  between  the  General  Islands  and  Kauit  Point 
has  not  been  sounded,  but  it  appears  to  be  clean  and  deep. 

Tides. — The  ebb  stream  from  Surigao  Strait  is  said  to  fol- 
low round  Kauit  Point  to  the  southward. 

BuKAS  Islands  are  three  islands  so  close  together  as  almost 
to  form  one  island,  but  they  are  separated  by  narrow  open- 
ings in  the  reefs  that  surround  them.  The  southern  island, 
or  Great  Bukas,  is  irregular  in  outline,  about  12  miles  long, 
north  and  south,  and  traversed  throughout  its  length  by  a 
range  of  hills.  Its  coast  on  all  sides,  except  the  northeastern, 
where  it  is  joined  to  the  middle  island,  is  clean.  A  shoal  of 
white  coral  lies  east  by  north  of  the  north  point  of  this  island. 
There  are  soundings  of  11  to  18  fathoms  about  1  mile  from 
the  southwest  coast,  in  the  channel  between  the  island  and 
Tugus  Point. 

The  middle  Bukas  island  is  3  miles  across  from  north  to 
south,  and  2  miles  from  east  to  west,  and  is  surrounded  by  a 
coral  reef.  A  conical  hill,  984  feet  high,  rises  on  the  south- 
east part.  The  eastern  island  is  3  miles  long,  east  and  west, 
and  1^  miles  wide,  north  and  south,  and  is  surrounded  by  a 
reef  which  projects  2  miles  to  the  SE.,  and  incloses  the  islet 
Kasulian ;  the  reef  is  steep-to  and  shows  several  rocky  heads 
above  water. 

SibongaPort  (ch.  45,  p.  254),  on  the  south  side  of  the  middle 
island  at  the  foot  of  the  conical  hill,  is  divided  into  two 
narrow  arms  by  an  islet  united  to  the  south  point  of  the 
island  by  a  reef  that  borders  the  shore.  The  depth  of  water 
in  the  western  arm  is  9  to  18  fathoms,  sand  and  rock;  in  the 
eastern  arm  it  is  4-|-  to  9  fathoms.  This  latter  arm  communi- 
cates with  Port  Castilla,  on  the  north  side  of  the  island,  by  a 
channel  15  yards  wide  and  5  feet  deep,  which  forms  the  sep- 
aration between  the  middle  and  eastern  island. 

Port  Castilla,  between  the  reefs  on  the  north  sides  of  the 
middle  and  eastern  Bukas  islands,  is  open  to  the  northward 
by  a  narrow  passage  between  the  reefs ;  it  is  a  little  oval- 
shaped  port  of  6  cables  greatest  diameter  and  3  cables  across, 
with  8  fathoms  depth. 


144  .AlIXDAXAU — NORTHEAST    COAST. 

Reef. — A  narrow  reef  extending  8  miles  NE.  and  SW., 
wliicli  dries  in  places,  lies  3  miles  SE.  of  the  eastern  Bukas 
island.  The  northern  extremity  of  it  is  separated  from  the 
southeast  reef  of  Siargao  Island  by  a  passage  \\  miles  wide, 
and  the  southern  extremity  is  separated  from  the  east  coast 
of  the  southern  Bukas  by  a  i^assage  2  miles  wide.  These  pas- 
sages, as  also  that  between  the  reef  and  Kasulian  Islet,  are 
safe  and  deep. 

Lajanosa  and  Anajauan  islands  are  tw^o  islands  lying  south 
of  Siargao  Island  and  east  of  the  southern  Bukas  island. 
They  are  two  miles  apart,  and  surrounded  by  reefs ;  some 
rocks  lie  H  miles  south  of  Lajanosa.  The  passage  between 
Lajanosa  and  the  reef  SE.  of  Siargcio  is  4  miles  wide  and  18 
to  23  fathoms  deep. 

Siargao  Island  is  irregular  in  outline,  19  miles  long,  north 
and  south,  with  1 2  miles  greatest  width  at  the  southern  part,  and 
is  traversed  throughout  its  length  by  a  chain  of  mountains. 
The  northern  and  northwestern  coast  is  surrounded  by  an 
extensive  reef  to  a  distance  of  3  miles  from  the  shore,  and 
from  the  southeast  jDart  of  the  island  another  reef  projects  to 
a  distance  of  4  miles,  inclosing  the  islets  Guiang  (Guinjang) 
and  Dako.  On  the  coasts  there  are  a  few  towns  and  little 
ports  entered  by  channels  through  the  reefs.  On  the  western 
coast,  between  ports  Sapao  and  Kakut,  there  is  a  grouj)  of  low 
islands  on  a  reef,  and  several  rocks  show  at  various  points  on 
the  edge  of  the  reef. 

Port  Pilar,  on  the  east  coast  of  Siargao,  is  a  small  circular 
port  of  G  cables  diameter,  steep-sided,  with  a  large  rock  on 
the  southern  side  united  to  the  coast  by  a  reef;  the  anchorage 
is  west  of  this  rock  in  8  to  14  fathoms. 

Dapa  Channel,  between  Siargao  and  Bukas  Island,  is  safe 
and  deep ;  its  least  width,  between  the  island  off  Point  Kam- 
basak,  the  south  point  of  Siargao,  and  the  north  coast  of 
East  Bukas,  is  1  cable ;  the  reefs  on  both  sides  are  distinctly 
visible. 

Kiko  and  Barrabas  shoals  lie  in  the  middle  of  the  western 
entrance.  The  first  is  1  cable  and  the  other  1^  cables  in  diam- 
eter ;  they  are  steep-to  and  can  be  passed  on  either  side.  The 
reef  off  the  north  point  of  Great  Bukas  Island  has  already 
been  mentioned. 

Dapa  Reef  extends  to  1^  miles  east  by  south  from  Kambasak 
Point.     On  the  reef  and  close  to  the  point  there  is  an  island 


MINDANAO — NORTHEAST    COAST.  145 

G  cables  long;  an  opening  in  the  reef,  3  to  5^  fathoms  d(3ep, 
leads  to  the  anchorage  at  Dapa.  A  detached  bank  surrounded 
by  deep  water  lies  2h  cables  east  of  Dapa  Reef. 

Dapa  Anchorage  is  in  a  narrow  channel  between  the  north- 
ern edge  of  Dapa  Reef  and  the  shore  reef  of  Siargao ;  it  has  a 
depth  of  31  fathoms  before  the  town  of  Dapa.  Neither  pilots 
nor  supplies  are  obtainable.  The  inlet  NW.  of  Dapa  is 
obstructed  by  reefs,  and  only  fit  for  boat  navigation. 

Port  Kakub,  on  the  southwest  coast  of  Siargao,  is  only  | 
cable  wide  at  the  entrance  and  3i  to  12  fathoms  deep.  There 
is  anchorage  before  the  entrance  in  7  fathoms.  The  coast 
between  Dapa  Inlet  and  Kakub  is  a  mass  of  rock,  dry  at  low 
water. 

Port  SajDao,  on  the  northwest  coast,  is  formed  by  an  open- 
ing in  the  reef  and  is  of  no  importance. 

Jalian  Island,  5i  miles  N.  60°  E.  of  Port  Gabo  (ch.  12,  p.  141) 
in  Dinagat  Island,  is  surrounded  by  a  reef  which  extends  2 
miles  to  the  ENE. ;  the  eastern  edge  of  this  reef  is  2-j  miles 
distant  from  the  western  edge  of  the  northwestern  reef  of 
Siargao, 

Tides. — In  Port  Kakub  there  are  two  high  tides  and  two  low 
tides  in  each  lunar  day.  The  height  of  the  tide  is  affected  by 
diurnal  inequality,  which  varies  with  the  moon's  declination. 
In  the  summer  the  day  tide  is  the  highest  and  in  the  winter 
the  night  tide.  It  is  high  water,  full  and  change,  at  Oh.  22m. 
The  greatest  range  is  7  feet  and  the  least  is  5  feet. 

Tidal  streams. — In  Surigao  Strait  the  flood  tide  sets  to  the 
west,  and  the  ebb  to  the  east;  the  latter,  following  round 
Point  Kauit,  then  runs  to  the  southward. 

The  velocity  of  the  stream  in  the  strait  reaches  6  knots  at 
springs.  There  is  a  difference  of  about  two  hours  between 
the  time  of  high  water  at  Surigao  and  in  Surigao  Strait. 
Fishermen  roughly  estimate  that  when  the  moon  rises  the  ebb 
tide  commences  to  run  in  Surigao  Strait.  From  January  to 
June  there  is  but  one  high  water  during  the  twenty-four  h()urs 
in  Surigao  Strait,  which  occurs  during  the  night.  From  July 
to  December  the  same  phenomenon  takes  place,  but  the  time 
of  high  water  is  by  day. 

From  observations  made  by  the  Spanish  surveyors,  it 
appears  that  the  highest  tide  on  the  west  coasts  of  the  islands 
of  the  strait  takes  place  at  the  same'  hour  as  the  lowest  tide 
on  the  east  coasts.     This  phenomenon  is  especially  marked  at 


146  .MINDANAO — NORTHEAST    COAST. 

the  little  island  Kal)sugaii,  SE.  of  Ginatuaii,  the  inhabitants 
of  which  live  by  shell-fishing,  and  when  the  banks  of  the  east 
coast  begin  to  cover  they  pass  to  the  west  coast,  where  the 
tide  begins  to  fall,  and  continue  their  fishing. 

Eddies. — Between  points  Surigao  and  Bilaa  a  countercur- 
rent  prevails,  contrary  to  the  tidal  stream  in  the  strait,  and 
between  the  coast  of  Mindanao  and  the  islands  Dinagat  and 
Siargao  a  number  of  eddies  prevail  in  different  directions. 
The  pilots  of  the  locality  avail  themselves  of  these  eddies  in 
navigation. 

Winds  in  Surigao  Strait. — At  the  mouth  of  the  strait  the 
northeast  monsoon  commences  toward  the  end  of  September, 
and  blows  throughout  October  and  November ;  in  December 
northeast  winds  alternate  with  northerly  gales.  In  January 
winds  blow  from  NE.  and  ENE.,  accompanied  by  heavy  rain. 
In  February  and  March  easterly  winds  prevail.  In  April, 
May,  and  June  the  prevailing  wind  is  southeast,  with  occasional 
gales  called  "collas"  from  the  south.  In  July,  August,  and 
September  collas  from  SW.  are  frequent. 

The  northeast  winds,  though  strong,  cease  during  the  night ; 
but  winds  from  the  SE.,  S.,  and  SW.  continue  to  blow.  It 
generally  rains  with  north-northeast  and  east-northeast  winds ; 
the  rain  ceases  and  the  weather  clears  with  east  winds,  and 
more  so  with  southeast  winds.  With  southwest  winds  it 
remains  clear  unless  a  gale  arises  which  sometimes  brings  rain. 

In  general  there  is  no  very  bad  weather  in  this  part  of  the 
archipelago,  except  when  a  typhoon  occurs.  The  season  of 
the  year  when  typhoons  mostly  occur  is  from  the  end  of  Octo- 
ber to  the  beginning  of  January,  principally  at  springs  and  at 
the  quarterings  of  the  moon,  it  is  said.  They  begin  to  blow 
from  NW.,  and  finish  from  the  SE.,  having  passed  through 
NE.  or  SW. ;  when  they  veer  through  NE.  they  blow  stronger, 
and  more  rain  falls. 

According  to  Maqueda,  in  the  year  1775  three  typhoons 
occurred  in  Surigao  Strait,  and  two  in  1781,  at  the  crescent 
and  full  moon.  None  have  been  observed  since  that  time, 
whilst  in  the  mouth  of  San  Bernardino  Strait  and  on  the 
coast  of  Luzon  several  very  severe  typhoons  have  been 
recorded. 

Directions  for  the  Eastern  Passage. — The  eastern  i)assage 
between  the  northeast  coast  of  Mindanao  and  the  islands  of 
Dinagat  and  Siargao  is  difficult,  and  should  not  be  taken  by 


MINDANAO— NORTHEAST    COAST.  147 

a  sailing  vessel  unless  she  has  the  wind  and  tide  in  her  favor. 
A  pilot  should  be  employed,  and  the  route  taken  should  be  as 
follows:  Having  made  Bilaa  Point  a  vessel  can  either  pass 
outside  the  2f-fathoms  shoal  north  of  the  point  or  between  it 
and  the  point,  and  she  should  keep  in  mid-channel  between 
Basol  Island  and  the  coast  of  Mindanao.  When  1  mile  south 
of  Basol,  she  should  steer  S.  70°  E.  to  pass  1  mile  from  the 
rocks  that  surround  Rasa  Islet  off  the  south  point  of  Nonok ; 
then  steering  ENE.  she  should  pass  between  Ginatuan  Island 
and  Port  Gabo,  rather  approaching  the  Dinagat  shore,  which 
is  steep-to,  and  she  will  be  less  exposed  to  the  tidal  streams 
and  eddies,  which  are  very  violent  in  this  passage.  Ginatuan 
Island  should  be  rounded  at  a  safe  distance,  and  when  1  mile 
east  of  the  eastern  point  of  the  island  a  course  S.  38°  E.  should 
be  steered  for  the  middle  of  the  channel  between  Bukas  Island 
and  Mindanao,  leaving  Amadgadpagat  Islet  1  mile  to  star- 
board; having  passed  through  the  channel  she  can  steer  east 
into  the  Pacific. 

A  steamer  can  pass  between  Ginatuan  and  Bayalnan 
islands,  taking  care  to  avoid  the  reef  off  the  north  point  of 
the  last-named  island,  and  leaving  to  starboard  the  islet 
which  lies  i  mile  south  of  the  southwest  point  of  Ginatuan. 
A  course  S.  49°  E.  will  then  lead  to  the  middle  of  the  channel 
between  Bukas  and  Mindanao. 

BuTUAN  Bay. — The  southern  shore  of  this  bay,  between 
the  river  Butuan,  which  enters  the  eastern  angle,  and  the 
town  of  Nasipit,  13  miles  to  the  westward,  is  low,  covered  by 
mangroves,  and  bordered  by  shoal  water  to  a  very  short  dis- 
tance from  it.  From  Nasipit  to  Point  Diuata,  8  miles  to  the 
NNW.,  the  shore  is  fringed  by  a  reef  which  extends  out  ^  mile. 

Butuan  River  is  one  of  the  most  important  of  Mindanao ;  it 
is  supposed  to  take  its  rise  not  far  north  of  Davao  Bay,  on  the 
southern  coast;  one  of  its  arms  near  the  mouth  communicates 
with  a  lake  that  lies  about  14  miles  NNE.  of  the  town  of 
Butuan. 

The  two  points  that  form  the  entrance  to  the  river  may  be 
recognized  by  the  forts  constructed  on  them.  From  the  north 
point  a  great  bank  of  sand  extends  more  than  14  miles  to  the 
westward,  and  dries  at  low  water. 

A.ii  island  with  trees  upon  it,  about  40  feet  high,  divides  the 
mouth  of  the  river  into  two  channels.  The  navigable  channel 
shifts  according  to  the  freshets,  carrying  from  2  to  2^  fathoms 


148  MINDANAO^NORTHEAST    COAST. 

at  high- water  spring  tides ;  the  current  is  very  strong,  and  dur- 
ing the  rainy  season  frequently  brings  down  trunks  of  trees. 
A  pilot  is  necessary  for  entering  the  river,  there  heing  no 
marks  to  denote  the  channel. 

Tides. — Only  one  high  water  generally  occurs  during  the 
twenty-four  hours,  and  this  by  day  or  night,  according  to  the 
season. 

Butuan  town  is  situated  on  the  i-ight  bank  of  the  river 
Butuan,  about  18  miles  from  the  mouth,  and  contains  some 
2,000  inhabitants,  chiefly  engaged  in  working  a  gold  mine  in 
the  vicinity.  The  anchorage  is  frequented  by  traders  from 
Port  Misamis,  and  from  Cebii,  and  Mr.  Looney  remarks  that 
he  carried  from  3  to  5  fathoms  of  water  between  the  bar  of 
the  river  and  the  town.  The  water  of  the  river  at  Butuan  is 
fresh  and  used  for  drinking. 

Supplies  of  cattle,  Digs,  poultry,  rice,  and  sago  are  obtaina- 
ble. 

The  town  of  Butuan  is  celebrated  in  history  as  being  the 
place  where  Magellan  landed  after  his  anchorage  near  Lima- 
sana  Island,  and  where  he  celebrated  the  first  mass  in  the 
Philippines. 

Coast. — Diuata  Point  is  low,  sandy,  and  surrounded  by  a 
reef  which  commences  about  Nasipit,  extends  out  ^  mile  from 
the  point,  and  continues  round  it  to  the  southward. 

Sipaka  Point  can  easily  be  recognized  by  a  conical  hill  of 
good  height,  thinly  wooded,  and  by  a  watchtower  on  it ;  the 
shore  is  clean,  steejj-to,  with  soundings  of  55  fathoms  close  to. 
In  the  bay  on  the  east  side  of  the  point  there  is  anchorage  in 
2f  and  3^  fathoms,  sand  and  mud,  before  the  mouth  of  two 
rivers ;  the  shores  of  the  bay  are  low  and  covered  by  man- 
groves. Anchorage  may  also  be  had  on  the  west  side  of  the 
point  in  2f  fathoms,  under  the  shelter  of  Kanauagor  Islet. 

Bagakai  Point  is  not  very  high,  and  is  surrounded  by  a  reef 
of  2  cables  extent,  with  5  fathoms  near  it.  The  coast  between 
points  Sipaka  and  Bagakai  is  formed  by  sandy  beaches  alter- 
nate with  rocky  bluffs  and  mangrove  shores. 

Camiguin  Island  (ch.  13,  p.  148),  lying  5i  miles  to  the  north 
of  Point  Bagakai  in  Mindanao,  is  about  12  miles  long,  NE, 
and  SW,,  and  more  than  8  miles  wide,  east  and  west;  it  is 
extremely  mountainous  and  steep,  rising  to.  a  central  moun- 
tain of  5,338  feet  above  the  sea,  visible  60  miles  off.  On  the 
northwest  part,  2^  miles  east  of  the  town  and  anchorage  of 


Noj:i 


Scale 


KAMICUIN    I. 

Liei\t .  John  M^  Cluer 
Sea  Mile  1 

I  1791. 

HAy.K&C.Vl¥0?^y.r^^  e  ft. 


No  I4-. 


FONDEADERO     DE  CATARMAN 


(    IsUC 


atnicj^xin..  ) 


(/ 


XrcAXa  dc  <jf^  fmliixr 


.  ¥ 


NuJ5. 


rONDEADERODE  BALINGASAC. 


^fe. 


^  lit:- 


.n^ 


Ejtffl''  dr  icTM   7itiSfc. 


MINDANAO — NORTH    COAST.  149 

Catarman  (cli.  14,  p.  149)  rises  a  douhle  peak  4,797  teet  liigli. 
Tile  island  produces  rice,  good  tobacco,  Avax,  and  cacao  in 
abundance. 

Both  Agajo  and  Manbajao  points  have  reefs  off  them;  the 
sand  cay  above  mentioned  lies  f  of  a  mile  NW.  of  the  town  of 
Agajo;  it  is  about  3  cables  in  extent  and  6  feet  above  the  sea 
at  high  water,  springs,  and  has  bnshes  on  it.  A  rocky  shoal 
f  of  a  mile  long  lies  east  2|  miles  from  Point  Manbajao. 

From  Point  Manbajao  the  coast  is  rocky  as  far  as  Maginok, 
a  town  of  4,111  inhabitants,  off  which  there  is  anchorage  in 
9  fathoms,  sand.  The  eastern  point  of  the  island  has  some 
sand  patches  off  it.  The  town  of  Sagai  lies  NE.  2  miles  from 
the  point,  off  which  there  is  anchorage  in  5^  fathoms. 

On  the  west  side  of  the  island  there  is  anchorage  off  Catar- 
man (ch.  14,  p.  149),  between  two  low  points,  and  also  in  a 
nook  to  the  southward  of  the  point  which  forms  the  limit  of 
Catarman  Bay.  The  mount  Two  Peaks,  east  of  Catarman, 
serves  as  a  guide  to  it. 

Bantiki  Islet,  which  lies  nearly  4  miles  off  the  east  coast  of 
Camiguin,  is  surrounded  by  rocks  extending  |  mile  off  it, 
except  on  the  southern  side  of  it,  which  can  be  approached 
and  where  anchorage  may  be  had  in  2f  fathoms,  sand. 

Tides. — The  flood  stream  entering  through  Surigao  Strait 
passes  to  the  SW.  on  both  sides  of  Camiguin  Island  with  great 
force,  but  loses  its  strength  as  it  enters  Makajalar  Bay. 

NORTH    COAST. 

Point  Gorda. — From  Point  Bagakai  the  coast  trends  to 
the  southward,  forming  a  slight  inflection  with  four  towns  on 
it.  At  a  distance  of  16^  miles  is  Point  Gorda,  which  is  steep 
with  a  flat  crown,  wooded,  and  steep-to.  Balingasac  Bay 
(ch.  15,  p.  149),  between  Point  Gorda  to  the  south  and  Point 
Banbayan  to  the  north,  is  2|-  miles  wide  and  1  mile  deex)  to 
the  SE.  The  anchorage  is  in  front  of  the  town,  at  2  cables 
from  the  shore,  in  9  fathoms,  sand  and  rock. 

Dangers. — Constancia  Rock,  west  of  Point  Banbayan,  has 
not  been  examined,  and  its  position  is  not  well  known.  The 
channel  between  it  and  the  point  is  clear. 

Alutaya  Shoal,  bearing  SW.  2^  miles  from  Point  Gorda,  is 
of  oval  form,  with  a  greatest  diameter  of  1  mile;  at  low  water 
the  center  uncovers,  leaving  dry  a  bank  of  sand  and  rocks. 


150  MINDANAO — NORTH    COAST. 

Ill  the  channel  between  it  and  the  coast  there  is  a  depth  of 
over  40  fathoms. 

Makajalar  Bay  is  an  extensive  bay,  open  to  the  NW. 
Ijetween  Point  Gorda  and  Point  Snlauang.  The  eastern  coast 
of  the  bay  is  steeper  and  higher  than  the  western,  and  is 
formed  of  sandy  beaches  separated  by  a  low,  level  headland. 
The  western  shore  is  clear  and  steep,  but  from  Point  Main j an 
a  reef  extends  out  7  cables.  The  center  of  the  bay  is  deep, 
but  it  has  not  been  sounded. 

Hassaan,  south  of  Gorda,  is  a  town  of  5,000  inhabitants;  in 
the  elbow  north  of  the  town,  called  Kabulig  Bay,  there  is 
anchorage  well  sheltered  in  both  monsoons,  hut  close  to  the 
shore  in  13  fathoms,  muddy  sand. 

Cagayan  Kiver,  which  enters  it  at  the  head  of  the  bay,  has 
only  1  fathom  on  the  bar  at  low  water;  but  the  depth  and 
direction  are  constantly  changing  with  the  freshets  of  the 
rainy  season.  The  river  pours  out  a  considerable  quantity  of 
water  with  a  velocity  of  2  knots  at  ordinary  times.  The  town 
of  Cagayan  lies  6  miles  up  the  river,  and  small  vessels  ascend 
to  it.  A  fair  amount  of  trade  is  carried  on,  and  gold  is  found 
by  washing  in  the  mountains. 

Anchorage. — At  ^  mile  to  the  NE.  of  the  mouth  of  the 
river,  there  is  a  small  bank  of  sand  covered  by  3  to  1 1  fathoms 
water,  where  anchorage  may  be  had  sheltered  from  all  winds 
except  those  from  north  to  west.  Vessels  can  also  anchor  near 
Point  Vantay  in  22  fathoms. 

Opol  (Opot)  Bay  (ch.  16,  p.  150)  is  5  miles  to  the  west  of  the 
mouth  of  Cagayan  River;  there  is  anchorage  in  front  of  the 
town  in  12  fathoms,  near  a  sand  bank.  A  steep  reef  fringes 
the  coast  to  1  cable  distance  near  Opol,  and  extends  out  7 
cables  to  the  north  from  Point  Malugan. 

Alubijit  Anchorage  (ch.  17,  p.  150)  is  7  miles  NW.  of  Opol, 
and  south  of  Point  Sulauang,  where  the  coast  forms  an  elbow 
fringed  by  a  reef  to  2^  cables  distance.  The  anchorage  is  NE. 
of  the  town,  in  17  fathoms,  to  the  north  of  some  houses  on 
the  beach. 

Point  Sulauang  is  of  uniform  height,  covered  by  man- 
groves; rocky  ledges  stretch  out  to  nearly  a  mile  from  it, 
surrounded  by  deep  water. 

Iligan  Bay. — Between  Point  Panaon  to  the  east,  and  Point 
Bombon  (ch.  7,  p.  67)  to  the  west,  is  a  great  arm  of  the  sea, 
about  32  miles  across  and  20  miles  deep,  open  to  the  north ;  its 
shores  are  in  general  safe  and  steep-to. 


FOKDEADERO  BE  OPOL 


Nn  ,16. 


c 


•.t?- 


/wj^-  J<1 


No. 17 


FONDEADERO  DE    ALUBIGIT. 


i?r^<«^  •  "^  ;^ 'l^ 


^■mrm^. 


j  Ertala  dtuna  mQiOi 


MINDANAO — NORTH   COAST,  151 

Point  Maputi,— The  coast  from  Point  Sulauaiig  curves 
round  to  the  SVV.  for  14  miles  to  Point  Maputi,  which  is  broad 
and  rug-ged.  On  the  north  side  of  the  point  there  is  a  little 
bay,  Initao,  in  which  small  craft  can  find  anchorage  in  2f 
fathoms,  in  front  of  the  town. 

Kinalong  Roads  offer  anchorage  in  14  fathoms,  sheltered 
from  the  eastward,  but  very  close  to  the  shore.  Iligan  River, 
situated  in  the  southeast  angle  of  the  Iligan  Bay,  is  of  some 
importance,  and  communicates  with  a  lake  distant  23  miles 
from  the  mouth ;  the  bar  is  deep,  but  there  are  reefs  at  the 
entrance.  The  town  of  Iligan  is  on  the  left  bank  of  the  river 
in  a  fertile  plain. 

Point  Binuni  is  low,  clean,  and  steep-to.  The  bight  of  the 
coast  between  it  and  Iligan  River  is  bordered  l)y  sand  beaches 
with  some  rocks,  and  receives  the  waters  of  several  rivers. 
Anchorage  may  be  had  in  7  fathoms  close  to  the  shore,  which  is 
steep.  The  shore  to  the  westward  as  far  as  Point  Binuni  is 
clean. 

Panguil  Bay. — This  is  i  e  name  given  in  the  Dorrotero  to 
the  inlet  in  the  southwest  angle  of  Iligan  Bay  included  between 
points  Binuni  and  Tabu,  which  forms  the  entrance  to  Port 
Misamis.  The  western  shore  of  the  inlet  is  formed  by  the 
slopes  of  Mount  Malindang  and  the  lesser  hills  SSE.  of  it. 
On  the  south  side  of  Port  Misamis  are  three  hills,  the  highest 
of  which  is  2,312  feet  high. 

Port  Misamis  is  formed  by  a  channel  10  miles  long  and  1 
to  2  miles  wide,  ending  in  a  shallow  circular  basin  5  miles  in 
diameter.  The  sides  of  the  port  are  low  and  covered  by  man- 
groves ;  but  to  the  northward  of  the  town  of  Misamis  there  is 
an  extv  nded  sandy  shore,  and  to  the  southward  there  is  a  line 
of  higher  coast. 

Eastern  shore. — Point  Binuni  is  round,  covered  by  man- 
groves, and  has  some  rocks  off  it ;  from  this  point  the  shore 
trends  WSW.  for  4  miles,  low  and  covered  by  mangroves,  to 
Point  Lianga,  near  which  there  are  patches  of  sand  covered 
by  3^  and  5^  fathoms,  affording  anchorage  sheltered  from  the 
SW.  Narvaez  Bank  is  a  small  patch  of  coral,  covered  by  If 
fathoms,  lying  W.  f  N.  1-^-  miles  from  a  little  house  on  Point 
Lianga.  A  reef  with  2f  to  6  fathoms  on  its  western  edge  lies 
in  mid-channel  at  7^  cables  from  the  western  shore  of  the 
point ;  the  rest  of  this  reef  has  not  been  sounded. 


152  MINDANAO — NORTH   COAST. 

Western  shore. — Point  Tabu  is  low  and  sandy,  witli  shoal 
water  off  it.  From  this  point  a  reef  of  coral  8  cables  wide 
fringes  the  shore  to  the  southward  nearly  as  far  as  Lokulau, 
where  two  little  rivers  discharge.  Anchorage  may  be  had 
east  of  the  fort  of  Lokulau  in  G^  fathoms ;  to  the  north  and 
stnith  ( )f  this  bearing  the  bottom  is  strewn  with  large  rocks.  , 
From  Lokulau  to  Misamis  the  shore  is  low  and  sandy,  with 
mangroves  in  places,  and  shoal  water  in  the  vicinit5^ 

Lokulau  Shoals  are  two  banks  of  sand  and  rock  on  which 
large  trunks  of  trees  may  often  be  seen  stranded  by  currents. 
The  longest  of  the  two  is  oval  in  form,  9  cables  in  diameter, 
and  is  sex^arated  from  the  coast  by  a  channel  of  about  4  cables 
width,  with  3^  to  9  fathoms  depth.  The  eastern  edge  of  the 
banks,  near  which  there  are  18  fathoms,  bears  N.  48°  E.  of 
Port  Misamis.  South  of  Misamis  the  channel  is  clean  and 
steep,  with  a  depth  of  4^  to  7  fathoms,  sand,  throughout  its 
length  to  the  entrance  of  the  inner  basin,  where  the  depth  in- 
creases to  9  fathoms  and  then  falls  again  to  |-  fathom  at  the 
bottom  of  the  bay;  several  small  rivers  enter  the  bay  here 
between  the  mangroves. 

Anchorage. — The  anchorage  of  Misamis  is  on  the  western 
shore  between  the  point  of  the  fort  and  Point  Pulut,  a  mile 
to  the  SW.  It  is  completely  sheltered  from  the  sea  and  all 
winds,  and  vessels  can  lie  along  the  shore  and  put  a  plank  on 
shore  in  front  of  the  town  in  4^  fathoms,  sand. 

The  town  of  Misamis  is  divided  into  the  old  and  new  towns, 
220  yards  apart,  joined  by  a  bridge. 

Directions. — To  enter  the  port  of  Misamis  from  a  position 
2  miles  abreast  of  Point  Tabii,  a  vessel  should  steer  south 
until  the  fort  of  Misamis  bears  S.  58°  W.,  when  a  course  S. 
55°  W.  will  lead  in  mid-channel  between  Lokulau  and  Nar- 
vaez  Shoals,  in  5^  and  6^  fathoms,  to  pass  near  the  fort,  and 
thence  to  the  anchorage  west  of  it. 

Coast. — Diualan  Point  is  low,  covered  hj  mangroves,  very 
clean,  and  bordered  by  a  sand  beach.  Between  points  Tabu 
and  Diualan  a  reef  of  sand  and  rocks  extends  to  a  mile  off 
shore,  and  dries  in  places  at  low  water. 

Point  Laj^aban  is  low  and  sandy,  with  depths  of  7  and  8 
fathoms,  sand,  at  a  short  distance. 

Point  Polo,  7  miles  NNW.  of  Layal^an  Point,  is  of  dark 
rock,  clean  and  steei)-to,  with  trees  on  it  reaching  to  the  water's 


A      -.; 


•    !**•  >furoi6Uyo. 


MS  *i 


SiU.acion    del   (I-aUW.. .B'-jLU'lV 

Islole    msjTjr  1  IxmyiluJ i-a8.3i   E. 


£Kca]a   en    miUas 


MINDANAO — NORTH    COAST.  153 

edge.  Tlie  coast  between  tlie  two  points  is  bordered  by  man- 
groves, and  south  of  Point  Polo  near  the  shore  there  are  two 
islets  surrounded  by  a  reef  which  extends  outward  1  mile. 

Point  Bombon,  6  miles  from  Point  Polo,  is  low,  clean,  and 
steep-to;  an  intermediate  point  forms  with  Point  Polo  a  little 
bay  into  which  flows  the  River  Tabukan,  and  where  anchor- 
age may  be  had  sheltered  from  westerly  and  southerly  winds, 

Murcielagos  Bay,  between  Point  Bombon  (ch.  7,  p.  07)  and 
Point  Silla,  is  surrounded  by  a  reef  which  extends  to  a  mile 
from  the  sandy  shore ;  on  the  west  coast,  south  of  Point  Silla, 
there  are  three  islets  within  the  reef,  named  Murcielagos  (ch. 
18,  p.  153).  Point  Bombon  also  has  three  rocky  islets  joined  to 
its  nortliAvest  side,  and  the  reef  projects  at  this  part  to  1^  miles 
toward  the  middle  of  the  bay.  There  is  anchorage  in  5-2-  fath- 
oms, mud,  near  the  river  which  enters  the  eastern  angle  of 
the  bay ;  everywhere  else  in  the  bay  there  is  no  bottom  with 
45  fathoms. 

Point  Silla  is  of  considerable  height,  and  remarkable,  as  it 
takes  the  shape  of  a  saddle ;  rocks  surround  it  at  not  more 
than  a  cable's  distance. 

Point  Tagolo  is  not  very  high,  and  is  surrounded  by  a  nar- 
row reef;  but  at  1  cable's  distance  from  it  no  bottom  was 
found  with  36  fathoms.  A  patch  of  cogonal  on  it  is  visible 
20  miles  off.  Between  points  Silla  and  Tagolo  there  is  an 
intermediate  point,  Baloi,  which  is  high,  rocky,  and  very  rug- 
ged, its  peaks  showing  most  fantastic  outlines.  The  shore 
from  Silla  to  this  point  is  low  and  covered  with  mangroves, 
with  rocks  off  it ;  but  from  the  point  to  Tagolo  it  is  high  and 
steep. 

Tides. — The  tidal  streams  are  very  strong  off  this  part  of 
the  coast.  The  flood  makes  to  the  east,  and  the  ebb  to  the 
west. 

Silino  Island,  which  lies  N.  by  E.  h,  E.  74-  miles  from  Point 
Tagolo,  is  about  1^  miles  in  extent,  and  low,  flat,  and  wooded, 
with  sandy  shores  bordered  by  reefs  that  do  not  project  far. 

Alikai  Island,  lying  W.  .^  N.  8  miles  from  Point  Tagolo,  is 
more  than  3  miles  long  from  east  to  west,  and  1  mile  wide ; 
it  is  also  low,  flat,  and  wooded,  with  sandy  shores,  and  bor- 
dered by  reefs  of  no  great  extent. 

Dapitan  Bay,  contained  between  Point  Tagolo  to  the  north 
and  Point  Sikayak  to  the  south,  is  sheltered  from  all  winds 
but  westerly  ones.     The  depth  at  the  entrance  is  17  fathoms 


154  MINDANAO — NORTHWEST    COAST. 

and  4:^  fathoms  at  the  anchorage  before  the  town.  The  little 
port  of  Talaguilong  is  in  the  northern  part  of  the  bay. 

The  northern  coast  of  the  bay  is  high;  Point  Tubud 
(Tugod),  at  1^  miles  south  of  Point  Tagolo,  is  remarkable 
for  having  over  it  a  remarkable,  isolated,  conical  hill  covered 
by  cogan;  a  reef  which  uncovers  at  low  water  lies  west  3 
cables  of  the  point,  and  the  shore  between  it  and  Point 
Tagolo  is  foul. 

Light. — On  Point  Tubud  a  fixed  red  light  is  exhibited, 
raised  43  feet  above  the  sea,  and  visible  in  clear  weather  from 
a  distance  of  11  miles  through  an  arc  of  2134-°  between  the 
bearings  S.  and  N.  334-°  W.  The  light-house,  23  feet  high, 
is  of  iron,  painted  white. 

Port  Talaguilong  is  nearly  circular  in  form,  7  cables  in 
diameter,  completely  shut  in,  and  very  convenient  for  vessels 
of  all  sizes;  the  depth  of  water  is  from  5^  to  8  fathoms,  mud; 
a  narrow  steep  reef  lines  the  shores ;  the  entrance  passage  is 
li  cables  wide  between  the  reefs,  and  9  fathoms  deep. 

Dapitan  River  and  Town. — The  bar  of  the  river  has 
very  little  water  on  it  at  low  water ;  lanchas  can  enter  at  high 
water.  The  town  is  on  the  left  bank  of  the  river,  near  the 
shore ;  it  exports  good  cacao,  wax,  and  maize ;  cattle  are  to  be 
had  in  abundance. 

NORTHWEST   COAST. 

Point  Sikayak  is  surrounded  by  a  reef  which  extends  to  3 
cables  from  the  point  and  fringes  the  shore  to  the  northeast- 
ward as  far  as  Point  Botogan, 

A  great  bay,  clear  and  with  good  anchorage,  stretches  be- 
tween Point  Sikayak  and  Point  Blanca.  Three  rivers,  their 
mouths  defended  by  forts,  enter  the  bay.  The  land  behind 
is  mountainous. 

Point  Blanca,  one  of  the  most  remarkable  features  of  the 
coast,  is  a  perpendicular  cliff  of  white  stone  26  feet  high;  it 
forms  a  horizontal  table  covered  by  grass,  with  no  trees  upon 
it.  During  the  rainy  season,  a  rivulet  of  good  water  falls 
from  this  table-land.  The  vicinity  of  the  point  is  shoal;  at  2 
cables  from  it  there  are  1^  fathoms.  Anchorage  may  be  had 
eastward  of  the  point  in  4^  fathoms,  and  also  in  the  bay  be- 
tween Point  Blanca  and  Point  Dauit. 

Point  Dauit  is  clear  and  steep-to,  and  can  be  recognized  by 
a  little  hill  that  takes  the  form  of  an  obelisk. 


MINDANAO — NORTHWEST    COAST.  155 

Point  Tabonan  is  liigli,  rocky,  and  very  steep,  with  a  tlat 
summit ;  there  is  anchorage  in  the  bay  whicli  this  point  forms 
with  Point  Dauit. 

Point  Dauigan  is  also  high  and  steep  with  a  flat  top ;  on  its 
southwest  side  there  is  a  narrow  reef  with  9  fathoms  near  it. 
Anchorage  may  be  had  in  the  southern  angle  of  the  bay  be- 
tween points  Danigan  and  Tabonan  in  11  fathoms;  the  other 
parts  of  the  bay  are  foul. 

SiNDANGAN  Bay.— The  shores  of  this  bay  are  exceedingly 
steep ;  anchorage  may  be  had  south  of  Point  Dauigan  in  3 
fathoms,  and  also  east  of  Point  Sandingan  in  11  fathoms,  very 
close  to  the  shore ;  everywhere  else  the  bay  is  too  deep  near 
the  shore  for  anchorage. 

Point  Sandingan  is  a  steep,  rocky  bluff,  bordered  by  a  nar- 
row shoal  of  rocks  and  sand,  with  breakers  at  a  distance  of  1 
cable. 

KiPiT  or  Galera  Point  is  low,  fiat,  and  sandy,  with  shoal 
water  off  it;  the  bay  to  the  eastward,  into  which  the  river 
Kipit  flows,  is  shoal,  with  6  fathoms  at  the  distance  of  a  mile 
from  the  coast ;  the  surrounding  land  is  low. 

The  Murci^lagos  Islands  (ch.  18,  p.  153),  which  lie  north  2^ 
miles  from  Point  Kipit,  are  situated  on  an  oval  reef  about  a 
mile  in  length  from  WNW.  to  ESE.,  with  soundings  of  4^  to 
8  fathoms  around  its  edge.  The  islands  are  low,  and  the 
largest — the  easternmost — is  3  cables  in  length.  Anchorage 
may  be  had  SE.  of  the  island  in  7  fathoms,  sand.  The  chan- 
nel between  the  islands  and  Point  Kipit  is  clear  and  safe,  with 
a  depth  of  18  fathoms  in  the  middle  of  it. 

Coast. — To  the  westward  of  Point  Kipit  the  coast  is  low 
and  bordered  by  sand  beaches  separated  by  rocky  headlands, 
and  cut  into  by  several  little  rivers.  Anchorage  may  be  had 
at  1  mile  from  the  shore  in  7  fathoms,  fine  sand.  The  wood 
on  the  coast  is  that  named  agojos,  a  tree  similar  to  the  pine 
of  Europe.  High  mountains  can  be  seen  inland,  and  also 
hills  covered  with  cogonal. 

Gorda  Head  and  Point  Coronada  are  both  high  and  steep, 
but  Gorda  Head,  which  lies  5  miles  NE.  of  Point  Coronada, 
is  much  the  highest,  and  is  liable,  on  coming  from  the  south- 
ward, to  be  mistaken  for  the  western  extremity  of  the  land. 

Currents. — Between  the  islands  Panaon  and  Kamiguin 
there  is  a  constant  current  to  the  west.  South  of  Bohol  the 
currents  follow  the    direction    of  the  prevailing    monsoon. 


156  MINDANAO — WEST    COAST. 

Near  the  coasts  and  within  the  great  bays  the  current  is  influ- 
enced by  the  discharge  from  tlie  rivers. 

WEST    COAST. 

From  Point  Coronada  the  coast  is  clean  and  steep-to  as  far 
as  Point  Balangonan,  which  lies  15  miles  SW.  by  S.  Coro- 
nada Bay,  south  of  the  i^oint  of  the  same  name,  is  sheltered 
from  all  winds  but  those  of  SW.,  and  offers  anchorage  in  9 
to  13  fathoms,  sandy  bottom.  In  the  angle  to  the  northward, 
where  a  little  river  enters,  the  depth  is  2f  to  4  fathoms. 

Balangonan  Point  is  composed  of  dark  ferruginous  rock, 
low  and  very  steep-to.  The  little  bay  to  the  east  of  it  is  more 
sheltered  than  that  of  Coronada,  but  its  shores  are  very  steep, 
so  that  to  get  10  fathoms  it  is  necessary  to  go  very  close  in- 
shore. At  a  mile  to  the  northward  of  the  north  point  of  this 
bay  there  is  a  small  islet,  clean  and  steep. 

Port  Santa  Maria. — This  well-sheltered  little  port  is 
situated  immediately  to  the  southward  of  Balangonan  Point. 
It  is  about  a  mile  deep  to  the  SW.  and  contains  two  little 
basins  of  13  fathoms  depth,  very  convenient  for  vessels  of  good 
size.  The  entrance  is  2  cables  wide  and  36  fathoms  deep. 
In  the  middle  of  the  port  the  depth  is  15  fathoms,  and  little 
less  near  the  shore.  A  narrow  reef  lines  the  coast  and  ex- 
tends to  the  distance  of  1  cable  from  the  entrance  points  of 
the  western  basin.  The  shores  are  low  and  covered  by  forests 
of  good  trees;  among  them  teak  is  to  be  found.  Water  can 
be  obtained  from  a  little  river  in  the  eastern  end  of  the  port. 

Point  Balanguin  (Dulanguin),  to  the  SW.  of  the  port,  is 
rocky  and  of  no  great  height ;  steep-to.  It  resembles  Point 
Balangonan,  and  coming  from  the  southward  may  be  taken 
for  it.  At  3  cables  from  the  coast,  between  this  point  and 
Port  Santa  Maria,  there  are  four  detached  rocks,  clean. 

Sikogon  Bay,  between  points  Balanguin  and  Sikogon,  is 
clean,  deep,  and  bordered  by  a  beach  of  white  sand  where 
two  rivers  discharge;  some  rocks  lie  near  the  shore  in  the 
middle  of  the  bay.  The  depth  at  2  cables  from  the  shore  is 
4^  to  5|  fathoms,  sand. 

Sikogon  Point  is  rocky,  clean,  and  steep-to.  In  the  nortli- 
east  angle  of  Panabutan  Bay  (ch.  19,  p.  156),  to  the  south  of 
the  point,  there  is  anchorage  in  7  to  22  fathoms,  sand,  between 
two  rocky  points.  The  rivers  Sikogon  and  Siraguai  are  shal- 
low.    The  natives  are  numerous  in  this  place;   they  grow 


E?  fiLDJLbnrHJt 


w?^ 


€ 

i^ 


MAR  DE   JOLO. 
COSTA  OESTEDEMmUANAO. 

sz.No   DE   ev.\abi:ta.n 


Ng.2U 


MARDE  JOLO. 

COSTA  OESTE  DE MIKDAIfAO. 

SENQ  T)E  CATIIT 

Situacion    (  LatimJ 
Jcl  punjo  A  I  LoH^biJ     . 


Kkcalai  de  moluk   nilU 


?^^  '■Xr"" 


.^s.fv|irf^v^ 


PLAirO    KUEVO 
DEL 

FONDEADERO  DE  MASINGLOC 


ILon^ilkJ  i.jL-M  X. 


MINDANAO — WEST    COAST.  157 

maize  and  tobacco,  aud  carry  ou  trade  with  the  Sulu  Islands. 
Wood  and  water  can  be  obtained. 

Canit  Bay  (ch.  20  and  21,  x)-  157)  is  semicircular,  of  a  diameter 
of  9  cables,  with  sandy  shores  and  small,  steep  reefs  on  both 
sides  of  the  entrance.  Near  the  sonth  shore  there  is  an  islet  of 
1  cable  extent,  clean  and  steep  on  the  eastern  side,  with  a 
narrow  reef  on  the  western  side.  In  the  bay  there  is  good 
anchorage  in  4^  to  9  fathoms,  sand,  under  shelter  of  the  islet. 

Point  Cauit  is  high  and  steep ;  the  sea  face  is  composed  of 
red  earth ;  the  summit  is  rounded  and  covered  with  wood. 

Coast. — From  Point  Cauit  to  Point  Batu-Tandok,  which 
lies  9  miles  S.  by  W.  |  W.,  the  coast  is  clear  and  steep,  and 
forms  little  bays  between  the  intermediate  points  Piakan  and 
Nanga,  which  points  are  high,  rugged,  and  steep.  This  part 
of  the  coast,  like  all  the  west  coast  of  Mindanao,  presents  an 
agreeable  aspect  of  hills,  covered  with  verdure,  and  cultivated 
land,  with  a  great  number  of  houses. 

Point  Batu-Tandok  is  high,  clean,  and  steep,  with  a  flat 
summit;  at  130  yards  from  it  is  a  small,  pointed  rock,  from 
which  the  point  appears  to  take  its  name — Horn  Rock; 
between  this  point  and  Point  Nanga  there  is  anchorage  near 
the  shore  in  2f  to  8  fathoms. 

Sibuko  Bay,  which  lies  between  Point  Batu-Tandok  and 
Point  Buril,  4  miles  to  the  southward,  penetrates  2  miles  to 
the  eastward  and  is  very  safe,  with  steep  shores,  bordered  by 
a  long  beach  of  sand,  with  a  little  river  at  each  end  of  it, 
where  boats  can  enter  and  obtain  water,  even  at  low  tide. 
The  depth  in  the  bay  is  not  less  than  27  fathoms,  except  very 
close  to  the  beach,  where  11  fathoms  can  be  obtained.  The 
anchorage  is  good,  but  a  sea  sets  in  with  westerly  winds. 
The  town  of  Sibuko  is  2  miles  inland.  The  j)eople  are  i3eace- 
ful,  and  the  land  cultivated.     Provisions  are  procurable. 

Coast. — To  the  southward  of  Sibuko  Bay  the  coast  is  high, 
clean,  and  steep,  and  bordered  by  sand  beaches,  interrujjted 
by  rocky  cliffs,  as  far  as  Point  Batulampan,  the  western  point 
of  Mindanao.  From  Point  Batulampan  to  Samboangan  it  is 
low,  covered  with  trees,  and  bordered  by  steej^  sand  beaches, 
with  a  depth  of  14  fathoms  at  a  cable's  distance.  Coasters 
going  from  Samboangan,  when  the  wind  and  tide  are  against 
them,  land  their  crews  and  thrack  their  vessels  to  Point 
Caldera. 

Point  Batulampan  is  of  even  height  and  steep,  with  a  flat 
crown;  Point  Alimpaya,  about  a  mile  to  tlie  northward  of  it. 


S 


9 


9 
S 


y  1*  »  , 

9      S        t  / 


7 

7       ' 
I 

^      / 


2* 


S.  Z^Z"  MmDANAO. 
MTO    HUEVO 

DEL 

f-O  DE  MASII^GLOC 

ioa  Bidretrrafica  e»  JI85. 


MINDANAO — WEST    COAST.  157 

maize  and  tobacco,  aud  carry  on  trade  with  the  Sulu  Islands. 
Wood  and  water  can  be  obtained. 

Cauit  Bay  (cb.  20  and  21,  p.  157)  is  semicircnlar,  of  a  diameter 
of  9  cables,  with  sandy  shores  and  small,  steep  reefs  on  both 
sides  of  the  entrance.  Near  the  south  shore  there  is  an  islet  of 
1  cable  extent,  clean  and  steep  on  the  eastern  side,  with  a 
narrow  reef  on  the  western  side.  In  the  bay  there  is  good 
anchorage  in  4^  to  9  fathoms,  sand,  under  shelter  of  the  islet. 

Point  Cauit  is  high  and  steep;  the  sea  face  is  composed  of 
red  earth;  the  summit  is  rounded  and  covered  with  wood. 

Coast. — From  Point  Cauit  to  Point  Batu-Tandok,  which 
lies  9  miles  S.  by  W.  ^  W.,  the  coast  is  clear  and  steep,  and 
forms  little  bays  between  the  intermediate  points  Piakan  and 
Fanga,  which  points  are  high,  rugged,  and  steep.  This  part 
of  the  coast,  like  all  the  west  coast  of  Mindanao,  presents  an 
agreeable  aspect  of  hills,  covered  with  verdure,  and  cultivated 
land,  with  a  great  number  of  houses. 

Point  Batu-Tandok  is  high,  clean,  and  steep,  with  a  flat 
summit;  at  130  yards  from  it  is  a  small,  pointed  rock,  from 
which  the  point  appears  to  take  its  name — Horn  Rock; 
between  this  point  and  Point  Nanga  there  is  anchorage  near 
the  shore  in  2f  to  8  fathoms. 

Sibuko  Bay,  which  lies  between  Point  Batu-Tandok  and 
Point  Buril,  4  miles  to  the  southward,  penetrates  2  miles  to 
the  eastward  and  is  very  safe,  with  steep  shores,  bordered  by 
a  long  beach  of  sand,  with  a  little  river  at  each  end  of  it, 
where  boats  can  enter  and  obtain  water,  even  at  low  tide. 
The  depth  in  the  bay  is  not  less  than  27  fathoms,  except  very 
close  to  the  beach,  where  11  fathoms  can  be  obtained.  The 
anchorage  is  good,  but  a  sea  sets  in  with  westerly  winds. 
The  town  of  Sibuko  is  2  miles  inland.  The  people  are  peace- 
ful, and  the  land  cultivated.     Provisions  are  procurable. 

Coast. — To  the  southward  of  Sibuko  Bay  the  coast  is  high, 
clean,  and  steep,  and  bordered  by  sand  beaches,  interrupted 
by  rocky  cliffs,  as  far  as  Point  Batulampan,  the  western  point 
of  Mindanao.  From  Point  Batulampan  to  Samboangan  it  is 
low,  covered  with  trees,  and  bordered  by  steep  sand  beaches, 
with  a  depth  of  14  fathoms  at  a  cable's  distance.  Coasters 
going  from  Samboangan,  when  the  wind  and  tide  are  against 
them,  land  their  crews  and  thrack  their  vessels  to  Point 
Caldera. 

Point  Batulampan  is  of  even  height  and  steep,  with  a  flat 
crown;  Point  Alimpaya,  about  a  mile  to  the  northward  of  it. 


158  MINDANAO  — SOUTH    COAST. 

is  flat  and  sandy;  points  Dnnialon  and  Caldera  are  sand 
beaches.  All  these  points,  as  also  the  rounded  coast  they 
define,  are  clean  and  steep-to. 

The  tidal  streams,  ^yhich  at  springs  reach  a  velocity  of  5 
knots,  strike  Point  Caldera  with  great  force. 

SOUTH    COAST. 
(Ch.  22,  p.  158.) 

SiBUGUEi  Bay. — From  the  northeast  entrance  of  the  Sakol 
Channel  the  coast  of  Mindanao  trends  NNE.  for  53  miles, 
and  then,  curving  round  to  the  southward  for  30  miles,  forms 
the  extensive  bay  of  Sibuguei,  terminated  to  the  SE.  by  Olun- 
tanga  Island.  The  coasts  of  this  bay  are  bordered  by  islands 
and  reefs,  and  have  not  yet  been  properly  surveyed ;  naviga- 
tion in  it  should  therefore  be  conducted  with  caution. 

Panubigan  Islands  consist  of  15  small  islands  and  several 
little  islets  situated  near  the  coast  of  Mindanao.  They  are 
wooded,  and  for  the  most  part  clean  and  steep-to.  The 
northernmost  of  the  group,  Palma  Brava,  is  surrounded  by  a 
reef  which  projects  i  of  a  mile  to  the  NE,  and  almost  joins 
the  coast.  Between  this  island  and  the  reef  off  Point  Koroan 
there  is  a  small  anchorage  of  7  fathoms  depth.  There  is  also 
anchorage  in  5  fathoms  in  the  two  little  bays  south  of  Panu- 
bigan Islands. 

Coast. — From  the  Panubigan  Islands  the  coast  runs  NNE. 
for  about  14  miles  to  Point  Vitali,  which  is  fronted  by  four 
islets,  clean  and  steei)-to,  and  several  rocks  which  extend  out 
for  3  miles  from  the  point ;  they  are  named  Tigbaon  Islands. 

Port  Banga  (ch.  22,  p.  158),  situated  (!  miles  to  the  north- 
ward of  the  Tigbaon  Islands,  is  safe  and  well  sheltered ;  it  is 
2|  miles  long,  NE.  and  SW.,  with  a  maximum  width  of  1 
mile.  An  islet,  with  a  reef  extending  3  cables  to  the  south, 
divides  the  entrance  into  two  deep  passages  1^  cables  wide. 
In  the  eastern  channel  the  depth  is  13  fathoms,  lessening 
gradually  to  1^  fathoms  inside  the  port ;  the  sides  are  steep-to. 
The  best  anchorage  is  in  9  fathoms,  half-way  between  the 
eastern  point  of  entrance  and  an  island  to  the  north.  The 
reef  off  the  east  point  of  entrance  extends  1^  miles  to  the 
eastward,  and  2|-  cables  to  the  SW. 

The  coast  then  trends  NNE.  ^  E.  for  21  miles,  forming 
several  bays  edged  l)y  islets  and  reefs,  with  soundings  of  14 
and  3G  fathoms  at  2  miles  from  the  shore,  as  far  as  2  miles 


No  2^ 


COSTA  SUR  BE  MUrDAlfAO. 

SEJfo  J>js  siBvairrr. 
PUEKTO    DE    BA^GA 


lL»uuul ''-ioLKi"V. 

dc  U  Pum*  iLonyinul i_j6-i5    E. 


-T^^T- 


Knoale    en    milla 


MINDANAO— SOUTH    COAST.  159 

north  of  Biiluan  Island,  wliidi  is  small  and  surronnded  by 
rocks.  From  this  position  there  is  a  line  of  soundings  of 
from  12  to  23  fathoms  across  the  head  of  the  bay  to  Kabut 
Island;  northward  of  this  line  there  are  said  to  be  shoal 
banks. 

The  village  of  Marasingan,  near  which  layers  of  coal  have 
been  found,  lies  4  miles  inland  to  the  SE.  of  Kabut  Island. 

The  east  coast  of  Sibuguei  Bay,  from  Kabut  Island  to  the 
narrow  channel  separating  Oluntanga  from  the  mainland,  is 
bordered  by  a  reef  of  small  extent,  with  detached  shoals 
steep-to  off  it. 

Pandalusan  Island,  5  miles  off  the  coast,  is  of  moderate 
height  and  surrounded  by  a  narrow  sand  beach,  steep-to.  A 
rocky  shoal  of  1  mile  extent  lies  -i^  miles  N.  by  E.  of  Panda- 
lusan, and  at  4  miles  ENE.  of  this  shoal  there  are  two  more 
smaller  shoals,  near  the  coast.  Between  Pandalusan  and  the 
first  shoal,  and  between  these  and  the  other  two  shoals,  there 
are  soundings  of  11  fathoms. 

Danger  line. — The  chart  indicates  by  a  line  of  points  the 
edge  of  a  dangerous  reef  starting  from  the  two  shoals  above 
mentioned,  and  surrounding  Olutanga.  To  avoid  this  reef, 
the  island  Pandalusan  should  not  be  brought  to  bear  to  the 
westward  of  N".  -|-  E.  until  7  miles  to  the  north  of  that  island, 
when  an  east  course  may  be  steered,  passing  to  the  north  of 
the  shoals,  which  form  the  limit  of  the  reef. 

Circe  Bank,  discovered  by  the  French  sloop  of  war  Circe 
in  186-4,  was  reported  to  consist  of  sand  and  coral,  of  ^  cable's 
length,  with  4  fathoms  water  over  it,  6^  fathoms  around  it, 
and  27  fathoms  at  1  cable's  distance ;  Pandalusan  Island  bear- 
ing from  it  N.  17°  E.,  and  the  south  point  of  Olutanga  Island 
S.  86°  E.  In  the  Spanish  Derrotero  it  is  stated  to  be  1  mile 
in  length,  NNW.  and  SSE.,  to  have  only  If  fathoms  water 
over  it,  and  to  be  situated  with  Pandalusan  Island  bearing 
IST.  1°  E.,  the  easternmost  islet  of  the  Tigbaon  group  N.  67° 
W.,  and  the  south  point  M  Olutanga  Island  S.  82°  E.,  distant 
9|  miles. 

Olutanga  Island  is  very  low,  covered  by  mangroves,  and 
surrounded  by  reefs.  The  channel  separating  it  from  the 
mainland  is  only  practicable  for  boats. 

Tantanang  Bay.—  The  entrance  to  this  bay  is  open  to  the 
southeast,  and  is  2  miles  wide  between  the  reefs  that  project 
from  the  coast  of   Olutanga  and  from  the  north  point  of 


160  MINDANAO — SOUTH    COAST. 

entrance ;  and  there  is  (J  to  .S  fatlioms  depth  between  the  islands 
Letayen  and  Sibulan.  In  the  middle  of  the  mouth  there  are 
two  shoals  of  3|  and  2f  fathoms.  In  the  center  of  the  bay- 
there  are  some  shoals  of  white  sand  awash  at  low  water; 
between  them  and  the  western  shore  the  bay  is  well  sheltered, 
and  has  a  depth  of  13  fathoms,  lessening  gradually  to  the  north- 
ward; a  river  enters  on  the  western  side. 

Tumalung  Bay,  on  the  north  side  of  Olutanga,  has  a  good 
depth  of  water,  and  is  well  sheltered  in  all  weathers.  There 
is  anchorage  in  9  fathoms  west  of  Point  Simangul,  the 
northern  extremity  of  Olutanga;  an  islet,  fringed  on  the 
northward  by  a  reef  of  4  cables  extent,  lies  near  this  point, 
and  a  little  to  the  NNE.  of  the  point  there  is  a  bank  of  sand. 

DuMANKiLAS  Bay  atfords  good  shelter  and  holding  ground 
among  the  islands  and  bays  that  it  incloses;  the  general 
depth  is  8  to  16  fathoms,  with  5  fathoms  near  the  shore.  The 
coast  of  Lax)irauan  is  foul,  but  on  the  edge  of  the  reef  that 
borders  it  there  are  8  fathoms ;  anchorage  can  only  be  had  at 
a  long  distance  from  this  coast. 

Acha  Rock,  a  small  circular  patch  of  sand  and  coral,  steep- 
to,  and  covered  by  2|  fathoms,  least  water,  lies  in  the  entrance 
of  the  bay,  6^  miles  west  of  Point  Dumankilas  (ch.  23,  p.  160). 

The  islands  Muda,  Dakula,  and  Paya  are  clean  and  steep- 
to,  with  channels  of  9  fathoms  depth  between  them.  To  the 
west  of  Paya  there  is  a  rock.  Piratas  Rock  lies  1  mile  east  of 
Dakula  Island ;  it  is  steep-to  and  uncovers  at  very  low  tides. 

Clierif  Islands  are  three  small  islets,  clean  and  steep-to,  di- 
viding the  channel  into  two  passages. 

Dayana  Island  is  also  clean;  to  the  WNW.  of  it  lie  the 
point  and  village  of  Silupa,  with  anchorage  south  of  the  point 
in  4  fathoms,  with  room  to  swing,  near  the  shore;  to  the 
southward  the  coast  is  bordered  by  reefs  and  shoals,  and  a 
great  reef  extends  ENE.  of  the  point. 

Danger. — A  shoal,  covered  by  1-j  fathoms,  lies  l)etween 
Dayana  Island  and  Point  Igat;  from  it  the  western  Cherif 
island  is  in  line  with  the  highest  part  of  Dakula ;  and  Putili 
Island  on  with  the  second  hill  of  Point  Dayana. 

Fatimo  Islands  are  clean  and  steep-to  on  the  south  side ; 
but  on  the  north  side  the  bank  which  fills  the  head  of  the  bay 
nearly  dries  at  low  water.  The  entrance  to  Kumalarang 
Creek,  practicable  for  light  craft  at  high  water,  lies  N.  by  E. 
of  Fatimo  Islands. 


, 

-^       -;•• 

%y 

^ 

.    .    :    ; 

^^^_^^.> ' 

^ 

^^^«f?i^*W*^'*W  ••--■-  V 

m^J 

^^'^^'^l"-- 

: 

Mi 

f 

y 

~c *:..... 

€      ^ 

^ 

*' 

M'"  - 

X^^ 

Seiro       ie        Mai  .  o    a 

""       % 

* 

'     "'^■"■" 

-'1 ^*'^ 

\ 

«, 

\^ 

COSTA  sun  1 

>£  lUNDASAO. 

SENO   DE  MALIGAY 

Xonle  P^j.    il,<™y,„J ...1,^.  .   E. 

o             ^             .                             ,                            :                             4                             5 

Ei^.1.    c»    .^^ 

A 


^^m^^ 


SKjso  nK  .vi-U-inro 


No_24. 


/ 


g  y "  ruui^n 


■.By'o  JUoj 


COSTA  Sim DE MimJANAO. 


BAHIADE  ILLASA. 
PUERTO  DE  SAMBULAUAN 


Siluacion    drl     ( L«UluJ         7taiLoo">-. 

M^  ^ambulauAji  t  Lonv-atud 3.31.00    K- 


[  Tn~rri  i  i  i 


Escala    en    niiltas 


No:25 


cos  TA  SUR  DS  MINDANAO. 


bahia.de  ELLANA. 


SJ]>'0  Y  PUERTO  DE   TIGUMA 


Sibuciou  d*'la  (l-atebiA. 7ii51S6"N. 


(lon^tu) J_i£_3o   E. 


£cc4la   eo   ififlj^ 


MINDANAO— SOUTH    COAST.  161 

Igat  Bay,  to  the  north  of  Igat  Ishiiid,  is  well  sheltered  and 
safe.  The  shores  of  the  bay  are  clean  and  steep-to,  except  to 
the  NE.,  where  there  is  a  shoal  which  projects  1^  miles  to  the 
SW.  The  river  Dumankilas  enters  here  by  several  months ; 
the  locality  is  unhealthy.  Pntili  Islet,  in  the  middle  of  the 
entrance,  is  steep-to.  Igat  Island  is  separated  from  the  main- 
land by  a  narrow  channel,  near  the  eastern  part  of  which 
there  is  a  good  watering  place.  Off  the  western  end  of  Igat 
Island  there  is  a  narrow  reef. 

Danger. — In  the  middle  of  the  bay  south  of  Igat  Island 
there  is  a  shoal  of  white  sand  which  uncovers  at  low  water 
springs. 

Coast. — From  Point  Karabuka  to  Point  Dumankilas  (ch.  23, 
p.  IGO)  the  coast  is  clean  and  steep-to  except  north  of  Triton 
Island,  which  is  a  large  rock  surrounded  by  a  narrow  reef. 

Maligay  Bay  (ch.  23,  p.  160)  is  bordered  on  the  eastern  side 
by  a  reef  over  which  there  is  3^  to  If  fathoms  water,  which 
reduces  its  available  space  by  one-half ;  in  this  half  the  depth 
is  37  to  27  fathoms,  and  it  is  deep  close  to  the  edge  of  the  reef. 
The  village  of  Banganga  is  situated  in  this  bay. 

Banganian  (Flecha)  Peninsula  is  traversed  throughout  its 
length  by  a  range  of  hills,  the  highest  of  which,  Alto  de 
Flecha,  can  be  seen  34  miles  in  clear  weather.  The  west  coast 
of  the  j)eninsula  is  clean  and  steep-to ;  the  east  coast  is  bor- 
dered by  a  reef  and  should  not  be  approached  within  a  mile. 

Panikian  Island  is  low ;  a  shoal,  covered  by  7  fathoms,  ex- 
tends 1  mile  SSE.  of  the  island  and  is  very  steep  on  its  eastern 
side,  no  bottom  having  been  obtained  with  84  fathoms  close 
to  it.     The  channel  between  the  islet  and  the  coast  is  safe. 

Anchorage. — During  the  northeast  monsoon  vessels  can 
anchor  in  the  middle  of  the  bay  south  of  Alto  de  Flecha  in 
5|-  to  9  fathoms ;  water  can  be  had  at  a  rivulet  about  1|  miles 
east  of  the  anchorage.  There  is  also  anchorage  in  the  same 
depth  off  Point  Flecha,  but  when  the  monsoon  blows  fresh  a 
heavy  sea  sets  round  the  point. 

Illana  Bay  (ch.  24  and  25,  p.  161)  is  comprised  between 
Point  Flecha  and  Point  Tapian,  distant  40  miles.  It  is  sepa- 
rated from  Iligan  Bay  on  the  north  side  of  Mindanao  by  an 
isthmus  13  miles  wide. 

Rios  Rock  (Takut  Masila),  before  the  little  port  of  Dinas,  is  a 
circular  rock  of  ^  mile  diameter.  From  its  center  Mount  Baka- 
yuan  bears  W.  |  N.,  distant  4i  miles.     Takut  Parido,  a  rock 


162  MINDANAO— SOUTH   COAST. 

smaller  than  Takut  Masila,  is  said  to  exist  outside  that  rock. 

Port  Dinas  is  of  little  importance ;  it  is  formed  hy  an  open- 
ing in  the  reef  that  borders  the  coast  south  of  Point  Pisan 
(ch.  24,  p.  161) ;  this  reef  is  said  to  extend  as  far  as  Point  Dii- 
pulisan,  and  the  coast  here  should  be  approached  with  caution. 
The  entrance  to  Port  Pisan  is  only  2  cables  wide,  and  it  should 
not  be  entered  without  a  pilot  except  at  low  water,  with  the 
sun  and  weather  favorable  for  seeing  the  reefs.  There  is  11 
to  13  fathoms  water  in  the  passage,  and  the  anchorage  is  in  4i 
to  5^  fathoms  near  the  shore.  The  direction  of  the  passage  is 
with  Mount  Sambulauan  bearing  N.  50°  W. 

The  town  of  Pisan  lies  a  little  to  the  north  of  the  anchorage, 
2  miles  from  the  inouth  of  the  river  of  the  same  name.  The 
country  is  marshy  and  unhealthy;  during  the  rainy  season 
the  water  rises  to  5  feet  above  the  surface  of  the  soil. 

There  is  also  anchorage  in  a  corner  of  the  reef  west  of 
Sagayaran,  one  of  the  Tikala  Islands,  in  9  fathoms. 

Pagadian  Bay,  in  the  NW.  of  Illana  Bay  (ch.  24,  p.  161),  in- 
cludes the  anchorages  of  Dupulisanand  Tiguma  (ch.  25,  p.  161). 
Before  the  entrance  there  are  some  coral  banks,  one  of  which 
is  always  uncovered,  with  passages  between  them  and  the 
shore  to  the  northward  and  southward.  The  southern  passage 
is  preferable,  being  wider  and  more  direct. 

Point  Dux)ulisan  is  bordered  to  the  SSE.  and  to  the  west  by 
a  reef  of  3  cables  extent.  There  is  anchorage  west  of  the  point 
in  about  9  fathoms,  sheltered  from  south  and  southeast  winds. 

Point  Tiguma  is  fronted  by  a  reef  which  extends  along  the 
coast  to  the  ENE.  The  anchorage  is  near  the  coast  in  3i 
fathoms. 

Coast. — From  Tiguma,  as  far  as  Palak  Harbor,  the  coast  is 
bordered  in  many  places  by  a  reef  which  extends  to  1  or  2  miles 
from  the  shore;  it  contains  many  little  bays  affording  anchor- 
age ;  generally  very  near  the  shore.  Several  rivers  and  lagoons 
open  into  the  bay,  the  shores  of  which  are  lined  with  villages. 
The  native  inhabitants,  with  the  exception  of  those  of  Tiguma, 
are  in  general  hostile  to  strangers,  and  it  is  prudent  to  take 
precautions  while  dealing  with  them,  without  doing  so 
ostensibly. 

Pinatayan  Bank  consists  of  two  reefs,  parallel  to  each  other, 
extending  4  cables  in  a  SSE,  and  NNW.  direction;  it  is  1 
cable  wide,  with  a  depth  of  11  to  22  feet  on  it.  From  the 
eastern  part  of  the  bank  the  north  point  of  Bongo  Island  bears 
S.  i  W.,  and  Point  Matimus  of  Tetian  E.  by  S.  i  S. 


MINDANAO — SOUTH   COAST.  163 

Palak  Harbor,  between  Point  Panga  to  the  north  and 
Point  Mariga-batu  (Red  Rock)  to  the  south,  4  miles  distant,  is 
open  to  the  westward,  and  protected  from  the  winds  of  that 
quarter  by  Bongo  Island  before  the  entrance.  The  harbor  is 
of  good  depth  and  safe.  On  the  north  side  it  contains  the 
bays  of  Kidamak  and  Segut,  and  on  the  south  side  a  wider 
bay  in  which  are  the  anchorages  of  Palak  and  Parang  Parang. 

A  steep  coral  reef  fringes  the  coast ;  on  the  north  side  it  is 
very  close  to  the  shore ;  on  the  south  side  it  extends  to  2  to  3 
cables  from  it;  and  south  of  Segut  Bay  it  projects  about  l-^- 
miles  to  the  S  W.  The  depth  at  the  entrance  is  over  40  fath- 
oms; within,  it  ranges  from  25  to  15  fathoms;  and  alongside 
the  fringing  reef  about  5^  fathoms.  The  entrance  presents 
no  difficulties ;  a  small  detached  hill  at  the  bottom  of  Parang. 
Bay  serves  as  a  good  mark. 

Palak  town,  deriving  its  name  from  the  Moro  word  "palak" 
(separated),  is  situated  on  the  island  Palak,  which  forms  the 
northern  point  of  the  bay,  and  is  separated  from  the  main- 
land by  a  narrow  channel,  Sampinitan,  with  only  1^  feet  of 
water  in  it  at  low  water.  The  town  was  the  residence  of  the 
naval  commandant. 

Anchorage. — Large  vessels  should  anchor  SE.  of  the  buoy 
at  the  end  of  the  reef  which  projects  eastward  of  the  mole, 
in  16  fathoms.  Small  craft  can  anchor  at  the  entrance  of 
the  Sampinitan  Creek  in  9  fathoms;  in  that  position  they 
should  moor  in  order  to  keep  a  clear  anchor.  The  reef  near 
the  settlement  is  marked  by  beacons. 

Parang  Parang  River  can  be  entered  by  boats  with  diffi- 
culty ;  the  water  in  it  is  good  and  abundant ;  a  Moro  town  is 
on  the  north  bank. 

Segut  Bay  is  half  filled  by  a  reef ;  a  village  lies  on  the  west 
coast. 

Kidamak  Bay  contains  a  small  native  population;  the 
eastern  point  has  a  small  reef  off  it ;  there  is  anchorage  on 
the  eastern  side  of  the  bay  in  8  fathoms. 

Winds. ^-In  Palak  Harbor,  during  the  first  months  of  the 
year,  when  the  wind  is  well  established  from  the  NE.,  there 
are  often  squalls'  in  the  afternoon  from  the  north,  accompa- 
nied with  much  lightning,  wind,  and  rain;  before  the  squall 
begins  the  wind  blows  from  NW  and  W.,  and  after  it  is  over 
the  land  breeze  sets  in  until  0  in  the  morning.  During  the 
southwest  monsoon  the  wind  freshens  after  midday,  and  varies 


164  MINDANAO— SOUTH    COAST. 

from  SW.  to  W.  and  NW. ;  rain  falls  in  abundance,  and 
heavy  thunderstorms  occur. 

Tides. — There  are  always  two  tides  in  the  bay,  with  rare 
exceptions,  which  take  place  in  the  quarter  of  the  equinoxes 
when  the  moon  is  at  her  greatest  declination.  The  mean 
"establishment "  is  6h.  5m. ;  springs  rise  8  feet,  neaps  4|  feet. 

Tidal  streams. — The  stream  turns  at  high  and  low  water  at 
Palak  Harbor,  and  at  all  the  ports  on  the  coast  between  Zam- 
boanga  and  Palak.  On  the  coast,  with  the  rising  tide,  the 
stream  sets  to  the  north,  northwest,  and  west,  according  to 
local  configuration.  At  Palak  Harbor,  with  the  rising  tide, 
the  stream  sets  to  the  east  on  the  north  shore,  and  follows  the 
bend  of  the  coast  to  the  southward  and  westward ;  the  ebb 
stream  sets  in  the  reverse  direction. 

Bongo  Island,  at  the  entrance  of  Palak  Harbor,  is  about  5 
miles  long,  NNE.  and  SSW.,  by  1^  miles  wide;  it  is  some  300 
feet  high,  and  thickly  wooded.  The  island  is  surrounded  by 
a  reef,  which  projects  as  much  as  2  miles  WNW.  of  the  north 
.point  of  the  island,  while  on  the  eastern  side  the  reef  is  nar- 
row and  very  steep-to;  there  is  no  good  anchorage  off  the 
island.  The  channel  between  Bongo  Island  and  Panga  Point 
is  4|  miles  wide,  and  30  to  40  fathoms  deep. 

Volcanoes. — The  cordillera  of  Sugut  (Bangaya)  lies  about 
23  miles  to  the  eastward  of  Palak  Harbor;  the  highest  moun- 
tain of  the  range  is  the  volcano  of  Makaturin,  the  latest  erup- 
tion of  which  occurred  in  1872.  This  eruption  was  followed 
by  an  earthquake  which  partly  destroj^ed  Palak,  Kota-batu, 
and  the  village  on  the  banks  of  the  river  Mindanao. 

Mindanao  Rivee  (ch.  11,  p.  116). — This  great  river  disem- 
bogues 5  miles  to  the  south  of  Palak  Harbor  by  two  wide 
arms,  on  the  northernmost  of  which  is  the  town  of  Kota-batil, 
about  oi  miles  from  the  mouth.  The  river  is  navigable  for 
60  miles  by  vessels  of  3i  feet  draught ;  it  flows  through  a  beau- 
tiful valley  30  miles  in  width,  which  scarcely  shows  any 
change  of  level ;  the  valley  is  capable  of  producing  tobacco, 
cacao,  sugar,  maize,  and  cotton;  but  this  is  only  known  at 
present  by  specimens  produced.  The  course  of  the  river  lies 
SE.  for  45  miles  from  its  mouth  to  the  lake  Ligauasan,  out 
of  which  it  is  seen  to  flow ;  from  the  other  side  of  the  lake  the 
direction  of  the  river  is  NNE.  to  its  source  in  the  Sugut 
Mountains.  At  21  miles  from  the  northern  mouth  the  river 
divides  into  two  arms,  which  enter  the  sea  4^  miles  apart, 


MINDANAO — SOUTH    COAST.  165 

and  hetween  tliem  form  a  great  delta.  These  branches 
comuuuiicate  with  each  other  by  four  small  channels.  The 
northern  arm  is  the  widest,  deepest,  and  most  navigable ;  the 
southern  one  is  narrow,  and  has  only  5  feet  of  water.  The 
river  banks  are  peopled  by  Moros. 

Entrance. — Point  Panalisan  (cli.  11,  p.  IIG),  the  northern 
point  of  entrance,  is  surrounded  by  a  shoal  extending  half  a 
mile  to  the  westward.  The  entrance  channel,  which  is  south 
of  this  shoal,  is  1(3  feet  deep,  and  very  narrow.  Off  the 
south  entrance  point  a  sand  spit  extends  2  cables  to  the  NW., 
and  is  steep-to.  The  bar,  which  is  in  front  of  Painan  village, 
has  5  feet  over  it  at  low  water.  After  passing  the  village  the 
depth  increases,  and  16  to  20  feet  can  be  carried  as  far  up  as 
Kota-batu. 

A  bank,  covered  by  2f  fathoms,  with  9  to  16  fathoms  near 
its  outer  edge,  extends  SW.  from  the  northern  entrance  to  a 
distance  of  1^  miles  from  the  coast,  and  joins  the  shore  again 
near  the  wooded  hill  of  Timako. 

The  southern  entrance  of  the  river  is  divided  into  two  arms 
by  an  islet  which  cannot  be  passed  on  the  south  side;  the 
northern  arm  has  only  5  feet  of  water  in  it ;  at  3  cables  to  the 
west  of  this  entrance  the  depth  is  14  fathoms. 

Beacons. — A  red  beacon  or  buoy  marks  the  extremity  of 
the  north  sand  bank  of  the  entrance ;  a  white  beacon  or  buoy 
marks  the  extremity  of  the  south  sand  bank  of  the  entrance. 

A  white  and  red  beacon  or  buoy  marks  the  head  of  the  shoal 
between  the  islets. 

A  great  tripod  and  white  cage  stands  on  Bulusan  Point, 
and  serves  to  distinguish  the  mouth  of  the  river  from  other 
entrances  on  the  coast. 

Kota-batu  town  (Stone-fort)  is  now  the  capital  of  the  island, 
and  was  the  residence  of  the  Governor-General  of  Mindanao ;  it 
is  connected  with  Palak  harbor  by  a  causeway  of  stone.  The 
river  is  16  feet  deep  off  the  town,  and  vessels  can  anchor  in  it, 
taking  precautions  to  avoid  the  snags  carried  down  by  the  cur- 
rent.    Steamers  call  fortnightly. 

Coast  marks. — Timako  Island,  between  the  two  mouths  of 
the  river,  is  wooded  to  the  water's  edge.  The  hill  upon  it. 
Mount  Timako,  is  a  good  mark  for  marking  the  river.  An 
elevated  range  of  volcanic  mountains,  dominated  by  the 
central  peak  Dikalungan,  extends  some  70  miles  to  the  south- 
ward,  nearly  parallel  to   the   river   Mindanao.      The  peak 


166  MINDANAO — SOUTH    COAST. 

Kabalala,  on  wliicli  is  a  cogonal,  Si-  miles  from  the  soutliern 
entrance  of  the  river,  and  higlier  than  the  neighboring  hills, 
is  another  good  mark  for  the  river. 

Coast. — From  the  south  entrance  of  the  river  Mindanao  the 
coast  trends  about  SW.  for  23  miles  to  Kidipil  Point,  the  most 
salient  point  of  this  part,  and  is  clean  and  steep-to.  Point 
Tapian,  midway,  is  low  and  surrounded  by  a  reef  reaching 
out  3  cables.  From  Kidij^il  to  Tinaka  Point,  the  southern 
extremity  of  Mindanao,  the  coast  is  generally  clean  and  steep- 
to,  with  good  depths  off  it,  and  includes  several  little  bays ;  it, 
however,  has  not  been  surveyed,  and  should  therefore  be  ap- 
proached with  caution. 

Linao  Bay  is  14-  miles  wide,  and  sheltered  from  all  winds 
but  those  from  the  southwest.  Its  shores  are  bordered  by  a 
narrow,  steep  reef. 

Huidobro  Shoal,  called  Linao  Shoal  by  the  Moros,  is  placed 
on  the  chart  3  miles  WS W.  of  Point  Linao ;  it  is  said  to  be 
covered  by  h\  fathoms  of  water. 

Port  Lebak,  between  points  Lebak  and  Nara,  offers  good 
shelter  in  all  weathers,  but  a  sea  sets  in  with  westerly  winds. 
The  shores  are  covered  by  mangroves  and  bordered  by  a  reef 
which  extends  to  about  1  cable  from  them.  The  best  anchor- 
age is  in  11  to  13  fathoms  to  the  eastward  of  the  islet  and 
reef  Tubotubo,  in  the  southern  part  of  the  bay.  Water  can  be 
obtained  in  the  river  Lebak,  east  of  the  anchorage,  and  also 
from  the  other  rivers  in  the  port.  The  natives  are  said  to  be 
in  the  habit  of  using  poisoned  arrows  on  the  smallest  pretext ; 
it  is  therefore  well  to  be  careful,  and  not  to  trust  them  too  far. 

Basiauang  Bay  affords  two  anchorages ;  that  to  the  north- 
ward of  the  bay  and  east  of  Point  Basiauang,  afford  -  good 
shelter  in  all  weathers,  but  it  is  necessary  to  secure  to  the 
shore,  as  there  is  not  sufficient  room  for  a  vessel  to  swing. 
The  southern  anchorage  is  at  the  mouth  of  a  small  ore  3k  on 
the  northern  side  of  a  remarkable  hill,  connected  witn  the 
mainland  only  by  a  low  mangrove-covered  neck.  The  anchor- 
age can  be  dropped  in  10  to  13  fathoms,  and  the  stern  secured 
to  the  reef.  The  reef  at  the  point,  and  the  neighboring  island 
of  Donauang  break  the  sea,  and  these  anchorages  of  Basiau- 
ang, after  Port  Lebak,  are  the  best  shelters  which  this  coast 
offers  in  all  weather. 

The  island  Donauang  has  a  reef  which  reaches  2  cables  out 
to  the  NNW.     The  passage  between  Donauang  and  the  coast 


MINDANAO — SOUTH   COAST.  167 

is  safe ;  a  vessel  sliould  keep  nearer  to  the  island  reef  than 
that  off  the  coasi ,  which  is  more  extensive. 

Douauang-  Shoals  are  two  shoals  situated  resijectively  3 
miles  N.  9°  W.  and  2  miles  N.  3°  W.  of  the  north  of  the  island ; 
they  pre  each  about  ^  mile  across  and  covered  by  3|  least 
water. 

Tuna  Bay  is  semicircular,  steep-sided,  and  bordered  by  a 
reef  like  all  the  bays  of  this  coast.  There  is  anchorage  in 
15  fathoms  in  the  northwest  part,  before  coming  to  a  point 
covered  by  mangroves  from  which  a  reef  projects;  a  small 
anchor  should  be  laid  out  on  the  reef,  as  is  well  to  be  done  in 
all  these  bays  with  steep  sides. 

Danger. — A  reef  which  uncovers  in  places  and  is  covered 
by  5  fathoms  in  other  places,  lies  2  miles  off  the  coast  and 
5  miles  SE.  of  Point  Malatuna.  Vessels  should  not  approach 
this  part  of  the  coast  within  G  miles. 

Coast. — Point  Pola,  18  miles  SE.  of  Point  Malatuna,  is  low, 
with  a  sand  beach  and  small  reef.  At  5  miles  to  the  east  of 
Point  Polo  lie  the  village  and  river  of  Kraan  (Kanaren),  near 
which  layers  of  coal  have  been  found.  As  far  as  Sarangani 
Bay  the  coast  is  generally  low,  and  offers  no  good  shelter. 

Point  Bukud,  formed  by  the  hill  of  the  same  name,  lies  16 
miles  SE.  of  Point  Pola,  and  terminates  in  an  islet  united  to 
it  by  a  narrow  reef.  The  hill  may  be  easily  recognized,  being 
isolated  in  low  land ;  seen  from  the  west  it  suggests  the  form 
of  a  table. 

Point  Bui,  20  miles  ESE.  of  Point  Bukud,  is  surrounded  by 
a  reef  which  is  said  to  extend  1  mile  out. 

A  reef,  2  miles  long  and  1  mile  wide,  covered  by  5  fathoms 
water,  lies  off  the  coast  east  of  Point  Bui,  and  2,^  miles  SW. 
by  W.  i  W.  of  Point  Bulaluan,  the  western  point  of  Sarangani 
Bay. 

Sarangani  Bay  has  a  width  of  7  miles  at  its  entrance 
between  points  Bulaluan  and  Sumban ;  its  sides  are  very  steep 
and  its  depth  considerable;  anchorage  may  be  found  in  the 
bights  of  its  coast  line,  but  close  to  the  shore,  and  with  a  haw- 
ser out  to  the  shore  to  prevent  the  anchor  slipping  into  deep 
water.  A  coral  reef  extending  1  mile  out  surrounds  Point 
Bulaluan,  and  borders  the  western  and  northern  shores  of 
the  bay.  The  west  coast  is  and;  the  plains  to  the  northwest 
and  north  are  covered  with  cogon  and  abound  in  deer. 


168  MINDANAO — SOUTH    COAST. 

The  volcano  Matutung,  wliicli  lies  19  miles  N.  by  E.  of  the 
town  of  Mint,  in  the  northwest  angle  of  the  bay,  is  very  high 
and  can  be  seen  from  a  great  distance. 

Mint  Anchorage  is  in  the  angle  of  the  bay  north  of  the  town, 
in  15  fatlioms.  Good  water  can  be  obtained  from  the  river. 
Communication  between  Mint  and  Lake  Buluan,  across  the 
mountains,  occupies  two  or  three  days. 

Glan  Masila,  or  Kanalasan  Anchorage,  though  steep,  is  the 
best  anchorage  in  Sarangani  Bay  during  the  southwest  mon- 
soon; it  is  in  Kanalasan  Cove,  east  of  Sumban  Point,  before 
the  village  of  Glan.  Anchorage  may  be  had  in  11  to  13  fath- 
oms, with  a  hawser  to  the  shore,  but  it  is  advisable  not  to 
anchor  before  the  mouth  of  the  river  Glan  Masila,  which 
flows  into  the  northern  part  of  the  cove,  on  account  of  the 
freshets.  The  town  of  Glan  Masila  (Great  Glan)  stands  on 
the  bank  of  the  river,  2  miles  from  the  mouth. 

Light. — A  fixed  white  light  is  exhibited  on  the  mole  on  the 
south  side  of  the  entrance  of  the  river ;  it  is  elevated  33  feet 
above  the  sea,  and  should  be  seen  in  clear  weather  at  a  dis- 
tance of  6  miles. 

Point  Sumban  is  high  and  steep,  with  but  little  vegetation 
on  it ;  it  is  surrounded  by  a  reef  extending  2^  cables  to  the 
west  and  north. 

The  Southern  Peninsula  of  Mindanao  is  high,  and  pre- 
sents several  remarkable  peaks  on  it;  the  southern  hill,  1,670 
feet  high,  and  in  reality  round,  looks  somewhat  like  a  pyra- 
mid when  seen  on  an  ESE.  or  WNW,  bearing.  Seven  miles 
to  the  NNE.  of  this  round-topped  hill  is  a  saddle  peak  3,600 
feet  above  the  level  of  the  sea,  and  8  miles  NE.  of  this  saddle 
mountain  there  is  a  high  range,  the  highest  peak  of  which — 
•4,530  feet — has  a  conical  top  when  viewed  from  the  southward. 

The  west  coast  from  Point  Sumban  to  Point  Tinaka  is  gen- 
erally clean  except  near  Bluff  Point,  or  Talayan  Point,  where 
the  reef  extends  nearly  a  mile  out.  Point  Tukapanga  is  rocky, 
high,  and  steep;  a  reef  follows  the  coast  to  the  SE.  from  it  to 
Batulaki. 

Point  Tinaka,  or  Caj^e  Sarangani,  is  a  hill  united  to  the 
coast  by  low  land ;  it  presents  a  bluff  point  to  the  south,  with 
a  little  sand  beach,  and  may  be  passed  at  i  cable's  distance ; 
to  the  eastward  of  the  point  there  is  a  large  shoal  of  sand  and 
rock,  covered  by  5^  fathoms. 


MINDANAO — EAST    COAST.  169 

Anchorage. — On  the  ^vestern  side  of  Tiiiakn  Point  there  is 
a  little  bay,  Batulaki,  open  to  the  SW.  and  fringed  by  shoals, 
which  reduce  the  available  space  to  a  width  of  G  cables,  with 
a  depth  of  9  fathoms,  lessening  gradually  to  2^,  over  a  clean, 
sandy  bottom.  Safe  anchorage  may  be  found  in  this  bay, 
sheltered  from  the  northeast  monsoon.  The  roadstead  of 
Balangunan  and  Malavinan,  to  the  eastward  of  Tinaka  Point, 
are  exposed  to  the  sea  and  afford  very  indifferent  anchorage. 

The  coast. — Gual  Point  is  low  and  sloping,  with  a  little  reef 
off  it.  Points  Kamalian  and  Silakai  are  foul.  Butulan  offers 
temporary  anchorage  out  of  the  swell  of  the  sea,  but  exposed 
to  the  sea  that  sets  in  from  cross  tides.  The  depth  is  great, 
with  14  fathoms  almost  touching  the  shore,  and  10  fathoms 
before  the  mouth  of  the  river.  The  coast  continues  clean  and 
sloping,  and  almost  straight  to  Point  Banos,  which  is  about 
72  feet  high  and  peaked.  From  here  it  runs  N.  by  E.,  with 
a  series  of  high  points,  to  Point  Kalian,  which  is  broad  and 
rather  remarkable.     There  is  good  anchorage  off  Kalian. 

Tides. — It  is  high  water,  full  and  change,  at  Sarangani 
Point  at  7  hours.  Springs  rise  6  feet.  The  flood  stream  sets 
to  the  west  between  Tinaka  Point  and  Sarangani  Islands,  and 
the  ebb  to  the  east.  On  the  coast  to  the  northward  and  east- 
ward it  is  said  that  the  flood  stream  sets  to  the -north,  and  the 
ebb  to  the  south,  the  latter  being  less  violent  than  the  flood ; 
also  that  to  the  northward  of  Point  Kalian  the  tide  streams 
are  weaker.  Strong  tide  races  and  violent  eddies  are  preva- 
lent, especially  off  Banos  Point. 

Sarangani  Islands  consist  of  two  islands  and  a  sand  cay, 
situated  7  miles  from  the  south  point  of  Mindanao.  The  two 
islands  are  separated  by  a  deep  channel  If  miles  wide,  reduced 
by  a  reef  on  the  east  side  of  Balut  Island  to  a  navigable  pas- 
sage 8  cables  wide.  In  this  channel  the  tide  streams  are  very 
strong,  the  flood  stream  setting  to  the  nortlr  and  the  ebb  to 
the  south.  A  shoal  covered  by  7  fathoms  lies  nearly  in  mid- 
channel,  f  of  a  mile  from  the  coast  of  Sarangani. 

EAST   COAST. 

The  east  coast  of  Mindanao  runs  nearly  north  and  south 
for  a  length  of  195  miles  from  Kauit  Point  to  Cape  San 
Augustin,  and  forms  several  bays  open  to  the  NE.  A  great 
chain  of  mountains  runs  parallel  to  the  coast  and  near  to  it. 
The  coast  is  imperfectly  known,  and  too  great  reliance  must 
not  be  placed  on  the  charts. 


170  MINDANAO — EAST    COAST. 

KcUiit  Point  is  a  spur  of  the  eastern  cordillera  of  Mindanao; 
when  seen  from  the  northward  it  appears  bluff,  l)ut  viewed 
from  the  southeastward  it  makes  like  two  islands.  It  is  clean 
and  steep  to  the  northward  and  westward,  but  a  reef  projects 
from  it  to  the  eastward  for  1^  miles,  and  borders  the  coast  to 
the  southward  for  a  distance  of  10  miles. 

Tanda  Point,  shown  on  the  chart  as  lying  14  miles  S.  i  W. 
from  Kauit  Point,  is  bordered  by  a  reef  to  a  distance  of  2 
cables.  Two  islets  lie  close  to  the  northward  of  the  point. 
Makangani  Island,  4  miles  NW.  by  N.  of  Tanda  Point,  is 
clean;  two  rocky  islets  lie  off  its  northern  end. 

Arangasa  Island. — From  Tanda  Island  the  coast  trends 
SE.  by  S.  for  19  miles,  as  far  as  Umanum  Point.  North  of 
this  point  is  the  Island  Arangasa,  separated  from  the  main 
coast  by  a  narrow  channel  closed  by  reefs,  which  extend  3 
miles  out,  E.  and  SE.  of  the  island. 

Liangan  Bay,  betweeen  points  Umanum  and  Bankulin,  is 
foul,  especially  along  the  northern  shore,  from  which  a  reef 
runs  2  miles  out,  inclosing  the  islet  Ayninam.  Liangan  town 
is  at  the  bottom  of  the  bay ;  the  chart  shows  a  shoal  in  the  fair- 
way leading  to  the  town,  but  gives  no  soundings  whatever. 

Mr.  Looney,  Lloyd's  agent  at  Iloilo  in  1878,  says  of  Liangan 
Bay :  "The  best  anchorage  is  off  the  convent  in  15  fathoms  of 
water.  A  heavy  anchorage  should  be  used,  as  the  land  winds 
are  strong.  The  river  marked  on  the  chart  as  flowing  at  the 
head  of  Liangan  Bay  is  only  a  shallow  creek.  The  coast  here 
is  rocky,  and  landing  after  dark  is  difficult.  Supplies  of  fresh 
water,  buffaloes,  and  rice  can  be  had,  but  no  vegetables." 

The  coast,  which  trends  south  for  15  miles  from  Bankulin 
Point  to  Bislig  Bay,  is  very  foul  and  bordered  by  dangerous 
sand  banks  Avhich  uncover  at  low  water.  The  town  of  Kina- 
tuan  is  situated  on  the  right  bank  of  a  river- about  12  miles 
south  of  Bankulin  Point,  fronted  by  Tigdos  Islet,  which  is 
surrounded  by  a  reef.  SupjDlies  of  buffaloes  and  rice  can  be 
obtained  at  Kinatuan,  but  very  little  fresh  water. 

Bislig  Bay  and  Town. — Masahuron  Island,  in  the  mid- 
dle of  the  entrance  to  the  bay,  is  surrounded  by  shoals  which 
extend  i  mile  east  and  west  of  the  island.  In  the  passage 
south  of  the  islet  there  are  two  rocky  shoals  very  steep-to, 
having  depths  of  47  and  65  fathoms  very  near  them.  The 
southern  shore  of  Bislig  Bay  is  clean;  the  northern  shore,  on 
the  contrary,  is  foul,  and  should  not  be  approached  within  G 
cables'  length. 


MINDANAO — EAST    COAST.  171 

Bislig  town,  a  military  residence,  is  at  the  bottom  of  tlie 
bay  on  the  right  bank  of  the  river ;  the  bar  at  the  mouth  of 
the  river  has  2  feet  of  water  over  it  at  low  water,  and  8 
feet  at  high  water. 

The  anchorage  is  before  the  town  in  3^  fathoms,  bottom 
sand  and  mud,  and  is  completely  sheltered  from  all  winds. 
Fresh  water,  buffaloes,  and  rice  can  be  obtained  at  Bislig, 
but  no  vegetables. 

Caution. — If  without  a  pilot  in  approaching  the  coast  of 
Bislig  Bay,  do  not  come  into  less  than  6  fathoms,  as  the  water 
shoals  rapidly.  The  channel  for  boats  and  lanclias  is  gener- 
ally marked  by  bushes  or  stakes. 

The  coast. — A  reef  extends  3  miles  out  to  the  east  and  6 
miles  out  to  the  SE.  from  Sanko  Point,  the  southern  point  of 
Bislig  Bay.  The  coast,  from  this  point  for  6  miles  to  the 
southward,  as  far  as  Tambog  Point,  is  bordered  by  reefs. 
South  of  Tambog  Point,  between  that  point  and  Katarman 
Point,  there  is  a  great  reef  which  forms  with  the  main  coast 
a  small  but  safe  port ;  the  narrow  channel  leading  to  it  should 
not  be  taken  without  a  pilot. 

South  of  Katarman  Point  there  is  a  great  bank  which 
dries ;  at  the  edge  of  this  bank  is  a  depth  of  3f  fathoms,  and 
to  the  south  of  it  there  are  two  islets  surrounded  by  rocks. 
A  shoal  of  sand  projects  ^  mile  NW.  of  Point  Tonkil.  From 
the  Katel  River,  south  of  Tonkil  Point,  the  coast  trends  south 
for  13  miles,  as  far  as  Kinablagan  Point,  and  is  clean. 

Kinablagan  Point  is  high  and  wooded ;  when  seen  at  a  dis- 
tance it  appears  like  an  island.  The  river  and  town  of  the 
same  name  lie  on  the  south  side  of  the  point.  There  is 
anchorage  off  Kinablagan  near  the  shore  in  8  fathoms,  but  it 
scarcely  merits  the  name  of  anchorage,  as  it  is  quite  open  and 
exposed.     The  river  can  be  entered  by  boats  only. 

Baganga  Bay,  between  points  Lambajon  and  Daguet,  offers 
good  anchorage  during  the  southwest  monsoon  in  5  fathoms, 
a  reef  which  i^rojects  from  Daguet  Point  giving  shelter  from 
the  east  and  southeast ;  but  during  the  northeast  monsoon  the 
anchorage  is  quite  untenable  on  account  of  the  heavy  sea 
which  sets  in.  Daguet  Point  is  detached  from  the  coast,  and 
consists  of  white  sand  covered  by  low  wood.  A  shoal  of  4i 
f  athoms  water  lies  off  it. 

From  Daguet  Point  the  coast  trends  south  for  15  miles  as 
far  as  Karaga  Bay,  and  presents  low  points  and  some  small 


172  MINDANAO — EAST    COAST. 

rivers.  A  few  villages  of  slight  importance  staiicl  on  the 
shore. 

Karaga  Bay,  between  j)oints  Sankol  and  Pusan,  is  semi- 
circular in  form,  open  to  the  eastward,  and  penetrates  about 
2  miles  inland.  The  village  of  Sankol  stands  on  the  shore 
near  the  point,  and  near  a  cocoanut  plantation.  There  is 
anchorage  in  4^  fathoms  WNW.  of  Point  Pusan,  off  some 
rocks  at  the  commencement  of  a  beach,  but  it  is  exj^osed  to 
the  swell ;  there  is  also  anchorage  off  Tubu  on  the  south  side, 
sheltered  from  the  southerly  winds ;  it  is  the  only  place  on 
the  south  coast  where  there  is  a  sand  beach.  Sankol  Point  is 
low;  a  rocky  shoal  coA^ered  by  1-J-  fathoms  water  2:)rojects  a 
mile  out  from  it. 

Pusan  Point  is  low,  and  formed  of  cavernous  rocks ;  it  is 
clean,  and  may  be  rounded  at  a  cable's  distance.  The  current 
begins  to  be  strongly  felt  off  this  point,  and  at  spring  tides 
violent  eddies  are  j)roduced,  raising  a  high  sea. 

Bunga  Point,  9  miles  south  of  Pusan  Point,  is  the  first 
point  which  is  not  mountainous  met  on  coming  northward 
from  Cape  San  Augustin.  There  is  a  bay  south  of  the  point, 
on  the  shore  of  which  stands  the  village  of  Manai,  with  a 
little  fort  surrounded  by  cogonals  of  a  red  color. 

Buan  Point,  6  miles  south  of  Bunga  Point,  is  sandy,  with 
a  narrow  reef  off  it,  and  may  be  recognized  by  a  cogonal  on 
it.  A  little  river,  which  can  be  entered  by  boats  only,  passes 
through  the  cogonal.     Fresh  water  can  be  obtained  from  it. 

Maglubun  Point,  4  miles  S.  by  W.  of  the  last  point,  is  clean 
and  projecting  and  easy  to  recognize.  Several  villages  stand 
on  this  part  of  the  coast,  which  is  clean  and  wooded,  but 
beaten  by  the  sea.  The  village  and  fort  of  Mamponon  are 
near  a  small  river,  but  there  is  too  much  sea  on  the  coast 
for  anchorage. 

Mayo  Bay,  between  Tugubun  Point,  8  miles  south  of  Mag- 
lubun, and  Lamigan,  is  a  large  bay,  over  5  miles  wide  at  the 
entrance  between  these  two  points,  and  penetrating  7  miles  to 
the  westward;  it  is  but  little  known.  Tugubun  Point  is 
hilly  and  wooded;  a  shoal  of  sand  rock  projects  1  cable  from 
it.  Yukatan  Anchorage  is  on  the  north  shore,  2  miles  west 
of  Tugubun  Point.  Points  Flaca  and  Gorda,  west  again  of 
Yukatan,  are  formed  by  hills  which  terminate  in  low  points; 
a  reef  extends  2  miles  out  from  Gorda  Point. 


t# 


:MINDAXA() — EAST    COAST.  173 

PUJADA  Bay  (ell.  -^r.,  p.  ITo),  separated  from  Mayo  Bay  by 
tlie  long  peniusula  of  Guauguan,  wliicli  terminates  in  Lami- 
gan  Point,  would  be  the  best  in  Mindanao  were  it  not  for  the 
A'ery  great  depth  of  water  in  it.  It  penetrates  some  10  miles 
from  the  entrance,  and  has  an  extreme  width  of  o  or  6  miles 
about  the  middle  of  it.  Pujada  Island,  200  feet  high,  divides 
tlie  entrance  into  two  channels ;  of  these,  the  southern,  although 
the  narrowest,  is  the  safest  on  account  of  the  reefs  on  both 
sides  of  the  northern  channel;  the  reef  of  Pujada  Island  ex- 
tends 2  miles  eastward,  and  ends  in  a  flat-topped  islet  or  rock; 
the  sea  breaks  on  this  reef  even  at  high  water. 

Lamigan  Point,  the  northern  point  of  the  bay,  is  said  to  be 
clean  to  seaward,  but  fringed  on  the  side  of  the  bay  by  a  wide 
reef  as  far  as  Batiano  Point,  and  should  not  be  approached 
within  i  mile.  Velasco  Shoal,  awash  at  low  water,  is  reported 
to  lie  SE.  by  E.  of  Piedra,  with  a  depth  of  18  fathoms  between 
it  and  the  point;  neither  Velasco  Shoal  nor  points  Batiano 
and  Piedra  are  given  on  the  chart.  The  shore  continues  foul 
as  far  as  the  town  of  Mati ;  a  small  creek,  3  miles  ESE.  of 
Mati,  leads  to  an  isthmus  40  yards  wide,  separating  the  bays 
of  Pujada  and  Mayo.  The  natives  haul  their  canoes  across 
this  neck  of  land  and  launch  them  in  Mayo  Bay. 

Mati  is  a  small  town,  standing  in  a  wide  prairie  land,  sur- 
rounded by  picturesque  scenery ;  the  shore  near  it  is  steep-to, 
and  there  is  a  depth  of  11  to  13  fathoms  close  in.  Good  water 
is  obtainable,  but  provisions  are  scarce.  The  coast  at  the 
head  of  Pujada  Bay  makes  several  indentations,  the  principal 
of  which  is  called  Balete  Port.  Kamainsi  Point,  in  this 
locality,  is  foul. 

Makambol  Point,  on  the  south  side  of  Pujada  Bay,  ends  in 
a  reef,  to  the  westward  of  which  there  is  anchorage  in  8 
fathoms  near  the  shore.  A  shoal  of  2|  fathoms  water  lies  oft' 
the  point.  There  are  plantations  of  cocoanut  and  plantains 
on  this  part  of  the  coast.  Off  Magun  (not  marked  on  the 
chart),  east  of  Makambol,  there  is  indifferent  anchorage 
exposed  to  the  sea. 

Tumadgo  Point,  the  southern  point  of  Pujada  Bay,  and  also 
Alo  Point,  a  little  to  the  southward,  are  peaked  and  clean. 

Tides. — In  Pujada  Bay  it  is  high  water,  full  and  change, 
at  7h.     Springs  rise  0  feet. 

Steamers  from  Zamboanga  and  Palak  trade  to  Mati.  The 
shores  of  the  bay  abound  in  good  timber,  such  as  Alintalo, 


idon-PutJished  althe-/ 


MINDANAO — EAST    COAST.  173 

PujADA  Bay  (cli.  2(j,  p.  173),  separated  from  Mayo  Bay  Ly 
tlie  long  peninsula  of  Guanguan,  wliicli  terminates  in  Lami- 
gan  Point,  would  be  the  best  in  Mindanao  were  it  not  for  the 
very  great  depth  of  water  in  it.  It  penetrates  some  10  miles 
from  the  entrance,  and  has  an  extreme  width  of  5  or  (J  miles 
about  the  middle  of  it.  Pujada  Island,  200  feet  high,  divides 
the  entrance  into  two  channels ;  of  these,  the  southern,  although 
the  narrowest,  is  the  safest  on  account  of  the  reefs  on  both 
sides  of  the  northern  channel;  the  reef  of  Pujada  Island  ex- 
tends 2  miles  eastward,  and  ends  in  a  flat-topped  islet  or  rock; 
the  sea  breaks  on  this  reef  even  at  high  water. 

Lamigan  Point,  the  northern  point  of  the  bay,  is  said  to  be 
clean  to  seaward,  but  fringed  on  the  side  of  the  bay  by  a  wide 
reef  as  far  as  Batiano  Point,  and  should  not  be  approached 
within  -J-  mile.  Velasco  Shoal,  awash  at  low  water,  is  rex)orted 
to  lie  SE.  by  E.  of  Piedra,  with  a  depth  of  18  fathoms  between 
it  and  the  point ;  neither  Velasco  Shoal  nor  points  Batiano 
and  Piedra  are  given  on  the  chart.  The  shore  continues  foul 
as  far  as  the  town  of  Mati ;  a  small  creek,  3  miles  ESE.  of 
Mati,  leads  to  an  isthmus  40  yards  wide,  separating  the  bays 
of  Pujada  and  Mayo.  The  natives  haul  their  canoes  across 
this  neck  of  land  and  launch  them  in  Mayo  Bay. 

Mati  is  a  small  town,  standing  in  a  wide  prairie  land,  sur- 
rounded by  picturesque  scenery ;  the  shore  near  it  is  steep-to, 
and  there  is  a  depth  of  11  to  13  fathoms  close  in.  Good  water 
is  obtainable,  but  provisions  are  scarce.  The  coast  at  the 
head  of  Pujada  Bay  makes  several  indentations,  the  principal 
of  which  is  called  Balete  Port.  Kamainsi  Point,  in  this 
locality,  is  foul. 

Makambol  Point,  on  the  south  side  of  Pujada  Bay,  ends  in 
a  reef,  to  the  westward  of  which  there  is  anchorage  in  8 
fathoms  near  the  shore.  A  shoal  of  2f  fathoms  water  lies  ofl: 
the  j)oint.  There  are  plantations  of  cocoanut  and  plantains 
on  this  part  of  the  coast.  Off  Magun  (not  marked  on  the 
chart),  east  of  Makambol,  there  is  indifferent  anchorage 
exposed  to  the  sea. 

Tumadgo  Point,  the  southern  point  of  Pujada  Bay,  and  also 
Alo  Point,  a  little  to  the  southward,  are  peaked  and  clean. 

Tides. — In  Pujada  Bay  it  is  high  water,  full  and  change, 
at  7h.     Springs  rise  6  feet. 

Steamers  from  Zamboanga  and  Palak  trade  to  Mati.  The 
shores  of  the  bay  abound  in  good  timber,  such  as  Alintato, 


174  BASIL  AN    DISTRICT. 

an  ebony;  Molavi,  a  teak;  Caniunu,  Counarus  santaloides, 
useful  as  a  cabinetmaker's  wood ;  and  cedar.  Cacao,  coffee, 
and  tapioca  are  cultivated ;  mastic  of  good  quality,  wax,  and 
honey  are  plentiful;  deer  and  mountain  hogs  abound. 

Coast. — Luban  Point,  off  which  there  is  a  small  round  islet, 
is  clean  and  bold ;  in  a  small  bay  to  the  northward  of  the  point 
vessels  can  find  shelter  in  5i  fathoms  during  the  southwest 
monsoon,  while  waiting  for  favorable  weather  to  round  Cape 
San  Augustin.  The  coast  between  Point  Luban  and  Pujada 
Bay  is  clean,  and  presents  several  scarped  points  with  patches 
of  red  cogonal  on  them.  The  coast  between  Point  Luban  and 
Cape  San  Augustin  is  high  and  clean,  with  little  points  of 
sand  and  rock. 

Currents  on  the  east  coast  of  Mindanao. — A  constant  current 
to  the  south  has  been  observed  on  this  coast,  especially  at  a 
distance  beyond  4  miles  from  the  shore ;  within  this  distance 
the  tides  preserve  their  influence  in  some  places,  but  near  the 
projecting  points  the  current  remains  constant.  To  the  north- 
ward of  Mayo  Bay  (ch.  26,  p.  173)  this  current  shows  itself  in 
strong  races,  which  increase  on  approaching  Pusan  Point, 
where  they  attain  their  greatest  force.  They  are  very  vio- 
lent off  Daguet  Point,  and  also  off  points  Lambajon  and 
Kinablagan.  In  order  to  lessen  the  effect  of  the  current,  a 
vessel  should  keep  at  a  good  distance  from  shore.  Near  the 
coast  the  sea  is  always  very  rough  and  choppy,  and  vessels 
suffer  a  good  deal  from  it. 

DISTRICT  OF  BASILAN. 

It  is  situated  on  an  island  to  the  south  of  Mindanao  and 
opposite  the  District  of  Zamboanga,  and  is  21  miles  long  by 
14  wide.  The  island  is  crossed  in  all  directions  by  a  mountain 
chain  covered  with  luxuriant  vegetation  and  abounding  in 
streams  of  potable  water.  Three  of  its  mountains  have  an 
altitude  of  from  3,300  to  3,000  yards.  The  products  are  rice 
and  sugar  cane.  Starting  from  Mindanao  it  is  connected  with 
Borneo  by  a  long  chain  of  islets  extending  in  a  southwesterly 
direction.     The  population  is  1'2,000. 

The  capital  is  Isabela  de  Basilan,  with  a  population  of 
1,300.  It  is  situated  about  GOO  miles  from  Manila,  and  is  de- 
fended by  a  fort. 


""^. 


m^ 


#%-^ 


^t 


/I 


fe 


PI  »  \-  o 
DFL  PIKRTO  DE  POLLOK 


Ix.,,,  ,^  J^ 


>^- 


f/^w^^^^f^i^ 


COTTABATO,    DAPITAN,    DAVAO.  175 

DISTRICT  OF  COTTABATO. 

It  is  bounded  on  the  north  by  the  districts  of  Misamis  and 
Surigao,  on  the  east  by  Davao,  and  on  the  south  and  south- 
west by  the  Celebes  Sea  and  the  Bay  of  Illana.  It  is  a  mili- 
tary establishment. 

The  capital  is  Cottabato,  with  a  poi)ulation  of  3,000.  It  is 
situated  138  miles  from  Manila. 

CITIES    AND    TOWNS. 

PoUok  (ch.  -2?,  p.  1T5). — Population,  2'.)o;  situated  10  miles 
from  Cottabato. 

Tamontaco. — Population,  1,900;  situated  3  miles  from 
Cottabato. 

DISTRICT  OF  DAPITAX. 

Situated  in  the  northern  part  of  the  island  of  Mindanao,  it 
is  bounded  on  the  north  by  the  Visayas  Sea,  on  the  east  by 
Misamis,  on  the  south  by  Zamboanga,  and  on  the  west  by  the 
Yisayas  Sea.  The  area  is  4  square  miles  and  the  population 
12,615. 

The  capital  is  Dapitan,  with  a  population  of  3,955.  It  is 
situated  190  miles  from  Zamboanga. 

CITIES    AND    TOWNS. 

Dipolo. — Population,  4,G11 ;  situated  0  miles  from  Dapitan. 
Hay  a.— Population,  1,099. 

Lubungan. — Population,  5,157;  situated  'iO  miles  from 
Dapitan. 

DISTRICT  OF  DAVAO. 

It  is  bounded  on  the  north  by  the  District  of  Surigao,  on 
the  west  by  that  of  Cottabato,  and  on  the  south  and  east  by 
the  Pacific.  The  country  is  very  mountainous  and  covered 
with  forests ;  all  vegetables  grown  in  the  rest  of  the  archipel- 
ago are  raised  here.     The  population  is  8,000. 

The  capital  is  Davao.  It  is  situated  at  the  head  of  Davao 
Bay  and  opposite  the  island  of  Samar. 

CITIES    AND    TOWNS. 

Baganga. — Population,  2,700;  situated  160  miles  by  water 
from  Davao. 

Bago. — Population,  7,000;  situated  15  miles  from  Davao. 


COTTABATO,    DAPITAN,    DAVAO.  175 

DISTRICT  OF  COTTABATO. 

It  is  bounded  on  the  north  by  the  districts  of  Misamis  and 
Surigao,  on  the  east  by  Davao,  and  on  the  south  and  south- 
west by  the  Celebes  Sea  and  the  Bay  of  Illana.  It  is  a  mili- 
tary establishment. 

The  capital  is  Cottabato,  with  a  population  of  3,000.  It  is 
situated  138  miles  from  Manila. 

CITIES    AND    TOWNS. 

Pollok  (ch.  27,  p.  175). — Population,  3U5;  situated  10  miles 
from  Cottabato. 

Tamontaco. — Population,  1,900;  situated  3  miles  from 
Cottabato. 

DISTRICT  OF  DAPITAN. 

Situated  in  the  northern  part  of  the  island  of  Mindanao,  it 
is  bounded  on  the  north  by  the  Visayas  Sea,  on  the  east  by 
Misamis,  on  the  south  by  Zamboanga,  and  on  the  west  by  the 
Visayas  Sea.  The  area  is  -4  square  miles  and  the  population 
12,615. 

The  capital  is  Dapitan,  with  a  population  of  3,955.  It  is 
situated  190  miles  from  Zamboanga. 

CITIES    AND    TOWNS. 

Dipolo. — Population,  4,611 ;  situated  9  miles  from  Dapitan. 
Hay  a. — Population,  1,099. 

Liubungan. — Population,  5,157;  situated  20  miles  from 
Dapitan. 

DISTRICT  OF  DAVAO. 

It  is  bounded  on  the  north  by  the  District  of  Surigao,  on 
the  west  by  that  of  Cottabato,  and  on  the  south  and  east  by 
the  Pacific.  The  country  is  very  mountainous  and  covered 
with  forests ;  all  vegetables  grown  in  the  rest  of  the  archipel- 
ago are  raised  here.     The  population  is  8,000. 

The  capital  is  Davao.  It  is  situated  at  the  head  of  Davao 
Bay  and  opposite  the  island  of  Samar. 

CITIES    AND    TOWNS. 

Baganga. — Population,  2,700;  situated  160  miles  by  water 
from  Davao. 

Bago.— Population,  7,000;  situated  15  miles  from  Davao. 


176  MATTI    AND    MISAMIS. 

Caraga.— ^Population,  4,000;  situated  175  miles  Ijv  water 
from   Davao. 

Luzon. — Population,  7,477;   situated  45  miles  from  Davao. 
Quinablagan. — Pojmlation,  500. 

DISTRICT  OF  MATTI. 

Situated  in  the  northern  j^art  of  the  island  of  Mindanao,  it  is 
bounded  on  the  north  by  Surigao,  on  the  east  and  south  by 
the  Pacific,  and  on  the  west  by  Davao.  The  population  is 
9,764. 

The  capital  is  Matti,  with  a  jjopulation  of  600.  It  is  sit- 
uated 375  miles  from  Zamboanga. 

CITIES    AND    TOWNS. 

Baganga. — Population,  1,114;  situated  50  miles  from  Matti. 

Caraga. — Population,  8,690;  situated  65  miles  from  Matti. 

Cateel. — Population,  3,500;  situated  115  miles  from  Matti. 

Dapuan. — Pojralation,  500. 

Quinablangan. — Population,  290. 

Sig-uboy. — Population,  900;  situated  45  miles  from  Matti. 

DISTRICT  OF  MISAMIS. 

It  is  bounded  on  the  north  by  that  part  of  the  sea  which 
separates  Mindanao  from  the  Visayas,  on  the  east  and  south 
by  the  District  of  Cottabato,  and  on  the  west  by  the  District 
of  Zamboanga,  This  district  includes  the  island  of  Camiguin, 
situated  to  the  northwest  of  Point  Divata.  Much  rice  and 
cacao  is  raised.  The  country  comprised  in  the  District  of 
Misamis  is  mountainous,  covered  with  thick  forests,  and  very 
fertile.  There  are  some  gold  mines,  but  they  are  not  worked. 
The  district  is  divided  into  27  pueblos,  18  barrios,  and  34 
rancherias  of  subdued  infieles.     The  population  is  113,695. 

The  capital  is  Cagayan,  with  a  population  of  9,405, 

CITIES    AND    TOWNS. 

Agusam. — Population,  934 ;  situated  15  miles  from  Cagayan. 

Alorang. — Population,  2,700;  situated  4  miles  from  Ca- 
gayan. 

Alubijit  (ch.  17,  p,  150).— Population,  6,716. 

Balingasac  (ch.  15,  p.  149). — Population,  3,948;  situated  8 
miles  from  Cagayan. 


misa:\iis    district.  177 

Catasman.— Population,  4,874;  situated  50  miles  from 
Cagavihi. 

Guim  Liban. — Population,  1,875. 

Guingoog. — Population,  1,433;  situated  G5  miles  from 
Cag-ayan. 

Guza. — Population,  790. 

Iligan.— Population,  6,020;  situated  G5  miles  from  Cagaj'an. 

Initao. — Population,  3,412,  the  township  having  3,402; 
situated  45  miles  from  Cagayan. 

Iponan. — Population,  5,58G;  situated  10  miles  from  Ca- 
gayan. 

Jasaau. — Population,  0,444;  situated  22  miles  from  Ca- 
gayan. 

Jimenez. — Population,  8,707;  situated  75  miles  from  Ca- 
gayan. 

Ijangarang. — Population,  11,779;  situated  138  miles  from 
Cagayan. 

Layonlong:. — Population,  1,834;  situated  30  miles  from 
Cagayan. 

Loculan. — Population,  2,110;  situated  80  miles  from  Ca- 
gayan. 

Maguinog. — Population,  4, G87. 

Mambajao. — Population,  18,000;  situated  53  miles  from 
Cagayan. 

Maria  Cristina. — Population,  140. 

Misamis. — Population,  C,075;  situated  85  miles  from  Ca- 
gayan. 

Mulugan.^Population,  1,044;  situated  15  miles  from  Ca- 
gayan. 

Naanan. — Population,  890;  situated  23  miles  from  Cagayan. 

Orbquieta. — Population,  9,000;  situated  G2  miles  from  Ca- 
gayan. 

Pigtao.- -Population,  354;  situated  8  miles  from  Cagayan. 

Quiniquitam. — Population,  1,320;  situated  50  miles  from 
Caga^'cin. 

Sagay.— Population,  5,06G;  situated  48  miles  from  Cagayan. 

Salay.— Population,  1,81G;  situated  27  miles  from  Cagayan. 

Salvador. — Population,  2,845;  situated  20  miles  from  Ca- 
gayan. 

Santa  Ana. — Population,  881 ;  situated  20  miles  from  Ca- 
gayan. 

Tagoloan. — Population,  3,378,  the  township  having  G,927. 
It  is  situated  12  miles  from  Cagavan. 


178  SURIGAO    DISTRICT. 

Talisayan.— Population,  1,G84;  situated  55  miles  from  Ca- 
gayau. 

DISTRICT  OF  SURIGAO. 

Situated  in  the  northern  part  of  Mindanao,  it  is  bounded 
on  the  north  by  the  Sarigao  Sea,  on  the  east  by  the  Pacific, 
on  the  south  by  the  District  of  Davao,  and  on  the  west  by 
the  territory  of  the  infieles.  It  is  mountainous,  but  the 
Christian  population  resides  on  the  coasts  and  in  the  northern 
point  of  the  territory.  The  population  is  95,775,  distributed 
among  45  pueblos,  10  barrios,  and  30  rancherias  of  subdued 
infieles.  Abaca  and  palay  are  raised,  and  in  the  gold  wash- 
ings considerable  gold  of  good  quality  is  found. 

The  capital  is  Surigao  (ch.  28,  p.  178),  with  a  population  of 
6,285.  It  is  situated  in  the  extreme  north  of  the  island,  and 
is  the  residence  of  the  governor,  judge,  and  a  number  of 
officials. 

CITIES   AND   TOWNS. 

Anao-Aon. — Population,  G02 ;  situated  10  miles  from  Suri- 
gao. 

Bacnag.— Population,  569. 

Bislig. — Population,  7,583 ;  situated  62  miles  from  Surigao. 

Butuan. — Population,  10,543;  situated  75  miles  from  Suri- 
gao. 

Cabuntog. — Population,  4,175;  situated  78  miles  from  Suri- 
gao. 

Cantilan. — Population,  10,026;  situated  27  miles  from 
Surigao. 

Carrascal. — Population  unknown ;  situated  45  miles  from 
Surigao. 

Catel.— Population,  1,861. 

Dapa. — Population,  1,900. 

Dapuan. — Population,  407. 

Dinagat. — Population,  5,264;  situated  12  miles  from  Suri- 
gao. 

Fabonga. — Population,  1 ,  644. 

Gigaquit. — Population,  7,116. 

Ginatuan.— Population,  2,277. 

Lianga. — Population,  6,340. 

Mainit. — Population,  4,550;  situated  70  miles  from  Suri- 
gao. 

Nonoc. — Population,  541. 


No. 28 


PUERTO      DE      SURIGAO. 


,ur^«?^  ij 


90  «>,ti 


I^et-"^^  xff  c/^'-f  cmUttA. 


ZAMBOANOA    DISTRICT.  179 

Numancia. — Population,  4,111;  situated  50  miles  from 
Siirigao. 

Reunion.— Population,  2,272. 

San  Juan. — Population,  335 ;  situated  75  miles  from  Surigao. 

Sapao. — Population,  1,300. 

Taganaan. — Population,  1,562. 

Tago.— Population,  1,909. 

Tandag. — Population,  5,210;  situated  85  miles  from  Suiigao. 

Tubay. — Population,  505 ;  situated  70  miles  from  Surigao. 

DISTRICT  OF  ZAMBOANGA. 

Situated  in  the  extreme  southwestern  part  of  Mindanao,  it 
is  bounded  on  the  north  and  west  by  the  Sea  of  Mindanao,  on 
the  south  by  the  Strait  of  Basilan,  and  on  the  east  by  the  dis- 
tricts of  Misamis  and  Cottabato.  All  vegetables  peculiar  to 
the  archipelago  are  grown,  but  there  is  no  especial  industry. 

The  capital  is  Zamboanga,  with  a  population  of  21,300. 
It  is  a  fortified  place  and  a  naval  station,  and  has  a  fine  bar- 
racks and  the  castle  of  San  Felipe,  which  dominates  the  town 
and  harbor. 

CITIES   AND   TOWNS. 

Ayala. — Population,  1,900;  situated  9  miles  from  Zam- 
boanga,  with  which  it  is  connected  by  highroads. 

Mercedes. — Population,  2,372 ;  situated  10  miles  from  Zam- 
boanga. 

Santa  Maria. — Population,  2,200;  situated  1  mile  from 
Zamboanga. 

Tetuan. — Population,  5,643;  situated  1  mile  from  Zam- 
boanga, with  which  it  is  connected  by  highroads. 


-wmr 


M^^^lsi* 


sp 


^r 


/ 


-^x 

/^ 

-*. 

■■~ 

- 

_ 

_^' 

^- 

^^ 

V 

""■^.../..... 

..>>^ 

OF  THE 

IVERSIT^ 


PLAN  O 
KSTRECHO 

IBUCHJSoBASHlv  SAPXANG 


w 


ESCA3LA  PARA  Ul«  PLAN08. 


-Ol 


Pt-ANO 

J>KL  PUKRTO 

SANTO  DOMINGO  it  '     ^^ 

DE  BASCO.  * 


z  V 


No  Jl, 


■?^^ 


7*      ___«*"„  ./^    icmnB 


„*"'''    »i 


J?    u 


i  .t 


Cfu^finr  A-^j, 


Mu.ijcd 


del 
rOJVDSADRR  O 

S^JOSEDEIBANA. 


„  « -t.-  y  ^^^ 


'.^3^'^ 


.-"l^  ^f 


^  ^»  «■  .a 


73    ^ 


>  ^  / 


P^^'MaJhuji; 


ADJACENT  ISLANDS. 


ISLAND  OF  BALABAC. 
(Ch.  29,  p.  181). 

A  military  establishment  formed  in  1857.  Tlie  island  is 
situated  in  the  strait  of  its  name  to  the  southwest  of  Paragua. 
It  is  22  miles  long,  from  north  to  south,  and  14  miles  from 
east  to  west,  and  has  a  population  of  1,100.  The  ground  is 
very  irregular,  the  maximum  altitude  being  1,899  feet;  tim- 
ber abounds  and  there  is  plenty  of  good  arable  land. 

The  cajntal  is  Balabac,  with  a  population  of  200.  It  is 
situated  on  the  Bay  of  Calandoran,  and  is  surrounded  by 
mountains  of  from  900  to  1,300  feet  in  height.  It  has  a  bar- 
racks, hospital,  warehouse,  armed  fort,  and  pretty  houses 
along  the  seashore. 

PROVINCE  OF  THE  BATANES  ISLANDS. 

This  group  of  islands  is  situated  in  the  Japan  Sea,  north  of 
Manila  and  a  few  miles  to  the  north  of  the  Babuyanes  Islands. 
The  principal  ones  are  Itbayal,  Basay,  Saptaii  (ch.  30,  p.  181), 
and  Hugos.  The  area  is  125  square  miles  and  the  population 
9,4:5. 

The  capital  is  Santo  Domingo  de  Basco  (ch.  31,  p.  181), 
with  a  population  of  2, 981.  It  was  the  residence  of  the  politico- 
military  governor,  a  judge,  and  an  attorney-general  (promo- 
tor  fiscal).     It  is  situated  504  miles  from  Manila. 

CITIES   AND    TOWNS. 

San  Bartolome  de  Calayan. — Population,  1,722. 
San  Carlos  de  Marigatao. — Population,  1,229. 
San  Jose  de  Ibana  (ch.  32,  p.  181).— Population,  1,951; 
situated  13  miles  from  Santo  Domingo  de  Basco. 
Santa  Maria  de  Mayan. — PojDulation,  1,855. 
San  Vicente  de  Sap  tang.— Population,  1,753. 

(181) 


182  BURIAS,    CALAMIANES,    CORREGIDOR. 

DISTRICT  OF  BURIAS. 

Situated  on  an  island  in  tlie  Strait  of  San  Bernardino  be- 
tween Luzon  and  Masbate,  it  is  bounded  on  the  north  by 
Camarines  Sur,  on  the  east  by  the  Strait  of  San  Bernardino, 
on  the  south  by  Masbate,  and  on  the  west  by  Tayabas.  It  is 
34  miles  long  by  13  wide,  and  the  population  is  1,601,  dis- 
tributed among  one  pueblo  and  five  barrios.  The  country  is 
mountainous,  with  much  timber,  but  the  latter  is  hard  to  cut 
and  bring  to  harbor;  aome  stock  is  kept. 

The  capital  is  San  Pascual,  situated  214  miles  from  Manila. 

PROVINCE  OF  CALAMIANES. 

The  Calamianes  Islands  are  situated  to  the  southeast  of  Ma- 
nila, and  are  composed  of  the  islands  of  Busungan,  Calamianes, 
Linapocan,  Cuyo,  Dumaran,  Agutaya,  and  the  northern  part  of 
Paragua,  ceded  by  the  Sultan  of  Borneo  to  Spain  at  the  end 
of  the  past  century.  They  are  bounded  on  the  north  and  west 
by  the  China  Sea,  on  the  east  by  the  Visayas  Sea,  and  on  the 
south  by  the  island  of  Paragua.  They  have  an  area  of  340 
square  miles  and  a  population  of  10,500.  The  island  of  Cuyo, 
10  miles  long  by  4  wide,  is  surrounded  by  islets.  It  is  thickly 
X3opulated,  and  has  a  small  but  safe  harbor,  defended  by  an 
armed  battery.  In  Agutaya  is  another  small  fortress;  the 
inhabitants  of  this  island  receive  arms  and  ammunition  from 
the  government.  Calamianes  is  24  miles  long  by  11  wide,  and 
has  one  fortress.  Coron  is  sterile,  but  has  a  source  of  wealth 
in  its  edible  birds'  nests,  for  which  the  Chinese  pay  double  their 
weight  in  silver.  In  Paragua  reside  the  governor,  the  judge, 
the  promotor,  and  a  disciplinary  company.  Spanish  authority 
is  recognized  only  by  the  inhabitants  who  live  within  62  miles 
of  the  coast,  the  remainder  living  miserably  in  a  savage  state. 

The  capital  is  Cuyo,  with  a  population  of  8,258.  It  is  sit- 
uated on  the  island  of  Paragua. 

CITIES    AND   TOWNS. 

Agutaya. — Population,  2,046;  situated  12  miles  from  Cuyo. 
Culion  (ch.  33,  p.  182).— Population,  3,500. 
Taytay.— Population,  2,331. 

PROVINCE  OF  CORREGIDOR. 

It  is  situated  to  the  west,  south,  and  east  of  Manila,  at  the 
very  mouth  of  Manila  Bay,  and  between  the  provinces  of 


>;■ 


V^V 


t .:..., 


1 

e 

«0 

'<% 

i« 

""'"■>-'■>      ; 

A 

r 

>\ 

i~- 

r~      «j 

r     " 

r 

- 

\_^ 

^ 

»      ^o' 

'V 

\..'' 

«^-^'-.. 

...u. 

, i>- 

""X. 


CALAMIOir  OB  CULION  I 


FORTCULION  f^ 

Fort  Lat.U?  SS.'&S'K.Lon^.LSOro'.  63'  B. 


N3,h4. 


-y' 


X/  /  \  v> 


\ 


^s>;^4.  :>. 


^'^ 


PORT  K^AINGAM 


4./' 


?     '■■** 


*"*— ^J     , 


FC^ETlq 

Froza  a.  Spanish. 


>Tm 


H    H       si 


a- 


MASBATE    AND    TICAO,    AND    MINDOKO.  183 

Cavite  and  Bataaii,  and  is  about  'i  miles  long  by  1  mile, 
wide.  The  ground,  tliougli  high  and  broken,  holds  good  veg- 
etation, and  game  is  abundant.  There  is  a  semaphore  station 
and  a  lighthouse,  the  employees  of  which  constitute  the  greater 
part  of  the  inhabitants,  although  there  was  a  small  military 
and  naval  garrison.  There  was  a  politico-military  governor. 
The  area  is  16  square  miles  and  the  population  5(i9. 

The  capital  is  San  Jose,  with  a  population  of  514.  It  is 
situated  27  miles  from  Manila. 

PROVINCE  OF  MASBATE  (clis.  U,  35,  and  86,  p.  188)  AND  TICAO. 

It  is  composed  of  the  two  above-named  islands,  situated  to 
the  south  of  Luzon  and  north  of  Visayas.  The  former  is  62 
miles  long  by  20  wide  and  the  latter  27  miles  long  by  13  wide; 
both  are  mountainous  and  very  fertile,  good  tobacco  and  other 
products  being  raised.  There  are  gold  mines,  abundant  tim- 
ber, resins,  gums,  rattan,  etc.  There  is  considerable  gold  in 
the  river  sands.  The  area  is  123  square  miles  and  the  popula- 
tion 26,497,  divided  among  10  pueblos  and  15  visitas. 

The  capital  is  Masbate,  with  a  population  of  2,345. 

CITIES   AND   TOWNS. 

Baleno.— Population,  923 ;  situated  10  miles  from  Masbate. 

Lauang.— Population,  1,294;  situated  9  miles  from  Mas- 
bate. 

Milagros.— Population,  1,789;  situated  13  miles  from  Mas- 
bate. 

Mobo. — Population,  1,896;  situated  ^  mile  from  Masbate. 

Mogpoc. — Population,  5,214;  situated  10  miles  from  Mas- 
bate. 

Palanas.— Population,  2,749. 

San  Agustin.— Population,  1,129. 

San  Fernando.— Population,  2,367. 

San  Jacinto. — Population,  2,459;  situated  11  miles  from 
Masbate. 

Uson.— Population,  2,105;  situated  56  miles  from  Masbate. 

ISLAND  AND  PROVINCE  OF  MINDORO. 

The  island  and  ^jrovince  of  Mindoro  lies  in  the  strait  of  its 
name  and  south  of  Luzon.  It  has  in  the  center  an  elevated 
plain  from  which  many  sierras  extend  in  different  directions 


MASBATE    AND    TICAO,    AND    MINDOKO.  183 

Cavite  and  Bataan,  and  is  about  'Z  miles  long  hy  1  niih) 
wide.  The  ground,  tliougli  high  and  broken,  holds  goc^d  veg- 
etation, and  game  is  abundant.  There  is  a  semaphore  station 
and  a  lighthouse,  the  employees  of  which  constitute  the  greater 
part  of  tlie  inhabitants,  although  there  was  a  small  military 
and  naval  garrison.  There  was  a  politico-military  governor. 
The  area  is  IG  square  miles  and  the  population  5(i!). 

The  capital  is  San  Jose,  with  a  population  of  514.  It  is 
situated  27  miles  from  Manila. 

PROVINCE  OF  MASBATE  (clis.  84,  35,  and  86,  p.  188)  AND  TICAO. 

It  is  composed  of  the  two  above-named  islands,  situated  to 
the  south  of  Lnzon  and  north  of  Visayas.  The  former  is  G2 
miles  long  by  20  wide  and  the  latter  27  miles  long  by  13  wide; 
both  are  mountainous  and  very  fertile,  good  tobacco  and  other 
products  being  raised.  There  are  gold  mines,  abundant  tim- 
ber, resins,  gums,  rattan,  etc.  There  is  considerable  gold  in 
the  river  sands.  The  area  is  123  square  miles  and  the  popula- 
tion 26,497,  divided  among  10  pueblos  and  15  visitas. 

The  capital  is  Masbate,  with  a  population  of  2,345. 

CITIES   AND    TOWNS. 

Baleno. — ^Population,  923 ;  situated  10  miles  from  Masbate. 

Lauang.— Population,  1,294;  situated  9  miles  from  Mas- 
bate. 

Milagros. — Population,  1,789;  situated  13  miles  from  Mas- 
bate. 

Mobo.— Population,  1,896;  situated  i  mile  from  Masbate. 

Mogpoc— Population,  5,214;  situated  10  miles  from  Mas- 
bate. 

Palanas.— Population,  2,749. 

San  Agustin.-- -Population,  1,129. 

San  Fernando.— Population,  2,367. 

San  Jacinto.— P()pulation,  2,459;  situated  11  miles  from 
Masbate. 

Uson. — -Population,  2,105;  situated  50  miles  from  Masbate. 

ISLAND  AND  PROVINCE  OF  MINDORO. 

The  island  and  province  of  Mindoro  lies  in  the  strait  of  its 
name  and  south  of  Luzon.  It  has  in  the  center  an  elevated 
plain  from  which  many  sierras  extend  in  different  directions 


184  MINDORO — NORTH    COAST. 

to  the  coast,  making  the  latter  rugged  and  dangerous.  The 
island  is  of  an  oval  form,  with  a  prolongation  of  the  northern 
portion  toward  the  west.  Though  an  easy  day's  sail  from 
Manila,  it  is  one  of  the  least  populous  islands  of  the  archi- 
pelago, being  extremely  mountainous,  covered  with  dense 
forests,  and  in  the  more  level  parts  near  the  coast  full  of 
marshes,  and  very  unhealthful.  The  inhabitants  of  the  coast 
are  Tagals,  but  in  the  interior  there  is  a  low  tribe  of  the  Malayan 
race,  probably  the  indigenes  of  the  island,  and  called  Mangui- 
anos,  speaking  a  peculiar  language  and  living  in  a  very  mis- 
erable manner  on  the  products  of  a  rude  agriculture.  There 
are  also  said  to  be  some  Negritos,  but  of  these  very  little  is 
known.  There  are  many  short  streams.  The  island  is  110 
miles  long  and  has  an  area  of  3,087  square  miles.  The  popu- 
lation is  106,170.  There  is  little  known  of  the  mountains  of 
the  interior,  as  the  inhabitants  dwell  mainly  on  the  coasts. 
Mindoro  constitutes  one  of  the  provinces  of  the  Philippines 
under  an  alcalde. 

The  capital  is  Calapan,  with  a  jDopulation  of  5,585.  It  is 
situated  to  the  north,  on  the  harbor  of  its  name,  defended  by 
a  fort  of  regular  construction ;  it  has  about  500  houses,  among 
the  notable  stone  ones  being  the  parish,  courthouse  and  jail, 
and  casa  real.  It  is  the  residence  of  the  alcalde  mayor  and 
several  public  functionaries.  The  city  is  situated  9(3  miles 
from  Manila. 

ITINERARY    OF   COAST    OF   MINDORO — NORTH    COAST. 

Mount  Kalavite  is  a  long-backed  promontory,  the  western 
slope  of  which  forms  Cape  Kalavite,  and  the  northern  slope 
Point  del  Monte;  the  summit,  about  2,000  feet  high,  appears 
dome-shaped  when  seen  from  the  west,  but  from  the  north  or 
south  it  shows  a  long  ridge  fairly  level;  the  western  end  of 
this  ridge  is  the  highest  part. 

Binuangan  Point,  3  miles  NNE.  of  Cape  Kalavite,  resem- 
bles it  in  appearance,  and  is  bold  to  approach,  the  few  rocks 
interspersed  along  this  part  of  the  coast  lying  close  in. 

Anchorage. — South  of  Binuangan  Point  there  is  a  small 
bight  with  a  sand  beach,  in  front  of  which  there  is  anchorage 
during  the  northeast  monsoon  in  5^  fathoms,  sand,  at  1|  cables 
from  the  beach.     A  rivulet  of  good  water  enters  here.     There 


MINDORO — NORTH    COAST.  185 

is  another  anchorage  immediately  north  of  Cape  Kalavite,  bnt 
it  is  not  so  good. 

Point  del  Monte,  or  Santo  Tomas,  is  of  sand,  with  a  small 
bank  of  1  fathom  water  off  it ;  between  it  and  Abra  de  Ilo,  15 
miles  to  the  eastward,  the  coast  is  high,  thickly  wooded,  and 
bordered  by  sand  beaches.  Point  Bagalayag  is  girt  with  rocks 
which  extend  a  mile  along  the  coast. 

Abra  de  Ilo  is  a  cove  between  two  coast  hills;  the  shore  is 
very  low  and  sandy,  semicircular  in  form,  of  3  miles  across, 
but  of  little  depth.  Toward  the  middle  there  flows  a  river  of 
fresh  water,  which  can  only  be  entered  by  small  coasters  and 
bancos  at  high  water.  The  bottom  is  of  sand,  and  the  anchor- 
age gives  shelter  to  vessels  of  all  sizes  in  southwest  winds, 
in  3  to  12  fathoms;  but  good  ground  tackle  is  required,  as  the 
squalls  offshore  are  very  violent. 

Coast. — From  Abra  de  Ilo  to  Port  Galera  the  coast  can  be 
approached  in  safety  to  \  mile ;  the  coast  is  of  moderate  height, 
and  shows  a  few  points  separated  by  beaches.  The  high  land 
approaches  the  coast,  and  two  water  courses  descend  from  the 
ravine. 

Point  Minolo,  2  miles  west  of  Port  Galera,  is  covered  with 
trees ;  on  its  eastern  side  is  a  beach,  before  which  anchorage 
can  be  had  on  sand  and  gravel.  The  shore  is  steep,  and  there 
are  25  to  30  fathoms  at  3  cables  from  it. 

Port  Galera  is  formed  by  a  promontory  from  the  coast 
of  Mindoro  and  the  islets  Medio  and  Panikian.  These  islets, 
situated  at  the  entrance  of  the  bay,  close  it  to  the  westward, 
forming  the  port,  which  is  a  sort  of  canal,  or  silanga,  with 
two  passages,  one  to  the  northward  and  the  other  to  the  north- 
west, the  opening  between  Panikian  and  the  coast  being  a 
blind  lead  (Boca  falsa). 

The  flood  stream  passes  into  the  port  by  the  northwest  chan- 
nel and  out  by  the  north  channel,  and  then  follows  to  the  east- 
ward, the  reverse  taking  jjlace  with  the  ebb  stream.  This 
fact  must  be  remembered  in  making  the  port. 

From  Point  Escarceo,  the  eastern  point  of  the  promontory, 
to  the  north  point  of  Medio,  the  shore  presents  a  uniform 
appearance,  and  the  north  channel  is  difficult  to  discover,  biit 
a  signal  post  over  the  northeast  point  of  entrance  and  a 
remarkable  white  patch  like  a  sail  on  the  fall  of  the  point  are 
marks  which  indicate  it.  The  beaches  are  small,  and  the 
land  above  covered  with  trees. 


186  MINDORO — NORTH    COAST. 

Medio  is  about  8  cables  in  extent,  NNW.  and  SSE.,  clean; 
and  the  soundings  round  it  show  i  fathoms  at  less  than  a 
cable's  distance  in  general ;  the  reef  that  fringes  the  northern 
shore  grows  out  but  a  very  little  way.  The  north  point, 
where  there  is  a  great  tide  race,  is  worn  away  and  shows  bare 
rocks;  from  it  to  the  SSW.  the  coast  is  high  and  jagged. 

Panikian  is  a  little  over  a  mile  long,  north  and  south ;  there 
is  a  reef  on  its  east  side,  and  the  soundings  off  it  are  4  fath- 
oms at  less  than  a  cable;  the  northwest  shore  is  high  and 
rugged  to  the  south ;  it  ends  in  a  sandy  point,  forming  with 
Mindoro  a  channel  ^  cable  wide,  closed  by  sand ;  this  is  called 
"Boca  Falsa." 

Directions — NortJi  Channel. — After  clearing  the  north 
j)oint  of  Mindoro,  keep  in  the  middle  of  the  channel,  where 
the  depth  is  6|  fathoms,  coarse  -sand  and  rock ;  it  is  a  cable 
wide  at  the  entrance,  biit  lessens  to  ^  cable  abreast  of  the  east 
point  of  Medio,  which  is  low  and  bordered  with  a  sand  bank. 
The  tidal  streams  are  strong  enough  to  expose  a  vessel,  badly 
equipped,  to  being  thrown  on  the  rocks  that  terminate  the 
points. 

Northwest  Channel. — This  must  not  be  confounded  with 
Boca  Falsa,  south  of  Panikian.  A  vessel  coming  from  the 
westward  should  steer  for  the  middle  of  Medio,  and  on  nearing 
it  a  clump  of  mangroves  on  the  southwest  point  will  be  made 
out ;  she  should  then  steer  in  that  direction  until  the  entrance 
is  opened,  and  then  keep  in  the  middle  of  the  channel  to  the 
anchorage.  This  channel  is  narrowed  at  the  entrance  to  | 
cable's  width  by  the  rocks  off'  the  southwest  jjoint  of  Medio, 
but  it  widens  inside  to  2  cables ;  the  least  depth  is  6y  fathoms 
at  the  entrance,  increasing  inside  to  15  fathoms. 

During  the  northeast  monsoon  the  north  channel  is  the 
best,  but  with  sailing  ships  even  that  channel  is  dangerous, 
as  calms  or  baffling  winds  may  be  met,  and  then  the  vessel 
would  be  at  the  mercy  of  the  tide. 

During  that  monsoon  the  anchorage  at  Varadero  is  prefer- 
able, although  for  sailing  vessels  going  out  it  would  be  diffi- 
cult at  that  time. 

Anchorage. — The  available  space  inside  the  islands  is  con- 
siderably reduced  by  projections  from  the  promontory  of 
Mindoro  of  low  land  with  shoal  water  between  them,  and  by 
a  shoal  that  advances  from  the  southern  part,  having  on  its 
northeastern  end  rocks  that  wash  at  very  low  water.     The 


MINDORO — NORTH  COAST.  187 

anchorage  is  iu  a  confined  creek  in  the  southwest  part ;  at  tlie 
entrance,  which  is  1^  cables  wide,  the  depth  is  6^  fathoms, 
shoaling  toward  the  town  at  the  bottom.  At  1^  cables  north 
of  the  mouth  there  is  another  shoal  with  rocks  awash  at  low 
water  on  its  southern  part.  Between  this  shoal  and  Boca 
Falsa  there  is  a  space  of  1^  cables  width,  and  7  to  10  fathoms 
depth,  which  would  appear  to  afford  better  anchorage. 

Point  Escarceo,  so  named  from  the  tide  rips  off  it,  is  of 
jagged  rock,  covered  with  trees ;  the  shore  between  it  and 
Point  Boaga,  1|  miles  to  the  SE.,  is  clear,  with  deep  water 
off  it.  The  currents  run  here  with  great  velocity,  causing 
strong  eddies. 

Varadero  Bay  is  open  to  the  SE. ;  it  is  4:|  cables  across  at 
the  mouth,  ^  mile  in  depth,  and  affords  an  excellent  anchor- 
age for  all  classes  of  vessels  in  both  monsoons,  especially 
during  the  southwest  season,  when  the  heavy  squalls  pass  to 
the  northward  of  it.  It  is  decidedly  preferable  to  Port 
Galera,  especially  in  bad  weather.  The  best  anchorage  for 
large  vessels  is  in  7  to  10  fathoms,  SE.  by  E.  of  Port  Galera, 
at  3  cables'  distance  from  the  sand  beach,  between  two  points 
of  rock  at  the  bottom  of  the  bay. 

Point  Boaga,  the  northern  point,  is  clear,  but  the  southern 
point,  Varadero,  sends  out  rocks  to  a  cable's  distance,  which 
wash  at  low  water.  This  point,  therefore,  must  be  given  a 
wide  berth. 

Suban  is  a  little  town  on  the  summit  of  a  hill,  at  a  distance 
of  G  miles  SSE.  of  Point  Escarceo.  Near  the  town  is  a  bay, 
with  anchorage  sheltered  from  the  SW.  in  7  fathoms,  sand. 

Shoal. — The  Spanish  Derrotero  describes  a  shoal  growing- 
out  to  the  NE.  for  i  of  a  mile  from  the  western  point  of  this 
bay.  This  is  not  shown  on  the  Spanish  chart,  but  there  is  on 
the  chart  a  shoal  of  3^  fathoms  at  1^  miles  east  of  the  town. 
The  Derrotero  remarks  that  this  reef  is  dangerous,  as  the 
water  over  it  is  of  the  same  color  as  that  surrounding  it. 

The  French  "Instructions  Nautiques"  note  that  to  the  east 
of  the  town,  at  ^  mile  from  the  shore,  is  the  farthest  point  of 
a  bank  of  sand  and  rock,  on  the  edge  of  which  is  3^  fathoms. 

Coast. — From  the  Bay  of  Suban  the  coast  curves  gently 
round  to  the  eastward,  and  at  the  distance  of  3  miles  a  delta 
commences,  formed  by  the  washings  of  the  river  Bako  and 
others,  producing  4  miles  of  confused  coast  line,  cut  into  by 
bars  and  passages  as  far  as  Point  Baliti,  the  western  point  of 
the  Bay  of  Calapan. 


188  MINDORO— NORTH   COAST. 

Soundings. — From  tlie  mouth  of  the  river  Bake  toward  the 
islets  Bakos  the  soiiiidiiigs  are  4^  fathoms  at  f  of  a  cable's 
distance,  75  at  2  cables,  and  no  bottom  at  109  fathoms  at  3 
cables'  distance  off  Point  Baliti.  Tlie  reef  of  sand  and  rocks 
extends  to  3^  cables'  distance. 

Calapan. — This  is  the  capital  of  the  Province  of  Mindoro. 
The  inhabitants  are  occupied  in  hunting,  fishing,  and  ordi- 
nary weaving.  The  commerce  is  insignificant.  Sand  banks 
extend  in  front  of  the  town  to  a  distance  of  \  mile.  To 
clear  these,  the  northern  Silonai  islet  should  not  be  shut 
out  by  Point  Calapan.  On  this  line,  near  the  north  edge  of 
the  banks,  the  soundings  are  36  to  4G  fathoms.  This  depth 
rapidly  lessens  toward  the  shore,  and  the  anchor  should  be 
let  go  when  the  lead  shows  25  fathoms,  to  avoid  shooting  onto 
the  bank. 

Directions. — The  safest  course  for  entering  or  leaving  this 
bay  is  to  keep  in  the  middle  of  the  passage  between  the  Bakos 
Islets  and  the  coast  of  Calapan,  and  when  the  southernmost 
of  these  islets  bears  north  to  steer  for  the  anchorage. 

Point  Calapan,  or  Tibao,  is  low  and  wooded  and  has  on  its 
summit  a  cogonal  or  reed  plantation ;  the  point  is  clear,  but 
a  fringe  of  rocks  close  to  the  beach  continues  to  the  SE.  with 
40  fathoms  close  to  it. 

Silonai  Islets. — The  small  southern  islet  of  that  name  is 
1  mile  ESE.  of  Point  Calaj^an;  it  is  shaped  like  a  sugar 
loaf  and  surrounded  by  rocks.  The  channel  between  it  and 
the  coast  is  only  fit  for  coasters,  having  a  depth  of  less  than  5 
fathoms.  At  ^  mile  from  it,  and  1  mile  NE.  by  E.  of  Point 
Calapan,  is  the  larger  Silonai  islet;  it  is  fringed  with  rocks 
which  advance  on  the  northern  side  to  1^  cables'  distance. 
Between  the  islets  the  passage  is  3  cables  wide  and  20  fathoms 
deep.     Vessels  should  be  careful  to  keep  in  the  middle  of  it. 

Bakos  Islets. — This  is  a  group  of  three  rocky  islets  ex- 
tending 2  miles  NE.  and  SW.,  situated  NNW.  2^  miles  from 
Point  Calapan.  The  vicinity  is  foul,  and  the  chart  shows  a 
danger  on  the  northern  side  of  the  northern  islet.  A  shoal  of 
1^  fathoms  lies  1  mile  SW.  of  South  Bakos.  In  the  middle  of 
the  passage  between  the  northern  and  middle  Bakos  there  are 
rocks  which  uncover ;  in  the  other  channels  the  depth  is  suffi- 
cient, but  the  rapid  currents  that  prevail  here  should  prevent 
a  vessel  from  taking  them. 


MINDORO — NORTHEAST    COAST.  189 

NORTHEAST   COAST. 

From  Point  Calapaii  (Tibao)  to  Naujan,  13  miles  to  the  SE., 
the  coast  is  low,  with  beaches  of  sand  and  thick  wood,  cut 
into  by  various  rivulets  and  estuaries  which  can  only  be  en- 
tered by  boats  at  high  water.  At  a  distance  of  1  cable  from 
the  shore  the  soundings  are  4^  to  7  fathoms,  sand  and  mud, 
and  at  ^  mile  from  Naujan  5^  to  8  fathoms,  fine  sand.  The 
rivers  to  the  JMW.  of  Naujan  send  out  sand  banks  with  only 
^  of  a  fathom  on  them  to  2  cables'  distance.  The  cliart  shows 
a  shoal  at  f  of  a  mile  from  the  shore. 

Naujan  River  and  Bar. — The  river  Naujan  can  be  entered 
only  by  boats,  the  width  at  the  mouth  being  only  1  cable, 
and  fronted  by  an  extensive  bar  with  12  to  3  feet  of  water  on 
it.  There  is  anchorage  1  mile  SE.  of  the  river  in  9  fathoms, 
sand  and  mud,  shoaling  gradually  toward  the  coast.  From 
Naujan  to  Polak  Bay  the  coast  is  steep,  and  37  fathoms  depth 
will  be  found  at  a  distance  of  1  mile. 

Point  Tujud  has  a  large,  isolated  rock  or  cliff  off  its  east 
side,  joined  to  the  coast  by  a  rocky  spit.  Point  Taguvan,  1 
mile  SE.  of  Point  Tujud,  has  detached  rocks  off  it,  with  10 
fathoms  of  water  near  them. 

Polak  Bay,  open  to  the  NE.,  is  clear  of  dangers;  the  depth 
at  the  mouth  is  35  fathoms,  lessening  to  9  fathoms  at  2  cables 
from  the  beach  at  the  bottom  of  the  bay.  Point  Anahauan, 
the  northeast  point,  is  fringed  with  a  reef  to  a  distance  of  3 
cables  from  it,  with  2^  to  5  fathoms  at  its  edge.  The  bottom 
of  the  bay  is  a  sand  beach,  2  miles  long,  between  two  rivers. 
Fresh  water  can  be  obtained  in  boats  from  the  eastern  river. 

Point  Dumali,  the  eastern  extreme  of  Mindoro  Island,  and 
formed  by  the  termination  of  the  shoulder  of  Mount  Dumali, 
is  high,  peaked,  and  easily  recognized  by  a  great  white  patch 
400  feet  above  the  sea.  The  soundings  are  49  fathoms  oft"  the 
point  and  37  fathoms  at  less  than  a  mile  from  the  rounded 
coast  to  the  southward. 

Directions  for  Verde  Island  Passage. — After  rounding  Cape 
Santiago  at  the  distance  of  a  mile,  SE.  by  E.  \  E.  is  a  good 
course  until  abreast  the  south  point  of  Marikaban  Island,  and 
thence  to  pass  between  Verde  Island  and  Point  Makoto,  in 
Luzon.  Verde  Island  can  also  be  passed  on  the  south  side,  as 
the  ledge  of  rock  on  the  southeast  point  of  Verde  does  not 
project  more  than  a  cable's  length,  and  the  northern  Bako  is 


100  MINDORO— EAST    COAST. 

clear  at  a  short  distance;  but  the  lun'tli  channel  is  generally 
preferred . 

When  the  northeast  point  of  Verde  Island  is  passed,  a  course 
SE.  ^  E.  will  lead  1  mile  east  of  the  northern  Bako  islet  and, 
if  continued  for  40  miles,  will  pass  4  miles  XE.  of  Dumali 
Point;  thence  a  course  S.  8°  E.  may  be  steered  to  pass  down, 
the  west  coast  of  Panay. 

EAST   COAST. 

From  Point  Dumali  south,  as  far  as  Pinamalayan  River, 
the  shore  is  steep-to;  from  there  on  to  Point  Dayagan  the 
coast  is  clean  and  consists  of  sand  beaches  which  may  be 
approached  without  danger  to  within  a  mile,  and  vessels  can 
anchor  anywhere  along  it,  sheltered  from  westerly  winds,  in 
4  fathoms  at  a  distance  of  2  miles  and  in  3  fathoms  at  1  mile. 
In  the  elbow  of  the  coast  NW.  of  Point  Abongabon,  off  the 
river  Masi,  there  is  excellent  anchorage  for  all  vessels  in 
southwest  gales,  in  4  to  7  fathoms,  sand.  A  reef  of  rocks 
awash  at  low  water  extends  2  cables  out  from  the  river.  The 
charts  do  not  show  many  soundings  about  this  coast. 

Point  Dayagan  is  flat  and  sandy,  steep-to  and  clean,  with  4 
and  5  fathoms  depth  at  li  cables  from  it. 

Point  Tiklin,  or  Lagaoin,  4^  miles  SW.  of  Point  Dayagan, 
is  flat  and  sandy ;  at  less  than  ^  mile  ESE.  of  it  there  is  a  bank 
of  rocks  of  1  cable  extent,  uncovered  at  low  water,  with  3f 
fathoms  at  its  edge.  One  mile  farther  out  to  the  SE.  there  is 
another  bank,  of  3  cables  extent,  awash  at  low  water,  with  4 
to  8  fathoms  at  its  edge.  The  channel  between  these  shoals 
has  15  fathoms  in  the  middle. 

Mansalai  Bay  is  small  but  well  sheltered,  with  good  hold- 
ing ground.  Vessels  of  all  sizes  can  anchor  in  it,  sheltered 
Crom  all  winds  except  the  SE.  The  best  anchorage  in  the  north- 
oast  monsoon  is  in  the  north  of  the  bay,  in  7  fathoms,  mud,  at  2 
or  3  cables  from  the  shore.  The  town  of  Mansalai  is  small,  of 
300  persons.  Water  can  be  had  from  a  rivulet,  but  with  dif- 
ficulty, as  boats  can  not  enter. 

Direct  ions. — In  coming  to  this  anchorage  from  the  north, 
do  not  bring  Point  Dayagan  to  eastward  of  north  until  the 
entrance  of  the  bay  is  made  out  to  the  west,  in  order  to  clear 
the  Lagaoin  Banks,  which  partly  uncover  at  low  water.  In 
entering  the  port,  care  must  be  taken  not  to  approach  the 
north  shore,  which  is  bordered  by  a  reef.     There  is  a  depth 


MINDORO — EAST    COAST.  191 

of  5  fathoms  in  the  middle  of  the  port,  and  in  the  southern 
part  1  to  3  fathoms,  sand,  at  3  cables  from  the  shore.  On  the 
north  coast  of  the  bay  there  is  a  hill  of  some  height  with  two 
remarkable  peaks,  which  serve  to  mark  the  port  on  coming 
from  the  south. 

Point  Mansiol  is  wooded,  and  can  be  distinguished  by  the 
two  islets  near  it  to  the  ENE.,  both  surrounded  by  rocks. 
South  of  the  point  is  a  little  bay  in  which  coasters  can  anchor 
in  5^  fathoms. 

Buyallao  Island  is  1^  miles  in  extent,  NW.  and  SE.,  of 
regular  height,  densely  wooded,  and  fringed  with  rocks  on 
its  northwest  side  to  1  cable  distance;  two  sharp-pointed 
rocks  are  at  its  northeast  end. 

Point  Buyallao  is  of  peaked  rocks,  covered  with  trees,  with 
little  hills  in  the  interior  by  which  it  may  be  easily  dis- 
tinguished. It  is  clear,  and  has  a  depth  of  8  fathoms  at  its 
sides. 

Soguikai  Bay  is  bordered  with  steep  beaches,  near  which 
are  rocks;  the  depth  is  7  to  18  fathoms  at  1  cable  from  the 
shore ;  small  vessels  can  anchor,  in  case  of  necessity,  in  one 
of  the  creeks  in  the  bay. 

Soguikai  Island  is  low  and  surrounded  with  a  reef;  the 
passage  between  this  island  and  the  coast  has  15  fathoms. 
There  are  rocks  to  the  NW.  of  the  island. 

Point  Pandan  is  rounded  and  of  middling  height;  a  reef 
advances  1|  cables  from  it,  Avith  54-  to  7  fathoms,  rock,  at  its 
edge. 

Tambaron  Island  is  safe  and  steep,  and  separated  from 
Pandan  Peninsula  by  a  channel  ^  cable  wide  and  8  fathoms 
deep,  rocky  bottom. 

Masin  Island  is  also  safe  and  steep,  except  on  the  south 
side,  off  which  there  is  a  reef.  On  the  west  side  there  is  a 
little  bay  where  coasters  can  anchor. 

Bulalakao  Bay  offers  shelter  from  all  but  southerly  winds ; 
it  has  23  fathoms  at  the  entrance,  and  12  fathoms  in  the  mid- 
dle, shoaling  to  4  fathoms,  sand,  near  the  sand  beach  at  the 
head,  where  three  rivers  enter,  near  the  village  of  Bulalakao. 
The  east  coast  of  the  bay  is  covered  with  trees,  and  on  that 
side  there  is  a  little  cove  named  Laurigau,  sheltered  from  all 
winds,  with  a  depth  of  13  to  16  fathoms,  mud.  No  supplies 
can  be  obtained  at  Bulalakao. 

The  islets  Alibatan,  Silat,  and  Aslom  are  surrounded  with 
rocks.    The  passages  formed  between  them,  and  with  the  coast 


192  MINDORO — EAST    COAST. 

of  Mindoro,  are  clear  and  deep.  There  is  a  little  anchorage 
for  coasters  between  Aslom  and  the  coast  of  Mindoro. 

Point  Burankan  is  free  from  danger,  and  can  be  passed 
close- to. 

The  Semirara  Islands  fc^rni  a  group  of  eight  islands,  all 
surrounded  by  reefs. 

Semirara,  the  largest  of  the  group,  is  hilly,  about  512  feet 
high  at  the  highest  part.  The  west  coast  includes  several 
little  bays  almost  entirely  obstructed  by  reefs,  on  the  edge  of 
which  are  depths  of  4f  to  13  fathoms;  and  off  the  town  of 
Semirara,  which  stands  on  the  top  of  the  hill  facing  the  largest 
bay,  the  anchorage  is  very  bad,  even  for  coasters.  The  east 
coast  is  bordered  by  a  reef,  which  extends  about  a  mile  from 
the  northeast  part  of  the  island;  on  coming  from  the  north 
this  coast  of  the  island  must  not  be  approached  within  3  miles 
until  the  town  of  Semirara  bears  full  west.  There  is  anchor- 
age at  the  south  of  the  island  in  5  to  8  fathoms,  sand,  during 
the  northeast  monsoon.  Good  coal  for  steaming  purposes  was 
found  on  the  island  by  Captain  Yillavicencio  of  the  Spanish 
navy. 

Libagao  Island  is  small,  410  feet  high  at  its  northern  part, 
while  the  southern  jDart  is  low  and  sandy,  terminating  in  a 
reef  which  grows  out  more  than  a  mile. 

Nagubat  is  small  and  flat ;  at  1^  miles  to  the  eastward  is  a 
shoal  of  4:^  fathoms  which  appears  to  unite  with  the  island. 
The  channel  between  Nagubat  and  Libagao  is  deep,  as  well 
as  that  between  Nagubat  and  Semirara ;  vessels  can  pass  at  1 
cable  from  the  south  part  of  Nagubat. 

Kaluya  is  623  feet  high  at  the  south  part ;  there  is  a  bay  on 
the  west  of  the  island  with  low  shore  and  sandy  beach,  on  the 
northeast  part  of  which  there  is  anchorage  in  5^  fathoms, 
with  the  north  part  of  the  bay  bearing  N.  27°  W.  and  the 
south  point  S.  6°  W. 

Sibaton  is  separated  from  Kaluya  by  a  channel  of  3  fathoms, 
which  appears  practicable  for  very  small  craft.  It  is  111  feet 
high  and  unsafe  to  approach. 

Sibolon,  1-48  feet  high,  is  also  unsafe  to  approach. 

Sibai  is  213  feet  high;  its  northwest  point  rises  to  a  peak 
and  is  clean,  and  its  north  coast  can  be  passed  at  ^  mile  dis- 
tance, but  the  west  side  is  unsafe. 

Islands  East  of  Mindoro. — Maestre  de  Campo  Island, 
lying  SE.  11  miles  from  the  southeast  shore  of  the  lofty  prom- 
ontory formed  by  Mount  Dumali  in  Mindoro,  is  of  circular 


MINDORO — EAST    COAST.  19o 

form  3i  miles  in  diameter,  higli,  mountainous,  and  thickly 
wooded,  with  very  steep  shores,  only  affording  anchorage  to 
small  craft.  The  summit  of  Maestre  de  Campo,  when  seen 
from  the  eastward,  appears  like  a  ridge  with  three  distinct 
hillocks,  estimated  to  be  700  feet  high. 

Port  Concepcion,  on  the  southeast  side,  is  the  principal 
anchorage ;  it  is  very  small  but  deep  and  easy  of  access,  of  5^ 
cables  width  at  the  mouth  between  Point  San  Martin  and 
Point  Fernandez,  and  of  the  same  extent  NNW. ;  a  tongue  of 
land  advancing  4  cables  SSE.  from  the  head  of  the  port 
divides  it  into  two  bays ;  in  the  westernmost  of  these  there  is 
anchorage  for  very  small  vessels  in  8  to  10  fathoms,  sand  and 
mud,  in  front  of  the  town  of  Concepcion.  The  interior  of  the 
port  is  lined  by  a  rocky  steep  reef. 

Dos  Hermanas  are  two  flat  islets  of  rock,  138  feet  high,  sep- 
arated by  a  deep  channel  li  miles  in  width ;  the  shores  are 
clear  and  steep. 

Banton  Island  is  1,918  feet  high,  peaked  and  rugged,  and 
steep  on  all  sides  except  the  SE.,  Avhich  is  bordered  by  a  reef 
of  small  extent.  It  presents  some  shallow  bays,  and  on  the 
northeast  part  is  a  village  of  some  size,  near  which  is  anchor- 
age for  coasters  in  5  fathoms,  with  a  hawser  to  the  shore  to 
prevent  swinging.  On  the  west  coast  there  is  good  anchorage 
in  the  northeast  monsoon  in  7  fathoms,  sand,  between  the 
northwest  point  of  the  island  and  a  tiny  islet  south  of  it. 
Good  scope  of  chain  would  be  required,  as  the  anchor  is  liable 
to  slip  off  the  steep  bank. 

Bantoncillo  Islet,  256  feet  high,  lies  SW.  3  miles  from 
Banton.  It  is  f  of  a  mile  long,  north  and  south,  and  very 
narrow ;  off  its  southern  end  is  a  pinnacle  rock.  There  are 
73  fathoms  off  the  northwest  end,  and  off  the  southeast  end 
45  fathoms,  almost  touching  the  extremities  of  the  islaiid. 

Simara  Island  is  870  feet  high,  flat-topped  and  well  culti- 
vated, and  can  be  approached  with  safety.  There  are 
40-f athom  soundings  at  4-  mile  from  the  northern  end ;  on  the 
south  side  there  is  a  village  with  a  church  and  fort,  but  there 
is  no  anchorage  off  the  island. 

Tablas  Island  is  mountainous,  and  on  its  northern  ex- 
tremity is  the  peak  Cabezo  de  Tablas,  2,405  feet  high;  gen- 
erally the  coasts  are  clear  and  steep-to.  Off  the  north  end 
are  two  rocky  islets,  distant  1  cable  from  the  coast ;  the  larger 
one  is  clear  and  steep,  the  smaller  one  has  rocks  around  it. 


10-i  MINDORO — EAST    COAST, 

close  to.  On  the  west  coast  there  are  anchorages  for  small 
craft  in  the  northeast  monsoon,  and  on  that  side  is  the 
sheltered  port  of  Loog.  From  Point  Bagulayan,  the  south- 
west point  of  a  wide  bay  on  the  west  coast,  a  reef  projects  a 
mile  to  tlie  northward ;  the  chart  shows  10  fathoms  near  its 
end. 

Port  Loog  (ch.  37,  p.  194)  is  the  only  shelter  on  the  west 
coast  of  Tablas  during  the  southwest  monsoon.  The  port  is 
about  4  miles  in  extent,  north  and  south,  and  three  miles  east 
and  west.  The  shores  are  steep,  and  the  depth  of  water  is 
from  11  to  20  fathoms,  mud.  The  entrance  points  are  more 
than  a  mile  apart,  but  the  channel  is  reduced  to  the  width  of 
I  mile  by  a  reef  that  projects  to  a  distance  of  6  cables  from 
the  northern  point.  Within  and  before  the  mouth  there  is  a 
shoal  of  rock  4  cables  long,  NE.  and  SW.,  and  2  cables  wide, 
steep-to,  with  depths  of  5^  to  9  fathoms  on  the  south  side. 
The  town  of  Loog  is  on  the  north  shore. 

Anchorage. — During  the  northeast  monsoon  vessels  of  all 
sizes  can  anchor  on  the  north  side  of  the  harbor,  before  the 
town,  in  9  fathoms ;  and  during  the  southwest  monsoon,  on 
the  south  side  at  3  or  4  cables  from  the  shore  in  15  fathoms, 
mud. 

In  entering  Port  Loog  the  southern  point  of  the  entrance 
should  be  made  for,  and  sailing  vessels  working  in  should  be 
conned  by  sight. 

Water. — Near  the  northern  side  of  the  town  of  Loog  there 
is  a  river  of  good  water  in  which  light  boats  can  enter. 

Point  Kabalian,  the  south  point  of  the  island,  ends  in  a 
sand  beach,  with  11  fathoms  at  the  edge  and  no  bottom,  with 
100  fathoms  at  a  short  distance. 

Point  Kalaton,  on  the  southeast  coast,  is  formed  by  a  high 
bluff,  which  advances  1^  niiles  from  the  coast,  with  sound- 
ings of  5^  to  12  fathoms  alongside  it.  In  the  bay  formed  by 
the  point  and  the  islet  Kabahan  to  the  southward  there  is 
anchorage  in  5i  to  11  fathoms,  with  Point  Kalaton  bearing  NE. 

Shoal. — At  5  miles  north  of  Point  Kalaton  and  2|  miles 
from  the  coast  near  the  town  Lanan,  there  is  a  shoal  of  sand 
and  rock  1^  miles  in  diameter,  with  5^  fathoms  on  the  shal- 
lowest part,  and  no  bottom  with  100  fathoms  near  the  eastern 
edge. 

Tambolon  Bay  is  the  name  of  the  wide  bay  to  the  south- 
ward, of  the  Cabezo  or  northeast  point  of  Tablas.    In  this  bay 


/\ 


V         "^^        vt 


^^^^.14. 


■■•'"<.>-..^ 

TABLAS    ISLAND 

PORT   LOOG 

~. 

1853 

i-„^.  i^z,  j„V 

-"' 

• ■    ">^ 

^ 

"  v 

X/ 

V 

,,         "- 

"-"!/■  -'^ 

\ 

/     :l 

X.  ~-  \  ^ 

.-. 

H  ^ 

"T^^aLmS^^ 


CtJtita'ated  in  mar0'  puuw 


#' 


V>' 


3S  39  37 


.^1. 


MINDORO  if 


PALUAN  BAT 

SnrveyBd  by 

COMMANDER  W  T  lATE.  R  J[ 

1854 

RUf  of  TUU  about  5  frrt. 


MINDORO — WEST    COAST.  l')5 

vessels  can  find  shelter  in  the  southwest  monsoon,  but  the 
water  is  very  deep.  There  are  8  fathoms  very  near  the  coast, 
bottom  fine  sand,  with  the  western  entrance  to  Port  Romblon 
bearing  E.  by  S.  The  shore  is  steep,  bordered  by  rocks 
very  close  to  it.  From  the  southern  part  of  the  bay,  4  miles 
from  the  northeast  point,  a  ledge  of  rocks  juts  out  to  a  dis- 
tance of  f  of  a  mile. 

The  channel  between  the  northeast  point  of  Tablas  and  the 
islands  Romblon  and  Cobrador  is  3^  miles  wide  and  free  from 
danger.  It  is  the  passage  usually  taken  from  Verde  Island 
Passage  to  Jintotolo  Channel. 

Karabao  Island  is  hilly,  and  rises  to  a  peak  718  feet  high. 
Its  shores  are  clear  j^d  steep;  the  rocks  that  fringe  it  are 
very  close ;  on  the  east  side  there  is  a  sand  beach  where,  in 
need,  vessels  can  anchor  in  5  fathoms. 

The  channel  between  Karabao  and  Borakai  is  clear,  but  the 
tide  streams  are  very  strong.  The  flood  makes  to  the  east 
and  the  ebb  to  the  west. 

Borokai  Island  lies  1  mile  to  the  northward  and  westward 
of  Point  Potol  in  Panay,  and  extends  -i  miles  NNW. ;  the 
summit  is  436  feet  high ;  the  shores  are  safe.  On  the  west 
side  there  is  5^  fathoms,  where  anchorage  can  be  had  if  re- 
quired ;  the  channel  between  it  and  Potol  is  clear,  but  there  are 
rocks  on  both  sides  of  it,  and  the  tide  streams  rush  through  it 
with  great  force. 

WEST    COAST. 

The  west  coast  of  Mindoro  Island  has  no  soundings  off  it 
excepting  in  the  bays,  or  within  1  or  2  miles  of  the  shore  in 
some  places.  In  the  interior  double  and  treble  chains  of 
mountains  extend  through  the  island,  and  some  low  points  of 
land  project  from  them  into  the  sea. 

Cape  Kalavite,  the  northwestern  extremity  of  Mindoro,  is  in 
latitude  13°  26'  north,  longitude  120°  18'  E.  Between  it  and 
Paluan  Bay  there  are  soundings  near  the  shore,  which  is  bold 
to  approach ;  for  the  few  rocks  interspersed  along  this  part  of 
the  coast,  adjacent  to  the  cape,  lie  close  in,  and  one  of  them, 
just  above  the  water,  has  a  sandy  beach  adjoining,  upon  the 
projecting  part  of  the  coast  that  forms  the  cape.  Over  this 
point  stands  Mount  Kalavite,  which  is  of  regular  sloping  form, 
and  visible  at  a  great  distance  in  clear  weather. 

Paluan  Bay  (ch.  38,  p.  195)  affords  excellent  shelter  in  the 
northeast  monsoon,  and  is  also  a  convenient  place  for  vessels 


r 

i 

-.        ■                          -  ^ 

'""^^       t^^i^^^^^ii^t'^^ 

^\^_jif--" •-o*'^^' 

^^*^'»''K^M'M 

O  I? 

\  BAT 

St 

BATE.  KJf. 

-:.29i\6-z. 

out  5  lift. 

and,  %X. atones. 

'ATMOtrtS 

^x'ooo 

MINDORO — WEST    COAST.  Itt5 

vessels  can  find  shelter  in  the  southwest  monsoon,  but  the 
water  is  very  deep.  There  are  8  fathoms  very  near  the  coast, 
bottom  fine  sand,  with  the  western  entrance  to  Port  Romblon 
bearing  E.  by  S.  The  shore  is  steep,  bordered  by  rocks 
very  close  to  it.  From  the  southern  part  of  the  bay,  4  miles 
from  the  northeast  point,  a  ledge  of  rocks  juts  out  to  a  dis- 
tance of  f  of  a  mile. 

The  channel  between  the  northeast  point  of  Tablas  and  the 
islands  Romblon  and  Cobrador  is  3^  miles  wide  and  free  from 
danger.  It  is  the  passage  usually  taken  from  Verde  Island 
Passage  to  Jintotolo  Channel. 

Karabao  Island  is  hilly,  and  rises  to  a  peak  718  feet  high. 
Its  shores  are  clear  j^d  steep ;  the  rocks  that  fringe  it  are 
very  close ;  on  the  east  side  there  is  a  sand  beach  where,  in 
need,  vessels  can  anchor  in  5  fathoms. 

The  channel  between  Karabao  and  Borakai  is  clear,  but  the 
tide  streams  are  very  strong.  The  flood  makes  to  the  east 
and  the  ebb  to  the  west. 

Borokai  Island  lies  1  mile  to  the  northward  and  westward 
of  Point  Potol  in  Panay,  and  extends  4  miles  NNW. ;  the 
summit  is  436  feet  high ;  the  shores  are  safe.  On  the  west 
side  there  is  5^  fathoms,  where  anchorage  can  be  had  if  re- 
quired ;  the  channel  between  it  and  Potol  is  clear,  but  there  are 
rocks  on  both  sides  of  it,  and  the  tide  streams  rush  through  it 
with  great  force. 

WEST    COAST. 

The  west  coast  of  Mindoro  Island  has  no  soundings  off  it 
excepting  in  the  bays,  or  within  1  or  2  miles  of  the  shore  in 
some  places.  In  the  interior  double  and  treble  chains  of 
mountains  extend  through  the  island,  and  some  low  points  of 
land  project  from  them  into  the  sea. 

Cape  Kalavite,  the  northwestern  extremity  of  Mindoro,  is  in 
latitude  13°  26'  north,  longitude  120°  18'  E.  Between  it  and 
Paluan  Bay  there  are  soundings  near  the  shore,  which  is  bold 
to  approach;  for  the  few  rocks  interspersed  along  this  part  of 
the  coast,  adjacent  to  the  cape,  lie  close  in,  and  one  of  them, 
just  above  the  water,  has  a  sandy  beach  adjoining,  upon  the 
projecting  part  of  the  coast  that  forms  the  cape.  Over  this 
point  stands  Mount  Kalavite,  which  is  of  regular  sloping  form, 
and  visible  at  a  great  distance  in  clear  weather. 

Paluan  Bay  (ch.  38,  p.  195)  affords  excellent  shelter  in  the 
northeast  monsoon,  and  is  also  a  convenient  place  for  vessels 


190  MINDORO — WEST    COAST. 

to  obtain  supplies  wlien  passing  through  Mindoro  Strait.  The 
bay  is  5  miles  wide  at  entrance,  of  a  semicircular  form,  running 
back  3  miles  in  a  northerly  direction.  There  are  no  dangers 
in  it.  Reefs,  dry  at  low  water,  extend  i  of  a  mile  from  either 
point  of  entrance,  having  deep  water  close  to  them.  The. 
soundings  at  the  entrance  are  from  45  to  50  fathoms,  ^  mile  to 
the  southward  of  which  they  increase  to  200  fathoms. 

The  best  anchorage  is  in  the  northeastern  extremity  of  the 
bay,  in  14  fathoms  (to  which  the  water  suddenly  shoals  from 
20  fathoms),  less  than  a  mile  from  the  beach,  and  west  from 
a  small  isolated  head,  upon  which  a  hut  is  erected.  There  is 
a  black  rock  close  to  it,  standing  a  few  yards  in  front  of  a 
sandy  beach,  which  shows  in  good  reli^ef.  The  bottom  con- 
sists of  a  black  tenacious  mud,  from  which  it  is  difficult  to 
extricate  the  anchor  after  it  has  been  down  a  few  days. 

Water. — A  small  river  disembogues  immediately  on  the 
north  side  of  the  cliff,  where  good  water  can  be  obtained  with 
facility;  and  on  the  beach  there  is  plenty  of  driftwood.  The 
coral  projects  i  mile  from  the  entrance  of  the  river,  and  has 
10  and  12  fathoms  close  to  its  edge. 

Caution. — Care  must  be  taken  when  working  into  Paluan 
Bay,  for  the  squalls  come  violently  off  the  high  land,  are  very 
sudden,  and  at  night  do  not  give  the  least  warning. 

Tubile  Point  has  on  its  southern  side  two  islets,  which,  as 
well  as  the  point,  are  very  steep-to,  with  32  and  40  fathoms 
outside  them  and  very  close  to  them.  From  the  point  the 
coast  trends  eastward,  forming  a  bay  full  of  rocks. 

Mamburao  Reef  extends  about  3  miles  to  the  southward, 
and  has  a  depth  of  1  fathom  over  it  at  low  water.  Anchor- 
age can  be  obtained  opposite  the  mouth  of  the  Mamburao 
River,  to  the  westward  of  the  reef,  in  4i  fathoms,  mud  and 
sand,  with  shelter  from  north  and  east  winds. 

The  coast  from  Mamburao  Reef  trends  southeastward  to 
Talabasi  Point,  and  is  low,  with  sandy  shores.  From  this 
point,  which  is  surrounded  by  a  rocky  shore,  the  coast  con- 
tinues to  the  southeast  to  Sablayan  Point. 

The  two  islands  of  Pandan  are  situated  to  the  north  of  Sab- 
layan Point.  Protection  may  be  obtained  during  the  south- 
west monsoon  by  anchoring  close  to  the  eastward  of  the 
southern  island,  in  7  to  14  fathoms,  mud.  In  order  to  reach 
this  anchorage,  pass  to  the  northward  or  between  the  islands. 

Sablayan  Anchorage  (ch.  39,  p.  196)  has  a  total  width  of  8 


DFX  Pi 

/esmafat/o 
ado  dWTimiim 


Jr^  ^  in-f..^  !,  ,,r,>UaJu 


TabUdcr 

I(.«-l~_     K_ 

^.. 

I 

MIXDORO — WEST    COAST.  1!)7 

cables  between  Sablayan  Point  and  the  coast  to  the  eastward, 
but  the  available  space  is  reduced  one-half  by  reefs  on  both 
sides,  and  the  northern  part  is  filled  by  a  reef  inclosing  a 
lagoon  4  to  5  fathoms  deep,  to  which  there  is  a  nari-ow 
entrance.  Anchorage  may  be  obtained  in  12  fathoms,  with 
the  vantay  on  Sablayan  Point  bearing  west,  at  a  distance  of 
^  of  a  mile  from  the  beach  under  the  vantay,  and  in  9  fath- 
oms, farther  in,  with  the  vantay  bearing  W.  by  S. ;  but  great 
caution  is  necessary,  as  the  reefs  do  not  show  well.  The 
inner  lagoon  is  only  fit  for  the  native  coasters. 

Sablayan  town,  on  the  western  side  of  the  anchorage,  has  a 
church  and  school,  but  the  padre  is  the  only  person  in  the 
town  who  can  sj)eak  Spanish.  Fowls,  fish,  and  cocoanuts  are 
obtainable  in  small  quantities.  "Water  can  be  obtained  from 
wells  dug  through  in  the  coral. 

The  coast  from  Sablayan  Anchorage  trends  in  a  SE.  by  S. 
direction  for  35  miles  to  Mangarin,  and  is  generally  low,  with 
sandy  shores.  There  are  high  lands  a  considerable  distance 
in  the  interior,  and  extensive  plains  to  seaward. 

Dongon  Bay,  situated  7  miles  to  the  southward  of  Sablayan 
Anchorage,  lies  to  the  eastward  of  a  low,  sandy  point  of  the 
same  name.  Vessels  can  anchor  here  in  front  of  the  low, 
sandy  shore,  protected  from  northerly  winds. 

Iriron  Bay,  about  8  miles  SE.  of  Dongon  Bay,  affords  good 
anchorage  during  the  northeast  monsoon ;  a  village  is  situated 
on  the  north  side  of  a  small  river,  but  no  supplies  could  be 
obtained. 

Lumintau  Point  lies  6  miles  south  of  Iriron  Bay ;  a  shoal 
only  2  or  3  yards  in  extent  is  reported  to  lie  ^  mile  NW.  of 
the  point. 

Mangarix  Bay,  13  miles  SE.  of  Lumintau  Point,  and  north 
of  Ilin  Island,  is  sheltered  from  all  winds  by  Ilin  Island  and 
the  long  peninsula  Mangarin  Point,  which  terminates  in  a 
sandy  spit.  At  the  entrance  to  the  bay,  off  the  spit,  the  depth 
of  water  is  4  or  5  fathoms,  but  the  interior  is  very  shoal,  and 
the  town  of  Mangarin,  1^  miles  NE.  of  the  spit,  is  only  acces- 
sible to  boats.  Few  supplies  are  obtainable,  and  those  are 
very  dear;  good  water  is  not  obtainable;  the  climate  is 
unhealthful,  because  of  the  marshy  surroundings. 

Donjon  Bank,  which  lies  4|-  miles  W.  by  S.  of  Mangarin 
Point,  is  a  coral  bank,  rather  more  than  -J-  mile  in  length ;  the 
center  part  uncovers  at  low  water ;  the  remainder  is  covered 


MINDORO — WEST    COAST.  11»7 

cables  between  Sablayan  Point  and  tlie  coast  to  the  eastward, 
but  the  available  space  is  reduced  one-half  by  reefs  on  both 
sides,  and  the  northern  part  is  filled  by  a  reef  inclosing  a 
lagoon  4  to  5  fathoms  deep,  to  which  there  is  a  narrow 
entrance.  Anchorage  may  be  obtained  in  12  fathoms,  with 
the  vantay  on  Sablayan  Point  bearing  west,  at  a  distance  of 
:j-  of  a  mile  from  the  beach  under  tlie  vantay,  and  in  9  fath- 
oms, farther  in,  with  the  vantay  bearing  W.  by  S. ;  but  great 
caution  is  necessary,  as  the  reefs  do  not  show  well.  The 
inner  lagoon  is  only  fit  for  the  native  coasters. 

Sablayan  town,  on  the  western  side  of  the  anchorage,  has  a 
church  and  school,  but  the  padre  is  the  only  person  in  the 
town  who  can  speak  Spanish.  Fowls,  fish,  and  cocoanuts  are 
obtainable  in  small  quantities.  Water  can  be  obtained  from 
wells  dug  through  in  the  coral. 

The  coast  from  Sablayan  Anchorage  trends  in  a  SE.  by  S. 
direction  for  35  miles  to  Mangarin,  and  is  generally  low,  with 
sandy  shores.  There  are  high  lands  a  considerable  distance 
in  the  interior,  and  extensive  plains  to  seaward. 

Dongon  Bay,  situated  7  miles  to  the  southward  of  Sablayan 
Anchorage,  lies  to  the  eastward  of  a  low,  sandy  point  of  the 
same  name.  Vessels  can  anchor  here  in  front  of  the  low, 
sandy  shore,  protected  from  northerly  winds. 

Iriron  Bay,  about  8  miles  SE.  of  Dongon  Bay,  affords  good 
anchorage  during  the  northeast  monsoon ;  a  village  is  situated 
on  the  north  side  of  a  small  river,  but  no  supplies  could  be 
obtained. 

Lumintau  Point  lies  G  miles  south  of  Iriron  Bay ;  a  shoal 
only  2  or  3  yards  in  extent  is  reported  to  lie  ^  mile  JSTW.  of 
the  point. 

Mangarin  Bay,  13  miles  SE.  of  Lumintau  Point,  and  north 
of  Ilin  Island,  is  sheltered  from  all  winds  by  Ilin  Island  and 
the  long  peninsula  Mangarin  Point,  which  terminates  in  a 
sandy  spit.  At  the  entrance  to  the  bay,  off'  the  spit,  the  depth 
of  water  is  4  or  5  fathoms,  but  the  interior  is  very  shoal,  and 
the  town  of  Mangarin,  1^  miles  NE.  of  the  spit,  is  only  acces- 
sible to  boats.  Few  supplies  are  obtainable,  and  those  are 
very  dear;  good  water  is  not  obtainable;  the  climate  is 
unhealthful,  because  of  the  marshy  surroundings. 

Donjon  Bank,  which  lies  4^  miles  W.  by  S.  of  Mangarin 
Point,  is  a  coral  bank,  rather  more  than  |  mile  in  length ;  the 
center  part  uncovers  at  low  water ;  the  remainder  is  covered 


198  MINDORO — WEST    COAST. 

by  2  fathoms  water.  At  ^  of  a  mile  SSW.  of  the  southern 
edge  of  Donjon  Bank  the  chart  shows  the  northern  head  of 
another  bank,  the  extent  of  which  to  the  southward  and  west- 
ward is  not  known.  The  lead  gives  no  indication  of  api^roach 
to  these  banks,  there  being  no  bottom  with  15  fathoms  at  ^ 
of  a  mile  to  the  westward. 

Manadi  Bank  lies  2^  miles  E.  by  N.  of  Donjon  Bank,  and  is 
similar  to  it.  Between  Manadi  and  Mangarin  Point  there  is 
a  third  bank  not  named  on  the  chart. 

If  proceeding  to  Mangarin  Bay  from  the  NW.,  a  safe  chan- 
nel will  be  found  by  passing  to  the  north  of  Donjon  Bank  and 
south  of  Manadi  Bank,  anchoring  the  moment  the  channel 
between  Ilin  and  Mindoro  is  fairly  open. 

Ilin  Island,  fronting  the  southwest  part  of  Mindoro,  is  10 
miles  long,  NNW.  and  SSE.,  with  4  miles  greatest  width;  it 
is  wooded  and  hilly,  the  highest  summit  on  the  northern 
part  of  the  island  being  about  850  feet  above  the  sea.  The 
northern,  eastern,  and  southern  shores  are  clean  and  steep-to, 
but  from  the  northwestern  part  a  reef  projects-  more  than  a 
mile  out,  and  ojff  the  end  of  this  reef  there  is  a  detached  patch 
with  2  fathoms  on  it. 

Clearing  marks. — To  clear  the  reef  off  Ilin  to  the  westward, 
the  west  coast  of  Ambolon  Island  must  not  be  brought  to 
bear  west  of  south;  and  to  clear  it  to  the  SW.  the  southwest 
point  of  Ilin  should  not  be  shut  out  by  the  western  point. 

Anchorage. — The  town  of  Ilin  is  in  latitude  12°  15'  N.,  1 
mile  to  the  northward  of  Ambolon  Island.  Good  anchorage 
will  be  found  in  10  fathoms  off  the  reef  that  borders  the  coast, 
with  the  southern  large  house  of  the  town  bearing  east,  about 
i  mile  from  the  shore.  A  channel,  staked  by  the  natives, 
leads  up  to  the  settlement,  where  a  stream  delivers  itself  into 
the  sea;  but  much  sweeter  water  was  found  trickling  over  a 
cliff'  just  round  the  town  point,  to  the  southward,  to  which  the 
boats  had  easier  access,  and  from  which  the  Samarang  was 
readily  completed  with  water.  Of  the  other  source,  a  most 
excellent  run  of  water  was  found,  but  it  is  used  for  all  pur- 
poses by  the  people,  and  difficult  to  embark,  excepting  at  high 
tide,  owing  to  the  shore  being  dry  at  least  a  cable  from  the 
mouth  of  the  stream.  Fowls,  eggs,  grain,  and  vegetables  were 
procured  at  reasonable  prices. 

Ambolon  island  is  3  miles  long,  north  and  south,  and  2 
miles  wide ;  it  is  about  550  feet  high  at  the  northern  part, 


MINDOKO — EAST    COAST.  199 

and  surrounded  by  a  very  narrow  fringe  reef  always  visible, 
and  easily  avoided.  It  is  almost,  if  not  quite,  divided  by  a 
swampy  lagoon  wliicli  forms  a  small  harbor  to  the  SW.,  with 
Kukurrayan  islet  at  the  entrance. 

Bank. — A  circular,  rocky  bank,  f  of  a  mile  in  diameter,  cov- 
ered by  2  fathoms  water,  lies  f  of  a  mile  SSW,  of  the  south 
point  of  Ilin,  having  a  rock  above  water  at  its  southern  part. 
The  southwestern  side  of  this  shoal  has  not  been  sounded; 
care  must  therefore  be  taken  in  rounding  it.  Belcher  gives 
the  following  marks  for  the  southern  part  of  the  shoal: 
"The  tail  of  the  shoal  is  exactly  on  the  line  of  contact  of  Ilin 
and  Ambolon  extremes  at  the  moment  that  Ambolon  outer 
point  shows  clear  of  the  smaller  semidetached  island  (to  the 
southward)." 

The  strait  between  Ilin  and  Mindoro  is  free  from  danger, 
and  the  Saviarang  passed  through  it;  but  owing  to  the  j)rev- 
alence  of  light  airs,  the  passage  should  not  be  attempted  with- 
out a  fair  wind.  Caution  must  be  used  when  entering  Pan- 
darochan  Bay  from  the  northward  by  this  strait,  for  the  spit 
off  Mindoro  shoals  suddenly  from  10  to  3  fathoms.  The  chan- 
nel should  therefore  be  kept  well  open,  borrowing  rather  on 
Ilin  until  Garza  Island  is  nearly  locked  in  by  the  eastern 
point;  then  haul  easterly,  anchoring  in  13  fathoms. 

Lalauigan  or  Gomez  Bay,  on  the  Mindoro  coast  about  the 
middle  of  the  strait,  is  only  fit  for  coasters,  to  whom  it  affords 
anchorage  in  1^  fathoms. 

Pandarochan  Bay,  formed  between  points  Burankan  and 
Ilin,  the  south  extremes  of  Mindoro  and  Ilin  islands,  is  safe 
throughout,  affording  excellent  anchorage  and  shelter  from 
the  northerly  winds  at  the  mouth  of  the  strait  in  10  or  13 
fathoms.  Garza  Island  and  its  extensive  shoal  also  offers 
shelter  from  strong  easterly  gusts. 

No  inhabitants  were  noticed  in  Pandarochan  Bay. 

Garza  Island,  which  lies  2|-  miles  from  Buraiikan  Point  (the 
eastern  point  of  Pandarochan  Bay),  is  low  and  sandy  and 
covered  with  trees ;  it  is  surrounded  by  a  rocky  reef  which 
extends  2  miles  to  the  southward,  covered  in  places  by  only 
2^  fathoms  of  water.  There  is  a  small  sandy  beach  on  the 
north  ]jart  of  the  island,  near  which  anchorage  can  be  had  in 
8  to  5  fathoms  depth  at  a  distance  of  ^  cable  from  the  beach. 

Dominga  Shoal,  consisting  of  sand  and  rock,  on  which  the 
Dommga  sounded  on  the  22d  of  May,  1888,  while  on  a  voyage 


200  MTNDOKO — EAST    COAST. 

from  Pakian  to  Lalauigan,  and  obtained  depths  of  8  to  9 
fathoms,  is  reported  Ijy  the  natives  of  Ilin  to  have  a  least 
depth  of  3f  fathoms.  It  is  stated  to  be  2  miles  in  extent  and 
to  be  situated  with  the  summit  of  Ambolon  Island  bearing 
NW.  ^  N.,  and  the  northern  point  of  Semirara  E.  by  N.  -j  N. 

MiNDORO  Strait. — This  wide  strait,  separating  the  Cala- 
mianes  from  Mindoro  Island,  is  one  of  the  most  frequented 
channels  for  vessels  which  leave  the  ports  of  China  for  India 
toward  the  end  of  April  and  in  May,  and  at  all  times  of  the 
year  from  the  ports  of  China  to  Australia. 

It  is  divided  into  two  passes  by  Apo  Reef. 

Apo  Reef  was  examined  by  the  surveying  ships  Discovery 
and  Investigator.  The  j^osition  of  the  islands  to  the  westward 
was  determined  by  the  Samarang,  and  the  extent  of  the  bank 
was  verified  in  1872  by  the  Mindoro.  From  the  northern  ex- 
tremity the  shoal  extends  SE.  by  S.  7^  miles,  where  it  forms 
a  very  narrow  spit  or  east  point ;  from  the  east  j)oint  the 
southern  extreme  bears  S.  35°  W.,  distant  Similes,  and  be- 
tween the  two  points  there  are  several  gaps  in  the  shoal  hav- 
ing 9  feet  water.  On  the  western  side  there  are  two  islands ; 
the  western  one  is  the  larger,  being  about  \  mile  in  diameter  and 
covered  with  trees;  white  beaches  line  its  northern  and  east- 
ern side,  and  a  surrounding  reef  x^rojects  about  -j  mile.  This 
island  does  not  appear  to  be  connected  with  the  Apo  Shoal, 
but  about  1\  miles  ENE.  of  it  there  is  a  small  island  formed 
of  barren  black  rocks  on  the  soTithwest  part  of  the  shoal. 
From  the  center  of  the  large  island  the  north  point  of  the  shoal 
bears  N.  24°  E.,  distant  7  miles;  the  eastern  x>oint  N.  81°  E.,  8 
miles,  and  the  south  point  S.  56°  E.,  Hf  miles. 

The  whole  extent  of  the  shoal  is  10  miles  from  its  north  to 
the  south  j)oint,  and  nine  miles  from  its  east  jjoint  to  the 
western  j)art  of  the  large  island.  There  are  two  high  black 
rocks  NE.  of  the  small  island,  which  may  be  seen  about  (> 
miles  off,  and  the  islands  in  clear  weather  are  visible  from  an 
elevation  of  20  feet,  about  10  miles.  At  low  water  many 
small  rocks  are  dry  on  the  shoal,  particularly  along  its  north 
side. 

If  intending  to  pass  between  the  coast  of  Mindoro  and  the 
Apo  Shoal  in  the  night,  keep  about  G  miles  off  Pandan  Island, 
as  the  eastern  point  of  the  shoal  is  narrow,  and  should  the 
wind  be  westerly  it  would  not  readily  be  perceived,  nor  would 
there  be  breakers  to  make  known  the  approach  to  danger. 


MIXDORO — EAST    COAST.  201 

While  examining  the  Apo  Shoal,  tlie  Discovery  and  Investi- 
gator  were  frequently  near  it  without  ol)taining  soundings, 
and  the  boats  found  it  very  steep-to  in  all  j)arts.  Land  and 
sea  breezes  were  exi^erienced  here  in  March,  the  latter  from 
W.  and  SW.,  with  the  tide  or  current  setting  northward; 
land  and  sea  breezes  jn-evailed  also  to  the  westward  of  the 
Calamianes. 

Apo  East  Pass  is  14  miles  wide  between  Apo  Reef  and 
the  nearest  part  of  the  coast  of  Mindoro ;  with  the  exception 
of  Discovery  Bank  the  pass  is  quite  clear. 

Discovery  Bank  is  1^  miles  long,  north  and  south,  and  very 
narrow ;  the  least  water  on  it  is  9  fathoms.  The  sea  does  not 
break  on  the  bank,  nor  is  it  marked  by  any  discoloration  of 
the  water.  From  the  center  of  the  bank  the  northernmost 
of  the  two  small  Pandan  Islands  off  Mindoro  bears  NNE.  ^ 
E. ;  Mount  Kalavite  N.  by  W.  i  W. ;  and  Apo  Islet  E.  .^-  S. 

Saraceno  Bank  appears  to  be  If  miles  in  extent  from  north 
to  south,  and  the  same  from  east  to  west,  with  a  least  depth 
of  14  fathoms.  The  shallowest  part  is  of  red  coral,  but  as 
the  depth  increases  the  character  of  the  bottom  alters,  and  at 
50  fathoms  it  consists  of  coarse  sand  and  gravel. 

From  a  position  in  IG  fathoms.  Mount  Ilin  bears  IST.  61°  E., 
Mount  Ambolon,  IST.  70°  E.,  and  the  south  point  of  Ilin  E. 

Leonidas  Shoal  appears  to  be  3-|  miles  long,  north  and 
south,  and  2|  miles  wide  from  east  to  west,  and  to  be  com- 
posed of  coarse  sand,  with  shells  and  coral.  From  the  posi- 
tion of  least  depth  in  8  fathoms,  Mount  Ambolon  and  Mount 
Ilin  are  nearly  in  the  same  line,  N.  36°  E.,  the  south  point  of 
Ilin  N.  67°  E.,  and  Mount  Tundalara  S.  88°  W. 

Apo  West  Pass,  between  Apo  Bank  and  Calamianes 
Island,  is  19  miles  wide  between  Apo  Shoal  and  Tara  Island — 
the  northernmost  of  the  Calamianes ;  but  Hunter  and  Meroj^e 
shoals  lie  in  the  middle  of  the  northern  entrance. 

Hunter  Shoal,  on  which  the  sea  breaks,  consists  of  a  rocky 
ledge,  about  2  cables  in  extent,  with  13  fathoms  on  it,  and  a 
patch  of  8  feet  on  its  south  extremity.  The  shoal  is  sur- 
rounded by  a  bank,  the  depth  over  which  varies  between  24 
and  65  fathoms.  From  the  shoal,  Mount  Kalavite  bears  N. 
15°  E.,  and  Apo  Islet  E. 

Merope  Shoal,  on  which  the  sea  breaks,  lies  5^  miles  NE. 
of  Hunter  Shoal,  and  consists  of  a  ridge  1^  miles  in  extent 
north  and  south,  and  4-  mile  wide.     It  is  covered  bv  2f  to  9 


202  MINDOKO — EAST    COAST. 

fathoms,  and  no  bottom  with  90  fathoms  within  ^  of  a  mile. 
From  the  shoal,  Mount  Kalavite  bears  N.  11°  E.,  Apo  Islet 
S.  67°  E.,  and  Mount  Tundalara,  in  Busuanga,  S. 

Current. — During  the  Spanish  survey  of  these  shoals,  1872, 
a  current  to  the  SE.  of  0.6  miles  an  hour  was  observed. 

The  Calamianes  are  a  group  of  high  islands  lying  between 
the  northeast  end  of  Palawan  and  Mindoro,  and  extending 
between  the  parallels  of  11°  39'  and  12°  20'  N.,  and  the  merid- 
ians of  119°  47'  and  120°  23'  E.  Busuanga  (ch.  40,  p.  202),  the 
largest  island  of  the  group,  is  about  34  miles  in  extent  NW. 
by  W.  and  SE.  by  E.,  and  18  miles  broad.  It  is  very  irregu- 
lar in  form,  being  indented  with  numerous  deep  bays.  The 
islands  and  reefs  which  front  its  northeast  side  form  the  west- 
ern side  of  Northumberland  Strait. 

These  islands  form,  with  the  northern  part  of  Palawan  and 
the  Cuyos  Islands,  a  province,  the  capital  of  w^liich  is  at  Port 
Tai  Tai.  The  climate  of  these  islands  is  in  general  hot  and 
unhealthful.  Intermittent  fevers  and  cutaneous  diseases  pre- 
A'ail,  attributable,  in  all  probability,  to  the  great  moisture 
and  the  insalubrious  quality  of  the  drinking  water.  All 
these  islands  are,  generally  speaking,  hilly  and  broken.  The 
industry  of  the  locality  is  in  collecting  Salanganes  (edible 
birds'  nests),  honey,  and  wax;  but  cultivation  is  not  practiced 
to  any  great  extent.  The  forests  produce  good  timber  for 
building  or  cabinet  work. 

The  west  coast  of  the  Calamianes,  Linapakan,  and  its  sur- 
rounding islands,  and  the  coasts  of  Palawan,  are  described  in 
the  China  Sea  Directory,  Vol.  II. 

Islarids  and  dangers  northivard  and  eastward  of  the  Cala- 
mianes.— The  following  description  is  from  the  Spanish  Der- 
rotero,  1879,  and  from  Captain  Maclear,  H.  M.  S.  Flying 
Fish,  1885. 

Kolokoto,  or  North  Rock,  is  the  northwestern  and  highest 
of  four  large  black  rocks,  which  appear  as  one  w^ien  seen  S. 
'A'  E.  It  was  estimated  to  be  100  feet  high,  and  the  next 
largest  to  it  60  feet  high.  Kolokoto  is  the  northernmost  of  the 
islands  which  lie  on  the  north  side  of  Busuanga,  and  may  be 
seen  13  or  14  miles  from  the  deck. 

Soundings. — The  charts  exhibit  no  soundings  within  20 
miles  of  the  west  side  of  Kalamion  (ch.  33,  p.  182),  but  beyond 
that  distance  are  irregular  soundings,  19  to  54  fathoms.  In 
latitude  11°  52'  N.,  longitude  119°  26'  E.,  is  a  patch  of  9  fathoms, 


m- 


I        -"■'^^  1.  AN  D 

/-^       ;  _^./^N_^.-..  -   ^     ^      .        „."'-".         I    ^"^     "\  HARBOURS 

^^  li***  *^  ^-t^r,  ^^  801T111  SIOB  OF 

"  ^"i  /  ■>":      '{  BUSUANGA  ISLAND 

^  '1        ^ 


•i  t/,-..  -    ... 


■-  .1 


o<'^i 


MINDORO— EAST    COAST.  203 

• 

with  otlier  patches,  12  to  15  fathoms,  within  a  few  miles 
of  it.  The  soundings  near  the  islands  westward  and  north- 
eastward of  the  Calamianes  have  been  given  with  the  descrip- 
tion of  those  islands ;  they  are  also  very  irregular,  17  to  30 
fathoms,  with  patches  of  5  and  8  fathoms,  and  it  would  appear 
necessary  to  be  on  the  lookout  for  shoal  water  when  navi- 
gating in  this  locality. 

Near  North  Rock  the  soundings  to  the  northward  are  40  and 
50  fathoms,  and  the  same  depths  between  it  and  Busuanga,  on 
a  muddy  bottom. 

A  patch  of  5  fathoms  is  shown  on  the  chart  14  or  15  miles 
to  the  northward  of  the  north  point  of  Busuanga,  in  about 
latitude  12°  35'  N.,  longitude  119°  52'  E.  The  Flyiiig  Fish 
anchored  on  this  bank,  which  is  of  small  extent,  and  sounded 
over  it  with  boats,  but  found  nothing  less  than  10  fathoms, 
with  25  to  30  fathoms  around ;  and  no  bottom  with  250  fathoms 
close  to  the  north wai'd,  which  would  indicate  that  the  patch  is 
on  the  northern  edge  of  the  bank  on  which  the  Calamianes 
are  situated. 

Dimipak,  or  High  Island,  lies  about  2  miles  to  the  north- 
ward of  the  north  point  of  Busuanga.  It  is  a  small  island, 
not  quite  2  miles  in  extent,  and  the  channel  between  it  and 
Busuanga  does  not  appear  to  be  free  of  danger,  as  some  rocks 
were  seen  above  water  eastward  of  the  island. 

About  a  mile  northwestward  of  Dimipak  Island  are  rocks 
above  water,  one  of  which,  named  Sail  Rock,  140  feet  high,  is 
very  remarkable ;  and  If  miles  northwestward  of  this  lies  a 
large  black  rock,  named  Northwest  Rock  or  Dichilem.  When 
passing  between  these  the  Discovery  had  38  fathoms,  and 
about  2  miles  NNE.  of  Northwest  Rock  passed  over  a  coral 
spot  in  8  fathoms. 

Dumunpalit  (Turret)  Island,  bearing  S.  50°  E,,  7^  miles 
from  North  Rock,  is  816  feet  high,  small  and  rocky,  having 
several  detached  rocks  about  it,  and  a  remarkable  hummock 
on  its  southwest  point,  somewhat  like  a  turret. 

Islands  Northeast  of  Busuanga.— Nanga  Islands,  lying 
15  miles  ESE.  of  North  Rock,  are  two  small  wooded  islands 
which  have  sandy  beaches,  and  about  l^  miles  to  the  NNE. 
of  them  there  is  a  black  rock  above  water.  The  largest  of 
these  islands  is  344  feet  high.  The  chart  shows  them  to  be 
surrounded  by  a  reef  extending  nearly  a  mile  from  them. 


MINDORO— EAST    COAST.  203 

• 

■witli  otlier  patches,  12  to  15  fathoms,  %vithin  a  few  miles 
of  it.  The  soundings  near  the  islands  westward  and  north- 
eastward of  the  Calamianes  have  been  given  with  the  descrip- 
tion of  those  islands ;  they  are  also  very  irregular,  1 7  to  30 
fathoms,  with  patches  of  5  and  8  fathoms,  and  it  would  appear 
necessary  to  be  on  the  lookout  for  shoal  water  when  navi- 
gating in  this  locality. 

Near  North  Rock  the  soundings  to  the  northward  are  40  and 
50  fathoms,  and  the  same  depths  between  it  and  Busuanga,  on 
a  muddy  bottom. 

A  patch  of  5  fathoms  is  shown  on  the  chart  14  or  15  miles 
to  the  northward  of  the  north  point  of  Busuanga,  in  about 
latitude  12°  35'  N.,  longitude  119°  52'  E.  The  Flying  Fish 
anchored  on  this  bank,  which  is  of  small  extent,  and  sounded 
over  it  with  boats,  but  found  nothing  less  than  10  fathoms, 
with  25  to  30  fathoms  around ;  and  no  bottom  with  250  fathoms 
close  to  the  northwai'd,  which  would  indicate  that  the  patch  is 
on  the  northern  edge  of  the  bank  on  which  the  Calamianes 
are  situated. 

Dimipak,  or  High  Island,  lies  about  2  miles  to  the  north- 
ward of  the  north  point  of  Busuanga.  It  is  a  small  island, 
not  quite  2  miles  in  extent,  and  the  channel  between  it  and 
Busuanga  does  not  appear  to  be  free  of  danger,  as  some  rocks 
were  seen  above  water  eastward  of  the  island. 

About  a  mile  northwestward  of  Dimipak  Island  are  rocks 
above  water,  one  of  which,  named  Sail  Rock,  140  feet  high,  is 
very  remarkable ;  and  If  miles  northwestward  of  this  lies  a 
large  black  rock,  named  Northwest  Rock  or  Dichilem.  When 
passing  between  these  the  Discovery  had  38  fathoms,  and 
about  2  miles  NNE.  of  Northwest  Rock  passed  over  a  coral 
spot  in  8  fathoms. 

Dumunpalit  (Turret)  Island,  bearing  S.  50°  E.,  1\  miles 
from  North  Rock,  is  816  feet  high,  small  and  rocky,  having 
several  detached  rocks  about  it,  and  a  remarkable  hummock 
on  its  southwest  point,  somewhat  like  a  turret. 

Islands  Northeast  of  Busuanga.— Nanga  Islands,  lying 
15  miles  ESE.  of  North  Rock,  are  two  small  wooded  islands 
which  have  sandy  beaches,  and  about  1^  miles  to  the  NNE, 
of  them  there  is  a  black  rock  above  water.  The  largest  of 
these  islands  is  344  feet  high.  The  chart  shows  them  to  be 
surrounded  by  a  reef  extending  nearly  a  mile  from  them. 


204  MINDORO — EAST    COAST. 

Kamanga  Islands,  soutli  of  Nanga,  are  ab(jut  400  feet  high, 
small  and  steep-sided ;  the  chart  shows  them  to  be  surrounded 
by  a  reef. 

Tara  Island,  when  seen  from  the  northward,  shows  a  triple 
summit  to  its  northwest  end ;  while  its  southern  part  looks 
like  a  separate  island,  saddle-shaped.  From  the  eastward  the 
island  appears  of  uniform  height.  The  southern  summit  is 
730  feet  high,  and  the  northern  one  560  feet.  On  the  south- 
west side  there  is  good  anchorage  in  10  fathoms  in  a  gap  in 
the  reefs  which  extend  westward  from  the  island,  in  some 
places  to  a  distance  of  ^  mile.  From  the  anchorage  the  fol- 
lowing bearings  were  taken :  Kokonongon  Hill  S.  69°  W. ; 
Kamanga  Island  N.  80°  W. ;  and  the  western  point  of  Lagat 
Island  S.  7°  W.  The  island  does  not  appear  to  be  perma- 
nently inhabited;  in  March,  1885,  it  was  occupied  by  parties 
from  Busuanga,  burning  the  grass  and  digging  cassava. 

Lagat  is  a  small  island  334  feet  high,  surrounded  by  a  reef 
with  a  narrow  passage  between  it  and  the  reef  off  the  south 
end  of  Tara. 

Soundings. — A  patch  of  3  fathoms  lies  west  l^-  miles  from 
the  south  end  of  Tara;  the  soundings  about  the  northern  end 
are  irregular;  a  patch  of  6  fathoms  lies  between  Tara  and 
Nanga;  and  a  patch  of  9  fathoms  lies  N.  \  W.  8  miles  from 
the  northern  ena  of  Tara. 

Botak  Island,  800  feet  high,  is  fairly  well  cultivated.  Off 
its  northern  end  there  is  a  queer  pin-shaped  rock,  and  off  its 
southern  end  are  some  sharp-pointed  rocks.  The  vicinity  has 
not  been  sounded. 

Kalanhayuan  Island,  flat-topped,  500  feet  high,  is  connected 
with  Botak  by  a  reef. 

Lubutglubut  Island,  600  feet  high,  is  very  bold  to  the  south- 
ward, and  appears  inaccessible;  north  of  it  a  reef  extends  to 
the  distance  of  1  mile,  with  large  rocks  above  water.  A  group 
of  rocks  without  name  on  the  Spanish  chart,  lies  south  1^^  miles 
off  Lubutglubut.  The  highest  of  the  group  is  about  380  feet 
above  the  sea.     The  vicinity  has  not  been  sounded. 

The  East  Coast  of  Busuanga  is  formed  by  a  range  of 
hills  running  in  a  NNW.  and  SSE.  direction,  having  an  aver- 
age height  of  1,200  feet.  The  most  conspicuous  among  them, 
seen  from  the  northward,  is  a  three-headed  peak,  1,880  feet 
high,  in  latitude  12°  6'  N".,  longitude  120°  16'  E.  Mount  Tun- 
dalara  has  a  smooth  summit  with  a  small  knob  on  it,  and  is  in 


MINDORO — EAST    COAST.  205 

latitude  Vi"^  O'i'  N.,  longitude  120"'  13'  E. ;  it  can  not  be  distin- 
guislied  from  the  nortliward.  Over  Kokonongon  Point  there  is 
a  conspicuous  cone,  1,300  feet  high. 

Minanga  Bay  is  almost  filled  up  by  islands  and  shoals. 
From  Point  Alonon  a  bank  of  coral  extends  3  miles  to  the  NE., 
with  soundings  of  5^  to  12  fathoms  over  it,  shoaling  toward 
the  coast. 

Port  Borak  has  not  been  surveyed ;  it  is  reported  to  be  very 
narrow,  but  sheltered  by  the  islands  Dinaran  and  Matayan ; 
and  to  afford  anchorage  in  2i  to  9  fathoms. 

Dinaran  Island  is  saddle-shaped ;  tlie  two  summits  are  about 
the  same  height,  580  feet  above  the  sea;  it  is  surrounded  by  a 
reef,  which  extends  to  ^  mile  on  all  sides,  except  the  western, 
which  is  steep-to  and  clear ;  a  rocky  shoal  lies  l-j  miles  to  the 
SE.,  with  the  island  Matayan  in  the  middle  of  it;  this  shoal 
is  2^  miles  in  extent,  north  and  south,  and  almost  joins  the 
reef  that  borders  Dinaran  Island. 

Dibitak  Island  is  about  300  feet  high. 

Koron  Island  is  rocky  and  precipitous,  about  1,200  feet  high, 
and  nearly  the  same  height  from  north  to  south.  The  south 
end  terminates  in  a  sharp,  steep  point,  named  Point  Kalis, 
which  can  be  passed  close  to.  About  the  middle  of  the  east- 
ern coast  there  is  a  shoal  of  sand  and  coral,  covered  by  5tV 
fathoms ;  and  another  shoal,  of  3^  fathoms,  lies  midway  be- 
tween Koron  and  Dibitak. 

Koron  Strait  and  Koron 'Bay  are  described  in  China  Sea 
Directory,  Vol.  II. 

Delian  Island,  situated  3^  miles  to  the  NE.  of  Point  Kalis, 
is  450  feet  high.  The  shores  are  steep-to  and  clean,  with  the 
exception  of  a  few  rocks  close  to  its  southern  end,  and  a  reef, 
of  about  a  cable's  extent,  on  its  northeast  side.  On  the  west 
side  there  is  a  white  sand  beach,  with  a  short  spit. 

Shoals  East  and  Southeast  of  Calamianes. — Framjee 
Bank  extends  about  3  miles  in  a  SW.  by  W.  and  NE.  by  E. 
direction,  and  has  a  general  depth  over  it  of  8  to  1 3  fathoms, 
and  is  surrounded  by  40  to  50  fathoms.  The  northwest  side 
is  steep. 

Magallanes  Bank,  the  southern  end  of  which  "is  1^  miles  N. 
by  E.  of  Narvaez,  is  nearly  3  miles  long,  NE.  and  SW.  From 
the  position  of  least  water,  1^  fathoms,  on  the  northern  end, 
Matayan  Island  bears  N.  28°  W.,  and  Point  Kalis  S.  73°  W. 

Narvaez  Bank,  with  4|  fathoms  least  water,  lies  with  Mata- 
yan Island  bearing  N.  20°  W.,  Point  Kalis  W. 


206  MINDOKO— EAST    COAST. 

Aguirre  Bank  (cli.  41,  p.  20G),  SE.  17  miles  off  Delian 
Island,  is  1^  miles  in  extent  NNW.  and  SSE.,  and  1  mile  wide; 
the  least  water  on  it  is  4^  fathoms. 

Beta  Slioal  lies  7  miles  S.  by  E.  of  the  sonth  end  of  Delian, 
and  is  covered  by  6  fathoms,  with  20  fathoms  close  around  it. 

Kabulauan  Islands  are  a  little  group  to  the  eastward  of 
Linapakan,  composed  of  two  larger  islands  and  several  smaller 
ones.  Kabulauan,  or  Sombrero,  is  2i  miles  long  from  NW. 
to  SE.,  with  a  hill  of  moderate  height  on  its  northeast  point. 
On  the  southwest  side  there  is  a  small  bay  bordered  by  a  reef, 
with  4  to  11  fathoms  depth.  The  north  side  of  the  island  is 
foul.  On  the  south  side  there  is  a  rock  which  appears  to  be 
connected  with  the  island  by  a  shoal  of  2^  fathoms ;  at  2  miles 
west  of  the  island  there  is  a  patch  of  44-  fathoms. 

Nangalao,  4^  miles  to  the  NE.  of  Kabulauan,  is  about  2 
miles  long,  NE.  and  SW.,  and  rises  to  a  central  hill  about  500 
feet  high.  Two  small  islets,  joined  to  the  south  point  by  a 
reef,  form  a  bay  with  5  to  11  fathoms  depth.  The  channel 
between  Nangalao  and  Kabulauan  has  not  been  sounded ;  there 
is  an  islet  in  the  middle  of  it. 

Kanaron  Island,  lying  SE.  by  E.  12  miles  from  Kabulauan, 
is  small,  about  300  feet  high,  and  bordered  on  the  north  side 
by  reefs  and  rocks  to  the  distance  of  1  mile.  Solitario,  40 
feet  high,  lies  5  miles  NE.  of  Kanaron;  and  Salimbubug,  100 
feet  high,  lies  5  miles  NW.  by  N.  of  Kanaron. 

SuLU  Sea. — The  space  included  between  the  Sulu  Archi- 
pelago to  the  south  and  Mindoro  to  the  north,  and  having 
the  Philippine  Islands  on  the  east  and  Palawan  on  the  west, 
is  distinguished  by  the  name  of  the  Sulu  Sea.  Although  of 
great  depth,  2,550  fathoms,  this  sea,  which  is  in  connection 
with  the  China  and  Celebes  seas,  and  also  with  the  Paciiic  by 
San  Bernardino  and  Surigao  straits,  has  a  minimum  deep- 
sea  temperature  of  50.5°,  reached  invariably  at  400  fathoms. 
As  this  temperature  in  the  China  Sea  is  at  the  depth  of  200 
fathoms,  and  in  the  Celebes  Sea  at  180  fathoms,  and  in  the 
Pacific  at  230  fathoms,  it  may  be  inferred  that  the  Sulu  Sea 
is  prevented  from  freely  interchanging  its  waters  with  those 
seas  by  ridges  which  do  not  exceed  those  depths. 

Winds. — In  the  Sulu  Sea  easterly  winds  with  fine  weather 
prevail  in  October,  and  the  northeast  monsoon  is  not  estab- 
lished until  November.  In  January  and  February  it  blows 
hardest,  but  not  with  the  force  of  the  China  seas,  and  it  is 


s= 

"  Ul     1, 

"    "    ' ,e 

)          ».?                                                                                 .<« 

J? 

y 

1} 

V 

,P\" 

)..  '^1                      "                        ..                    II 

't 

30 

-;-            V               •'- 

■■" 

•7 

V                                   /»                            '* 

^  ^  -  ' :; 

,, 

,<                                           tS                  ,j 

i> 

"              "^               xJ 

'7             '7 

la                                                  " 

J.                                                           '•»  jj               1- 

*                      '^^     "        '^      .              "" 

^u.    %--- 

/*               ^         -»  »       ^ 

^            jS                                              " 

I «  " «'  r  '^ ^7 

-        '•'                  xl^           'J 

Si                                       ^ " }'~"^^' 

V 

^  >»         "     ■  ■-,      'S          J         "     . 

^ 

'  ,, ...  ^^'^-'2 ''' 

3^ 

'»                                 ,y 

„ 

V 

" 

'S 

.9               ''                                                 „ 

,5 

,s 

an      "       "                  »» 

-) 

RE  C  ONOCIMffiNTO 

''                   •# 

DEL  BANCO  KABABAWAN 

O   AGUlRRj: 

f) 

-a  SO.  de  la.  Isla  Cabucan. 

"9 

)lt 

" 

E.ciU  de    .   mill*. 

MINDORO — EAST    COAST.  307 

felt  strongest  before  tlie  openings  between  Panay  and  Negros, 
and  Negros  and  Mindanao.  At  the  end  of  May  sontliwest 
winds  begin  to  blow,  and  in  a  month  become  established,  to 
terminate  in  October,  bringing  with  them  a  season  made  njj 
of  rain  squalls  and  tempests,  which  take  place  principally  in 
July  and  August.  In  September  a  heavy  mist  hangs  about 
the  coast  of  Mindanao. 

In  the  Sulu  Sea  the  east  or  northeast  monsoon  is  not  a 
steady,  fresh  breeze,  but  often  variable.  Near  Mindanao  the 
northerly  winds  never  blow  fresh,  and  light  changeable  winds 
often  displace  them  for  several  days.  This  often  occurs  at 
the  end  of  January,  and  it  is  considered  that  the  same  winds 
jDrevail  from  the  Sulu  Archipelago  to  Manila. 

Cyclones  occur  occasionally,  chiefly  at  the  changes  of  mon- 
soon, and  appear  to  pass  chiefly  over  the  northern  part  of  1^  :e 
sea. 

Currents. — During  the  northeast  monsoon  the  surface  drift 
is  with  the  wind,  about  f  of  a  mile  an  hour.  In  the  southern 
part  of  the  sea  there  is  generally  a  northwesterly  or  westerly 
current  in  the  neaps  between  Sulu  and  Basilan,  and  in  the 
tracks  thence  to  Balabac  Strait.  In  March  and  April  the 
current  sets  mostly  to  the  eastward  among  the  Sulu  Islands, 
but  it  sets  to  the  westward  at  the  same  time  in  the  openings 
of  the  Philippine  Islands  to  the  north  of  Mindanao. 

Observations  of  currents  during  the  southwest  monsoon  are 
t(jo  scanty  to  afford  reliable  information. 

Tidal  streams. — Two  tidal  waves  enter  the  Sulu  Sea  and 
passages  between  the  Philippine  Archipelago  from  opposite 
directions ;  one  from  the  China  Sea  through  the  western  ojDen- 
ings,  the  other  from  the  Pacific  through  the  eastern  straits, 
viz.,  San  Bernardino,  Surigao,  and  Basilan.  These  waves 
meet  in  the  many  channels  between  the  southern  islands. 

The  wave  from  the  China  Sea  enters  that  sea  from  the 
Pacific  by  the  wide  opening  between  Formosa  and  Luzon, 
and  passes  from  north  to  south  along  the  western  shores  of 
Luzon  and  Palawan,  and  through  the  Verde  Island  Passage, 
Mindoro  Strait,  Linapakan,  and  Balabac  Straits. 

The  Verde  Island  stream,  after  passing  south  along  the 
coast  of  Luzon,  and  deflecting  from  its  waters  into  the  Bay 
of  Manila,  continues  along  the  coast  to  the  southward  and 
eastward  as  far  as  Point  Punas,  where  it  branches,  one  stream 
running  to  tlie  northeast,  round  Tayabas  Bay,  and  north  and 


MINDORO — EAST    COAST.  207 

felt  strongest  before  the  openings  between  Panay  and  Negros, 
and  Negros  and  Mindanao.  At  the  end  of  May  southwest 
winds  begin  to  blow,  and  in  a  month  become  established,  to 
terminate  in  October,  bringing  with  them  a  season  made  up 
of  rain  squalls  and  tempests,  which  take  x>lace  principally  in 
July  and  August.  In  September  a  heavy  mist  hangs  about 
the  coast  of  Mindanao. 

In  the  Sulu  Sea  the  east  or  northeast  monsoon  is  not  a 
steady,  fresh  breeze,  but  often  variable.  Near  Mindanao  the 
northerly  winds  never  blow  fresh,  and  light  changeable  winds 
often  displace  them  for  several  days.  This  often  occurs  at 
the  end  of  January,  and  it  is  considered  that  the  same  winds 
prevail  from  the  Sulu  Archipelago  to  Manila. 

Cyclones  occur  occasionally,  chiefly  at  the  changes  of  mon- 
soon, and  appear  to  pass  chiefly  over  the  northern  part  of  1 ''  .e 
sea. 

Currents. — During  the  northeast  monsoon  the  surface  drift 
is  with  the  wind,  about  f  of  a  mile  an  hour.  In  the  southern 
part  of  the  sea  there  is  generally  a  northwesterly  or  westerly 
current  in  the  neaps  between  Sulu  and  Basilan,  and  in  the 
tracks  thence  to  Balabac  Strait.  In  March  and  April  the 
current  sets  mostly  to  the  eastward  among  the  Sulu  Islands, 
but  it  sets  to  the  westward  at  the  same  time  in  the  openings 
of  the  Philipi^ine  Islands  to  the  north  of  Mindanao. 

Observations  of  currents  during  the  southwest  monsoon  are 
t<jo  scanty  to  afford  reliable  information. 

Tidal  streams. — Two  tidal  waves  enter  the  Sulu  Sea  and 
passages  between  the  Philipi3ine  Archipelago  from  opposite 
directions ;  one  from  the  China  Sea  through  the  western  open- 
ings, the  other  from  the  Pacific  through  the  eastern  straits, 
viz.,  San  Bernardino,  Surigao,  and  Basilan.  These  waves 
meet  in  the  many  channels  between  the  southern  islands. 

The  wave  from  the  China  Sea  enters  that  sea  from  the 
Pacific  by  the  wide  opening  between  Formosa  and  Luzon, 
and  passes  from  north  to  south  along  the  western  shores  of 
Luzon  and  Palawan,  and  through  the  Verde  Island  Passage, 
Mindoro  Strait,  Linapakan,  and  Balabac  Straits. 

The  Verde  Island  stream,  after  passing  south  along  the 
coast  of  Luzon,  and  deflecting  from  its  waters  into  the  Bay 
of  Manila,  continues  along  the  coast  to  the  southward  and 
eastward  as  far  as  Point  Punas,  where  it  branches,  one  stream 
running  to  the  northeast,  round  Tayabas  Bay,  and  north  and 


208  MINDORO — CITIES    AND    TOWNS. 

east  of  Marin(Ui({ue,  througli  Monipog  Strait,  reuniting  with 
the  other  branch,  whicli  passes  southeast,  along  the  Mindoro 
coast  as  far  as  Point  Duniali,  and  then  to  the  eastward,  south 
of  Marinduque  as  far  as  the  Bondog  Peninsula,  where  it  meets 
the  flood  stream  from  the  Pacific,  which  has  passed  through 
San  Bernardino  Strait.  The  northern  part  of  the  Verde  Island 
stream,  which  follows  round  the  bays  of  Taal  (Balagan)  and 
Batanga,  reunites  with  the  i)rincipal  current  near  Verde  Island, 
producing  violent  tide  rips  and  eddies  in  that  part  of  the  chan- 
nel between  points  Puiias  and  Escarceo. 

The  flood  stream  that  enters  by  Mindoro  Strait  follows  the 
coast  of  Mindoro,  setting  to  the  southeast  (as  far  as  Point 
Nasog  in  Panay),  part  of  it  continuing  around  the  coast  of 
Mindoro  to  the  northward  to  Point  Dumali,  where  it  meets 
the  stream  through  Verde  Island  Passage.  The  rest  of  the 
stream  divides  at  the  northwest  point  of  Panay  Island ;  one 
branch  flows  along  the  north  coast  of  Panay,  past  Point 
Bulakan  and  the  Gigantes  Islands,  to  Point  Bulakaki,  the 
north  point  of  Cebii,  where  it  turns  to  the  southward  and 
meets  the  stream  from  the  Pacific  through  Surigao  Strait 
about  6  miles  south  of  Kamotes  Islands;  it  also  flows  into 
Iloilo  Strait  and  Taiion  Strait,  in  both  of  them  meeting  the 
flood  which  has  entered  from  the  southward,  on  the  parallels 
of  the  north  end  of  Negros  and  of  Tagas,  respectively. 

CITIES    AND    TOWNS. 

Abra  de  Hog. — Population,  1,272. 
Baco.  -Population,  440. 

Boac. — Population,  14,722;  situated  48  miles  from  Calapan. 
It  has  higliroads  to  Gasan  and  Mogpog. 
Bongabon. — Population,  271. 
Bulalacao. — Population,  516. 
Caluya.— Population,  509.  , 
Gasan.-Population,  4,785. 
Iling. — Population,  427. 
Irirun.— Population,  143. 
Liooc— Population,  1,204. 

Lubang. — Population,  6, 541 ;  situated  82  miles  from  Calapai? 
Mamburao.— Population,  499. 
Mangarin.— Population,  2, 289. 
Mansalay. — Population,  379. 
Naujan. — Population,  8,312. 


No. 43 


PARAGUA   PROVINCE.  209 

Paluan. — Population,  1,501. 
Pinamalayan.— Population,  292. 
Pola.— Population,  572. 
Puerto  Galera. — Population,  1,912. 
Sablayan. — Population,  851. 
Santa  Cruz  de  Mindoro. — Population,  300. 
Santa  Cruz  de  Napo. — Population,  15,797. 
Semirara. — Population,  189. 
Sibay. — Population,  252. 
Subaan. — Population,  397. 
Tiding. — Population,  154. 

Torrijos. — Population,  3,119;  situated  44  miles  from  Ca- 
lapan. 

ISLAND  AND  PROVINCE  OF  PARAGUA  (PALAWAN). 

(Ch.  42  and  43,  p.  209.) 

The  island  and  Province  of  Paragua  is  the  most  western  of 
the  Philippine  Archipelago,  and  is  situated  to  the  north  of 
Borneo.  It  is  long  and  narrow,  following  a  northeast  direc- 
tion, and  nearly  closes  on  the  southwest  the  Sea  of  Mindanao, 
which  enters  from  the  China  Sea  by  Balabac  Strait  on  the 
south  and  between  Mindoro  and  Paragua  on  the  north.  A 
chain  of  high  mountains,  some  6,560  feet  high,  runs  length- 
wise of  the  narrow  belt  formed  by  the  island,  whose  length  is 
266  miles.  The  northwest  and  northeast  slopes  are  narrow. 
The  island  has  extensive  and  well  protected  harbors  and  bays. 
The  area  is  2,315  square  miles  and  the  population  45,000. 

The  capital  is  Puerto  Princesa,  with  a  population  of  1,589. 


VISAYA  ISLANDS. 


ISLAND  OF  PANAY. 

Panay  is  divided  into  three  provinces,  viz :  Capiz  to  the 
north,  Iloilo  to  the  southeast,  and  Antique  to  the  southwest. 
In  general  it  is  wikl,  with  very  high  coasts,  except  in  the 
northeastern  part,  where  the  latter  are  somewhat  marshy. 
A  mountain  chain  crosses  the  island  from  Point  Juraojurao 
on  the  south  as  far  as  Point  Potol  on  the  north,  following  a 
direction  almost  parallel  to  the  western  coast.  Large  groups 
of  sierras  branch  out  to  the  right  and  left  of  the  central  chain ; 
on  the  eastern  slope  begins  another  chain,  running  northeast 
to  the  extreme  northeasterly  point  of  the  island.  Owing  to 
its  cragginess,  it  has  a  great  number  of  streams  running  in 
different  directions.     The  area  is  4,540  square  miles. 

ITINERARY    OF    COAST    OF    PANAY — WEST    COAST. 

The  promontory,  rising  to  1,857  feet  above  the  sea,  and 
forming  the  northwest  extremity  of  the  island  of  Panay,  ter- 
minates in  this  part  in  a  clear  and  steep  coast,  the  most  sali- 
ent points  of  which  are  those  of  Nasog  and  Pucio. 

Point  Nasog,  the  northwest  point  of  the  island,  is  a  wooded 
bluff  718  feet  high — safe  and  steep.  On  its  northern  side  is  a 
good  anchorage  in  5  fathoms,  sand,  before  the  village  and 
river  Malay. 

Point  Pucio,  8  miles  S.  by  W.  4-  W.  of  Point  Nasog,  and 
similar  to  it,  is  G20  feet  high,  and  girt  with  rocks  which  pro- 
ject to  some  distance. 

The  anchorage  of  Baroanga  is  between  the  two  points,  in  a 
little  bay,  with  a  depth  of  3^  to  4f  fathoms,  before  a  beach, 
near  the  mouth  of  a  little  river.  Between  Baroanga  and  Point 
Pucio  the  coast  is  fringed  with  detached  rocks.  The  largest 
of  these  are  clear,  but  the  lesser  ones  throw  out  reefs  to  the 
distance  of  -j  mile.  Above  these  rocks  the  coast  presents  high, 
rocky  cliffs,  with  cascades  falling  over  them. 

The  coast  from  Point  Pucio  is  safe,  with  good  depth  near 
it.  It  is  bordered  in  general  with  sand  beaches.  Two  lines 
(211) 


212  PANAY — WEST   COAST, 

of  hills  run  parallel  to  the  coast.  Their  slopes  are  cultivated 
and  dotted  with  churches. 

Pandan  Bay  is  safe,  steep,  and  deep,  but  offers  little  shelter. 
The  town  of  Pandan  is  in  the  bend  of  the  coast,  with  the  little 
river  Bugang  running  2  miles  to  the  west  of  it. 

Shoal. — A  bank,  with  If  fathoms  on  it,  lies  1^  miles  N.  72°  W. 
of  the  village  Alipayao,  8  miles  to  the  southward  of  Pandan. 

Manignin  Island,  13  miles  to  the  SW.  of  Point  Pucio,  in 
Panay,  is  small,  with  an  elevation  of  150  feet  in  the  center. 
It  is  fringed  with  a  narrow,  steep  reef.  On  the  southwest 
side  is  a  village  inclosed  by  a  strong  palisading. 

Batbatan  Isle,  at  16^  miles  S.  15°  E.  of  Point  Pucio,  and  8i 
miles  west  of  Point  Lipata,  is  about  400  feet  high,  with  a 
central  hill.  On  the  north  and  northeast  sides  there  is  a  reef, 
but  otherwise  it  is  safe  and  steep-to.  The  channel  between  it 
and  the  coast  is  clear. 

Carmen  Bank,  11^  miles  S.  16°  W.  of  Manignin,  and  15^- 
miles  S.  71°  W.  of  Batbatan,  is  of  sand  and  coral;  it  is  circu- 
lar, of  2  miles  diameter;  the  least  depth  on  it  is  4^  fathoms, 
nearly  in  its  center ;  on  the  rest  of  the  bank  the  depth  is  from 
7  to  23  fathoms.  The  following  bearings  were  taken  from  its 
north  end  by  the  Spanish  surveyors :  Center  of  Seco  Island  S. 
33°  31'  E. ;  Point  Pucio  N.  28°  E. ;  center  of  Manignin  N.  16° 
32'  E.  The  first  of  these  bearings  places  it  in  11°  23'  08"  N.  and 
121°  37'  24"  E. ;  but  Batbatan  with  Point  Pucio,  which  was 
not  clearly  seen,  places  it  more  to  the  westward,  and  Manignin 
still  more  so,  which  makes  one  suspect  that  perhaps  this 
island  is,  in  fact,  nearly  a  mile  to  the  eastward  of  its  assigned 
position. 

Seco,  or  Pontud  Islet,  from  its  southeast  point,  bears  S.  37° 
W.  15  miles  from  Batbatan,  and  SE.  by  S.  nearly  3  miles  from 
Carmen  Bank.  The  dry  part  of  Seco  Bank,  which  is  less  than 
1  cable  in  extent,  and  about  2(5  feet  high,  is  covered  with  trees, 
probably  mangroves ;  at  low  water  rocks  dry  out  at  3  cables 
from  the  sand.  The  soundings  at  f  of  a  mile  from  the  islet 
are  38  to  70  fathoms. 

A  recent  notice  (1884)  states  that  breakers  extend  to  the 
northward  1  mile  farther  than  indicated  on  chart. 

Point  Lipata,  formed  by  a  tongue  of  land  that  advances  1 
mile  to  the  westward,  is  surrounded  by  a  narrow  reef;  there 
is  anchorage  to  the  north  of  it  in  uneven  depths  from  5|  to  23 
fathoms,  which  is  the  only  good  anchorage  on  the  coast  dur- 
ing the  southwest  monsoon. 


PANAY — WEST    COAST.  213 

Maralizon  Islet,  at  3$  miles  SW.  by  S.  of  Point  Lipata,  and 
2  miles  off  the  coast,  is  of  medium  height  and  unsafe ;  a  reef 
advances  1  mile  from  it  to  the  eastward  and  ^  mile  to  the 
"westward.  On  the  coast,  facing  the  islet,  is  the  town  of 
Kolasi. 

Shoals. — In  front  of  the  town  of  Tibiao,  between  Kolasi  and 
Nalupa,  there  is  a  bank  with  6  fathoms  on  it ;  and  before  the 
town  of  Nalupa  there  are  rocks  awash ;  and  a  coral  bank,  with 
l-j  least  water  on  it,  lies  at  2^  miles  W.  by  N.  of  the  town. 

The  coast  from  Nalupa  to  Point  Dalipe  continues  clear,  with 
deep  water  near  it ;  it  consists  of  sand  beaches  forming  slight 
indentations,  and  is  cut  into  by  several  rivulets.  Several 
small  towns  are  on  the  shore.  The  river  Sibalon,  5  miles 
north  of  Point  Dalip^,  has  two  mouths ;  both  have  bars,  on 
which  the  water  is  less  than  1  fathom.  At  a  mile  south  of  the 
river  is  the  town  of  San  Pedro. 

Point  Dalip^  is  low,  and  fringed  with  a  narrow  strip  of 
rock. 

To  the  southward  of  Point  Dalip^  is  a  sandy  bay  lined  with 
rocks,  having  on  its  northern  extremity  the  town  of  San  Jose 
de  Buena vista,  the  capital  of  the  province,  and  on  its  southern 
the  town  of  Antiki.  Provisions  can  be  procured  at  both 
these  places,  as  well  as  wood  and  water. 

The  anchorage  is  to  the  southward  of  the  town  of  San  Jose, 
and  near  it,  in  6  to  7  fathoms,  sand,  well  sheltered  during  the 
northeast  monsoon.  The  river  Malandol  enters  the  bay  a 
little  to  the  south  of  the  town ;  its  depth  is  1|  fathoms.  There 
is  active  coasting  trade  between  San  Jose  and  Iloilo,  distant 
70  miles. 

The  coast  from  Antiki  to  Point  Anini  is  very  steep,  and 
bordered  by  a  sand  beach.  Several  rivers  cut  through  it, 
and  there  are  several  towns  along  it,  the  principal  one  of 
which  is  Dao. 

Point  Naso,  the  wide  southwest  extremity  of  Panay,  is 
formed  by  the  termination  of  the  coast  range ;  it  is  clean  and 
steep-to,  and  is  fronted  by  the  islet  Nogas  off  its  southwest 
point,  and  the  islet  Juraojarao,  3  miles  to  the  eastward  of 
Nogas. 

Nogas  Island  is  off  the  point  and  village  of  Anini,  it  is  sur- 
rounded by  a  reef,  and  forms  with  Point  Anini  a  narrow 
channel  suitable  for  small  craft.  In  the  middle  of  the  western 
entrance  is  a  reef  of  :^  of  a  cable  diameter,  with  2^  fathoms  on 


214  PANAY — SOUTH    COAST. 

it.  Gunboats  can  anclior  east  of  Anini  during  the  northeast 
monsoon  in  1^^  and  2^  fathoms,  sand.  It  is  not  advisable  to 
anchor  between  Nogas  and  Juraojarao,  as  the  bottom  is  rocky. 

SOUTH    COAST. 

The  south  coast  of  Panay  trends  NE.  for  15^  miles  to  Point 
Talisaya,  near  San  Joachin,  and  this  part  of  the  coast  is  high, 
clean,  and  steep-to ;  from  that  point  it  trends  ENE.  for  a  dis- 
tance of  21  miles  to  the  town  of  Oton ;  this  part  of  the  coast 
is  low,  but  free  of  danger  until  near  Oton  Bank.  From  Oton 
to  Iloilo,  5i  miles,  the  shore  continues  low  and  clothed  with 
mangroves.  The  bights  along  the  coast  have  deep  water, 
and  a  vessel  can  work  close  inshore,  or  from  point  to  point 
with  perfect  safety ;  the  wind  scarcely  ever  blows  on  land,  but 
there  is  no  good  anchorage,  as  the  coast  is  steep  and  the  hold- 
ing ground  is  not  good. 

Oton  Bank  is  a  bank  of  soft,  muddy  sand,  which  com- 
mences less  than  |  mile  WSW.  of  the  fort  of  Iloilo,  and 
stretches  for  6  miles  to  the  WSW. ;  it  then  turns  SW.  for  3 
miles,  and  finally  curves  back  to  the  eastward  towards  Point 
Kabalik.  This  bank  is  said  to  be  increasing  to  the  westward. 
The  depth  on  the  ridge  in  the  middle  of  it  is  generally  1^ 
fathoms,  with  two  patches  of  w  fathom,  and  on  the  other  parts 
from  3^  to  5  fathoms ;  the  width,  from  4  cables  at  its  eastern 
end  to  nearly  a  mile  about  its  western  part ;  but  it  is  said  to 
vary  with  the  monsoons.  The  western  limit  of  5  fathoms  is 
shown  on  the  chart  to  lie  S.  24°  W.  of  the  town  of  Oton, 
and  the  southern  limit  to  be  S.  85°  W.  of  the  rugged  point, 
150  feet  high,  1  mile  SSW.  of  Point  Kabalik. 

Oton  Bank  is  comj)osed  of  shifting  sand,  and  vessels  should 
not  attempt  to  cross  it.  The  northern  channel  between  Oton 
Bank  and  the  coast  of  Panay,  which  formerly  had  at  its  east- 
ern end  a  depth  of  3i  to  4  fathoms,  has  shoaled  considerably, 
and  pilots  have  declined,  since  1878,  to  take  vessels  drawing- 
even  less  than  13  feet  through  it. 

Directions. — After  rounding  Point  Naso  steer  ENE.  for 
Sta.  Ana  on  the  coast  of  Guimaras,  and  as  the  coast  is  bold 
stand  in  until  points  Kabalik  and  Bondulan  are  in  line ;  then 
steer  straight  up,  passing  ^  of  a  mile  off  Point  Kabalik,  and 
200  yards  off  Point  Bondulan.  Strangers  are  apt  to  mistake 
points  Bondulan  and  Dapdap  (the  latter  is  at  the  northern 
entrance  of  the  harbor)  for  points  Kabalik  and  Bondulan, 


PAN  AY — SOUTH    COAST.  215 

and  thus  steer  on  to  the  Oton  Bank.  The  i)ik>ts  live  on  Gui- 
maras  Island,  and  come  oft"  on  a  vessel  approachmg-  Point 
Kabalik. 

GuiMARAS  Island,  in  front  of  Iloilo,  is  2di  miles  long, 
NNE.  and  SSW.,  and  10^  miles  wide,  and  forms  with  Panay 
Island  the  Strait  of  Iloilo.  It  is  high  and  hilly,  especially  on 
the  eastern  side,  where  the  hills  Jaljat,  Pandan,  and  Akdan 
rise;  in  clear  weather  these  hills  can  be  seen  from  Point  Sojo- 
ton  on  the  west  coast  of  Negros.  The  southeast  coast  is 
bordered  by  a  number  of  islets,  which  render  the  navigation 
very  difficult.     The  island  is  fertile. 

Point  Kubugao,  at  1^  miles  from  the  mouth  of  the  river 
Dumangas  in  Panay,  forms  the  north  end  of  the  island ;  it  is 
rounded,  and  has  detached  rocks  oft"  it;  from  it  the  coast 
trends  about  SW.  for  7i  miles,  forming  capes  and  bays  up  to 
Point  Bondulan,  opposite  Iloilo,  which  is  high  and  steep.  A 
bank  of  14-  to  2^  fathoms  depth  stretches  out  3  cables  oft'  the 
town  of  Tilat  or  Buena  Vista ;  from  Point  Bondulan  a  large 
bank  of  1  to  44-  fathoms  extends  SW.  for  1|  miles.  Point 
Bondulan,  in  line  with  Iloilo  Fort,  clears  this  bank. 

Point  Kabalik,  which  is  clean  and  bold,  lies  34-  miles  SW. 
by  S.  of  Point  Bondulan;  this  point  should  be  passed  close-to 
in  taking  the  channel  south  of  Oton  Bank,  which  is  here  (> 
cables  wide,  but  looking  from  the  westward  Kabalik  is  not 
easily  distinguished,  being  no  higher  than  the  rest  of  the 
coast,  and,  in  fact,  is  not  so  conspicuous  as  the  j3oint  150  feet 
high  without  a  name,  which  is  1  mile  SW.  by  S.  of  it,  and 
also  clean  and  steep-to.  From  the  south,  or  Sta.  Ana,  Kabalik 
Point  is,  however,  easily  recognized.  From  this  point  the 
coast  turns  south  for  4J-  miles  to  Port  Sta.  Ana,  and  is  bold, 
with  several  little  islets  close  to  it. 

Port  Sta.  Ana  is  a  little  port,  clear  and  deep,  open  to  the 
west,  and  easy  to  make;  the  entrance  is  ^  mile  wide.  Inside, 
to  the  northward,  is  a  point,  with  an  islet  to  the  westward  of 
it,  and  a  rock  awash  at  low  water  f  of  a  cable  to  the  SW.  of 
the  islet.  The  plan  shows  a  shoal  of  1  fathom  extending  1 
cable  south  of  the  point.  The  anchorage  is  in  the  middle  of 
the  port  in  6|-  fathoms.  Water  can  be  obtained  from  a  rivu- 
let at  the  bottom  of  the  port.  It  is  high  water,  full  and 
change,  at  12  hours;  springs  rise  5^  feet. 


216  PANAY — SOUTH    COAST. 

Igan  Bay,  immediately  south  of  Santa  Ana,  is  clear,  with, 
a  depth  of  11  to  13  fathoms  in  the  middle  and  2^  to  5^  fath- 
oms at  the  edge  of  the  bank  that  borders  the  shore. 

Point  Lusaran,  the  southwest  extremity  of  Guimaras,  is 
safe  and  bold  to  the  south  and  east  of  it ;  to  the  NW.  there 
are  several  rocks,  and  an  islet  surrounded  by  reefs,  and  at  2^ 
miles  N.  60°  W.  of  the  point  there  is  a  rocky  shoal. 

The  southeast  coast  of  Guimaras  is  foul,  and  skirted  by 
islets  and  rocks  which  form  narrow  channels  that  can  only 
be  navigated  by  experienced  pilots. 

Guimaras  Strait,  between  this  island  and  Negros,  is  6^ 
miles  wide,  but  the  passage  is  reduced  to  1|  miles  by  the 
islets  and  banks  at  the  southern  entrance.  Ilampulugan 
Island  is  the  most  remarkable  in  the  strait;  between  this 
island  and  Guimaras  there  are  six  steej)  rocks  with  flat  sum- 
mits, on  some  of  which  are  trees ;  to  the  northward  of  it  are 
two  little  islets  connected  with  it  on  the  SE.  by  a  bank  having 
If  fathoms  water  on  it ;  between  this  bank  and  the  reef  off 
Pandan  (on  the  coast  of  Negros)  is  a  channel  of  l^  miles  wide 
and  4^  to  8  fathoms  deep ;  it  is  the  least  dangerous  passage  to 
take,  but  care  must  be  taken  to  avoid  a  bank  not  sounded 
out,  shown  on  the  chart  between  Pandan  and  the  islet  of 
Nadulao ;  as  also  a  bank  of  sand  with  1^  fathoms  over  it,  of 
4  miles  extent,  which  lies  3  miles  SE.  to  SSE.  of  Ilampulugan. 

The  east  coast  of  Guimaras  is  clear,  and  a  depth  of  6i 
fathoms  will  be  found  at  a  distance  of  1  mile  from  it. 

Unisan  Islets  are  a  group  of  rocks  that  lie  about  8  miles 
SE.  of  Point  Lusaran.  They  are  surrounded  by  reefs, 
and  at  1  mile  NW,  of  them  is  a  little  rocky  patch;  the  islets 
and  the  patch  occupy  an  extent  of  2^  miles.  The  soundings 
in  the  neighborhood  show  6^  to  8  fathoms  to  the  northward, 
20  fathoms  at  less  than  a  mile  to  the  eastward,  and  4  to  6^ 
fathoms  in  the  channel  between  them  and  the  islet  Guiuanon. 

Iloilo. — The  town  of  Iloilo  stands  on  a  low  sandy  flat  on 
the  right  bank  of  a  river ;  at  the  end  of  this  flat  is  a  spit  on 
which  a  fort  is  built,  and  close  to  which  there  is  deep  water. 
Vessels  of  moderate  draft  (15  feet)  can  ascend  the  river  a 
short  distance  and  lie  alongside  wharves  which  communicate 
with  the  merchant  houses,  but  large  vessels  must  anchor  out- 
side near  the  spit.  It  is  a  town  of  great  commercial  impor- 
tance, and  a  brisk  coasting  trade  is  carried  on  from  it.  The 
better  class  of  houses  in  Iloilo  are  built  on  strong  wooden 


PANAY — SOUTH    COAST.  217 

posts,  2  or  3  feet  in  diameter,  that  reach  to  the  roof;  stone 
walls  to  the  first  floor,  with  wooden  windows  above,  and  an 
iron  roof.  The  poorer  class  of  dwellings  are  flimsy  erections 
of  nipa,  built  on  fonr  strong  posts.  The  roads  and  bridges 
are  in  a  deplorable  condition  and  almost  impassable  in  the 
rainy  season. 

The  chief  imports  are  Australian  coal,  and  general  mer- 
chandise from  Europe,  but  most  sailing  ships  arrive  in 
ballast. 

The  exports  are  sugar,  tobacco,  rice,  cofi^ee,  hides,  and  hemp ; 
it  is  also  the  principal  place  of  manufacture  of  piiia,  juse, 
and  sinamoya,  a  tissue  greatly  in  use  among  the  Philippines. 
In  1883  93,750  tons  of  sugar  were  exported,  principally  to 
America. 

Typhoons  do  not  occur  regularly,  but  in  most  years  the 
tail  of  one  passes  over  the  place,  which  sufl^ers  also  from  the 
visitations  of  locusts. 

Siq^pUes. — Provisions  of  all  kinds  can  be  obtained,  but  the 
prices  are  higher  than  at  Manila.  In  1886  beef  was  12^  cents 
per  pound,  bread  11  cents,  vegetables  11  cents,  fowls  $2  per 
dozen.  Water  is  scarce  and  is  brought  across  from  Guimaras 
in  tank  boats;  it  is  supplied  to  the  shipping  at  the  rate  of  $1 
per  ton;  the  Europeans  depend  mainly  upon  rain  water. 

There  are  no  docks,  nor  means  for  effecting  repairs ;  marine 
stores  are  not  procurable. 

Coal. — There  are  generally  about  500  tons  in  store,  chiefly 
Australian ;  it  is  kept  for  the  supx)ly  of  local  steamers  that  take 
in  what  they  require  alongside  the  wharves.  Vessels  in  the 
roads  can  have  it  brought  off  in  bulk  in  lighters  or  schooners 
at  a  cost  of  50  cents  a  ton.  Coolies  can  be  hired  at  75  cents 
per  ton,  but  they  will  not  coal  vessels  if  they  can  get  other 
work.  Notice  is  required  the  day  before  coaling,  as  men  are 
not  kept  in  readiness.     Price  of  coal  in  1886  was  $11  per  ton. 

Mails.  —  There  is  regular  weekly  communication  with 
Manila,  which  is  250  miles  distant;  the  steamers  generally 
arrive  on  Monday,  and  leave  on  the  same  or  the  following 
day;  there  are,  besides,  casual  steamers,  and  other  small 
steamers  carrying  on  the  local  trade  to  Antiki  and  Negros ; 
but  most  of  the  small  coasting  traffic  is  conducted  in  schooners. 

Tugs  are  generally  procurable  from  amongst  the  small 
steamers,  and  sailing  vessels  are  generally  towed  out  past  the 
Oton  Bank. 


218  PANAY — SOUTH    COAST. 

River  Iloilo. — From  the  town  to  the  sea  the  river  makes 
two  sharp  bends,  and,  flowing  with  great  force  to  the  east- 
ward, forms  (between  two  banks  consisting  of  its  own  deposits) 
an  entrance  channel,  running  NW.  and  SE.,  of  |  of  a  cable 
width,  and  1^  fathoms  depth  at  low  water.  The  mouth  of  this 
channel  is  ordinarily  marked  by  two  stakes  on  the  edges  of  the 
banks ;  near  tJie  southernmost  is  the  house  of  the  port  pilots. 
In  entering,  the  southern  shore  must  be  kept,  as  it  is  the 
deepest,  and  as  the  bank  projects  from  the  north  side;  within 
the  bar  the  channel  widens  and  the  depth  increases  to  16  and 
22  feet. 

Anchorage. — The  best  anchorage  for  vessels  drawing  under 
13  feet  is  within  the  river,  ofP  the  wooden  jetty  near  the  ware- 
houses. Vessels  of  more  than  13  feet  draft  must  anchor  out- 
side; there  the  best  anchorage  is  with  the  fort  bearing  SW.  ^ 
W.,  and  the  lighthouse  at  the  entrance  NW.  ^  W.  The 
Challenger  anchored  south  of  the  spit,  with  the  fort  bearing 
S.  75°  W.  and  the  right  extreme  of  the  spit  N.  2°  W.,  in  10 
fathoms  at  a  cable's  length  from  the  shore,  as  it  is  convenient 
for  landing  and  walking  up  to  the  town ;  but  the  captain  of  the 
ship  Panay,  who  has  been  trading  here  for  many  years,  reports 
that  in  southwest  winds  a  heavy  sea  sets  in  which  prevents 
landing.  Abreast  of  the  fort  the  eddies  are  strong  and  irreg- 
ular on  the  flood. 

The  anchorage  recommended  is  ofl^  the  entrance  of  the  river, 
with  the  north  end  of  the  fort  spit  bearing  nothing  northward 
of  west.  Abreast  of  the  fort  the  eddies  are  strong  and  irreg- 
ular'on  the  flood;  it  is  necessary  to  moor. 

Tides. — The  tidal  streams  reach  a  strength  of  3  knots  an 
hour,  and  they  turn  at  high  and  low  water  by  the  shore.  It 
is  high  water,  full  and  change,  at  12  hours ;  springs  rise  nearly 
6  feet. 

Lights.— A  fixed  red  light  is  exhibited  on  the  southern  side 
( )f  the  entrance  of  the  river  Iloilo ;  it  is  elevated  20  feet  above 
the  shore  and  24  feet  above  the  sea,  and  is  visible  Q-j  miles, 
through  an  arc  of  240°,  between  the  bearings  of  N.  7°  E.  and 
S.  53°  E.  The  light-house  is  painted  gray  and  the  lantern  is 
of  a  copper  yellow. 

Directions. — Approaching  Iloilo  from  the  southwest  ward, 
steer  in  with  Point  Bondulan  bearing  NE.  f  N.,  until  the 
remarkable  clump  of  trees  on  the  north  side  of  the  river  Iloilo 
is  half  its  width  open  of  the  point;  this  clears  Oton  Bank; 


PANAY — NORTH  AND  EAST  COASTS.  219 

and  when  abreast  the  sandy  beach,  which  is  one-third  tlie 
distance  from  Point  Kabalik  to  Point  Bondulan — keeping 
the  point  south  of  Point  Kabalik  open — edge  to  the  west- 
ward until  the  fort  is  open  of  Point  Bondulan,  and  round  this 
point  with  the  soutlieast  angle  of  the  fort  in  line  with  Point 
Dapdap. 

NORTH    AND   EAST   COASTS. 

Point  Potol  is  flat  and  sandy,  with  a  few  trees  on  it.  To 
the  east  of  the  point,  at  less  than  a  mile  distance,  are  seven 
rocky  islets.  Small  craft  can  pass  between  them  and  the 
coast  at  high  water. 

Coast. — From  Point  Potol  the  general  trend  of  the  coast  is 
approximately  ESE.  for  73  miles  to  Point  Bulakau,  the  north- 
east point  of  the  island  Panay.  The  shore  is  for  the  most 
part  sandy,  and  the  coast  in  its  neighborhood  low. 

Point  Sabonkogon,  3^  miles  east  of  Point  Potol,  with  which 
it  forms  a  small  bay,  is  high  and  clear,  and  can  be  aj)proached 
to  within  a  short  distance.  From  it  to  Point  Ibahai,  11^  miles 
S.  02°  E.,  the  shore  is  clear  and  steep. 

Point  Ibahai  is  sandy  and  flat.  On  it  is  the  town  of  the 
same  name.  NE.  of  the  town  there  is  good  anchorage,  shel- 
tered from  southerly  winds;  but,  as  during  the  southwest 
monsoon  the  wind  often  veers  suddenly  to  NW.,  and  Pontud 
Bank  would  then  be  to  leeward,  a  large  vessel  could  not 
remain  here  with  safety. 

Point  Sigat,  2^  miles  E.  by  S.  of  Point  Ibahai,  and  Agpa, 
2i  miles  farther  on,  are  both  high  and  surrounded  by  reefs  a 
cable  wide,  with  8  fathoms  at  the  edge.  Between  them  is  a 
little  bay,  open  to  the  north,  and  fronted  by  Pontud  Bank. 
The  soundings  in  it  range  11  fathoms,  coarse  sand,  between 
the  points,  to  2  fathoms,  sand,  near  the  beach  at  the  end. 

Pontud  Bank,  the  southeast  extremity  of  which  is  1^  miles 
N.  by  E.  of  Point  Agpa,  extends  2i  miles  to  the  NW.,  with 
a  width  of  1  mile.  It  has  three  heads;  the  center  one  is  the 
shallowest,  having  ^  fathom,  sand  and  stones,  on  it ;  that  to 
the  SE.  has  If  fathoms,  coral,  and  that  to  the  NW.  3i  fath- 
oms, sand  and  stones.  The  northern  part  of  the  shoal  bears 
NE.  3  miles  from  Point  Sigat,  and  has  8  to  23  fathoms  at  its 
edge,  and  no  bottom  with  100  fathoms  line  at  the  distance  of 
2  miles.  The  channel  between  the  bank  and  the  coast  is  good 
and  deep. 


220  PAXAY — NORTH  AND  EAST  COASTS. 

Akdan  Point  and  River  are  Ti  miles  SE.  of  Point  Agpa. 
The  point,  wliicli  is  fiat,  is  formed  by  deposits  from  the  river, 
which  flows  out  to  the  west  of  it.  On  the  bar  there  is  ordi- 
narily 5  feet  water,  and  with  fresh  northeast  breezes  the  sea 
breaks  heavily  on  it. 

Port  Batan  (ch.  44,  p.  220),  10  miles  SE.  of  Akdan  Bar,  is  a 
deep  bay  surrounded  by  low  land  cut  into  by  several  creeks. 
The  entrance  is  open  to  the  NNE.  and  can  easily  be  recog- 
nized by  Okbok  Hill,  an  isolated  cliff  with  a  flat  top,  sit- 
uated 2  miles  to  the  east  of  it  in  low  land  near  the  beach.  On 
each  of  the  points  that  form  the  entrance  there  is  a  vantay, 
and  both  points  send  out  banks ;  the  one  from  the  east  point 
extends  1^  miles  NNE.  and  has  f  of  a  fathom  on  it,  and  2 
fathoms  at  the  end ;  the  one  from  the  west  point  extends  i  mile 
to  the  north  and  has  1  fathom  on  it.  Between  these  two  banks 
is  a  channel  3  cables  wide  and  6  fathoms  deep,  running  approx- 
imately N.  IT'-'  E.  and  S.  17°  W.,  that  leads  to  the  interior  of 
the  port,  which  is  completely  sheltered  from  wind  and  sea. 
The  bar  fronting  the  channel  has  ordinarily  3  fathoms  on  it, 
but  it  is  liable,  as  well  as  the  banks  from  the  entrance  points, 
to  shift  with  the  freshets.  There  are  no  other  dangers  than 
these  banks ;  they  are  not  marked  by  stakes,  but  are  indicated 
by  the  color  of  the  water  over  them. 

Anclwrage. — The  best  anchorage  inside  is  in  5^  fathoms, 
mud,  before  the  town  of  Batan. 

Sapian  Bay  is  3  miles  wide,  and  the  same  in  depth ;  it  is  safe, 
with  4  fathoms  at  the  entrance,  and  3  fathoms  in  the  center  of 
the  bay.  It  is  sheltered  from  all  winds  but  those  from  the 
northward. 

Mobai  and  Tuat  are  small  rocky  islets,  with  trees  upon  them. 
Mobai  is  clean,  with  soundings  of  3  fathoms  off  it ;  but  Tuat 
has  rocks  on  its  northern  and  southern  sides.  Between  these 
islets  and  the  point  south  of  them  the  depth  is  4i  fathoms; 
but  the  point  is  fringed  with  rocky  islets  and  shoals  of  2 
fathoms. 

Point  Nipa  (Kolasi)  is  high  and  very  steep ;  there  are  two 
flat  rocks  f  of  a  mile  north  of  it ;  the  northern  one  covers  only 
at  very  high  tides;  between  the  two  the  depth  is  3  to  4  fath- 
oms, and  between  the  south  one  and  the  point  3  fathoms; 
outside  the  rocks  there  are  5^  to  7  fathoms. 

Kapis  Roads,  open  to  the  NW.,  offers  an  anchor c^ge  in  6 
fathoms,  sheltered  from  the  NE.  between  the  bai  of  the  river 
Kapis  and  Point  Nipa. 


FORT  BATAN 

Spot »  Lat.n'tusHcrs.-Um^.usraa.WK. 


PANAY — NORTH    AND   EAST   COASTS.  221 

River  Kapis,  or  Panay,  one  of  the  most  important  in  the 
island  of  Panay,  is  protected  by  a  bar  of  sand,  on  which  there 
are  4  or  5  feet  at  low  water  and  sometimes  as  much  as  13  feet 
at  high  water.  Within  the  bar  the  depth  increases  to  3  fath- 
oms and  continues  that  depth  for  3  miles,  as  far  as  the  town 
of  Kapis,  which  carries  on  a  brisk  native  trade,  principally  in 
export  of  rice.     Steamers  from  Manila  call  weekly. 

Olutaya  Island  is  1  mile  in  length,  NE.  and  SW.,  and  very 
narrow ;  two  rocks  above  water  lie  off  its  northeastern  part, 
and  another  off  its  southwestern  end.  The  coast  of  the  island 
forms  little  bays,  in  which  coasters  Und  anchorage  in  3  to  4 
fathoms.  Around  the  island  there  is  7  fathoms  water,  but 
the  passage  between  it  and  the  main  is  blocked. 

Between  Olutaya  Island  and  Bulakau  Point  there  is  a  great 
bay,  with  no  good  anchorage  in  it. 

Kasamayan  Bank,  3  miles  NW.  of  the  town  Sanayon,  on 
the  southeastern  shore  of  the  bay,  is  f  of  a  mile  long,  west 
and  east,  and  ^  mile  wide ;  it  consists  of  sand  and  rock.  The 
middle  part  uncovers  at  very  low  tides;  the  remainder  has 
less  than  6  feet  water  over  it.  From  the  center  Sharp  Peak 
bears  S.  i  W.  and  Olutaya  Island  WNW. 

Bulakau  Point,  the  northeastern  extremity  of  Panay  Island, 
is  a  spur  from  the  mountains  Sibala  and  Sharp  Peak ;  the  point 
is  low  and  terminates  in  a  sand  spit,  with  rocks  at  the  end, 
which  extends  out  rather  less  than  i  of  a  mile,  and  uncovers 
at  low  water. 

Tidal  streams. — In  the  sea  north  of  Panay,  sometimes 
called  the  Sea  of  Kapis,  the  flood  stream  enters  from  the 
westward  by  the  passage  between  Panay,  Karabao,  and 
Tablas,  and  also  by  the  passage  between  Tablas  Romblon 
and  Sibuyan. 

This  last  stream  passes  along  the  southwest  coast  of  Sibuyan 
and  between  Kauit  Point  and  Cresta  de  Gallo  with  great  force, 
but  on  the  east  coast  of  Sibuyan  it  meets  the  flood  stream  from 
the  eastward  by  the  Strait  of  San  Bernardino  and  loses  all 
its  force. 

The  ebb  stream  moves  in  the  reverse  direction  and  by  the 
same  passages,  and  is  not  felt  on  the  southwest  coast  of 
Sibuyan. 

The  strength  of  the  stream  at  full  and  change  of  moon  is 
3^  miles  an  hour  between  Panay  and  Tablas,  and  'I  miles  an 
hour  between  Tablas  and  Sibuyan. 


PANAY — NORTH    AND    EAST    COASTS.  221 

River  Kapis,  or  Panay,  one  of  the  most  important  in  the 
island  of  Panay,  is  protected  by  a  bar  of  sand,  on  whicli  there 
are  4  or  5  feet  at  low  water  and  sometimes  as  much  as  i:}  feet 
at  high  water.  Within  the  bar  tlie  depth  increases  to  3  fath- 
oms and  continues  that  depth  for  3  miles,  as  far  as  the  town 
of  Kapis,  which  carries  on  a  brisk  native  trade,  principally  in 
export  of  rice.     Steamers  from  Manila  call  weekly. 

Olutaya  Island  is  1  mile  in  length,  NE.  and  SW.,  and  very 
narrow ;  two  rocks  above  water  lie  off  its  northeastern  part, 
and  another  off  its  southwestern  end.  The  coast  of  the  island 
forms  little  bays,  in  which  coasters  find  anchorage  in  3  to  4 
fathoms.  Around  the  island  there  is  7  fathoms  water,  but 
the  passage  between  it  and  the  main  is  blocked. 

Between  Olutaya  Island  and  Bulakau  Point  there  is  a  great 
bay,  with  no  good  anchorage  in  it. 

Kasamayan  Bank,  3  miles  NW.  of  the  town  Sanayon,  on 
the  southeastern  shore  of  the  bay,  is  f  of  a  mile  long,  west 
and  east,  and  ^  mile  wide ;  it  consists  of  sand  and  rock.  The 
middle  part  uncovers  at  very  low  tides;  the  remainder  has 
less  than  6  feet  waiter  over  it.  From  the  center  Sharp  Peak 
bears  S.  i  W.  and  Olutaya  Island  WNW. 

Bulakau  Point,  the  northeastern  extremity  of  Panay  Island, 
is  a  spur  from  the  mountains  Sibala  and  Sharj^  Peak ;  the  point 
is  low  and  terminates  in  a  sand  spit,  with  rocks  at  the  end, 
which  extends  out  rather  less  than  ^  of  a  mile,  and  uncovers 
at  low  water. 

Tidal  streams. — In  the  sea  north  of  Panay,  sometimes 
called  the  Sea  of  Kapis,  the  flood  stream  enters  from  the 
westward  by  the  passage  between  Panay,  Karabao,  and 
Tablas,  and  also  by  the  passage  between  Tablas  Romblon 
and  Sibuyan. 

This  last  stream  passes  along  the  southwest  coast  of  Sibuyan 
and  between  Kauit  Point  and  Cresta  de  Gallo  with  great  force, 
but  on  the  east  coast  of  Sibuyan  it  meets  the  flood  stream  from 
the  eastward  by  the  Strait  of  San  Bernardino  and  loses  all 
its  force. 

The  ebb  stream  moves  in  the  reverse  direction  and  by  the 
same  passages,  and  is  not  felt  on  the  southwest  coast  of 
Sibuyan. 

The  strength  of  the  stream  at  full  and  change  of  moon  is 
3^  miles  an  hour  between  Panay  and  Tablas,  and  2  miles  an 
hour  between  Tablas  and  Sibuyan. 


222  l^\NAV — NORTH    AND    EAST    COASTS. 

JiNTOToLO  Channel  is  ilie  name  given  to  the  passage 
between  tlu'  sontliwest  point  of  Masbate  and  the  northeast 
l>oint  of  Panay.  Jintotolo  Island,  already  described,  and  the 
Zapatos,  three  islets  on  a  bank  lying  6  miles  SW.  of  Jintotolo 
Island,  divide  the  channel  into  three  passages;  that  between 
Jintotolo  Island  and  the  Zapatos  is  generally  used. 

Zapato  Mayor  is  260  feet  high,  wooded,  and  cultivated ;  a 
shoal  extends  1  mile  to  the  westward  from  the  island,  and  has 
3i  fathoms  water  over  it,  and  5^  to  7  fathoms  at  its  edge. 

Zapato  Menor  is  270  feet  high,  bare,  and  clean  on  all  sides 
except  the  western,  from  which  there  projects  a  narrow  ledge. 

The  little  islet  Chinela,  between  the  two  Zapatos,  is  sur- 
rounded by  a  reef  3  to  4  cables  wide.  The  depth  of  water  on 
the  bank  and  between  the  islets  is  5^  to  8  fathoms. 

Elcano  Shoal. — In  August,  1865,  the  Spanish  gun  vessel 
Elcano  struck  soundings  on  a  bank  of  sand  and  rock,  13  to  5^ 
fathoms.  From  the  position  in  5^  fathoms  Zapato  Mayor  bore 
S.  33°  E.,  Pulanduta  Point  N.  85°  E.,  and  Kamasusu  Island 
N.  43°  E. ;  the  extent  of  the  bank  was  estimated  at  3  miles 
WNW.  and  ESE. 

This  bank  is  not  shown  on  the  Spanish  chart  corrected  to 
1873,  but  its  position  is  close  to  the  eastward  of  a  sounding  of 

10  fathoms,  obtained  by  H.  M.  S.  Nassau  in  1871.  It  lies 
close  to  one  of  the  most  frequented  routes  of  the  archipelago, 
but  as  yet  no  other  notice  of  any  danger  has  been  reported. 

Cucaracha  Shoal,  6  miles  N.  30°  E.  of  Bulakau  Point,  and 

11  miles  S.  79°  E.  of  Zapato  Mayor,  is  a  small  cir^cular  bank, 
1^  miles  in  diameter,  covered  by  2i  fathoms,  with  one  rock 
iiearly  awash  on  its  northern  part.  Off  the  northern  edge  of 
the  shoal  the  depth  is  4  fathoms,  and  off  the  southern  edge  6 
fathoms. 

Islands  off  the  East  Coast  of  Panay. — Manigonigo,  1| 
miles  N.  10°  E.  of  Point  Bulakau,  is  a  conical  islet,  small  and 
sandy,  90  feet  high,  surrounded  by  rocks  to  the  distance  of  1 
cable  on  all  sides  but  the  south,  where  they  extend  to  2  cables. 
The  channel  between  the  islet  and  the  point  has  a  depth  of 
2f  to  4  fathoms,  and  is  only  fit  for  small  craft;  the  greater 
depth  is  near  the  islet. 

Danger. — A  dangerous  rock  covered  by  If  fathoms  water, 
with  2^  fathoms  beside  it,  lies  1  mile  S.  26°  W.  of  Manigonigo, 
and  less  than  1\  miles  from  the  coast. 

Currents. — The  tidal  streams  are  strong  here;  the  flood  tide 
sets  to  the  east,  and  the  ebb  to  the  west. 


PANAY — NORTH    AND    EAST    COASTS.  223 

Lulughan,  or  Nabunat,  3^  miles  W.  by  S.  of  Point  Bulakau, 
is  1  mile  in  extent  and  100  feet  high ;  it  is  surrounded  l)y  rocks 
which  extend  4  cables  from  it  to  the  SW.  A  patch  of  2 
fathoms  lies  1^  miles  SW.  of  the  isle. 

Tulunanaun,  If  miles  SW.  of  Lulugban,  has  a  hill  200  feet 
high;  on  its  northern  part  it  is  1^  miles  long,  NE.  and  SW., 
and  is  surrounded  by  rocks  to  the  distance  of  2  cables,  with 
soundings  of  2^  to  4  fathoms  at  the  edge ;  on  its  northwest 
coast  are  three  steep  rocks.  The  channel  which  separates  it 
from  Lulugban  has  2^  to  4  fathoms  water.  At  1  mile  SE.  of 
Tulunanaun  is  a  patch  of  34-  fathoms,  surrounded  by  G4-  to  74 
fathoms. 

Balbagan  is  about  a  mile  long,  north  and  south,  narrow,  and 
about  100  feet  high,  with  a  little  sand  hill  on  its  southeast 
extremity.  It  is  surrounded  by  rocks  and  by  a  shoal  which 
extends  from  it  8  cables  to  the  north,  a  mile  to  the  NE.,  and 
2  miles  to  the  south,  where  on  the  end  of  the  shoal  there  is  3^ 
fathoms  water  and  5^  off  it.  The  west  coast  of  the  isle  is  clear 
at  2  cables  from  it.  At  1^  miles  S.  75°  E.  of  Balbagan,  be- 
tween it  and  South  Gig  ante,  are  rocks  awash  at  low  water,  and 
at  the  northern  entrance  of  the  channel,  between  it  and  North 
Gigante,  a  patch  of  5|  fathoms. 

The  channel  between  Balbagan  and  Tulunanaun,  with  the 
exception  of  the  rock  above-mentioned,  S.  45°  E.  of  Balbagan, 
is  clear,  with  7  to  16  fathoms  depth,  but  midway  between 
Balbagan  and  Lulugban  is  a  patch  of  2f  fathoms,  and  the 
soundings  on  the  western  side  of  this  channel  are  irregular 
from  3i  to  6  fathoms.  Vessels  of  large  draft  will  do  well  to 
take  the  passage  north  of  the  Gigantes,  rather  than  that  be- 
tween Balbagan  and  Tulunanaun  islets. 

Gigantes  Islands,  or  Sibuluak,  are  a  group  of  two  islands 
of  moderate  height,  together  with  several  islets,  and  sharp, 
detached  rocks.  The  group  is  clear  on  its  northern  side,  and 
the  shoals  on  the  other  sides  do  not  project  more  than  f  of  a 
mile. 

North  Gigante,  or  Sibuluak  Babai,  is  2  miles  long,  north 
and  south,  and  1  mile  wide,  with  a  wooded  hill  on  either  ex- 
tremity ;  it  is  surrounded  by  a  shoal  which  extends  to  i  mile 
to  the  east  and  west  of  it.  At  7  cables  to  the  east  of  the 
northeast  extremity  lies  the  islet  Uaidajan,  clear  and  steep, 
with  51-  to  9  fathoms  between  it  and  North  Gigante.  On  the 
southeast  edge  of  the  bank  there  are  three  detached  rocks, 
with  no  channel  between  them  and  the  island. 


224  PANAY — NORTH    AND    EAST    COASTS. 

South  Gigante,  or  Sibuliiak  Lalaki,  ^  mile  south  of  tlie 
northern  island,  is  of  irregular  form,  about  2  miles  long  from 
east  to  west,  and  |  mile  wide  on  the  western  side,  which  is 
the  highest.  On  its  northern  side  is  a  reef  which  dries,  and 
forms,  with  the  reef  of  the  northern  island,  a  channel  with  1^ 
fathoms  at  the  eastern  end  and  0  fathoms  at  the  western ;  the 
other  sides  are  clear.  At  8  cables  SE.  of  South  Gigantes  are 
three  small  islands ;  the  southernmost,  named  Antonia,  is  clear 
on  the  outside.  Between  these  islets  and  South  Gigantes  there 
is  a  channel  of  6  to  8  fathoms  depth. 

Anchorage. — In  the  northeast  monsoon  vessels  of  all  sizes 
can  anchor  off  the  southwest  coast  of  South  Gigante  in  7 
fathoms,  mud  and  sand.  In  the  southwest  monsoon  very  small 
vessels  can  anchor  in  the  channel  between  the  islands. 

Bank. — About  5  miles  N.  61°  E.  of  the  northeast  point  of 
North  Gigante,  is  the  shallowest  part  (3:^  fathoms)  of  a  bank, 
which  extends  approximately  9  miles  ESE.  and  WNW.,  with 
a  mean  width  of  3^  miles.  The  depth  on  it  is  irregular,  from 
3i  to  9  fathoms.  The  bank  is  included  between  the  bearings 
NE.  by  N.  and  E.  i  N.,  from  the  northeast  point  of  North 
Gigante.  The  channel  between  the  shallow  part  of  the  bank 
and  North  Gigante,  is  the  most  open  and  direct  for  going 
through  Jintotolo  Channel. 

Isolated  shoals. — Within  a  radius  of  12  miles  from  NW.  by 
W,  to  SE.  by  E.  of  North  Gigante,  there  are  a  certain  number 
of  isolated  patches  covered  by  4  to  7  fathoms  water.  The 
northernmost  of  these,  of  4  fathoms,  has  not  been  examined; 
and  the  position  of  another,  of  6  fathoms,  near  the  edge  of  the 
last  described  bank,  is  doubtful. 

Coast. — From  Point  Bulakau  the  coast  trends  SSE.  for  2-j 
miles  up  to  a  bluff,  Kamboloton,  and  thence  forms  a  wide  but 
shallow  bay,  fronted  by  the  island  Baliu,  and  terminated  by 
Point  Kago,  4|-  miles  south  of  the  bluff.  This  bay,  which  is 
named  Bankul,  has  only  1^  fathoms  depth  at  high  water,  and 
at  low  water  several  sand  banks  appear,  which  block  the 
passage  to  the  three  rivers  that  fall  into  it. 

Balin  or  Binuluangan  Island  is  3^  miles  long,  low  and  of 
irregular  shape ;  it  has  a  surrounding  reef  with  several  rocky 
islets  on  it;  the  channel  between  the  south  point  of  Balin 
and  Point  Kago  is  1^  fathoms  deep. 

Kalagnan  Island  is  separated  from  Balin  by  a  channel  7 
cables  wide  at  the  northeast  end,  but  almost  closed  at  the 


PANAY — NORTH    AND   EAST   COASTS.  225 

southwest;  it  is  3|-  miles  long,  NE.  and  SW.,  and  3  miles 
wide,  and  of  regular  height.  The  east  coast  is  clear  and 
steep,  but  the  northeast  point  has  several  rocks  around  it; 
the  western  side  contains  several  bays  of  no  importance, 
because  of  the  little  depth  of  water  in  them.  Three  and 
one-half  miles  east  of  the  north  point  of  the  island  there  is 
a  patch  of  6  fathoms,  surrounded  by  14  to  17  fathoms. 

Cauas  is  a  little  island  off  the  east  coast  of  Kalagnan ;  it  is 
-f  mile  long,  east  and  west,  of  middling  height,  and  clean,  with 
7  to  11  fathoms  at  1  cable  from  its  east  side,  and  2f  to  3|  at 
the  same  distance  from  its  west  side.  The  soundings  in  the 
channel  between  it  and  Kalagnan  are  7  to  11  fathoms,  and  in 
the  channel  between  it  and  the  northwest  point  of  Sikogon, 
11  fathoms. 

Sikogon,  6  cables  SE.  of  Kalagnan,  is  high  and  of  2^  miles 
length,  NE.  and  SW.  The  northeastern  part  has  a  reef  of  2 
cables  width,  on  which  is  a  little  islet,  steep  on  the  outside ; 
this  reef  fringes  the  island  on  its  northern  and  western  sides ; 
the  east  coast  is  clean  and  steep.  At  2^  miles  east  of  the  little 
islet  on  the  north  side  is  a  patch  of  -If  fathoms,  surrounded 
by  9  to  20  fathoms. 

Carmencita  Shoal  is  small,  of  sand  and  rock,  with  5  feet 
least  water  on  it,  and  4  to  6  fathoms  at  the  edges.  It  bears 
S.  42°  E.  1  mile  from  the  east  point  of  Caiias,  and  is  9  cables 
from  the  north  coast  of  Sikogon. 

Sikogon  Channel,  between  Sikogon  and  Kalagnan,  is  ^  mile 
wide  and  7  to  12  fathoms  deep;  it  is  clear  and  safe,  and  is  the 
channel  recommended  for  vessels  making  for  Iloilo  Strait. 

Coast. — South  of  Point  Kago  the  coast  forms  a  little  shoal 
bay  and  then  the  anchorage  of  Estancia,  of  2^  to  5^  fathoms, 
between  the  little  island  Luginut  (SW.  of  Kalagnan)  and  the 
Bayas  Isles.  The  town  of  Estancia  is  a  mile  inland,  and 
there  is  a  good  road  to  it  from  the  coast.  From  there  the 
coast  is  foul,  and  should  be  avoided  till  off  the  island  Raga- 
lumbi,  which  is  high ;  it  then  forms  two  bays,  clear  and  deep, 
giving  fair  shelter  and  anchorage  in  westerly  winds  to  the 
strait  between  Tagil  Island  and  the  coast  of  Panay. 

Bayas  Isles  are  a  group  of  four  islets,  of  little  height,  near 
the  coast,  3f  miles  SE.  of  Point  Kago.  They  extend  If  miles 
from  east  to  west  and  are  surrounded  by  sand  banks  and 
rocks,  with  no  passage  between  them.  At  1  mile  west  of  the 
south  point  of  the  largest  isle  is  a  shoal  awash  at  low  water, 


226  PANAY — NORTH  AND  EAST  COASTS. 

and  between  Bayas  and  tlie  island  to  the  northward,  Luginut, 
is  another  x)atch  of  ^  fathom. 

Anchorage. — Small  craft  can  find  anchorage,  sheltered  from 
all  winds,  between  Bayas  and  Lnginut,  in  2^  to  7  fathoms. 
H.  M.  S.  Nassau  anchored  in  December,  1871,  in  13  fathoms, 
mud,  with  Culebra  Island  S.  by  E.  ^  E.  and  the  right  tangent 
of  Sikogon  E.  -^  S.,  the  weather  being  thick  and  dirty,  and 
night  coming  on. 

Culebra. — Midway  between  Sikogon  and  Pan  de  Azucar 
is  a  small  island  about  200  feet  high,  surrounded  by  a  reef  of 
sand  and  rock,  which  extends  6  cables  to  the  westward,  with 
1-^  fathoms  at  its  extreme  western  edge,  and  11  fathoms  at  a 
short  distance  from  the  island  and  from  the  reef. 

Shoals. — There  are  three  shoals  northward  and  eastward  of 
Culebra.  The  northernmost  is  2i  miles  N.  42°  E.  of  Culebra, 
of  1  mile  extent,  and  2  fathoms  least  water  on  its  east  side, 
and  3|  and  6  fathoms  on  the  rest  of  the  shoal.  The  eastern- 
most is  4  miles  ENE.  of  Culebra,  and  has  If  fathoms  water 
over  it,  and  the  southernmost  is  2^  miles  E.  by  N.  of  Culebra, 
with  1^  least  water.  These  three  shoals  all  have  8  to  20  fath- 
oms around  them,  which  are  the  general  soundings  off  the 
northeast  coast  of  Panay.  Nearly  5^  miles  SE.  of  Culebra, 
and  at  the  same  distance  to  the  east  of  Pan  de  Azucar,  there 
are  two  patches  of  2f  and  3f  fathoms,  surrounded  by  14  and 
15  fathoms. 

Pan  de  Azucar  (sugar  loaf)  is  near  the  coast  of  Panay,  and 
is  the  largest  of  a  group  of  five  islands  at  the  northern  entrance 
of  Iloilo  Strait.  Its  base  is  4  miles  in  extent,  and  it  has  two 
remarkable  peaks;  the  highest  is  2,037  feet.  The  north  coast 
sends  out  a  reef  to  the  northward,  which  terminates  in  a  rock 
at  ^  mile  from  the  island.  The  east  coast  is  clear.  Between 
this  island  and  Tagil,  to  the  SW.,  is  a  narrow  channel  of  1  to 
l-j  fathoms.  Bagaisi,  1  mile  north  of  Pan  de  Azucar,  is  clear 
and  deep  in  its  surroundings. 

Naburut,  4  cables  off  the  northwest  coast  of  Pan  de  Azucar, 
is  clean. 

Buglug,  on  the  southeast  coast  of  Pan  de  Azucar,  is  united 
to  that  island  by  a  stretch  of  land ;  it  is  clear  and  steep  on 
the  east  side. 

Midway  between  Pan  de  Azucar  and  the  coast  of  Panay  is 
a  small  shoal,  of  1  cable  extent,  awash  at  low  water,  there  are 
2^-  fathoms  between  it  and  Pan  de  Azucar,  and  1|  fathoms 
between  it  and  Tagii. 


PANAY — NORTH    AND    EAST    COASTS.  227 

Malaiigaban,  1^  miles  soiitlieast  of  Pan  de  Azucar,  is  nearly 
round;  high,  clear  and  deep  off  its  western  j)art.  The  little 
islet  close  to  its  southwest  part  is  also  clear.  The  channel 
between  Malangaban  and  Pan  de  Azucar  is  1|^  miles  wide, 
and  9  to  12  fathoms  deep.  Danao,  between  Malangaban  and 
Bulubadiangan,  is  small  and  surrounded  by  a  reef;  the  chan- 
nel l)etween  it  and  Bulubadiangan  has  3^  to  4  fathoms. 

Bulubadiangan,  2  miles  SSE.  of  the  south  point  of  Pan  de 
Azucar,  is  of  triangular  shape,  of  middling  height,  clear  and 
deep ;  off  its  south  point  are  two  islets  joined  to  the  point  by 
a  reef. 

Baliguian,  9  miles  east  of  Bulubadiangan,  is  a  small  islet, 
150  feet  high,  surrounded  by  a  narrow  reef  very  steep-to, 
around  which  there  are  1 5  to  20  fathoms.  This  islet  is  a  good 
natural  mark  for  vessels  making  Iloilo  Strait  from  the  north- 
ward and  from  the  eastward,  to  clear  the  numerous  shoals 
about  the  route. 

Shoals. — The  three  nearest  shoals  are:  One  of  2^  fathoms, 
lying  south  li  miles  of  Baliguian;  another  of  2f  fathoms, 
lying  NE.  3i  miles;  and  another  of  3f  fathoms,  NNE.  i  E. 
4^  miles  from  Baliguian.  The  French  charts  show  another 
shoal  4  miles  north  of  Baliguian. 

A  written  description  of  all  the  other  shoals  which  en- 
cumber the  channel  north  of  Negros  Island,  between  the 
northeast  part  of  Panay  and  the  island  Bantayan,  would  be 
needless ;  they  can  best  be  understood  from  the  chart. 

Tagil  Island,  between  Pan  de  Azucar  and  the  headland  of 
Bakahuan,  is  3i  miles  in  length  from  north  to  south  and  of 
moderate  height.  The  eastern  shore  is  clear  and  steep,  with 
the  exception  of  a  small  shoal  that  projects  from  the  middle 
of  it.  The  western  shore  and  the  south  point  send  out  reefs, 
and  off  the  southwest  point  is  a  rocky  shoal,  awash  at  low 
water.  The  passages  which  these  reefs  and  shoal  form  with 
the  coast  of  Panay,  have  a  depth  of  l^  to  24  fathoms. 

Sombrero,  i  mile  NW.  of  the  northwest  point  of  Bulubadi- 
angan, is  round,  high,  clean,  and  steep-to.  At  its  southeast 
part  there  is  anchorage  in  9  fathoms,  mud,  sheltered  from 
southwest  winds.  The  channels  between  it  and  Pan  de 
'  Azucar  and  Bulubadiangan  are  safe ;  in  the  last  the  depth  is 
6i  fathoms. 

Bagabu  is  very  near  the  south  point  of  Tagil ;  on  its  south 
part  a  point  of  sand  and  rocks  projects  to  a  very  short  dis- 
tance. The  channel  between  this  islet  and  Bulubadiangan  is 
14-  miles  wide  and  7  fathoms  deep. 


228  PANAY — SOUTHEAST    COAST. 

Tugubanhan  is  a  little  more  than  a  mile  SE.  oi  Bakalian 
lieadland  on  the  coast  of  Panay,  with  which  it  forms  the  strait 
named  Apiton.  It  is  4  miles  long,  NNE.  and  SSW.,  and  2 
miles  wide ;  high,  clear,  and  steep-to. 

Apiton  Strait  is  the  southern  termination  of  the  inner  route 
to  Iloilo  Strait  from  the  northward ;  it  is  clear,  with  a  depth 
of  9  to  11  fathoms,  and  the  coasts  on  either  side  are  steep, 

Anajuayan,  2  miles  SE.  of  Tugubanhan,  is  336  feet  high, 
and  visible  from  a  shij)'s  deck  15  miles  off.  Between  it  and 
Tugubanhan  the  depth  is  12  fathoms. 

Turia  Rock  is  a  dangerous  rock  4  miles  S.  44°  W.  of  Ana- 
juayan; it  is  about  100  feet  in  extent,  with  5i  feet  water  on 
it,  and  8  fathoms  close  to.  From  a  position  in  4^  fathoms, 
220  feet  north  of  the  rock,  the  following  bearings  were  taken : 
Tangent  of  southeast  part  of  Anajuayan  N.  47°  E.,  north  part 
of  Calabazas  islands  N.  63°  W. 

Anchorages. — The  Challenger,  in  October,  1874,  anchored 
for  the  night  north  of  Anajuayan  in  10  fathoms,  with  the 
right  tangent  of  Tugubanhan  bearing  N.  and  the  left  tangent 
S.  53°  W.  There  is  also  anchorage  off  the  northwest  side  of 
Tugubanhan,  and  off  Bakahan  bluff. 

SOUTHEAST    COAST. 

The  north  side  of  Apiton  Strait  is  formed  by  a  rocky  head- 
land (Bakahan  Bluff),  high,  clear,  and  steep-to,  with  a  little 
islet  joined  to  its  southern  jjart.  On  the  south  side  of  the  bluff 
is  Abra  de  Apiton,  a  creek  with  an  entrance  channel  1  fathom 
deep,  close  to  the  north  shore  and  between  that  shore  and  a 
bank  in  the  mouth  of  the  creek.  Inside  there  is  a  depth  of  3 
fathoms,  and  anchorage  for  small  craft  near  some  rocks  off 
the  beach. 

TFaier.— There  is  a  watering  place  on  the  north  shore  near 
the  first  beach  at  the  entrance ;  water  can  also  be  obtained  on 
the  south  side,  but  not  so  good. 

West  of  Abra  de  Apiton  the  coast  forms  a  bay,  Ajui,  3|- 
miles  wide,  in  which  there  is  shelter  from  northeast  winds. 
The  river  Ajui,  leading  to  the  town  of  the  same  name,  enters 
on  the  north  shore;  it  has  a  depth  of  1  to  1^  fathoms  at  high 
water. 

Binanan  Islets  are  two  small  islets  in  the  middle  of  the  bay, 
near  the  coast ;  between  them,  and  about  them,  the  depth  is 
4|  fathoms. 


PANAY — SOUTHEAST    (^X)AST.  229 

On  the  western  shore  are  the  towns  Mangurukurn  and  Pili, 
the  last  standing  on  a  little  heiglit  on  the  western  point  of  tlie 
bay.  Sal  Islets  are  united  to  the  coast  off  Pili  hy  a  reef  having 
f  of  a  fathom  on  it  at  low  water. 

Calabazas  Isles  are  two  islets  of  little  height  and  extent  to 
the  southward  of  Sal  Islets,  and  f  of  a  mile  from  the  coast  of 
Panay;  the  southernmost  has  a  steep  beach  of  sand  on  its 
northern  side,  where  there  is  anchorage  sheltered  from  the 
southwest.  The  soundings  on  the  outside  of  these  islets  are 
44-  to  8  fathoms ;  between  them  S-i-  fathoms,  and  between  them 
again  and  the  coast  of  Panay,  5^  to  7  fathoms. 

Pepitas  Rocks,  1|-  miles  to  the  southward  of  the  Calabazas, 
are  some  black  rocks  7  feet  high,  about  1  cable  in  extent; 
vessels  can  pass  between  them  and  the  coast,  and  also  between 
them  and  the  Calabazas. 

Coast. — Kulasi  Bay  and  Canas  Gulf  offer  no  shelter.  Baro- 
tak  Bay  has  a  depth  of  3  fathoms ;  a  river  of  the  same  name 
enters  it,  in  which  boats  can  ascend  at  high  water  to  the  town 
of  Barotak.  The  point  which  separates  this  bay  from  the 
next,  Banate,  is  surrounded  by  rocks,  steep-to,  which  continue 
round  the  shore  in  front  of  the  town,  Banate.  From  here  the 
coast  trends  to  the  southward  for  13  miles  to  Point  Dumangas, 
and  then  west  5  miles  to  the  river  Dumangas ;  it  is  low  and 
covered  by  mangroves,  and  is  unai^proachable  on  account  of 
shoal  water,  there  being  a  depth  of  1^  fathoms  at  a  distance 
of  3  miles  in  places.  The  rivers  Anilao  and  Dumangas  are 
shallow,  and  boats  can  enter  them  at  high  water  only. 

Mounts  Orok  and  Saligit  are  about  equal  in  height,  but 
Mount  Orok  has  a  small  sharp  peak,  and  Mount  Saligit  a  long 
flat  summit.  When  in  line  they  serve  as  marks  for  the  east- 
ern end  of  Iguana  Shoal.  Mount  Kolan,  or  Kolait,  is  low, 
and  not  conspicuous  until  bearing  west. 

Tomonton  Shoal,  off  Point  Tomonton  in  Negros,  stretches  2i 
miles  to  the  NW.,  and  must  be  given  a  wide  berth;  it  has  1^ 
fathoms  at  its  end,  and  is  said  to  be  extending. 

Iguana  Bank  is  a  long  spit  of  sand  in  the  middle  of  the 
eastern  entrance  of  Iloilo  Strait,  between  Point  Dumangas 
and  the  island  Guimaras.  The  shallowest  part  of  the  bank, 
on  which  the  least  water  is  1^  fathoms,  is  i  mile  in  length, 
ENE,  and  WSW.,  and  3  cables  wide.  From  it  Dumangas 
Vantay  bears  N.  by  E.,  and  the  largest  of  the  Siete  Pecados 
NW.  by  W.  i  W.     A  patch  of  2  fathoms  lies  8  cables  NW. 


230  PANAY — SOUTHEAST    COAST. 

of  this  ])usitio]i,  and  the  part  of  tlie  bank  covered  with  less 
than  4  fathoms  water  lies  between  the  bearings  S.  20°  E.,  and 
S.  53°  W.  from  Dumangas  Vantay,  and  S.  53°  E.  ami  S.  ?3° 
E.  from  the  largest  of  the  Siete  Pecados.  On  this  arc  of  20° 
the  light  on  Siete  Pecados  shows  a  red  sector.  Mounts  Orok 
and  Saligit  in  line  over  Dumangas  Vantay,  bearing  NNW.  f 
W.,  clear  the  eastern  end  of  this  shoal. 

The  channels  between  this  limit  of  4  fathoms  round  the 
bank,  and  the  same  depth  off  the  coast,  are  about  a  mile 
wide.  In  the  northern  channel  the  least  depth  is  4^  fathoms, 
and  in  the  southern  6^  fathoms  at  their  eastern  entrance. 
The  tidal  streams  set  with  great  force  over  Iguana  Bank. 

Siete  Pecados  is  a  cluster  of  rocks  lying  in  mid-channel  off 
the  north  of  Guimaras.  The  highest,  from  which  a  light  is 
exhibited,  is  25  feet  above  the  sea,  and  all  of  them  are  steep ; 
but  on  the  ends  of  the  shelf  on  which  they  stand,  and  which 
measures  about  ^  mile,  NE.  and  SW.,  there  are  rocks  with 
very  little  water  on  them.  A  rock  with  4  feet  of  water  over 
it,  on  which  the  Marquis  de  Victoria  struck,  lies  270  feet  from 
the  northwest  islet  of  the  group ;  it  is  a  pinnacle  with  8  and  9 
fathoms  all  round  it,  and  lies  out  of  the  usual  track. 

The  channel  between  the  Siete  Pecados  and  the  coast  of 
Panay  is  i  mile  wide  and  9^  to  20  fathoms  deep ;  the  channel 
between  them  and  Guimaras  is  of  the  same  Avidth,  and  7  to  10 
fathoms  deep.  Both  are  clear,  but  the  northern  is  preferable. 
Vessels  should  keep  nearer  the  islands  than  to  the  coast  of 
Panay. 

From  this  to  the  port  of  Iloilo  the  course  is  clear. 

Light  on  Siete  Pecados.- — An  iron  light-house,  29  feet  high, 
colored  bluish  gray,  is  erected  on  the  southern  cliffs  of  the 
largest  islet  of  this  group,  in  the  northern  part  of  Iloilo  Strait, 
exhibiting  a  fixed  white  light  showing  a  red  sector  through 
an  arc  of  20°,  or  between  the  bearings  of  N.  74°  W.  and  N. 
54°  W.  (covering  Iguana  Bank) ;  it  is  raised  98  feet  above  the 
sea,  and  should  be  visible  in  clear  weather  from  a  distance  of 
11  miles. 

Currents. — The  flood  tide  in  Iloilo  Strait  passes  to  the  north 
as  far  as  Pan  de  Azucar,  approximately,  where  it  meets  the 
other  branch  of  the  flood  tide  coming  from  the  northward. 
The  ebb  stream  runs  in  the  opposite  direction,  /.  e.,  to  the 
southward  in  Iloilo  Strait,  and  to  the  northward  north  of  Pan 
de  Azucar.  The  velocity  in  the  strait  reaches  4  to  5  miles  an 
hour. 


PANAY — SOUTHEAST    COAST.  231 

General  directions  from  Verde  Island  Passage  to  Iloilo, 
eastern  route. — The  directions  for  Verde  Island  Passage  as  far 
as  Dumali  Point  have  been  given  in  the  last  chapter.  From 
a  position  4  miles  NE.  of  Dumali  Point  a  southeast  course 
will  lead  between  Dos  Hermanas  and  Maestro  de  Campo 
Islands  and  south  of  Simara ;  then  Cobrador  Island  should  be 
steered  for  until  the  channel  opens  between  Romblon  and 
Tablas  Islands.  After  rounding  the  northeast  point  of  Tablas 
a  south  course  takes  a  ship  in  mid-channel  and  clear  of  all 
danger.  The  light  of  Port  Romblon  is  badly  placed,  and 
scarcely  discernible ;  it  is  not  an  official  light.  By  night  this 
south  course  should  be  kept  for  14  miles,  then  a  SE.  |  E.  course 
leads  2  miles  south  of  the  southern  end  of  Cresta  de  Gallo  Reef 
and  midway  between  Jintotolo  Island  and  Zapato  Mayor.  If 
the  weather  is  misty,  the  first  land  seen  will  probably  be  the 
high  and  conical  hill  of  Olutaya,  on  the  northern  coast  of 
Panay. 

From  2  miles  south  of  Jintotolo  Island  a  course  SE.  by  E. 
Y  E.  should  be  steered  for  9  miles  until  the  peak  of  Pan  de 
Azucar  bears  S.  by  W.  ^  W.,  and  then  a  south  course  toward 
the  highest  hill  of  Sikogon  Island.  This  will  lead  between 
Balbagan  and  Tulunanauan  Islets,  in  depths  of  7  and  8 
fathoms,  and  ^  mile  east  of  the  2f-fathom  patch  between 
Balbagan  and  Lulugban  islets. 

The  east  point  of  Canas  Islet  in  line  with  same  highest  hill 
of  Sikogon  will  clear  that  2f  patch.  When  east  of  the  north 
point  of  Kalagnan  Islet  steer  for  the  middle  of  the  channel 
between  Kalagnan  and  Sikogon,  south  of  Cailas.  This  channel 
passed,  steer  S.  by  W.  ^  W.  to  clear  the  reef  of  the  island 
Culebra ;  when  west  of  that  island  steer  to  pass  between  Bug- 
lug  on  the  southeast  coast  of  Pan  de  Azucar  and  Malangaban, 
then  between  Bulubadiangan  and  Sombrero,  which  is  I  mile 
to  the  NW.  of  it,  then  through  Apiton  Channel  between  the 
coast  bluff  and  Tugubanhan,  and  enter  the  Strait  of  Iloilo. 
All  these  channels  are  clear,  and  the  least  depth  is  7  fathoms. 
After  Apiton  Channel  the  Calabazas  Islands  and  Pepitas 
Rocks,  which  are  safe,  will  be  passed  at  1  to  2  miles  distance. 

Vessels  drawing  less  than  13  feet  can  pass  between  Point 
Bulakau  and  Manigonigo  Islet,  but  this  channel  is  not  recom- 
mended. 

If  it  is  proposed  to  pass  outside  the  island,  after  passing  be- 
tween Balbagan  and  Lulugban  when  abreast  of  Tulunanauan 


232  PANAY — SOUTHEAST    COAST. 

steer  S.  27"^  E.  until  Baliguian  Islet  bears  south ;  a  course  south 
for  that  islet  will  then  lead  half  way  between  the  patches  of 
2f  and  3f  fathoms.  From  Baliguian  a  course  SW.  ^  W.  will 
lead  between  Anauayan  and  Ilakaon  on  the  north  coast  of 
Negros,  taking  care  to  avoid  Turia  Rock.  To  clear  this  rock 
a  vessel  should  not  pass  west  of  the  south  point  of  Tugubanhan 
until  the  southern  extremity  of  Calabazas  bears  WNW. ;  she 
can  then  steer  WSW. 

If  it  is  preferred  to  pass  northward  and  eastward  of  the 
Gigantes,  North  Gigante  should  be  passed  at  the  distance  of 
1^  miles,  and  either  the  Sikogon  and  Apiton  passage  may  be 
taken,  or  the  Anauayan  Channel. 

From  Apiton  Pass  or  Anauayan  Channel,  whichever  has 
been  taken,  a  course  should  be  steered  to  pass  3  miles  from 
Tomonton  Point  in  Negros,  and  then  a  SW.  by  S.  course 
should  be  shaped  for  12  miles,  keeping  a  lookout  for  the  reefs 
off  the  coast  of  Panay.  When  the  highest  of  the  Siete  Peca- 
dos  bears  W.  i  N.,  a  course  should  be  steered  for  it,  gradu- 
ally approaching  the  fishing  stakes  on  the  Panay  side ;  this 
will  lead  clear  of  the  shoal  water  off  Point  Dumangas  and 
that  extending  WNW.  of  Iguana  Bank.  These  fishing  stakes 
are  generally  in  2  fathoms  water,  and  at  1  or  2  cables  from 
them  the  depth  is  9  to  11  fathoms. 

Directions  for  Iloilo  Strait. — Coming  from  the  eastward 
and  passing  north  of  Siete  Pecados,  vessels  should  round 
Dumangas  Point  at  a  distance  of  1  mile,  and  keep  within  the 
white  light  of  Siete  Pecados,  avoiding  the  red  sector.  From 
abreast  the  light,  a  mid-channel  course  should  be  maintained 
to  Kabugao  Point,  when  the  red  light  at  Iloilo  may  be  steered 
for,  keeping  rather  to  the  Guimaras  shore. 

To  pass  southward  of  Siete  Pecados,  the  light  should  be 
approached  bearing  about  NW.,  avoiding  the  red  sector  and 
the  bank  extending  about  1  mile  northeastward  of  Nabalus 
village.  A  small  shoal  lies  in  the  mid-channel  about  south 
from  the  light,  which  will  be  avoided  by  keeping  more  toward 
the  light  when  it  approaches  the  bearing  of  north.  When 
westward  of  the  light,  proceed  as  directed  before. 

Northward  from  Port  Iloilo,  leaving  Iloilo  by  the  eastern 
channel,  the  Pecados  Rocks,  in  line  with  a  fall  of  the  hills  in 
the  back  range  of  Panay  Island,  bearing  W.  \  N.,  will  lead 
between  Iguana  Bank  and  the  shoal  water  off  the  northern 
shore;  and  when  mounts  Saligit  and  Orok  are  in  line,  bearing 


ANTIQUE   PROVINCE.  233 

NXW.  f  W.  and  Point  Tomonton  NE.  i  E.,  a  NNE.  course 
may  be  taken. 

PROVINCE  OF  ANTIQUE. 

Situated  south  of  Luzon,  it  is  bounded  on  the  north  by 
Cai^iz,  on  the  south  by  Mindanao  Sea,  on  the  east  by  Iloilo  and 
Capiz.  and  on  the  west  by  the  Sea  of  Calamianes.  The  coun- 
try is  mountainous  and  covered  with  forests,  which  afford 
good  timber,  resins,  pitch,  wax,  etc.  The  principal  industries 
are  stock  raising  and  the  manufacture  of  fabrics.  In  the 
mountains  are  mines  of  various  metals  and  hard  coal,  and 
(|uarries  of  marble.  The  area  is  839  square  miles,  and  the 
population  9,356,  divided  among  20  pueblos,  51  visitas,  and  74: 
rancherias  of  infieles. 

The  capital  is  San  Jose  de  Buenavista,  with  a  population 
of  5,621.  It  is  situated  262  miles  from  Manila,  and  communi- 
cates with  the  other  provinces  of  the  island  by  means  of  regular 
highways  in  dry  weather,  but  these  are  impassable  in  rainy 
weather.     In  general,  traveling  is  done  by  sea. 

CITIES    AND    TOWNS. 

Anini. — Population,  4,802. 

Antique. — Population,  1,236;  situated  4:  miles  from  San 
Jose  de  Buenavista. 

Barbasa. — Population,  3,231. 

Bugason. — Population,  14,104;  situated  24  miles  from  San 
Jose  de  Buenavista. 

Cagayancillo.— Population,  3,000;  situated  95  miles  from 
San  Jos^  de  Buenavista. 

Cavitan. — Population,  1,240;  situated  30  miles  from  San 
Jose  de  Buenavista. 

Culasi. — Population,  10,553;  situated  52  miles  from  San 
Jost'  de  Buenavista. 

Dao. — Population,  T,948;  situated  25  miles  from  San  Jos^ 
de  Buenavista.     It  has  a  highroad  to  Carabao. 

Egana. — Population,  1,995,  the  township  having  3,807; 
situated  13  miles  from  San  Jose  de  Buenavista. 

Guisijan. — Population,  6,247;  situated  26  miles  from  San 
Jose  de  Buenavista. 

Lunisijan. — Population,  2,962;  situated  25  miles  from  San 
Jose  de  Buenavista. 

Nalupa  Nuevo. — Population,  2,972. 


234  CAPIZ    PROVINCE. 

Pandan. — Population,  13,737;  situated  103  miles  from  San 
Jose  de  Biienavista.     It  lias  a  liighroad  to  Patnongon, 

Patnongon.— Poi)nlation,  5,011;  situated  3  miles  from  San 
Jose  de  Buenavista. 

San  Pedro.— Population,  7,3G6;  situated  3  miles  by  wagon 
road  from  San  Jos^  de  Buenavista, 

San  Remigio. — Population,  2,503;  situated  11  miles  from 
San  Jose  de  Buenavista. 

Sebaste.— Population,  3,G76;  situated  6G  miles  from  San 
Jose  de  Buenavista. 

Sibalom. — Population,  11,675;  situated  G  miles  from  San 
Jose  de  Buenavista.  It  lias  liigliroads  to  the  latter  place  as 
well  as  to  San  Pedro,  San  Remigio,  and  Egaiia. 

Tibiao. — Population,  5,4:02;  situated  44  miles  from  San  Josd 
de  Buenavista. 

Valderrama. — Poimlation,  4,372;  situated  25  miles  from 
San  Jos^  de  Buenavista. 

PROVINCE   OF  CAPIZ. 

It  is  bounded  on  the  north  by  the  Archipelago  Sea,  on  the 
east  by  the  District  of  Concepcidn,  on  the  south  by  the  ridge 
separating  it  from  Iloilo,  and  on  the  southwest  by  the  moun- 
tains separating  it  from  the  Province  of  Antique.  Its  very 
high  mountains  are  covered  with  luxuriant  vegetation,  and 
give  rise  to  many  rivers  which  water  the  valleys  of  the  prov- 
ince. There  are  gold  and  copper  mines,  and  much  tobacco, 
sugar,  rice,  and  abaca  is  raised.  During  the  year  three  fairs 
are  held,  in  which  articles  of  the  country  are  bartered.  The 
province  is  divided  into  two  parts,  called  Ilaya  and  Aclan, 
which  aie  irrigated  by  the  rivers  Panay  and  Adan,  respec- 
tively. The  area  is  1,543  square  miles  and  the  population 
189,171,  distributed  among  36  pueblos  and  287  barrios. 

The  capital  is  Capiz,  with  a  population  of  13,676.  It  is 
situated  290  miles  from  Manila.  It  has  a  harbor  for  vessels 
of  ordinary  draft,  and  highroads  to  Iloilo,  Antique,  and  the 
District  of  Concepcidn.  There  is  a  steamer  kept  by  the  state, 
stopping  at  the  harbor  every  28  days  and  keeping  up  commu- 
nication with  Manila,  Romblon,  Iloilo,  and  Cebii. 

CITIES    AND    TOWNS. 

Balate. — Population,  5,065;  situated  40  miles  from  Capiz. 

Banga.— Population,  9,127. 

Batan. — Population,  12,908;  situated  31  miles  from  Capiz. 


ILOILO    PROVINCE.  235 

Buruanga. — Population,  3,9G7;  situated  80  miles  from 
Capiz. 

Calibo. — Population,  10,815;  situated  -10  miles  from  Capiz. 

Cuartero. — Population,  5, 175. 

Dao. — Population,  8,785;  situated  17  miles  from  Capiz, 

Dumalag. — Population,  8,000 ;  situated  26  miles  from  Capiz. 
It  has  a  road  to  Tapaz  and  one  to  Cuartero. 

Dumarao. — Population,  5,085;  situated  28  miles  from 
Capiz.     It  lias  a  telegraph  station. 

Ibajay. — Population,  11,351 ;  situated  62  miles  from  Capiz. 

Ibisan. — Population,  5,000;  situated  6  miles  from  Capiz. 

Jaguaya. — Population,  2,500;  situated  31  miles  from  Capiz. 

Jamindan. — Population,  5,000;  situated  6  miles  from 
Capiz. 

Jimeno. — Population,  3,278;  situated  25  miles  from  Capiz. 

Lezo. — Population,  5,500. 

Libacao. — Population,  3,914;  situated  47  miles  from  Cai)iz. 

Loctugan. — Population,  3,475 ;  situated  5  miles  from  Capiz. 

Macato. — Population,  10,136  ;  situated  45  miles  from  Capiz. 

Madalag. — Population,  2,684;  situated  48  miles  from  Capiz. 

Malinao. — Population,  7,571 ;  situated  22  miles  from  Capiz. 

Mambusao. — Population,  11,000;  situated  20  miles  from 
Capiz. 

Navas. — Population,  5,257;  situated  75  miles  from  Capiz. 

Numancia. — Population,  6,123. 

Panay. — Population,  15,484;  situated  4  miles  from  Capiz. 

Panitan.— Population,  10,020. 

Pilar. — PoiDulation,  2,895,  the  township  having  8,905;  situ- 
ated 30  miles  from  Capiz. 

Pontevedra. — Population,  9,512;  situated  32  miles  from 
Capiz. 

Sapian. — Population,  4,803. 

Segui. — Population,  3,802;  situated  17  miles  from  Capiz. 
There  are  highroads  to  Dao,  Mambusao,  and  Ibisan. 

Sigma. — Population,  1,000;  situated  14  miles  from  Capiz. 

Tangalan. — Population,  2,982;  situated  51  miles  from  Ca- 
piz. 

Tapaz. — Population,  2,892;  situated  22  miles  from  Capiz. 

PROVIXCE   OF   ILOILO. 

It  is  situated  to  the  southeast  of  the  Province  of  Capiz  and 
■west  of  Antique.  The  ground  is  generally  level,  and,  being 
irrigated  bv  numerous  rivers,  is  fertile,  so  that  tobacco,  cacao. 


236  ILOILO    PROVINCE. 

sugar  cane,  abacji,  rice,  and  maize  are  grown;  besides,  tliere 
is  good  pasturage  for  raising  herds  of  cattle  and  horses,  and 
gold  and  other  mines  are  known.  The  principal  industry  is 
the  manufacture  of  fabrics  of  sinamay,  piila,  jusi,  etc.,  reciuir- 
ing  over  30,000  looms.  The  dimensions  are  99  miles  in  length 
by  27  miles  in  width,  and  the  population  is  472,728. 

The  capital  is  Iloilo,  with  a  population  of  10,380.  It  is 
situated  355  miles  from  Manila,  and  is  the  residence  of  the 
governor,  captain  of  port,  and  a  number  of  treasury,  justice, 
and  foment©  officials.  It  has  a  pretty  cathedral,  a  seminary, 
casa  real,  and  court-house.  It  is  one  of  the  most  mercantile 
towns  of  the  Visaya  group,  and  has  some  industries,  among 
which  are  a  machine  shop  and  foundry,  a  carriage  factory, 
and  a  hat  factory. 

CITIES    AXD    TOWNS. 

Alimodian.— Population,  11,837;  situated  12  miles  from 
Iloilo. 

Anilao. — Population,  2,099;  situated  12  miles  from  Iloilo. 

Arevalo. — Population,  3,594;  situated  4  miles  from  Iloilo. 

Banate. — Population,  6,764;  situated  31  miles  from  Iloilo. 

Barotac  Nuevo. — Population,  11,805. 

Barotac  Viejo. — Population,  5,590;  situated  32  miles  from 
Iloilo. 

Buenavista. — Population,  3,497;  situated  1  mile  from 
Iloil... 

Cabatuan. — Population,  18,177;  situated  13  miles  from 
Iloilo.  It  has  highroads  to  Maasin,  Janinay,  Santa  Barbara, 
and  San  Miguel. 

Calinog'. — Population,  8,800;  situated  23  miles  from  Iloilo. 
It  lias  a  highroad. 

Cordoba. — Population,  2,744;  situated  2  miles  from  Iloilo. 

Dingle.— Population,  11,000;  situated  21  miles  from  Iloilo. 

Dueiias. — Population,  7,130;  situated  28  miles  from  Iloilo. 

Dumangas. — Population,  14,114;  situated -24  miles  from 
Iloilo. 

Guimbal.— Population,  10,958;  situated  18  miles  from 
Iloilo. 

Igbaras.— Population,  12,140;  situated  24  miles  from  Iloilo. 

Janinay. — Population,  28,738;  situated  3  miles  from  Iloilo. 

Jarc— Population,  9,482. 

Lambunao. — Population,  7,989;  situated  21  miles  from 
Iloilo.     It  has  a  highroad. 


BOHOL    PROVINCE.  237 

Leganes. — Population,  2,875;  situated  6  miles  from  Iloilo. 
It  has  a  highroad  to  Iloilo  to  the  south  and  to  Zarraga  to  the 
north. 

Leon. — Population,  13,950;  situated  Ki  miles  from  Iloilo. 
It  has  liighroads  to  Cordoba  and  San  Miguel. 

Liucena, — Population,  0,511;  situated  7  miles  from  Iloilo. 

Maasin. — Population,  9,074. 

Manduriao. — -Population,  0,749;  situated  4  miles  from  Ilo- 
ilo 

Miagas. — Population,  22,100;  situated  24  miles  from  Iloilo. 

Mina. — Population,  4,357. 

Molo. — Population,  9,547. 

Nagaba. — Population,  8,000;  situated  5  miles  from  Iloilo. 

Oton. — Population,  13,303;  situated  7  miles  from  Iloilo. 

Passi.— Population,  13,802. 

Pavia. — Population,  10,221;  situated  0  miles  from  Iloilo. 

Paz  (La). — Population,  3,041;  situated  i  mile  from  Iloilo. 
There  are  two  highroads,  one  to  Iloilo  and  one  to  Jaro,  and  a 
post  office. 

Pototan, — Population,  14,512 ;  situated  18  miles  from  Iloilo. 

San  Dionisio. — Population,  1,782. 

San  Enrique.^Population,  3,015;  situated  27  miles  from 
Iloilo. 

San  Joaquin. — Population,  13,918;  situated  34  miles  from 
Iloilo.     It  has  a  telegraph  station. 

San  Miguel. — Population,  7,300;  situated  9  miles  from 
Iloilo. 

Santa  Barbara. — Population,  13,000;  situated  10  miles 
from  Iloilo.  It  has  highroads  leading  to  Cabatuan,  Pavia, 
San  Miguel,  Zarraga,  and  Lucena. 

Sara. — Population,  10,950;  situated  75  miles  from  Iloilo. 

Tigbauan. — Population,  9,109 ;  situated  7  miles  from  Iloilo. 

Tubugan. — Population,  4,368 ;  situated  31  miles  from  Iloilo. 

Zarraga. — Population,  5,208;  situated  8  miles  from  Iloilo. 

PROVINCE  OF  BOHOL. 

It  is  bounded  on  the  north  by  the  sea  between  Cebil  and 
Leyte,  on  the  east  by  the  Surigao  Sea,  on  the  south  by  the  Sea 
of  Mindanao,  and  on  the  west  by  the  channel  separating  it 
from  Cebii.  The  province  is  composed  of  the  islands  of  Bohol 
and  Dauis.  They  are  somewhat  mountainous  and  well 
wooded,  and  coffee,  abaca,  sugar  cane,  and  tobacco  are  raised. 


238  BOHOL — SOUTHWEST    COAST. 

In  the  mountains  of  Boliol  game  is  plenty,  and  many  coal  and 
phosphate  of  iron  mines  are  supposed  to  exist.  Manufactures 
consist  in  fabrics  of  sinamay  and  other  materials.  The  area 
is  1,G17  square  miles  and  the  population  247,745. 

The  capital  is  Tagbilaran,  with  a  population  of  8,638.  It 
is  situated  3G5  miles  from  Manila. 

ITIN3RARY    OF    COAST    OP    BOHOL — SOUTHWEST    COAST. 

Kalape  Island,  lying  near  the  coast,  is  of  no  great  height ; 
it  is  foul  and  surrounded  by  a  steep  reef.  The  little  port  of 
Kalape,  the  entrance  to  which  is  very  difficult  and  very  dan- 
gerous, is  between  the  island  and  the  coast. 

Kabilao  Island,  separated  from  the  coast  islands  Kalape  and 
Sandingan  by  a  wide  and  deep  channel,  is  2-2-  miles  long,  east 
and  west,  and  1^  miles  wide.  On  the  southwest  side  it  has  a 
small  reef ;  the  western  side  is  rocky,  rugged,  and  steep ;  the 
northern  and  eastern  sides  present  sand  beaches  and  rocky 
bluffs. 

Tides. — The  flood  stream  makes  to  the  northward  and  the 
ebb  to  the  southward  with  great  force. 

Laon  point  and  town,  or  the  point  of  the  mole,  is  termi- 
nated by  a  sand  beach,  on  which  is  a  rampart ;  it  is  foul  and 
surrounded  by  great  detached  rocks.  The  mole  is  328  yards 
long,  and  the  town  is  reached  by  steps  cut  in  the  rock.  Be- 
tween this  mole  and  Sandingan  Island  is  a  little  bay,  where 
shelter  may  be  had  from  N.  to  SE.,  through  E.,  in  3^  to  9 
fathoms,  mud.  The  town  is  situated  on  the  western  slope  of 
the  Kanmanok  Hills  at  a  good  height,  and  presents  from  the 
sea  a  very  picturesque  aspect ;  it  is  defended  by  a  fort  with 
bastions  at  the  angles. 

Point  Cruz,  4^  miles  south  of  Point  Laon,  is  of  no  great 
height,  rocky  and  underworn,  and  presents  the  appearance 
of  a  wall.  A  ledge  extends  to  2  cables  from  it,  with  11 
fathoms  at  the  edge,  offering  bad  anchorage. 

Maribojo  Bay,  in  the  elbow  which  the  coast  forms  east  of 
Point  Cruz,  is  foul,  and  lined  by  a  steep  reef  extending  f 
of  a  mile  before  the  river  Abalan,  and,  continuing  along  the 
coast,  joins  the  reef  of  Panglao  Island.  The  town  of  Mari- 
bojo, in  the  center  of  the  bay,  is  on  ground  of  slight  elevation. 

Slwal. — At  3  miles  SE.  of  Point  Cruz  and  at  1  mile  from 
the  coast  there  is  a  small  shoal  of  33  yards  extent,  surrounded 
by  9  fathoms,  and  with  27  to  3G  fathoms  at  a  cable's  distance. 


BOHOL — SOUTH    COAST.  239 

River  Abalan. — The  moutli  of  this  river  is  of  good  width 
and  there  are  5^  feet  on  tlie  bar  at  low  water ;  the  bar  is  gen- 
erally marked  by  stakes.  The  north  point  is  flat  and  covered 
by  mangroves,  and  has  a  reef  off  it ;  the  south  point  has  a 
little  rocky  islet  off  it,  covered  by  mangroves.  The  town  of 
Paminuitan  is  on  a  little  hill  near  the  sea. 

Panglao  Island  is  low  and  flat,  having  only  one  little  hill 
on  it;  it  is  almost  joined  to  Bohol  Island,  as  the  channel  that 
separates  them  dries  at  low  water ;  a  reef  extends  off  it  4  miles 
to  the  SW.  There  is  no  anchorage  off  the  island.  Point 
Duljo  is  sandy  and  flat,  and  may  be  recognized  at  a  distance 
by  a  group  of  cocoanut  palms  on  it;  it  is  clean  and  steep. 
The  reef  on  the  north  side  is  also  steep.  Point  Bolud  is  flat 
and  sandy,  with  a  fort  upon  it.  Point  Bikin  is  steej),  with  a 
flat  crown. 

Balikasai  Island,  bearing  SSW.  3i  miles  from  Point  Duljo, 
is  small,  flat,  clean,  and  steep-to.  The  channel  between  it 
and  Panglao  Island  is  deep,  no  bottom  being  found  in  it  with 
110  fathoms.  In  keeping  this  channel  it  is  better  to  keep  near 
Balikasai. 

Cervera  Rock  is  2  cables  long,  NE.  and  SW.,  and  has  13 
feet,  coral  and  sand,  on  its  shallowest  part.  It  can  be  dis- 
tinguished in  daylight  by  the  color  of  the  water.  From  the 
rock,  Point  Tahuruk  (Panglao  Island)  bears  N.  60°  W. ;  the 
mount  NE.  of  Panglao,  N.  4°  E. ;  and  the  south  extreme  of 
Pamilakan  Island,  N.  82°  E. 

Pamilakan  Island,  lying  S.  80°  E.  of  the  south  point  of 
Panglao,  is  of  no  great  height,  and  its  coast  is  foul.  The 
natives  of  Bohol  resort  to  it  to  fish  beche  de  mer  and  turtle. 

Tagbilaran  Strait  is  of  little  importance,  as  it  can  only  be 
navigated  by  vessels  drawing  less  than  6  feet.  The  entrance 
is  from  westward,  and  is  generally  marked  by  stakes.  The 
town  of  Tagbilaran  is  engaged  in  agriculture  and  turtle  fishing. 

SOUTH   COAST. 

The  south  coast  of  Bohol  is  very  steep,  and  may  be  ap- 
proached with  safety,  as  the  reef  that  fringes  it  is  very  narrow 
and  very  steep,  but  the  little  bays  at  the  mouth  of  the  rivers 
on  this  coast  afford  no  good  anchorage.  The  reef  that  borders 
the  south  coast  continues  round  the  Bay  of  Guindulman,  and 
is  very  steep ;  to  the  westward  of  some  islets  and  rocks  at  the 
head  of  the   bay  there  are  3  fathoms  water,   and   23  at  a 


240  BOHOL — EAST   COAST. 

very  little  distance  from  the  shore.     From  Point  Naj^akao  to 
the  point  off  Mount  Pugatin  the  coast  appears  clear  and  steep. 

EAST    COAST. 

Kobton  Bay,  to  the  northward  of  Mount  Pugatin,  is  filled 
by  a  reef,  which  leaves  only  a  narrow  opening  5  cables  wide 
between  the  islets  Lumittis  and  Tabon.  This  reef,  which 
begins  a  mile  to  the  southward  of  Point  Namanuko,  con- 
tinues to  the  northward  as  far  as  Lapinin  Island,  bordering 
the  coast  at  a  short  distance  from  it.  The  edge  is  steep,  with 
soundings  of  5^  to  9  fathoms  near  it. 

Shoals. — A  circular  shoal  of  sand  and  rock,  little  more 
than  a  mile  in  diameter,  and  covered  by  If  fathoms  water, 
lies  7  miles  north  of  Namanuko;  close  to  its  eastern  edge 
there  are  37  fathoms.  A  small  circular  shoal,  with  11  fath- 
oms on  its  eastern  edge,  also  lies  SE.  of  Tintimin  Islet,  and 
N.  30°  !&.,  distant  l^  miles  from  the  point  between  Tintimin 
Islet  and  Point  Libal.  A  third  small,  steep  shoal  is  situated 
in  the  little  bay  south  of  Tintimin. 

SiKiJOR  Island  is  not  very  high.  Its  surface  is  very 
broken,  and  rises  to  a  central  peak.  Mount  Kudtingun, 
which  is  NE.  of  the  central  peak,  is  1,394  feet  high.  The 
island  is  14^  miles  long  and  11  miles  wide.  The  productions 
are  tobacco  of  a  superior  quality,  rice  and  maize  (though 
hardly  sufficient  for  consumption),  manila  hemp,  and  good 
cacao,  which  are  bartered  for  wax. 

Point  Sandugan. — The  northern  part  of  the  island  is  very 
low,  and  surrounded  by  a  reef  of  1  cable  Avidth.  A  con- 
spicuous little  hill  lies  to  the  south  of  it  and  serves  to  mark 
it.  The  coast  from  Point  Sandugan  to  Port  Kanoan,  3  miles 
to  the  south,  is  very  foul  and  steep  near  the  shoals. 

Port  Kanoan  is  very  small,  and  is  the  only  port  of  refuge 
in  the  island.  The  total  depth  of  the  port  is  6  cables,  but  a 
sand  flat  at  the  head,  which  dries  at  low  water,  reduces  the 
available  part  of  it  to  4  cables.  From  the  northern  point  of 
entrance  a  reef  extends  1^  cables  to  the  westward,  with  4^ 
fathoms  at  its  edge,  and  skirts  the  north  side  of  the  port;  the 
southern  entrance  point  and  south  side  of  the  bay  are  bor- 
dered by  a  reef  ^  of  a  cable  wide.  The  soundings  at  the 
entrance  are  14  fathoms,  lessening  to  3-5-  fathoms  off  the  mole. 

Tides. — Off  Point  Sandugan  the  tidal  streams  are  very 
strong.     The  flood  tide  runs  to  the  west  and  the  ebb  to  the 


BOHOL — CITIES    AND    TOWNS.  241 

east;  but  on  the  northwest  coast  of  Sikijor  there  is  an  eddy 
tide  ill  the  contrary  direction,  which  does  not  extend  to  2 
miles  offshore. 

Points  Tongo  and  Pasigajon  are  low  and  surrounded  by  a 
reef,  which  advances  in  some  places  as  much  as  a  mile  from 
the  shore.  This  reef  is  difficult  to  see,  and  is  dangerous  to 
approach,  for  soundings  show  no  bottom  with  110  fathoms  at 
a  cable's  distance.  The  coast  should  not  be  closed  within 
2  or  3  miles.  Point  Makapilai  is  clean  and  peaked.  With 
the  exception  of  this  reef  on  the  west  coast,  the  shores  are 
clean  and  steep-to.  On  the  south  side  the  w^ater  is  reported 
to  be  very  deep  near  the  shore,  but  no  soundings  are  shown 
on  the  chart,  Lasi  Bay  is  clear,  but  deep.  Minalunan  Bay 
is  almost  closed  by  a  reef. 

Shoal. — Off  the  northeast  coast,  2  miles  north  of  Point 
Dakit,  there  is  a  small  bank  of  rock,  covered  by  3^  fathoms, 
with  very  deep  water  around  it.  From  this  shoal  Mount 
Kudtingun  bears  S.  66°  W.,  and  Point  Lumango  N.  58°  W. 

CITIES    AND    TOWNS. 

Albuquerque.— Population,  6, 604. 

Anda. — Population,  4,036;  situated  56  miles  from  Tagbi- 
laran.     It  has  highroads  to  Candabong. 

An tequera.— Population,  5,842;  situated  10  miles  from 
Tagbilaran. 

Badayon.— Population,  8,048. 

Balilij  an.— Population,  1,860;  situated  16  miles  from  Tag- 
bilaran. 

Batuanan. — Population,  1,270. 

Calape.— Population,  10,025;  situated  26  miles  from  Tag- 
bilaran. 

Candijay.— P()pulation,  7,872;  situated  54  miles  from  Tag- 
bilaran. 

Canoan.— Population,  9,380;  situated  31  miles  from  Tag- 
bilaran. 

Carmen.— Population,  3,300;  situated  35  miles  from  Tag- 
bilaran. 

Catigbian.— Population,  2,141;  situated  16^  miles  from 
Tagbilaran, 

Corella.— Population,  4,215. 

Cortes  en  BohoL— Population,  6,018 ;  situated  6  miles  from 
Tagbilaran. 


242  BOHOL — CITIES   AND   TOWNS. 

Dauis. — Poi)ulation,  8,992  ;  situated  1  mile  from  Tagbilaraii. 

Dimiao.— Population,  8,014;  situated  22  miles  from  Tag- 
bilaraii. 

Duero.— Population,  7,143;  situated  42  miles  from  Tag- 
bilaran. 

Garcia  Hernandez. — Population,  5,004;  situated  34  miles 
from  Tagbilaran. 

Getafe.— Population,  3,397;  situated  65  miles  from  Tag- 
bilaran. 

Guindulman. — Population,  8,003;  situated  51  miles  from 
Tagl)ilaran. 

Inabanga. — Population,  9,957 ;  situated  41  miles  from  Tag- 
bilaran, 

Ipil. — Population,  1,745 ;  situated  47  miles  from  Tagbilaran. 

Jagna. — Population,  1,162,  the  township  having  13,491; 
situated  39  miles  from  Tagbilaran.  There  is  a  highroad  to 
the  towns  of  Duero  and  Garcia  Hernandez. 

Lacy. — Population,  6,448;  situated  25  miles  from  Tagbi- 
laran. 

Liila, — Population,  4,470 ;  situated  18  miles  from  Tagbilaran. 

Loay. — Population,  7,169;  situated  11  miles  from  Tagbi- 
laran. 

LiOboc. — Population,  10,174;  situated  15  miles  from  Tag- 
bilaran. 

Lioon. — Population,  15,365;  situated  16^  miles  from  Tag- 
bilaran. 

Maria. — Population,  5,415 ;  situated  on  the  island  of  Siquijor 
at  a  distance  of  26  miles  by  sea  from  Tagbilaran. 

Maribojoc. — Population,  10,852;  situated  8^  miles  from 
Tagbilaran.  There  are  highroads  to  Loon,  Paminuitan,  and 
Ante([uera. 

Panglao. — Population,  6,795;  situated  10  miles  from  Tag- 
bilaran. 

San  Juan. — Population,  5,979. 

Sevilla.— Population,  5,920;  situated  47  miles  from  Tag- 
bilaran. 

Sierra  Bullones. — Population,  2,119;  situated  44^  miles 
from  Tagl)ilaraii. 

Signipi. — Population,  11,788. 

Siquijor.— Population,  11,788. 

Talibon. — Population,  7,321;  situated  50  miles  from  Tag- 
bilaran, 


CEBU    ISLAND    AND    PROVINCE.  343 

Tubigon.— Population,  15,855;  situated  28  miles  from  Tag- 
bilaran. 

Ubay.— Population,  3,552;  situated  48  miles  from  Taghi- 
laran. 

Valencia.— Population,  6,904;  situated  20  miles  from  Tag- 
bilaran. 

Vilar.— Population,  G,G65. 

ISLAND  AND  PROVINCE  OF  CEBU. 

This  is  the  most  important  province  of  the  Visayas,  on 
account  of  its  central  position,  the  nature  of  its  ground,  and 
the  industry  of  its  numerous  inhabitants.  It  is  bounded  on 
the  north  by  the  sea  separating  it  from  Masbate  and  Leyte, 
on  the  east  by  the  sea  separating  it  from. Leyte  and  Bohol,  on 
the  south  by  the  Mindanao  Sea,  and  on  the  west  by  the  Taiion 
Channel  and  the  island  of  Negros,  The  area  is  2,092  square 
miles  and  the  population  504,076.  Great  mountain  chains 
cross  the  island ;  the  chief  of  these  starts  at  the  extreme  north 
between  Point  Marab  on  the  west  and  Baluarte  on  the  east, 
and,  continuing  south  between  the  two  coasts,  ends  almost  in 
the  center  of  the  island.  Two  other  chains  run  along  the 
coast,  and  one  starts  near  Carcas,  to  the  southwest  of  the  city 
of  Gebu,  terminating  on  the  south  in  Taiion  Point.  The  coasts 
are  rather  high  and  the  rivers  of  little  importance. 

The  capital  is  Cebu,  with  a  population  of  35,243.  It  is  the 
mercantile  center  of  the  islands,  and  is  situated  460  miles 
from  Manila.  It  is  an  Episcopal  see,  and  has  a  good  cathedral. 
Episcopal  palace,  casa  real,  court-house,  and  private  edifices, 
simple  but  tasty;  there  is  also  a  post  office  and  telegraph 
station.  On  the  south,  and  at  the  entrance  of  the  channel,  is 
the  castle  of  Point  Cauit,  and  north  of  this  the  tower  of  Man- 
daui ;  both  these  fortifications  communicate  with  the  capital 
by  means  of  a  wagon  road,  the  city  being  midway  between 
them.  At  the  capital  reside  the  politico-military  governor,  a 
secretary,  judge  and  attorney-general,  a  number  of  public 
functionaries,  a  captain  of  engineers,  and  the  captain  of  the 
port. 

ITINERARY   OF   COAST   OF   CEBU — WEST   COAST. 

Bulalaki  Point  is  low,  rather  steep,  with  a  flat  summit  cov- 
ered by  trees  and  presenting  to  the  north  and  south  some  yel- 
low patches.     Vessels  of  all  sizes  can  anchor  in  the  channel 


244  CEBU — WEST   COAST. 

between  this  point  and  Chocolate  Islet  in  8  fathoms,  mud, 
near  the  islet,  and  2|  fathoms,  sand,  almost  touching  the 
point. 

Bantiki  Point  (Kandaga),  the  northwestern  point  of  the 
island,  about  4^  miles  from  Point  Bulalaki,  is  very  low;  a 
shoal  of  sand  projects  i  mile  from  it,  with  f  of  a  fathom  on 
it ;  the  coast  between  it  and  Point  Bulalaki  shows  sand  beaches 
and  has  good  holding  ground  off  it.  The  town  of  Kandaga 
lies  S.  by  E.  of  the  point. 

The  coast  from  Point  Kandaga  is  very  clear,  with  a  depth 
of  4-^  fathoms  off  it  to  the  town  of  Paibai,  or  old  Bantayan, 
but  thence  to  Point  Kauit  a  bank  of  3g-  fathoms  extends  to  ^ 
mile  from  the  shore. 

Point  Kauit,  6  miles  SSW.  f  W.  of  Point  Kandaga,  is  very 
low  and  sandy,  and  is  surrounded  by  a  shoal  of  sand  and  rocks 
2  cables  wide,  covered  by  14-  fathoms.  Abundant  fresh  water 
is  obtained  here  from  wells. 

Jibitnil  Island,  less  than  a  mile  from  Kauit,  is  2  miles  long, 
north  and  south,  and  clear,  ending  to  the  south  in  a  point  of 
sand.  The  passage  between  it  and  Point  Kauit  is  less  than  a 
mile  wide,  and  4|-  to  25  fathoms  deep. 

Daijagon  Bay  is  very  foul ;  the  reefs  reduce  the  available 
space  to  a  Avidth  of  1  mile,  in  which  there  is  anchorage  in  8 
fathoms.  The  shores  are  low  and  covered  by  mangroves. 
From  the  interior  of  the  bay  a  narrow,  tortuous  estuary  com- 
municates with  Bogo  Bay  on  the  eastern  coast,  reducing  the 
isthmus  here  approximately  |  mile  wide  to  a  neck  of  land  1 
cable  in  width.  The  natives  pass  their  baratos  across  from 
one  coast  to  the  other  in  both  monsoons  to  avoid  going  round 
to  Point  Bulalaki.  The  canal  is  said  to  be  filling  up,  and  had 
a  depth  of  only  4  feet  of  water  in  1880. 

Point  Magtulinok  is  a  narrow  tongue  of  sand  on  which  are 
several  little,  steep,  flat-crowned  rocks,  with  a  shoal  of  2 
cables'  extent  at  its  end. 

Point  Makao  is  low,  and  clear  on  its  north  part,  but  from 
its  south  part  a  reef  extends  from  before  the  shallow  river 
Lambusan  to  |-  mile  from  the  shore,  with  7  fathoms  at  its 
edge. 

Jaliki  River  can  be  entered  by  small  coasters  through  a 
passage  of  3^  fathoms  between  the  reefs ;  the  depth  on  the  bar 
is  3  feet  at  low  water.  The  northern  point  is  of  black  rock, 
nnderworn  by  the  currents.  The  coast  from  Jaliki  River  to 
Tubukan  River  is  bordered  by  a  reef  ^  of  a  mile  wide. 


CEBU — WEST   COAST.  245 

Batauan  Bay  is  very  small,  and  the  greatest  depth  inside  is 
only  3  fathoms ;  the  entrance  points  are  higher  than  the  rest 
of  the  coast  in  sight  about  this  part. 

Point  Langugon  is  low,  clear,  and  steep-to,  and  offers  an- 
chorage on  its  southern  side.  Tubukan  River  is  of  no  im- 
portance, and  the  bay  is  filled  by  a  reef  which  extends  round 
the  western  point  to  a  distance  of  |  a  mile. 

Buenabrigo  Point  is  low,  sandy,  and  very  steep-to;  on  the 
northern  side  is  a  rivulet  of  good  water,  and  on  the  south  side 
there  is  anchorage  sheltered  from  the  NE.  Between  Buena- 
brigo Point  and  Balamban  Bay  the  shore  is  fringed  by  a  reef 
which  advances  in  one  place  as  much  as  1^  miles.  Balamban 
Bay  is  foul  and  affords  no  accommodation. 

Point  Tajao  is  low,  clear,  and  steep-to,  with  23  fathoms  off 
it ;  vessels  can  anchor  south  of  the  point  in  If  to  7  fathoms, 
sand.  The  tidal  streams  that  enter  Tahon  Strait  from  the 
north  and  from  the  south  meet  about  off  this  i)oint. 

Tajao  Bank,  l^  miles  SSW.  ^  W.  of  the  point,  is  1  mile 
long,  NE.  and  SW.,  and  ^  mile  wide;  it  is  a  bank  of  rock,  and 
uncovers  at  low  water ;  the  channel  between  it  and  the  coast 
is  unsafe.  From  Tajao  Point  to  Point  Gorda  the  coast  is 
fringed  by  a  reef  which  extends  in  some  places  to  1  mile 
from  it. 

Point  Gorda,  the  highest  on  the  coast,  is  steep,  with  a  flat 
crown ;  there  is  a  vantay  on  it. 

Barili  is  a  town  of  17,000  inhabitants,  but  the  river  has  only 
2  feet  on  the  bar,  and  the  creek  at  the  entrance,  which  is  ^  of 
a  mile  wide  between  the  points,  is  considerably  reduced  by 
reefs  from  both  sides ;  the  depth  in  the  creek  is  9  to  2^  fathoms. 

Point  Dumanjok  is  high,  with  mangroves  at  the  base,  where 
a  ledge  extends  2  cables  to  the  NE.  At  a  distance  of  2  cables 
from  the  ledge  the  soundings  show  no  bottom  with  110  fathoms. 
The  bay  to  the  eastward  has  a  depth  of  17  iathoms  at  the 
entrance,  lessening  to  5  fathoms  near  the  shore.  A  town  of 
600  inhabitants  is  at  the  bottom  of  the  bay,  near  a  small  river 
of  good  water. 

Point  Kopton  is  low,  of  dark  rock  much  underworn;  it  is 
surrounded  by  a  reef  i  mile  in  width,  which  quite  fills  up  the 
bay  to  the  eastward.  The  islet  Pescador,  3^  miles  SSW.  of 
Point  Kopton,  is  surrounded  by  dark  rock,  with  no  vegetation 
on  it;  its  sides  are  steep-to. 

Badian  is  a  town  that  can  only  be  approached  in  boats  at 
high  water,  as  the  wide  bay  in  which  it  is  situaled  is  lined 


24G  CEBU — WEST   COAST. 

with  salient  reefs.  There  is  no  passage  between  these  reefs 
and  Badian  Island. 

From  Badian  to  the  southern  end  of  Cebii  Island  the  coast 
is  clear,  of  moderate  height,  and  so  steep  that  anchorage  can 
be  had  only  very  close  to  the  shore  in  various  places  where 
there  are  towns.  The  town  of  Kinatilan  is  in  an  angle  of  the 
coast,  near  the  hill  Tuburan.  Before  the  town  the  depth  is 
7  fathoms  at  1  cable  distance  from  the  shore. 

Point  Kolasi  is  low,  rather  craggy,  and  white,  with  a  tele- 
graph on  it.  From  here  to  Point  Liloan,  24  miles  to  the 
southward,  the  coast  is  sandy  and  very  steep,  with  rocks  close 
to  the  shore. 

The  tidal  streams  are  very  strong  off  this  point. 

Point  Liloan,  2^  miles  south  of  Point  Kolasi,  is  sandy  and 
steep,  with  some  rocks,  covered  by  l-^-  fathoms,  at  i  of  a  cable 
from  it.  On  the  point  is  a  stone  fort,  and  a  signal  station 
which  communicates  with  Kolasi.  Vessels  can  anchor  near 
the  point  in  7  to  14  fathoms,  but  the  bottom  is  very  steep 
and  the  tide  streams  very  strong.  Between  Point  Liloan  and 
Point  Tanon,  in  flood  tide,  an  eddy  current  in  the  opposite 
direction  passes  very  close  to  the  coast. 

South  entrance  of  Tanon  Strait. — From  Point  Liloan  the 
coast  trends  E.  by  S.  for  2^  miles  to  Point  Tafion,  and  con- 
sists of  sand  beaches,  with  a  depth  of  water  5^  fathoms  very 
close  to  and  17  fathoms  at  a  distance  of  1  mile.  Point  Tanon 
is  low  and  sandy,  with  a  narrow  ledge  of  rock  projecting  to 
1  cable  from  it. 

Tides. — The  flood  stream  from  the  Strait  of  Surigao,  pass- 
,  ing  westward  between  the  islands  Bohol  and  Sikijor,  strikes 
the  coast  of  Cebu  at  the  Point  Dalaguete,  and  divides  into 
two  branches.  One  turns  NW.,  and  the  other  arm,  turning 
to  SSW.,  meets  with  another  part  of  the  stream  that  was 
deflected  from  ISTegros  Island  about  Point  Damaguete.  The 
two  reunited  enter  Tanon  Strait  by  the  southern  entrance, 
with  a  velocity  that  reaches  5  to  6  knots  in  springs  and  2  to  3 
at  neaps,  with  violent  races  and  tide  whirls.  The  stream 
here  flows  northward,  lessening  in  force  as  the  strait  widens, 
until  it  reaches  the  parallel  of  Point  Tajao,  where  it  meets 
the  flood  stream  from  the  northward.  At  the  northern  en- 
trance of  Tanon  Strait  the  tide,  even  at  spring,  does  not 
reach  a  speed  of  3  knots.  The  ebb  stream  is  directed  the 
reverse  way  from  the  parallel  of  Point  Tajao.    As  a  resultant 


CEBU — EAST    COAST.  247 

of  the  tides  there  is  always,  on  the  southeast  coast  of  Negros, 
between  the  points  Damaguete  and  Bombonon,  a  constant 
current  to  the  south,  with  varying  velocity. 

EAST  COAST,  FROM  NORTH  TO  SOUTH. 

Point  Bulalaki  and  Chocolate  Islet  have  been  described 
above.  From  Point  Bulalaki  to  Bogo  Bay,  13  miles  SSW.,  a 
reef  of  sand  and  rocks  fringes  the  shore,  and  extends  as  much 
as  li  miles  from  it,  at  one  place,  about  3  miles  south  of 
Bulalakr;  the  depth  over  this  reef  is  f  to  If  fathoms,  and  at 
its  edge  from  4^  to  14  fathoms,  fine  sand. 

Bogo  Bay  is  nearly  filled  by  shoals  that  advance  from  its 
sides,  leaving  only  a  narrow  channel  to  the  head  of  the  bay, 
where  the  town  of  Bogo  is  situated.  The  shoals  are  reported 
to  show  clearly,  and  to  be  marked  by  bushes.  A  narrow 
neck  of  land  separates  Bogo  Bay  from  an  estuary  on  the  west 
coast  of  Cebii,  and  the  natives  pass  their  baratos  across  in 
preference  to  going  round  Point  Bulalaki. 

Anchorage  may  be  obtained  in  Bogo  Bay  in  bad  weather, 
but  it  is  recommended  not  to  go  into  less  than  4  fathoms,  as  the 
water  shoals  rapidly,  and  the  bottom  consists  of  sand  and  rock. 

Nailon  (or  Mailon)  Point  is  low  and  surrounded  by  a  narrow 
reef;  the  coast  between  it  and  Point  Saak,  which  lies  S.  by  E. 
4|-  miles,  is  clear  and  steep-to,  and  consists  of  sand  beaches 
interrupted  by  rocks  and  mangroves. 

Point  Saak  is  low  and  wooded,  clear,  and  steep-to.  A  low 
range  of  hills  lies  2  or  3  miles  inland,  and  shows  a  hill  1,122 
feet  above  the  sea,  WSW.  of  Point  Saak. 

Capitancillo  Islet,  which  lies  east  2^  miles  from  Point  Saak, 
is  low  and  circular  in  form,  about  a  cable  in  diameter,  with  a 
few  trees  on  it,  and  a  sand  beach  on  its  western  side ;  this  side 
is  clear,  but  on  the  northern  side  there  is  a  narrow  reef,  and 
on  the  eastern  and  southern  sides  shoals  extend  to  a  distance 
of  ^  mile,  with  18  fathoms  close  to  the  edge. 

At  a  distance  of  1  mile  N.  by  E.  of  Capitancillo  Islet  is  the 
southern  end  of  a  shoal  of  sand  and  rock  that  stretches  H 
miles  NNE. ;  this  shoal  is  covered  by  1^  fathoms  on  the  shal- 
lowest part,  with  a  depth  of  18  to  37  fathoms  round  its  edges, 
and  32  fathoms  in  the  channel  that  separates  the  shoal  from 
Capitancillo  Islet. 

Between  these  dangers  and  the  coast  of  Cebii  there  is  a  clear 
channel  with  no  bottom  at  55  fathoms. 


248  CEBU — EAST   COAST. 

Kalangaman  Islet  lies  2  miles  IST.  71°  E.  of  Point  Nailon ;  it  is 
small  and  low ;  on  its  east  and  west  sides  are  shoals  which  dry 
at  low  water;  and  about  a  mile  to  the  SW.  of  the  islet  there 
is  a  shoal  i  mile  long,  NE.  and  SW.,  and  -^  of  a  mile  wide; 
the  depth  over  it  is  If  fathoms,  and  round  its  edges  14  to  18 
fathoms. 

Danger. — The  Spanish  steamer  Ocmoc  struck  soundings  in 
12  feet  in  the  channel  between  Kalangaman  and  Capitancillo 
islets.  It  being  night,  no  bearings  were  taken ;  it  is  shown  on 
chart  2578  as  lying  7  miles  E.  i  S.  of  Point  Nailon; -position 
doubtful. 

The  channel  between  Capitancillo  and  Cebii  is  generally 
used  by  steamers. 

Point  Bantulin,  bearing  S.  i  E.  5  miles  from  Point  Saak,  is 
of  uniform  height,  rocky,  clear,  and  steep-to.  To  the  NW.  of 
the  point  is  Tabagon  Bay,  in  which  there  is  anchorage  in  3f 
to  9  fathoms,  sand  and  mud,  before  the  town  of  Tabagon. 
The  shores  of  the  bay  are  covered  with  mangroves,  and  must 
not  be  approached  within  1  cable. 

Coast. — From  Point  Bantulin  the  coast  trends  S.  20°  W.  for 
o-k  miles  to  Point  Bugod ;  it  is  low  and  steep-to  and  of  no  great 
height,  consisting  of  sand  beaches  separated  by  rocky  bluffs 
which  are  surrounded  by  rocks  to  the  distance  of  ^  cable. 
The  river  Jamuguit  enters  the  sea  about  2  miles  north  of 
Point  Bugod;  at  the  mouth  of  the  river,  verj^  close  to  the 
shore,  there  are  soundings  of  6  fathoms,  sand. 

Point  Bugod  is  low,  rocky,  and  steep-to ;  the  coast  between 
it  and  Point  Pinulakan,  7^  miles  to  the  southward,  is  of 
medium  height,  and  consists  of  sand  beach  with  good  depth 
and  anchorage  off  it.  On  this  coast  there  are  three  towns : 
Bugod  is  on  a  rising  ground  surrounded  by  hills;  Bacio  is 
very  small;  Catman  contains  6,098  persons;  the  depth  of 
water  off  this  town  is  6  to  22  fathoms,  sand.  Point  Pinulakan 
is  of  no  great  height,  clear,  and  steep-to.  Luyan,  to  the  south 
of  it,  is  a  town  of  500  people  occupied  in  cutting  wood,  which 
is  sent  to  Cebil. 

Point  Katadman,  which  lies  S.  i  W.  21  miles  from  Point 
Bantulin,  is  very  flat  and  covered  by  mangroves;  there  is  a 
signal  station  on  it,  and  a  shoal  surrounds  the  point,  extend- 
ing from  Danao  River  on  the  southern  side,  as  far  as  the  little 
port  of  Bugut  on  the  northern  side ;  on  the  outer  edge  of  this 
reef  there  are  8  to  17  fathoms,  sand  and  mud. 


CEBU — EAST    COAST.  249 

Port  Bugut,  or  Carmen,  is  a  small  nook  situated  3  miles  N". 
by  W.  i  W.  of  Point  Katadman,  sheltered  by  the  low  islet 
Pupil.  The  eastern  side  of  this  island  is  foul,  and  there  is 
no  passage  between  the  northern  side  and  the  shore.  The 
channel  leading  to  the  port  is  on  the  south  side  of  the  islet, 
and  is  reduced  by  shoals  on  both  sides  to  a  width  of  5^ 
fathoms ;  these  shoals  wash  at  low  water,  and  are  marked  by 
bushes.  Within  the  port  the  depth  is  4^  fathoms,  lessening 
toward  the  beach,  which  is  low  and  covered  by  mangroves. 
The  town  is  on  the  south  side,  and  consists  of  about  20  houses. 
In  December,  1879,  two  Spanish  gunboats  rode  out  a  typhoon 
in  this  port. 

Directions. — In  order  to  enter  the  ]3ort  the  land  should  be 
closed  to  about  a  mile  from  the  shore,  care  being  taken  to 
clear  the  reef  that  borders  the  coast,  and  when  the  fort  at  the 
bottom  of  the  port  bears  WNW.  a  course  should  be  steered 
for  it  on  that  bearing,  which  will  lead  clear  of  the  shoals  on 
either  side.  Without  a  pilot  it  would  not  be  safe  to  attempt 
to  enter  at  night. 

Coast. — From  Point  Katadman  to  Danao  the  coast  is  foul, 
and  the  anchorage  off  Danao,  which  is  a  large  town,  can  not 
be  recommended.  From  Danao  to  Point  Bagakai  the  shore 
is  sandy;  and,  except  about  Point  Dapdap,  where  the  water 
is  shoal,  offers  anchorage  in  good  depths  to  vessels  of  all 
sizes  during  the  southwest  monsoon.  Liloan,  situated  on  the 
left  bank  of  the  river  of  the  same  name,  is  small,  and  with 
the  town  of  Dapdap  numbers  only  8,380  inhabitants.  The 
river  can  be  entered  by  lanchas  at  high  water. 

Point  Bagakai,  bearing  south  9  miles  from  Point  Katadman, 
is  low,  ragged,  and  surrounded  by  rocks. 

Steering  for  Cebu  from  the  northward,  Point  Bagakai  when 
first  seen  looks  like  an  island,  as  there  is  a  roimd-backed  hill 
upon  it  about  150  feet  high.    Maktan  and  Olango  are  both  low. 

Lights. — On  Bagakai  Point  a  fixed  white  light  is  exhibited 
on  a  circular  tower,  46  feet  above  the  sea  and  21  feet  above 
the  ground,  visible  at  a  distance  of  9  miles.  The  light-keeper's 
house  is  of  nipa,  and  separated  from  the  tower.  The  light  is 
very  difficult  to  distinguish,  the  fishing  lights  in  the  vicinity 
being  very  numerous  and  much  brighter. 

A  harbor  light  is  exhibited  from  a  light-house  on  Third  Van- 
tay  Point,  northern  extreme  of  Maktan  Island,  It  is  a  fixed 
red  light,  elevated  39  feet  above  the  sea,  and  should  be  visible 


250  CEBU— EAST   COAST. 

in  clear  weather  from  a  distance  of  7  miles.  The  liglit-house, 
25  feet  high,  consists  of  an  iron  tower,  painted  gray;  the 
keeper's  dwelling  is  near  it. 

Coast. — From  Point  Bagakai  the  coast  trends  SSW.  for  3^ 
miles  to  the  northern  j^oint  of  a  shallow  bay  at  the  entrance 
of  the  strait  leading  to  Cehii.  Near  this  point  is  the  north- 
ernmost buoy  marking  the  entrance  to  Port  Cebil,  shown  on 
the  plan  of  the  port  as  lying  NW.  by  N".  1|  miles  from  the 
north  point  of  Maktan  Island.  On  both  sides  of  the  entrance 
there  are  fishing  stakes  which  serve  to  mark  it. 

Cebu  Port  is  formed  by  the  channel  which  separates  Mak- 
tan Island  from  Cebil.  The  practicable  channel  is  2  cables 
wide  in  the  narrowest  part,  which  is  abreast  of  Mandani 
tower,  and  3  cables  wide  before  the  town  of  Cebii ;  the  least 
depth  in  it  is  4-^  fathoms,  increasing  in  many  places  to  9  fath- 
oms. It  is  marked  along  its  whole  course  by  a  series  of  buoys, 
painted  in  vertical  stripes ;  those  on  the  Cebu  shore  are  black 
and  white,  and  those  on  the  Maktan  shore  are  red  and  white. 
The  presence  of  these  buoys  must  not  be  relied  upon,  as  in 
1881  a  number  of  them  had  disai3peared,  but  in  their  absence 
the  tide  rips  on  the  edges  of  the  shoals  and  the  color  of  the 
water  will  indicate  the  passage.  In  daylight  the  navigation 
presents  no  difficulties,  but  on  a  dark  night,  when  the  edges  of 
the  reefs  can  not  be  seen,  it  is  not  safe. 

The  towers  of  Mandani  on  the  Cebu  coast,  and  of  Opon,  on 
Maktan  Island,  are  white.  The  bank  which  extends  NE.  of 
Mandani  tower  is  covered  with  grass  and  is  generally  dry. 

The  town  of  Mandani  lies  near  the  beach,  in  the  bight  of 
the  coast  westward  of  the  tower. 

Maktan  Island  consists  of  an  old  coral  reef,  raised  a  few 
feet  (8  or  10  at  most)  above  the  present  sea  level.  At  the 
northern  i3art  of  the  island,  where  a  convent  stands,  a  low 
cliff  fringes  the  shore,  being  an  upper  stratum  of  the  upheaved 
reef.  The  raised  reef  is  here  preserved,  but  over  the  portion 
of  the  island  immediately  fronting  Cebii  it  has  been  removed 
by  denudation,  with  the  exception  of  a  few  pillar-like  blocks 
which  remain,  and  which  are  conspicuous  from  the  anchorage. 
The  surface  is  scooped  out  into  irregular  basins  and  sharp 
projecting  pinnacles  and  covered  in  all  directions  with  mud, 
resulting  from  the  denudation.  Nearly  all  the  island  is  cov- 
ered by  mangroves,  but  on  the  part  left  dry  there  are  planta- 
ticns  of  cocoanuts. 


CEBU— EAST   COAST.  251 

From  the  northern  point  of  the  isl.uul,  near  tlio  entrance  to 
Port  Cebn,  a  ledge  extends  G  cables  to  the  NE.  by  E.,  the  edge 
of  which  is  generally  marked  by  fishing  stakes ;  the  north- 
west shore  is  fringed  by  a  narrow  reef,  but  on  the  south  side 
the  reef  stretches  out  to  2  miles  from  the  island,  with  oi  to  8 
fathoms  at  the  edge.  The  northeast  side  is  clear  and  steep-to ; 
the  channel  between  Maktan  and  Olango  islands  is  1^  miles 
wide,  clear  and  deep. 

The  only  town  on  the  island  is  Opon,  on  the  west  coast, 
SW.  of  Mandaui  Point  in  Cebil.  It  was  here  that  Magellan 
was  killed  in  1521,  after  making  the  first  passage  across  the 
Pacific. 

The  town  of  Cebu  is  the  most  ancient  in  the  Philippines ;  it 
is  the  seat  of  government  of  the  Visayan  Islands,  which  include 
Cebu,  Bohol,  Panay,  Negros,  and  Leyte,  and  it  is  the  residence 
of  a  bishop.  It  is  built  on  a  large  plain  at  the  foot  of  the  chain 
of  hills  that  traverse  the  island  throughout  its  length,  and 
is  a  well-constructed,  thriving  place ;  the  merchants'  quarter 
is  situated  along  the  port,  and  includes  some  well-built  stone 
houses,  though  many  are  of  old  construction.  The  huts  of 
the  Malays,  for  the  most  part  fishermen,  are  on  the  beach, 
and  form  the  west  part  of  the  city.  The  fort  is  a  triangular 
edifice  of  stone,  painted  red,  with  an  open  square  in  front  of  it. 

Coal. — The  supply  is  very  small,  chiefly  Australian;  price, 
$16  per  ton.  The  coal  station  is  at  Kauit  Point,  If  miles  SW. 
of  the  town ;  the  coal  is  brought  off  in  bulk,  and  the  process 
of  coaling  is  slow.  There  are  beds  of  coal  in  the  island,  but 
only  the  surface  coal  is  worked. 

Anchorage. — The  best  anchorage  is  SSW.  of  the  fort  in  5 
to  7  fathoms,  mud ;  nearer  the  southern  reef  there  is  more 
water,  but  the  bottom  is  hard. 

Tides. — It  is  high  water,  full  and  change,  at  noon ;  springs 
rise  7  feet.  The  strength  of  the  stream  is  2  to  3  knots  at 
springs;  vessels  should  moor,  as  the  Challenger,  at  single 
anchor,  surged  very  much  at  the  night  tides. 

Southern  entrance. — Kauit  Point  is  a  tongue  of  sand  which 
juts  out  about  9  cables  to  the  NE.  from  the  coast,  with  rocks 
at  its  sides,  and  trees  and  a  ruined  castle  on  it.  At  high 
water  it  appears  as  a  low  islet,  and  is  not  distinguishable 
until  close-to.  The  castle  lies  SW.  If  miles  from  Cebu  fort. 
Between  Point  Kauit  and  Point  Lipata,  which  lies  SW.  |-  W. 
3  miles  from  Point  Kauit,  the  shore  is  sand}^  with  good  hold- 
ing ground  at  3  cables  from  it,  in  G  fathoms. 


252  CEBU — EAST   COAST. 

Campanario  Shoal,  covered  by  5  feet  of  water,  lies  halfway 
between  Kauit  castle  and  the  eastern  edge  of  Lipata  Bank ;  it 
is  marked  by  a  buoy.  From  it  San  Nicholas  church  bears  N. 
13°  E.,  and  Kauit  castle  N.  6°  E.,  distant  9^  cables. 

Lipata  Bank  lies  in  the  middle  of  the  southern  entrance  to 
Port  Cebu,  between  the  coast  of  Cebu  and  the  reef  off  the 
southwest  point  of  Maktan  Island.  It  is  of  oval  form,  3  cables 
in  extent,  and  uncovers  at  low  water.  A  bank  covered  by  8 
feet  of  water  extends  north  and  northeast,  the  outer  edge  of 
which  is  marked  by  buoys. 

Narvaez  Bank,  between  Lipata  Bank  and  the  coast  of  Cebu, 
is  of  coral,  2  cables  long,  covered  by  5  feet  of  water  and 
marked  by  a  black  buoy  with  a  ball.  Both  Lipata  and  Nar  vaez 
banks,  as  also  the  edge  of  the  reef  olf  Maktan  Island,  are 
marked  by  fishing  stakes,  but  as  the  stakes  are  being  con- 
stantly shifted,  too  much  confidence  must  not  be  placed  in 
them  as  marks  for  the  edge  of  the  banks. 

Lights. — On  Lipata  Bank  a  fixed  red  light  is  exhibited  on 
a  tripod  elevated  26  feet  above  the  sea,  and  visible  in  clear 
weather  to  a  distance  of  6  miles. 

On  Lanis  Point,  the  southwest  point  of  Maktan  Island,  a 
fixed  green  light  is  exhibited  on  a  tripod  elevated  26  feet  above 
the  sea,  and  visible  to  a  distance  of  6  miles. 

Leading  mark. — The  dome  of  San  Nicholas  church  bearing 
N.  i  E.  will  lead  in  mid-channel  between  Lipata  Bank  and  the 
reef  off  Maktan.  On  this  bearing  the  church  is  in  line  with 
the  central  apex  of  a  triple-peaked  hill  10  or  12  miles  to  the 
northward  of  the  town. 

Lipata  Point  is  flat  and  sandy;  not  far  from  it  is  a  stone 
fort,  and  the  town  of  Talisai.  A  reef  projects  about  6  cables 
south  of  the  point,  with  4^  fathoms  at  its  end.  This  is  about 
the  position  assigned  to  Lagundi  West  Shoal,  bearing  SW.  by 
W.  f  W.  lyV  miles  from  the  center  of  Lipata  Bank,  and  it  is 
probably  the  same;  but  the  name  Lagundi  does  not  appear  on 
the  Spanish  chart.  The  shoal  is  covered  by  2f  fathoms  and 
is  marked  by  a  buoy  with  staff  and  ball. 

Lagundi  Shoal,  having  over  it  2f  fathoms,  bears  SSW.  1^ 
miles  from  the  center  of  Lipata  Bank,  and  is  marked  by  a  buoy 
with  staff  and  ball.  Another  small  shoal  of  sand  covered  by 
2f  fathoms  lies  SW.  1^  miles  from  Lipata  Point. 

Tambon  Shoal,  having  over  it  4  fathoms,  bears  SE.  by  E. 
i  E.  2-=^  miles  from  the  center  of  Lipata  Bank;  it  is  marked 
by  a  b\ioy  with  staff  and  ball. 


CEBU — SOUTHEAST    COAST.  253 

Directions  for  navigating  from  Jinioiolo  Channel  to  Cehu. — 
From  a  position  2  miles  south  of  Jintotolo  a  course  of  S.  62° 
W.  will  lead  1-J-  miles  clear  of  North  Gigante  and  north  of 
Tanguingui  Islet  to  midway  between  Malapascua  and  Choco- 
late islets,  but  allowance  must  be  made  for  the  set  of  the 
currents,  which  varies  according  to  the  strength  of  the  mon- 
soon. In  the  daytime  Malapascua  can  be  passed  on  either 
side,  but  at  night  it  is  advisable  to  pass  to  the  eastward, 
giving  a  berth  to  the  dangerous  rock  which  extends  about 
f  of  a  mile  off  its  south  point.  From  Malapascua  a  course 
should  be  steered  to  pass  between  Capitancillo  and  Kalanga- 
man  islets;  a  S.  f  W.  course  then  leads  to  within  2  miles  of 
Bagakai  light,  at  the  northern  entrance  to  Port  Cebu;  or, 
from  Malapascua  steer  to  pass  between  Capitancillo  and  the 
coast  of  Cebu,  as  the  channel  that  separates  them  is  clear 
and  deep. 

The  narrowest  part  of  the  entrance  to  Port  Cebii  is  between 
Mandani  Point  and  the  mole  of  Opon  town  in  Maktan,  and 
there  the  depth  will  lessen  to  4^  fathoms.  A  vessel  should 
keep  on  the  Opon  side  to  avoid  the  bank  on  the  coast  of  Cebu. 
When  the  Challenger  entered  the  port  in  1875  the  edges  of 
the  shoal  were  by  no  means  readily  distinguished,  for  muddy 
water  extended  right  across  the  narrowest  part  of  the  channel. 

Having  passed  the  mole  of  Opon  a  vessel  should  steer,  in 
daylight,  for  the  point  of  the  fort  of  Cebii ;  but  at  night,  if 
obscure,  on  a  course  S.  64°  W.  This  course  will  clear  the 
shoals  of  the  north  coast,  keeping  at  the  same  time  a  distance 
of  2  miles  from  the  shore  of  Maktan  Island,  to  the  anchorage 
off  Cebii. 

To  go  out  from  the  anchorage  hj  the  southern  channel  a 
SW.  course  should  be  steered  until  the  dome  of  the  church 
of  San  Nicholas  bears  N.  i  E,,  when  a  course  S.  i  W.  leads 
through  the  fairway  between  Lipata  Bank  and  the  reef  of 
Maktan  Island.  Having  cleared  the  reef  and  Lipata  Bank  a 
course  SSW.  ^  W.  can  be  steered  to  pass  4  miles  west  of  Kalibao 
Island. 

SOUTHEAST   COAST. 

From  Point  Lipata  to  Point  Tinaan,  WSW.  6  miles,  the 
coast  forms  a  bay,  in  the  center  of  which  is  the  town  of  Min- 
glanilla ;  the  entire  bay  is  obstructed  by  shoals  which  extend 
to  li  miles  from  the  shore ;  the  channels  between  these  shoals, 
and  between  them  and  the  coast,  are  less  than  3  fathoms  deep. 


254  CEBU — SOUTHEAST   COAST. 

Naga  is  a  large  town  with  a  handsome  church.  Steam 
vessels  and  coasting  craft  using  the  south  entrance  to  or 
from  the  port  of  Cebii  make  Naga  the  point  of  entrance  and 
departure. 

Anchorage,  but  of  small  extent,  may  be  obtained  off  Naga 
in  4  to  7  fathoms,  but  care  must  be  taken  to  avoid  a  small 
sunken  rock  having  over  it  2f  fathoms,  with  9  fathoms  within 
a  boat's  length. 

Tinaan  or  Tuiaan  Anchorage,  about  1-^  miles  SW.  of  Naga, 
in  front  of  a  small  village  without  a  church,  is  difficult  to 
distinguish  from  seaward.  It  is  formed  by  the  coast  and  a 
shoal  I  mile  SE.  of  the  village.  This  shoal  is  6  cables  long, 
ENE.  and  WSW.,  and  2  cables  wide;  its  extremities  and  the 
points  of  the  bay  are  marked  by  stakes.  In  the  middle  of  the 
bay  there  is  a  depth  of  11  fathoms,  sand,  lessening  gradually 
to  2f  fathoms  at  1  cable  from  the  wharf.  The  north  entrance 
is  easier  and  cleaner  than  the  south  entrance,  in  the  middle 
of  which  there  is  a  patch  of  5i  fathoms.  Tuiaan  is  the  port 
of  shipment  of  coal  from  the  mines  of  Uling  and  Alpako, 

Coast. — From  Tuaian  to  the  salient  point  of  Argao,  the 
coast  is  fringed  by  a  narrow  reef  which  extends  from  it  more 
than  2  cables  at  the  most ;  it  is  very  steep,  with  more  than  50 
fathoms  depth  at  a  short  distance  from  it.  In  passing  along 
this  part  of  the  coast  of  Cebu  it  is  advisable  not  to  keep  too 
near  the  land. 

San  Fernando  is  a  town  situated  some  distance  inland  from 
the  coast,  and  about  3  miles  SW.  of  Tinaan. 

Karkat  Point  is  low  and  fringed  by  the  coast  reef  of  2  cables' 
width,  with  20  to  40  fathoms  near  it. 

Karkat  Bay  has  an  islet  in  the  middle  of  it,  which,  with 
the  shoals  projecting  from  the  shore,  forms  a  little  sheltered 
port.  The  church  at  Karkat  is  situated  conspicuously  on  a 
hill  NNW.  of  the  islet.  The  entrance  channel  to  the  port 
runs  NW.  and  SE.,  and  has  a  depth  of  4^  to  6^  fathoms. 
Within  the  port  there  are  7  fathoms.  The  best  anchorage  is 
near  the  north  part  of  the  islet.  An  acquaintance  with  the 
locality  is  necessary  to  enter,  as  the  sides  of  the  entrance  are 
not  marked  by  bushes.  The  shores  are  very  low  and  covered 
by  mangroves. 

Sibonga  (ch.  45,  p.  254),  4  miles  to  the  south  of  Karkat  Bay, 
offers  good  anchorage  sheltered  from  westerly  winds,  and 
may  be  known  by  a  church  lately  constructed.    The  anchorage 


No  45. 


I 


pf 


\ 


v\- 


^ax^ 


Tr>r, 


CAPTAE 


East  P*  L< 


■J--Lu 


.47X 


ai.>^'^ 


Inttr    r  Port  vot      trveyed  ^^^ 


\ 


\^ 


POET  SIBOlfCyA 

Surveyed^  umirr  the  direction  of 

CAPTAIN  CLAUDIO  MONTERO    SpanishNmy 
1864 

East  P?  Lat.9?41'.15"N._L<mg.l26':3.0E.(.%w<vB) 

Jfa^uro/  Soalcf  3TJOOO 


/    r' 


^        ,,  3}     «     jj        n     \, 


r 


>U1^^^ 


\y 


CEBU — SOUTHEAST   COAST.  255 

is  ill  4:  fathoms,  sand,  at  equal  distance  from  tlie  coiirt-lioiise 
and  the  church ;  northward  of  this  position  the  bottom  becomes 
rocky,  as  also  the  coast  as  far  as  Karkat  Bay. 

Argao  Point,  8  miles  south  of  Sibonga,  offers  anchorage  in 
from  4  to  ?  fathoms,  sand,  sheltered  from  north  and  northeast' 
winds.  Small  vessels  load  here  in  both  monsoons,  choosing 
their  anchorage  north  or  south  of  the  point,  as  most  conven- 
ient. The  church  at  Argao  is  a  most  conspicuous  building. 
Supplies  may  be  obtained  at  Argao  by  applying  to  the  local 
authorities. 

Point  Dalaguete,  9  miles  SW,  f  W.  of  Point  Argao,  is 
flat  and  sandy,  clear  and  steep-to.  Anchorage  may  be  ob- 
tained north  and  south  of  the  j)oiiit  in  3|-  or  18  fathoms,  sand. 
The  town  of  Dalaguete  may  be  known  by  a  conspicuous  church, 
visible  at  a  great  distance  both  from  the  north  and  from  the 
south.  The  coast  between  Points  Argao  and  Dalaguete  con- 
sists in  some  places  of  clean  and  steep  sand  beaches,  and  in 
others  of  mangrove  patches  with  shoals  extending  to  a  dis- 
tance of  one  cable  from  the  shore. 

Tides. — The  flood  stream  from  the  eastward  strikes  the 
coast  about  this  part  of  Cebil  and  is  divided  into  two  streams 
which  follow  the  coast,  one  to  the  NNE.  through  the  channels 
on  either  side  of  Maktan  Island,  the  other  to  the  SSW.  passes 
round  to  the  south  end  of  Cebti  and  enters  Tanon  Strait. 

The  coast  from  Dalaguete  Point  to  Boljon  is  low,  with  steep 
sand  beaches  interrupted  by  rocky  bluffs ;  at  mid-distance  are 
the  town  and  shoal  of  Mambagi ;  the  shore  before  the  town  is 
clean  and  a  depth  of  12  fathoms  off  it. 

Mambagi  Shoal  is  a  shoal  of  sand  and  rock  -J  of  a  mile  long 
and  a  little  more  than  a  cable  wide,  with  3^  to  11  fathoms 
round  its  edges.  It  lies  2  miles  off  the  coast  and  2^  miles  NE. 
by  N.  of  Boljon  Bluff. 

Boljon  Bay  is  small  and  very  steep;  there  are  12  fathoms 
within  100  yards  of  the  shore ;  a  little  to  the  north  of  the  bay 
is  a  white  peaked  rock  of  a  good  height  (Boljon  Bluff),  on 
which  is  a  little  stone  tower  used  as  a  signal  station.  The 
town  of  Boljon  is  surrounded  by  a  wall  and  fortifications. 

Point  Yuisan,  4^  miles  south  of  Boljon,  is  low,  and  ends  in 
sand  and  rocks  close  to  the  shore;  the  village  contains  only 
350  persons. 

Yuisan  Shoal,  of  sand  and  rock,  awash  at  low  water,  Avith 
2i  to  bh  fathoms  round  its  edge,  is  2  cables  long,  NE.  and  SW., 


CEBU — SOUTHEAST    COAST.  255 

is  iu  4  fathoms,  sand,  at  equal  distance  from  tlie  court-liouse 
and  the  church ;  northward  of  this  position  the  bottom  becomes 
rocky,  as  also  the  coast  as  far  as  Karkat  Bay, 

Argao  Point,  8  miles  south  of  Sibonga,  offers  anchorage  in 
from  4  to  7  fathoms,  sand,  sheltered  from  north  and  northeast' 
winds.  Small  vessels  load  here  in  both  monsoons,  choosing 
their  anchorage  north  or  south  of  the  point,  as  most  conven- 
ient. The  church  at  Argao  is  a  most  conspicuous  building. 
Supplies  may  be  obtained  at  Argao  by  applying  to  the  local 
authorities. 

Point  Dalaguete,  9  miles  SW.  f  W.  of  Point  Argao,  is 
flat  and  sandy,  clear  and  steep-to.  Anchorage  may  be  ob- 
tained north  and  south  of  the  laoint  in  3^  or  18  fathoms,  sand. 
The  town  of  Dalaguete  may  be  known  by  a  conspicuous  church, 
visible  at  a  great  distance  both  from  the  north  and  from  the 
south.  The  coast  between  Points  Argao  and  Dalaguete  con- 
sists in  some  places  of  clean  and  steep  sand  beaches,  and  in 
others  of  mangrove  patches  with  shoals  extending  to  a  dis- 
tance of  one  cable  from  the  shore. 

Tides. — The  flood  stream  from  the  eastward  strikes  the 
coast  about  this  part  of  Cebu  and  is  divided  into  two  streams 
which  follow  the  coast,  one  to  the  NNE.  through  the  channels 
on  either  side  of  Maktan  Island,  the  other  to  the  SSW.  passes 
round  to  the  south  end  of  Cebri  and  enters  Taiion  Strait. 

The  coast  from  Dalaguete  Point  to  Boljon  is  low,  with  steep 
sand  beaches  interrupted  by  rocky  bluffs ;  at  mid-distance  are 
the  town  and  shoal  of  Mambagi ;  the  shore  before  the  town  is 
clean  and  a  depth  of  12  fathoms  off  it. 

Mambagi  Slioal  is  a  shoal  of  sand  and  rock  -g-  of  a  mile  long 
and  a  little  more  than  a  cable  wide,  with  S^  to  11  fathoms 
round  its  edges.  It  lies  2  miles  off  the  coast  and  2^  miles  NE. 
by  N.  of  Boljon  Bluff. 

Boljon  Bay  is  small  and  very  steep;  there  are  12  fathoms 
within  100  yards  of  the  shore ;  a  little  to  the  north  of  the  bay 
is  a  white  peaked  rock  of  a  good  height  (Boljon  Bluff),  on 
which  is  a  little  stone  tower  used  as  a  signal  station.  The 
town  of  Boljon  is  surrounded  by  a  wall  and  fortifications. 

Point  Yuisan,  ^\  miles  south  of  Boljon,  is  low,  and  ends  in 
sand  and  rocks  close  to  the  shore ;  the  village  contains  only 
350  persons. 

Yuisan  Shoal,  of  sand  and  rock,  awash  at  low  water,  with 
2^  to  bh  fathoms  round  its  edge,  is  2  cables  long,  NE.  and  SW., 


256  CEBU— SOUTHEAST    COAST. 

and  1^  cables  wide.  It  lies  1^  miles  offshore.  From  it  Yui- 
san  church  bears  N.  21°  E.,  and  the  north  point  of  Sikijor 
Point  S.  33°  E. 

Point  Oslob,  bearing  SW.  by  S.  4  miles  from  Point  Yuisan, 
is  sandy  and  low,  and  has  on  it  a  fort  of  white  stone,  visible 
a  great  distance.  It  is  surrounded  by  a  narrow  reef  of  only 
a  cable's  width.  On  the  south  side  there  is  anchorage  in  3i 
to  9  fathoms.  The  coast  between  points  Yuisan  and  Oslob 
is  sand  beach  fringed  by  a  reef  i  of  a  mile  wide,  steep-to. 
From  Point  Oslob  to  Point  Taiion,  which  lies  SW.  8^  miles 
from  it,  the  coast  land  is  high,  with  sandy  beaches  and  rugged 
bluffs  of  white  rock,  and  is  very  steep. 

Point  Tailon,  the  southern  point  of  Cebu  Island,  is  low, 
sandy,  and  surrounded  by  a  narrow  reef,  little  more  than  a 
cable  wide.  There  is  anchorage  south  of  the  point  in  5^  to  7 
fathoms,  sand ;  but  it  is  exposed  to  the  force  of  the  tide  streams 
that  enter  and  leave  the  Strait  of  Taiion.  The  church  and 
town  of  Tanon  are  on  high  ground  near  the  point. 

Sumilon  Island  lies  ENE.  3  miles  from  Point  Tanon,  and 
li  miles  off  the  coast.  It  is  |  of  a  mile  long  and  177  feet  high; 
its  shores  are  clean  and  steep. 

BoHOL  Island  is  of  oval  figure,  47  miles  in  length,  NE.  and 
SW.,  and  34  miles  wide,  N.  and  S. ;  the  southern  part  is  hilly 
and  rocky,  but  the  northern  part  has  good  tracts  of  level 
ground.  The  height  is  about  the  same  as  that  of  Cebu,  the 
culminating  point  being  Mount  Kopton,  near  the  northeast 
extremity;  its  height,  10,150  feet  in  the  Derrotero,  but  2,870 
on  the  chart.  The  coasts  of  the  island  are  bordered  by  reefs, 
which  on  the  northern  side  extend  from  the  NE.  to  the  SW. 
of  the  island  at  a  distance  of  12  miles. 

The  productions  of  the  island  are  cacao,  tobacco,  cotton, 
manila  hemp,  rice,  maize,  and  sugar  cane,  and  its  forests 
furnish  excellent  wood.  The  district  of  Bohol  includes  the 
island  of  Sikijor  and  Pangias;  the  seat  of  government  is 
Tagbilaran,  on  the  southwest  coast. 

Lapinin  Island,  on  the  northeast  extremity  of  Bohol  Island, 
is  separated  from  it  by  a  narrow  channel  3i  to  7  fathoms  deep. 
It  is  8  miles  long,  fiat,  and  covered  by  brambles.  A  narrow, 
steep  coral  reef  surrounds  it.  The  islet  Tinuibo,  lying  SE.  l)y 
S.,  2i  miles  from  the  northern  point  of  Lapinin  Island,  is 
small,  clean,  and  steep-to.  Between  the  islands  there  are  12 
fathoms  water. 


CEBU — CITIES    AND    TOWNS,  257 

Danajon  Bank  forms  the  outer  limit  of  tlie  coral  reef  that 
borders  the  north  coast  of  Bohol,  which  is  composed  of  a 
great  number  of  shoals  and  islands,  between  which  only  small 
vessels  with  a  good  local  pilot  can  navigate,  and  a  description 
of  which  would  be  long  and  diffuse.  The  eastern  end  of  the 
bank,  sometimes  called  Adam  and  Eve  Bank,  lies  10  miles  NE. 
^  E.  from  the  north  point  of  Lapinin  Island,  and  3  miles  from 
the  coast  of  Leyte.. 

The  bank  has  two  openings  through  it;  the  northern  one 
is  in  a  line  between  Mount  Kopton  in  Bohol  and  Mount  Three 
Peaks  in  Poro  Island  (Kamotes) ;  and  the  northwestern  one 
lies  N.  G0°  W.  of  Mount  Corte;  both  of  these  openings  have 
a  width  of  about  a  mile  and  a  depth  of  S  fathoms.  On  the 
bank,  at  great  intervals,  there  are  small  islands  covered  by 
bushes  and  mangroves. 

CITIES    AND    TOWNS. 

Alcantara. — Population,  4,080. 

Alcoy. — Population,  5,040;  situated  44  miles  from  Cebi'i. 

Alegria. — Population,  11,460;  situated  90  miles  from  Cebii. 

Aloguinsan. — Population,  3, 993. 

Argao.— Population,  34,050;  situated  33  miles  from  Cebii. 

Asturias. — Population,  C,000;  situated  109  miles  from 
Cebu. 

Badian. — Population,  9,409 ;  situated  51  miles  from  Cebu. 

Balamban. — Population,  9,610;  situated  43  miles  from 
Cebu.  There  are  highroads  to  Joledo  on  the  south  and  Astu- 
rias on  the  north. 

Bantayan. — Population,  10,016;  situated  62  miles  from 
Cebii. 

Barili. — Population,  20,914;  situated  52  miles  from  Cebu. 

Bogo. — Population,  16,350;  situated  69  miles  from  Cebu. 
It  has  a  good  harbor,  the  only  one  in  the  province. 

Boljoon. — Population,  7,413;  situated  57  miles  from  Cebu. 

Borbon. — Population,  2,805;  situated  51  miles  from  Cebu. 

Carcar. — Population,  30,300;  situated  23  miles  from  Cebu. 

Carmen. — Population,  6,673;  situated  25  miles  from  Cebu. 

Catman. — Population,  6,098. 

Compostela. — Population,  4,393. 

Consolacion. — Population,  4,616;  situated  7  miles  from 
Cebu.     There  are  highroads  to  the  neighboring  cities. 

Cordoba. — Population,  5,009. 


258  C'EBb' — CITIES    AND    TOWNS. 

Daan  Bantayan. — Population,  8,530;   situated  103  miles 
from  Cebn. 

Dalaguete. — Population,   21,323;  situated  49  miles  from 
Cebu. 

Danao. — Population,  15,483 ;  situated  4  miles  from  Cebii. 

Dumanjug. — Population,  13,171;  situated  42  miles  from 
Cebu.     There  are  three  highroads. 

Ginatilan. — Population,  12,144. 

Liiloan.— Population,  8,380. 

Malabuyoc. — Population,   13,113;  situated  83  miles  from 
Cebu. 

Mandaue. — Population,    15,307;    situated    41    miles   from 
Cebu. 

Medellin.— Population,  8,221. 

Minglanilla. — Population,   0,310;    situated   5   miles   from 
Cebu. 

Moalboal. — Poj^ulation,  9,509. 

Naga. — Population,  10,926;  situated  11  miles  from  Cebu. 

Nueva    Cdceres.— Population,    3,339;    situated    42    miles 
from  Cebu. 

Opon. — Population,  11,506;  situated  9  miles  from  Cebu. 

Oslob. — Population,  6,013;  situated  78  miles  from  Cebii. 

Pardo  (El).— Population,  10,647. 

Pilar. — Population,  4,268;  situated  38  miles  from  Cebi'i. 

Pinamungajan. — Population,  5,378. 

Poro.— Population,  7,000. 
.  Ronda. — Population,  4,394;  situated  434  miles  from  Cebu. 
There  are  highroads  to  the  neighboring  cities. 

Samboan. — Population,    10,422;    situated    68    miles   from 
Cebu. 

San  Fernando. — Population,  12,155;  situated  9  miles  from 
Cebvi. 

San  Francisco. — Population,  6,567. 

San  Nicolas. — Population,  17,800. 

San  Remigio. — Population,  6,192;  situated  69  miles  from 
Cebu. 

Santa  Fe.— Population,  3,102. 

Santander. — Population,   4,686;    situated   88   miles   from 
Cebu. 

Sibonga. — Population,  23,455;  situated  31  miles  from  Cebu. 

Sogod. — Population,  6,719. 

Tabogon. — Population,  8,631, 


CONCEPCIOX,  LEYTE   ISLAND   AND    PROVINCE.  25'J 

Talambang.— Population,  G,22C;  situated  1  mile  from 
Cebii. 

Talisay.— Population,  19,000;  situated  (J  miles  from  Cebu, 
to  whicli  there  is  a  liigliroad. 

Toledo. — Population,  10,922;  situated  39  miles  from  Cebii. 

Tuburan.— Population,  10,7G0;   situated   511   miles   from 

Cebu. 

DISTRICT  OF  CONCEPCION. 

Situated  on  the  island  of  Panay,  it  is  bounded  on  the  north 
by  the  Sea  of  Masbate,  on  the  south  by  Iloilo,  on  the  east  by 
the  Sea  of  Negros  Island,  and  on  the  west  by  Capiz.  The 
area  is  683  square  miles  and  the  population  19,342. 

The  capital  is  Concepcion,  with  a  poj)ulation  of  5,736.  It 
is  situated  104  miles  from  Iloilo  and  has  a  post  ofiice  and  tele- 
graph station. 

CITIES    AND    TOWNS. 

Ajuy. — Population,  1,000;  situated  6  miles  from  Concep- 
cion. 

Carles. — Population,  10,300. 

Lemery. — Population,  3,G77;  situated  30  miles  from  Con- 
cepcion. 

ISLAND  AND  PROVINCE  OF  LEYTE. 

The  island  of  Leyte  is  bounded  on  the  north  by  the  canal 
separating  it  from  Samar,  on  the  east  by  the  Pacific  Ocean, 
on  the  west  by  the  sea  separating  it  from  Bohol  and  Cebu, 
and  on  the  south  by  the  one  separating  it  from  Mindanao.  It 
is  extensive  and  irregular,  having  an  area  of  3,087  square 
miles  and  a  population  of  270,491.  A  high  and  abrupt  moun- 
tain chain  crosses  the  island  nearly  parallel  to  the  west  coast ; 
the  coasts  are  high,  but  with  good  natural  harbors.  In  the 
northern  part  and  on  the  western  slopes  of  the  great  sierras, 
streams  of  potable  water  and  also  many  lagoons  aljound. 
This  is  different  from  the  eastern  part,  where  the  latter  are 
scarce.  The  principal  product  of  the  island  is  abaca,  but  rice 
is  also  raised  and  cocoanut  oil  is  extracted.  There  are  un- 
worked  mines  of  gold,  magnetite,  and  sulphur. 

The  capital  is  Tacloban,  with  a  population  of  5,226.  It  is 
situated  338  miles  from  Manila. 

ITINERARY    OP    COAST    OF    LEYTE — WEST    COAST. 

The  west  coast  of  Leyte  is  in  general  safe  and  steei^-to. 
The  fringing  reefs  do  not  extend  more  than  a  mile  from  the 


260  LEYTE — WEST    COAST. 

shore.  A  chain  of  higli  mountains  runs  parallel  to  the  coast, 
at  a  distance  of  4  to  5  miles  inland.  The  highest  peak  of  the 
range  appears  to  be  Mount  Sacripante  (3,911  feet),  in  the 
southwestern  part  of  the  island. 

Gigantangan  Island,  off  the  northwest  point  of  Leyte,  is 
2  miles  long,  NNE.  and  SSW.,  and  1  mile  wide,  and  is  clean 
on  all  sides  except  the  south  point,  where  there  is  a  small 
reef.  The  channel  that  separates  it  from  Leyte  is  1  mile  wide 
and  11  to  16  fathoms  deep. 

Tabin  Chico  and  Tabin  Grande  are  two  small  bays  sepa- 
rated by  a  tongue  of  land.  Their  depth  is  7  to  11  fathoms. 
Tabango  and  Kampopo  bays,  separated  by  Point  Ligiio,  are 
larger  than  the  Tabines,  and  appear  to  be  deeper.  The 
narrow  reef  that  fringes  this  part  of  the  coast  follows  the 
contour  of  these  four  bays. 

Port  Palompon  is  formed  by  a  narrow  channel  between  the 
coast  south  of  Point  Kanaguayan  and  the  reef  on  which  is 
situated  the  island  Tabok.  The  only  entrance  is  to  the  north- 
ward, between  the  point  and  the  island,  the  southern  end  of 
the  channel  being  closed  by  low  reefs  covered  by  mangroves. 

Point  Kanaguayan  is  bordered  by  a  reef  to  the  distance  of 
1^  cables,  and  the  reef  of  Tai^ok  Island  extends  1^  miles 
WNW,,  reducing  between  them  the  width  of  the  passage  to 
2  cables,  with  a  depth  of  19  fathoms.  Proceeding  inwards, 
the  passage  becomes  narrower  and  shoals  gradually,  so  that 
in  front  of  the  church,  where  is  the  best  anchorage,  it  is 
hardly  a  cable  wide,  with  a  depth  of  7  fathoms.  Anchorage 
can  also  be  had  close  to  the  sandy  point,  alongside  which 
vessels  of  any  size  can  lie  secured  to  the  shore.  From  this 
point  the  depth  diminishes  gradually  to  the  southward,  and 
off  Gumalak  Island  is  only  2f  fathoms.  The  reefs  show  at 
low  water,  and  the  edges  are  marked  by  poles  with  bushes  on 
them ;  but  these  must  not  be  relied  on. 

The  town  of  Palompon  is  on  the  shore  of  the  port.  Sup- 
plies of  beef  and  vegetables  may  be  obtained;  also  fresh 
water.  In  the  town  of  Palompon,  as  in  other  towns  of  the 
Philippine  Islands,  a  tariff  of  prices  is  hung  up  in  the  Casa 
Real  for  the  guidance  of  strangers,  who  can  claim  to  be  sup- 
plied for  ten  days  at  the  prices  quoted. 

Directions. — To  make  the  port  of  Palompon  the  island 
Kalangaman  should  be  brought  to  bear  N.  64:°  W.,  when  a 
course  S.  64°  E.  will  lead  for  the  entrance. 


LEYTE— WEST    COAST.  2G1 

Coast. — The  reef  that  surrounds  Tabok  and  Gumalak  ishxnds 
and  fringes  the  shore  to  a  distance  of  1^  miles,  continues  to 
the  southward,  round  Point  Duljugan,  where  it  is  ^  mile  wide, 
to  Port  Dupon,  which  lies  2  miles  to  the  eastward  of  the  point. 
Point  Duljugan  is  low  and  thinly  wooded ;  the  southwestern 
point  of  Port  Dupon  is  somewhat  higher  and  has  a  little  fort 
on  it. 

Port  Dupon  has  a  depth  of  38  fathoms  in  the  center;  the 
best  anchorage  is  on  the  western  side  of  the  port,  where  the 
shore  is  less  steep  than  on  the  east  side  and  there  is  more 
shelter ;  on  the  east  side  of  the  port  the  bottom  consists  of 
coral,  and  anchorage  is  considered  very  unsafe. 

The  little  bay  of  Siapon,  1|  miles  to  the  eastward,  is 
sheltered  from  all  winds  but  those  from  south  to  southeast ; 
the  depth  at  the  entrance  is  15 'fathoms,  lessening  gradually 
inwards.  The  low  point  between  the  two  bays  can  be  dis- 
tinguished by  a  patch  of  cogonal  on  it.  Water  can  be  obtained 
in  both  bays. 

Kalunangan  Point  is  low,  flat,  and  bordered  by  a  narrow 
reef.  Anchorage  can  be  had  on  the  coast  between  Point 
Kalunangan  and  Point  Biason  in  9  fathoms,  coarse  sand. 

Okmok  Bay. — To  the  eastward  of  Point  Kalunangan  the 
coast  forms  the  great  bay  of  Okmok,  in  the  northwest  part  of 
which  is  Port  Bello,  with  anchorage  in  2f  to  9  fathoms,  mud. 
This  is  the  only  safe  anchorage  on  the  south  coast  of  Leyte 
Island  during  the  generality  of  typhoons. 

Jaloban  River  is  a  good-sized  river  with  5  feet  water  on  the 
bar  at  low  water  and  deeper  water  within.  From  the  eastern 
bank  of  the  river  a  clean,  sandy  beach,  with  good  depth  off 
it,  stretches  1^  miles  to  the  SE.  as  far  as  the  town  of  Okmok. 

Okmok  is  situated  near  the  shore  and  on  the  slope  of  Mount 
Aslum ;  it  is  surrounded  by  a  breastwork  of  stone  with  three 
ruined  forts. 

Mount  Aslum  rises  to  a  high  and  remarkable  peak,  NE.  by 
E.  -4^  miles  from  Okmok  town.  Kampukan  peak,  2  miles  NE. 
of  Aslum  peak,  is  much  higher  and  more  conical  than  that  of 
Aslum.     Both  mountains  abound  in  sulphur  and  copperas. 

Coast. — From  Okmok  to  Baybay,  a  town  lying  about  23 
miles  to  the  southeastward  of  Okmok,  the  shore  is  low  and 
consists  of  steep  sand  beach  with  generally  soundings  of  14 
to  18  fathoms  very  close  to  it.  From  Baybay  to  Ilongos,  19 
miles  to  the  southward,  the  coast  forms  rocky  headlands 
alternately  with  small,  clean,  and  steep  bays. 


2G^  LEYTE — WEST    COAST. 

Kamotes  Islands. — This  group  consists  of  three  ishmds 
connected  by  a  reef,  and  one  small  detached  islet,  Tulang. 
The  westernmost  island,  Pasijan,  is  8^  miles  long,  north  and 
south,  and  nearly  5  miles  wide,  and  is  clean  and  steep-to  all 
round  except  that  part  of  the  eastern  side  where  a  reef  that 
nearly  dries  at  low  water  joins  it  to  Poro  Island.  Tulang 
Island,  off  the  northwest  jDart,  appears  clean  and  steep. 

Poro  Island  is  surrounded  on  all  sides  except  the  north- 
western by  a  reef  of  less  than  ^  mile  in  width ;  the  channel 
between  Poro  and  Poson  has  a  depth  of  5  to  7  fathoms,  and 
is  practicable  for  navigation.  The  town  of  Poro  is  on  the 
south  side  of  the  island,  and  anchorage  may  be  had  off  the 
town  at  the  distance  of  ^  mile ;  but  caution  must  be  observed 
in  approaching,  as  shallows  that  dry  at  low  water  run  out  a 
long  distance. 

Poson,  the  northernmost  of  the  group,  lies  5^  miles  SSE. 
of  Point  Kalunangan ;  the  channel  between  is  clear  and  deep, 
but  care  must  be  taken  not  to  approach  the  shore  off  Poson, 
as  a  reef  extends  to  the  northward  of  it  about  1  mile. 

Tides. — The  flood  stream  from  the  northward  jDasses  from 
west  to  east  in  the  channel  between  Poson  Island  and  Kalu- 
nangan Point  and  curves  round  the  island  to  the  southward. 
The  flood  stream  from  the  southward,  which  has  entered  by 
Surigao  Strait,  meets  the  flood  stream  from  the  northward 
about  5  miles  south  of  Kamotes. 

Cuatro  Islas  (four  islands)  is  the  name  given  to  a  group  of 
four  islets  lying  3  miles  off  the  coast  of  Leyte ;  the  southern- 
most of  them,  Jimukitan,  bears  WNW.  about  4  miles  from 
a  little  steep  hill  with  a  flat  crown  on  the  coast  6  miles  north 
of  Ilongos;  this  islet  and  the  one  3  miles  NW.  of  it  (Majabas) 
are  clear  and  steep-to ;  the  two  others  are  surrounded  by  reefs. 
The  passages  between  these  islets  and  between  them  and  the 
coast  are  safe. 

Coast. — From  Ilongos  the  coast  forms  an  elbow  which 
measures  2^  miles  across  the  town  of  Bato  and  then  continues 
to  the  southward  for  11|  miles  to  the  Point  Green  Hill,  oppo- 
site Lapinin  Isle,  near  Bohol. 

Shoal. — Off  the  village  of  Makalon,  2^  miles  south  of  Bato, 
is  a  shoal,  having  over  it  from  2^  to  5  fathoms ;  it  is  gener- 
ally marked  by  bushes. 

From  Green  Hill  the  coast  trends  eastward  for  nearly  6 
miles,  to  the  town  of  Masin,  and  then  turns  SE.  ^  E.  for  13 


LEYTE — WEST    COAST.  '^G3 

miles  to  Point  Tuaiikaii  (or  Ninipo),  the  south  extremity  of 
the  island  of  Leyte.  All  this  part  of  the  coast  is  formed  of 
rocky  points  and  small  sand  beaches,  and  is  clean  and  steep- 
to,  except  before  the  town  of  Masin,  and  also  around  Point 
Tuankan. 

Masin  is  a  town  situated  on  a  sand  beach  from  which  a 
ledge  projects  some  2  or  3  cables  and  dries  at  low  water;  a 
channel  of  2f  fathoms  leads  to  the  town.  There  is  anchorage 
on  a  bank  of  small  extent  in  7  to  14  fathoms,  sand,  with  the 
church  bearing  NW. 

Point  Tuankan  is  low,  and  is  formed  of  rock  underworn  by 
currents,  giving  it  the  appearance  of  a  rampart.  It  is  sur- 
rounded by  a  narrow  steep  reef  with  4|  to  9  fathoms  at  the 
edges  and  no  bottom,  with  92  fathoms  line  at  1  cable  distance. 

Limasana  Island,  situated  2  miles  to  the  SE.  of  the  south- 
ern point  of  Leyte,  is  4^  miles  north  and  soutli  and  1  wide, 
and  has  a  remarkable  hill  on  its  northern  part.  The  island 
is  clean,  and  on  its  southeast  part  there  is  a  sandy  beach, 
where  anchorage  can  be  had  in  2f  fathoms  at  1  cable  from 
the  shore.  The  channel  between  Limasana  Island  and  Point 
Tuankan  is  safe. 

Tides. — The  tidal  streams  run  with  great  force  here,  the 
flood  stream  to  the  NW.  and  the  ebb  to  the  SE. 

Panaon  Island,  separated  from  the  southeast  point  of 
Leyte  by  a  narrow  channel,  is  17i  miles  loiig,  NNW.  and 
SSE.,  and  5  miles  wide  at  its  northern  part.  The  island  is 
mountainous  and  is  divided  throughout  its  length  by  a  range 
of  hills  terminating  to  the  south  in  a  mountain  2,313  feet 
high,  the  slope  of  which  forms  the  southern  point  of  the 
island. 

The  eastern  coast  is  high  and  rugged,  and  shows  several 
cascades  of  excellent  water.  The  western  coast,  though  steep, 
presents  several  sand  beaches,  where  anchorage  may  be  had 
in  7  to  9  fathoms,  sand,  but  it  is  better  to  anchor  in  the  shel- 
tered port  of  Liloan. 

Port  Liloan  has  two  entrances.  The  eastern  entrance  is 
very  narrow ;  the  least  depth  in  it  is  2f  fathoms,  increasing 
to  4i  and  o^  fathoms  in  Panaon  Strait.  The  water  in  it  is  so 
clear  that  the  bottom  can  be  seen  readily.  In  order  to  enter 
the  port  from  the  eastward,  steer  for  the  narrow  opening  be- 
tween Leyte  and  Panaon  Island,  which  runs  S.  73°  W, ;  while 
a  good  distance  off  a  group  of  cocoanut  palms  on  Point  Liloan 


264  LEYTE — SOUTHEAST    COAST. 

will  be  seen ;  the  soundings  increase  on  approaching  the  en- 
trance; when  15  fathoms  is  obtained  take  the  middle  of  the 
channel  which  leads  to  the  anchorage  coasting  the  reef  that 
ranges  along  the  shore  of  the  port  until  in  front  of  the  town, 
then  anchor  in  5^  to  7  fathoms,  sand. 

To  enter  by  the  western  passage,  the  best  mark  to  steer  for 
is  a  little  hill  near  Point  Liloan,  with  cocoanut  palms  and 
some  houses  on  it,  taking  care  to  clear  a  little  reef  NW.  of  the 
entrance  point,  near  which  the  depth  is  26  fathoms,  and  clos- 
ing as  much  as  possible  the  sandy  point  of  Panaon,  and  avoid- 
ing the  coast  of  Leyte,  from  which  a  reef  projects  3|  miles  to 
the  SW,  Between  the  southern  edge  of  this  reef  and  the 
sandy  point  of  Liloan,  which  form  the  western  entrance  of 
the  port,  and  which  is  3A^  cables  wide,  the  depth  is  7  to  9 
fathoms,  shells. 

The  shores  of  the  port  are  sandy,  and  the  town  of  Liloan  is 
situated  on  a  little  plain. 

SuRiGAO  Strait. — Surigao  Strait  is  famous  for  having 
been  traversed  by  Magellan  when  he  crossed  the  Pacific 
Ocean  and  discovered  the  Philippine  Islands.  The  strait  is 
now  less  frequented  than  that  of  San  Bernardino,  which  is 
more  to  windward  in  the  northeast  monsoon.  It  is,  however, 
more  direct  and  safer  than  that  strait,  but  it  obliges  vessels 
that  take  it,  if  they  are  making  for  Manila,  to  work  up  the 
west  coast  of  Negros  and  Panay  and  the  east  coast  of  Min- 
doro.  It  is  of  advantage  to  vessels  going  to  the  southern 
Philippines  or  to  the  Sulu  Sea. 

The  main  strait  is  safe  and  deep  throughout  its  length,  and 
the  shores  of  the  islands  that  border  it  are  steep-to.  Steamers 
from  the  Cebu  Sea  making  for  ports  on  the  east  coast  of  Min- 
danao may  find  it  advantageous  to  take  the  eastern  passage 
between  Dinagat  and  Bukas  islands  and  the  main  coast  of 
Mindanao.  This  channel  will  be  described  after  the  main 
strait. 

SOUTHEAST   COAST. 

From  Panaon  Strait  the  coast  trends  north  for  5^  miles, 
then  turns  abruptly  to  the  west  for  another  5|  miles  to  Mara- 
gusa  Point,  a  rounded  headland  formed  by  the  western  slope 
of  Mount  Kabalian,  which  is  3,130  feet  high;  the  coast  line 
then  continues  north  again  for  8^  miles,  to  Ginungagan  Bay. 
Throughout  this  entire  length  the  coast  is  high  and  clean, 


LEYTE — NORTH  COAST.  265 

with  deep  water  in  tlie  vicinity,  but  it  is  exposed  to  tlie 
open  sea. 

Hinondayan  Bay  is  very  small ;  an  islet  surrounded  by  rocks 
lies  at  the  mouth ;  tlie  depth  of  water  in  the  passages  on  either 
side  of  the  islet  is  11  fathoms,  and  within  it  is  3^  fathoms. 

Ginungagan  Bay  has  a  depth  of  15  fathoms  in  the  middle 
and  5i  oflf  the  town  of  the  same  name,  which  stands  on  the 
left  bank  of  the  River  Malaga  at  the  head  of  the  bay.  The 
two  islands  Kabugan  lie  in  the  northern  part  of  the  bay,  sep- 
arated from  the  main  coast,  which  is  sandy,  by  a  channel  1 
mile  wide  and  15  to  25  fathoms  deep. 

Jinatungan  Point  lies  11  miles  north  of  Ginungagan  Bay, 
and  is  bordered  by  a  reef  which  extends  i  mile  out.  A  rocky 
islet  and  several  rocks  lie  immediately  south  of  the  point  at  | 
of  a  mile's  distance  from  the  shore. 

Tai  Tai  Point,  10  miles  NW.  of  Jinatungan  Point,  is  also 
surrounded  by  a  reef  to  a  distance  of  ^  mile.  From  the  point 
the  coast  trends  north  for  30  miles  to  the  southern  entrance 
of  San  Juanico  Strait.  All  this  tract  of  coast  consists  of 
sandy  beaches  with  a  good  depth  of  water  off  them;  there 
are  many  rivers,  and  several  towns  stand  along  the  shore. 
The  country  inland  is  level  and  covered  with  dense  wood,  in- 
terrupted by  cocoanut  plantations  and  rice  fields. 

NORTH    COAST. 

The  north  coast  of  Leyte  is  imperfectly  known ;  Carigara 
must  be  a  place  of  some  trade,  for  steamers  from  Manila  touch 
there  about  once  a  fortnight,  but  there  is  no  information 
about  it  to  hand. 

CITIES    AND    TOWNS. 

Abuyog.— Population,  9,112;  situated  40  miles  from  Ta- 
cloban. 

Alang-Alang. — Population,  8,602;  situated  18  miles  from 
Tacloban. 

Albuera. — Population,  4,555;  situated  18  miles  from  Ta- 
cloban. 

Almeria. — Population,  3,210;  situated  63  miles  from  Ta- 
cloban. 

Babatugon. — Population,  2,213. 

Baliran.— Population,  6,201. 


266  LEYTE— CITIES   AND   TOWNS. 

Baru. — Population,  12,322 ;  situated  31  miles  from  Taclobau. 

Bate— Population,  3,651. 

Baybay.— Population,  17,367;  situated  87  miles  from 
Taeloban. 

Borauen. — Population,  21,290;  situated  26  miles  from 
Taeloban. 

Cabalian. — Population,  4,785;  situated  130  miles  from 
Taeloban. 

Caibiran. — Population,  4,153;  situated  260  miles  from 
Taeloban. 

Cajaganaan. — Population,  260. 

Capoocan. — Population,  1,622;  situated  33  miles  from 
Taeloban. 

Carigara. — Population,  13,732;  situated  32  miles  from 
Taeloban. 

Dagami. — Population,  25,000;  situated  20  miles  from  Ta- 
eloban. 

Dulag.— Population,  10,113;  situated  22  miles  from  Ta- 
eloban. 

Hilongos. — Population,  13,813;  situated  Ui;  miles  from 
Taeloban. 

Hindang. — Population,  5,314;  situated  9  miles  from  Ta- 
eloban. 

Hinunangan. — Population,  7,899;  situated  02  miles  from 
Taeloban. 

Hinundayan. — Population,  3,890;  situated  79  miles  from 
Taeloban. 

Inopacan. — Population,  4,239.  It  is  situated  92  miles 
from  Taeloban  and  lias  public  liigliroads. 

Jaro. — Population,  12,475;  situated  22  miles  from  Taelo- 
l)an. 

Leyte. — Population,  6,719. 

Liloan. — Population,  3,982. 

Maasin. — Population,  18,499,  the  township  having  144,208; 
situatt'(l  150  miles  from  Taeloban. 

Mac-Crohon.— Population,  5, 780. 

Malibago.— Population,  1,119 ;  situated  5  miles  from  Taelo- 
ban. 

Malitbog.— Population,  7,900. 

Maripipi.- -Population,  1,998;  situated  1  mile  from  Leyte. 

Matalon. — Population,  0,140. 

Merida. — Population,  897. 


NEGROS — NORTH    AND    NORTHWEST    COASTS.  267 

Naval. — Population',  3,183;  situated  59  miles  from  Taclo- 
baii. 

Ormoc— Population,  8,107. 

Palo. — Population,  17,736;  situated  6  miles  from  Tacloban. 
It  lias  highroads  to  neighboring  towns. 

Palompon. — Population,  7,858;  situated  115  miles  from 
Tacloban. 

Quiot. — Population,  2,422;  situated  137  miles  from  Taclo- 
ban. 

San  Isidro  de  Campo. — Population,  3,352;  situated  56 
miles  from  Tacloban. 

San  Miguel. — Population,  4,126. 

Sogod. — Population,  4,722;  situated  52  miles  from  Taclo- 
ban. 

Tanauan.— Population,  18,509;  situated  10  miles  from 
Tacloban. 

Tolosa. — Population,  5,587;  situated  14  miles  from  Taclo- 
ban. 

Villaba. — Population,  3,257;  situated  97  miles  from  Taclo- 
ban. 

ISLAND  OF  NEGROS. 

This  island  is  mountainous  and  wild ;  its  coasts  are  difficult 
of  access,  and  the  breakers  strong,  except  on  the  west  coast 
from  Point  Bulucabo  on  the  north  to  Palompon  on  the  west, 
where  it  is  marshy.  A  high  mountain  chain  crosses  it  from 
Point  Doong  on  the  north  to  the  harbor  and  point  of  Bom- 
bonon  on  the  south ;  from  the  last  third  extend  several  rami- 
fications of  high  mountains,  terminating  at  the  coast  on  the 
extreme  south  and  in  the  Sierra  Dumaguete.  Its  streams  are 
not  imi3ortant,  being  short  and  of  little  volume.  The  ground 
is  uneven  but  fertile.  The  natives  irrigate  their  estates,  and 
produce  tobacco,  coffee,  sugar  cane,  and  wheat.  Manufactures 
consist  in  fabrics  of  abaca  and  canonegro,  of  which  boat  cables 
are  made.  The  interior  of  the  island,  covered  with  thick  forests, 
is  almost  unexplored,  being  inhabited  by  a  few  savages.  There 
are  in  the  island  49  pueblos,  41  barrios,  and  40  rancherias  of 
subdued  infieles. 

ITINERARY    OF    COAST    OF    NEGROS— NORTH    AND    NORTHWEST 
COASTS. 

Point  Sagai,  or  Carey  (Bito  on  English  chart),  the  north- 
east extremity  of  the  island,  is  of  no  great  height,  rocky  and 


268  NEGROS — NORTH    AND    NORTHWEST    COASTS. 

surrounded  by  a  slioal  of  ^  mile  extent,  wliicli  dries  in  places 
at  low  water.  The  space  between  this  point  and  the  Dun 
Islets  has  not  yet  been  surveyed. 

Bokabok  Island,  2f  miles  NE.  of  Point  Bito,  is  of  4-  mile 
extent,  and  stands,  along  with  several  islets  and  rocks  at  the 
west  of  it,  on  a  shoal  which  extends  4  miles  NW.  and  SE. 
and  2 1  miles  NE.  and  SW. 

Coast. — From  Point  Bito  or  Sagai  to  the  north  point  of  the 
island  15|  miles  W.  by  N.,  the  shore  is  foul  and  rocky,  with 
soundings  of  3|-  to  5  fathoms  at  a  distance  of  11  miles  from  it. 
Three  sandy  shoals,  which  uncover  at  low  water,  lie  NNE.  I 
E.  of  Point  Guimugahan;  the  southernmost  being  34^  miles, 
and  the  northern  one  10  miles  from  the  point.  The  north 
point  of  the  island  is  an  extensive,  rounded,  sandy  cape,  on 
which  is  a  vantay ;  it  is  surrounded  by  a  shoal  extending  4' 
to  the  northward,  including  Ilakaon  Islet. 

From  the  north  point  to  Point  Tomonton  15  miles  WSW., 
the  shore  is  a  long  sandy  beach,  with  a  depth  of  3  fathoms  at 
about  a  mile  from  it.  From  Point  Tomonton,  a  shoal  extends 
2|  miles  to  the  NW.,  and  has  1^  fathoms  at  its  end.  Vessels 
navigating  Iloilo  Strait  must  give  this  point  a  berth  of  3 
miles. 

From  Point  Tomonton  to  Pandan,  24  miles  S.  20°  W.,  the 
coast  is  low,  and  bordered  by  a  long  sand  beach,  with  sound- 
ings of  5|-  fathoms  at  |  a  mile  from  it.  Point  Pandan,  which, 
with  Guimaras  Island  forms  the  narrow  straits  of  Guimaras, 
has  rocks  on  its  northwest  side,  projecting  to  ^  mile,  with  7 
fathoms  near  them. 

Point  Pandan  to  Sojoton. — From  Point  Pandan  the  coast 
continues  low  for  38  miles  to  the  southward  as  far  as  the  town 
of  Suai,  near  the  river  Jimamailan;  the  l|-fathom  shoal 
which  borders  Point  Pandan  grows  out  between  that  point 
and  Makikili,  to  4  miles  from  the  land,  almost  joining  the 
bank  SE.  of  Ilampulugan,  but  to  the  southward  of  the  latter 
point  it  closes  the  coast  and  a  depth  of  34^  fathoms  is  generally 
found  at  1  mile  from  the  coast. 

River  Jimamailan. — Of  the  several  small  rivers  that  enter 
the  sea  on  this  coast,  this  river,  near  the  town  of  the  same 
name  in  the  angle  that  the  coast  makes  to  the  westward,  is 
the  most  important.  The  entrance  is  indicated  by  stakes, 
placed  by  the  natives  in  1^  to  2  fathoms  depth ;  within  the 
river  the  best  anchorage  is  near  a  copse  on  the  left  bank, 


NEGROS— WEST    COAST.  '>G'.) 

wliere  the  water  is  deepest.  Xeur  Siuii  the  coast  curves  to 
the  westward  and  increases  in  height ;  about  Point  Sojoton  it 
is  high. 

Shoal. — A  patch  of  5^  fathoms  lies  If  miles  north  of  the 
town  and  hill  of  Tantanaian,  with  50  fathoms  at  the  distance 
of  If  miles  north  of  it. 

WEST    COAST. 

Point  Sojoton  is  surrounded  by  reefs  to  the  distance  of  4 
mile,  with  7  fathoms  at  the  edge  and  2T  fathoms  at  If  miles 
to  the  west  of  the  point.  Makiliguian  Point,  a  wooded  bluff, 
is  also  surrounded  by  rocks.  Linaon  Bay,  between  these  two 
points,  affords  anchorage  in  case  of  necessity  in  7  to  9  fathoms, 
fine  sand. 

Shoals. — A  small  rocky  shoaJ,  with  3^  fathoms  on  its  outer 
edge,  lies  SS W.  i  mile  from  Point  Makiliguian ;  and  another, 
with  8  fathoms  on  its  outer  edge,  lies  1|  miles  from  the  j^oint, 
on  the  same  bearing. 

Danjugan  Island,  2  miles  north  of  Point  Binigsian,  is  1  mile 
long,  north  and  south,  and  is  surrounded  by  a  narrow,  steep 
reef ;  between  it  and  the  coast  is  another  little  islet,  the  chan- 
nel between  which  and  the  coast  has  a  de^Dth  of  8  fathoms. 

Half  a  mile  southwest  of  Point  Binigsian  are  Anajaugan 
Island  and  four  other  little  islets  close  to  it.  South  of  the 
point  there  is  anchorage  in  9  to  17  fathoms,  where  good  water 
may  be  obtained ;  still  farther  south  are  the  bays  of  Cartagena 
and  Sipalai. 

Point  Matatindok  is  steejj  with  a  ffat  crown,  and  is  sur- 
rounded by  rocks,  one  of  which  has,  the  appearance  of  a  ves- 
sel under  sail. 

Campomanes  Bay,  south  of  Point  Matatindok,  is  clear,  and 
of  great  depth,  with  very  steep  shores,  there  being  17  to  28 
fathoms  almost  touching  the  shore.  Nabulao  Bay,  south  of 
Campomanes,  is  obstructed  by  an  islet,  and  by  a  reef  which 
extends  from  both  sides ;  before  it  is  a  shoal,  surrounded  by 
deep  water,  situated  f  of  a  mile  soutli  of  the  point  between 
the  two  bays. 

SOUTHW^EST    AND    SOUTHEAST    COASTS. 

From  Campomanes  Bay  to  Point  Kauitan  the  shore  is  rocky ; 
but  it  is  safe  and  steep-to,  soundings  showing  no  bottom  with 
37  fathoms  at  ^  cable  distance  in  many  places.     From  Point 


270        nk(;k()s — southwest  and  southeast  coasts. 

Kauitau  to  Point  Siaton,  tlie  south  point  of  Negros,  it  is  also 
safe  and  steep-to,  and  presents  several  beaches  including  the 
mouths  of  small  unimportant  rivers.  During  the  northeast 
monsoon  vessels  can  anchor  off  the  town  of  Tolon,  but  boats 
only  can  enter  the  river  at  high  water. 

From  Point  Siaton  to  Point  Dumaguete  the  shore  is  sandy 
and  clear,  with  soimdings  of  2f  to  (J  fathoms  at  1  cable  from  it, 
falling  then  abrupth'  to  32  fathoms. 

Port  Bombonon,  1  mile  NW.  of  the  point  of  the  same  name, 
is  2  miles  wide  and  54-  fathoms  deep,  and  completelj^  sheltered ; 
but  the  entrance  is  reduced  to  a  width  of  75  yards  and  a  depth 
of  2f  fathoms  by  a  ridge  of  rocks  extending  from  the  south 
shore. 

Port  Siit  is  small  but  clear,  with  good  holding  ground,  and 
sheltered ;  the  depth  within  is  from  3f  to  8  fathoms,  and  there 
is  a  rivulet  with  good  water. 

Point  Zamboanguita  is  flat  and  sandy ;  a  shoal  of  2  fathoms 
extends  2  cables  from  it.  South  of  the  point  there  is  good 
anchorage  in  7  fathoms.  The  town  of  Zamboanguita  is  a 
mile  inland  of  the  point. 

Point  Dauin  is  sandy  and  flat,  with  trees  on  it  rather  higher 
than  those  that  grow  on  the  other  point  of  the  coast ;  it  can 
be  passed  close- to,  as  it  is  clear  and  steep,  as  is  also  the  entire 
coast  between  points  Zamboanguita  and  Dumaguete,  being 
sandy,  clear,  and  steep,  with  12  fathoms  at  a  short  distance. 

Apo  Island  is  300  feet  high,  visible  24  miles;  it  is  clear  and 
steep-to,  except  on  its  western  side,  which  is  rocky;  it  is  1 
mile  long,  north  and  south,  and  of  medium  height. 

Current. — In  the  channel  between  Apo  and  the  coast  of 
Negros,  the  current  passes  constantly  from  north  to  south 
Avith  variable  velocity. 

Point  Dumaguete  is  a  flat,  salient  point  of  sand,  to  the  north 
of  which  is  the  town  of  Dumaguete,  the  largest  in  the  province, 
of  13,584  inhabitants,  chiefly  engaged  in  collecting  turtle 
shell.  Anchorage  can  be  had  off  the  town  in  7  fathoms  but  it 
is  bad,  as  vessels  are  liable  to  drag  off  into  deep  water. 

Tanon  Strait,  between  Negros  and  Cebu,  is  90  miles  long 
and  14  miles  wide  at  the  northern  part,  and  3  miles  wide  at 
the  southern  entrance.  The  shores  are  steep  and  little 
frequented . 


NEGROS— EAST    COAST.  271 


EAST    COAST. 


From  Point  Bito  the  coast  trends  SE.  for  7  miles  to  Point 
Mokabok,  and  is  bordered  by  a  reef,  which  extends  more  than 
a  mile  from  it. 

Bagunbanua  Islet  is  situated  on  the  southwest  part  of  a 
reef,  which  extends  2|  miles  NW.  and  SE.,  with  a  detached 
rocky  patch  to  the  north ;  the  channel  between  the  islet  and 
the  coast  reef  is  4^  fathoms  deep,  and  is  only  fit  for  small 
coasters. 

Danao  River. — Between  points  Mokabok  and  Okre,  which 
are  both  of  yellow  clay  and  steep,  is  the  mouth  of  the  great 
river  Danao,  with  a  depth  of  2f  fathoms  on  the  bar  at  low 
water,  and  5^  fathoms  up  the  stream. 

Point  Tiklin,  19  miles  SW.  by  S.  of  Point  Okre,  is  flat  and 
covered  by  mangroves.  The  Spanish  chart  shows  an  islet  on 
its  northeast  part,  with  a  shoal  projecting  f  of  a  mile  to  the 
eastward.  On  the  northern  and  western  sides  of  an  islet,  in 
a  bay  1^  miles  north  of  Point  Tiklin,  there  is  anchorage  in  4^ 
fathoms ;  there  is  no  passage  between  this  islet  and  the  point 
to  the  southward. 

Point  Tabon,  3  miles  south  of  Point  Tiklin,  is  low  and 
sandy ;  the  sandy  beach  between  the  two  points  must  not  be 
approached  closely,  as  the  water  is  shoal. 

Refugio  Island  is  about  1^  miles  long,  north  and  south,  and 
1  mile  wide ;  the  north  part  is  high ;  off  the  south  part  is  a 
little  shoal.  The  channel  between  Refugio  Island  and  the 
coast  is  about  a  mile  wide,  and  affords  good  anchorage  in  12 
fathoms,  mud.  The  channel  can  be  entered  from  either  end, 
but  a  wide  berth  must  be  given  to  the  shoal  off  Point  Tiklin 
and  the  western  point  of  Refugio. 

Tides. — North  of  Refugio  the  flood  stream  sets  to  the  SW. 
and  the  ebb  to  the  NW. ;  but  south  of  Refugio  they  set  in  the 
opposite  direction. 

Coal. — Layers  of  coal  have  recently  (1879)  been  discovered 
in  this  part  of  Negros,  and  outcrops  of  coal  have  been  found 
in  the  rivers  which  enter  the  sea  near  the  towns  of  Calatrava 
and  Talabe. 

Coast. — From  Point  Tabon  to  Point  Panay  the  coast  is 
steep,  clear,  and  covered  by  mangroves.  Point  Jilaitan  is 
steep-to.  Point  Panay  is  flat  and  sandy,  with  rocks  on  its 
northern  side ;  there  is  anchorage  in  3  fathoms  to  the  south- 
ward  of    it   before   the   little    town    and   river    Guijolgan. 


272  WESTERN   NEGROS   PROVINCE. 

Between  Guijolgan  and  Kateal  a  slioal  extends  to  a  short 
distance. 

Point  San  Jose  is  low,  very  steep,  and  surrounded  by  bowl- 
ders ;  from  this  point  to  the  Bais  Islands  the  coast  is  steep  and 
clear. 

Bais  Islands  are  two  liigh  islands  surrounded  by  sand 
banks,  which  extend  2  miles  to  the  northeast,  and  appear 
almost  to  fill  the  bight  of  the  coast  in  which  they  are  situated, 
between  points  Teka  and  Kanamai;  both  these  points  are 
foul. 

Point  Amblan  is  flat,  steep,  and  clear ;  not  far  from  it  is 
the  town  of  Amblan,  of  5,500  inhabitants,  engaged  in  the 
cultivation  of  cacao.  There  is  anchorage  before  tlie  town  in 
4  to  13  fathoms,  sand. 

The  southern  entrance  of  the  strait  of  Taiion  is  very  nar- 
row; the  shores  are  steep,  and  the  tidal  streams  at  spring 
reach  a  velocity  of  5  to  6  knots,  with  strong  races  and  eddies ; 
at  neaps  the  velocity  is  2  to  3  knots.  A  fuller  account  of 
these  tide  streams  will  be  given  after  the  description  of  the 
eastern  side  of  the  strait. 

PROVINCE  OF  WESTERN  NEGROS. 

Situated  on  Negros  Island,  it  is  bounded  on  the  north  by 
the  Visayas  Sea,  on  the  west  by  the  Paragua  Sea,  and  on  the 
south  and  east  by  the  Province  of  Eastern  Negros.  The  area 
is  1,929  square  miles,  and  the  population  226,995. 

The  capital  is  Bacolod,  with  a  population  of  6,268.  It  is 
the  residence  of  the  politico-military  governor,  the  secretary, 
judge,  attorney  general,  and  several  public  functionaries. 

It  is  situated  379  miles  from  Manila. 

CITIES    AND    TOWNS. 

Arguelles.— Population,  2, 390. 

Bag-o. — Population,  7,092;  situated  16  miles  from  Bacolod. 

Binalbalgan.— Population,  5,135;  situated  16  miles  from 
Bacolod. 

Cabangcalan. — Population,  7,636;  situated  54  miles  from 
Bacolod. 

Cadiz  Nuevo.— Population,  7,046;  situated  34  miles  from 
Bacolod. 

Calatrava. — Population,  2,720;  situated  75  miles  from 
Bacolod.  The  barrios  of  San  Carlos,  San  Isidore,  and  Guad- 
alupe increase  the  population  to  4,702. 


EASTERN   XEGR08    PROVINCE.  273 

Carlota  (La). — Population,  12,384;  situated  29  miles  from 
Bacolod. 

Cauayan. — Population,  4,644. 

Dancalan. — Population,  1,445;  situated  41  miles  from 
Bacolod. 

Escalante. — Population,  3, 000 ;  situated  1  mile  from  Bacolod. 

Granada. — Population,  2,804 ;  situated  8  miles  from  Bacolod. 

Hog:. — Population,  0,070. 

Isabela. — Population,  11,104. 

Isiu. — Population,  1,590. 

Jimamaylan. — Population,  0,758;  situated  50  miles  from 
Bacolod. 

Jinigaran.— Population,  13,020;  situated  28  miles  from 
Bacolod. 

Minuluan. — Population,  11,338;  situated  5  miles  from 
Bacolod. 

Murcia.— Population,  8,000 ;  situated  8  miles  from  Bacolod. 

Pontevedra. — Population,  12,000. 

San  Enrique. — Population,  3,007. 

Sara  via. — Population,  15,304;  situated  8  miles  from  Baco- 
lod. 

Silay. — Population,  14,537;  situated  8  miles  from  Bacolod. 

Suay. — Population,  2,972;  situated  41  miles  from  Bacolod. 

Sumag. — Population,  4,332. 

Valladolid.— Population,  14,000;  situated  15  miles  from 
Bacolod. 

PROVINCE  OF  EASTERN  NEGROS. 

It  is  bounded  on  tlie  north  and  west  by  Western  Negros,  on 
the  south  by  Mindanao,  and  on  the  east  by  Cebu  and  Bohol. 
The  population  is  94^782. 

The  capital  is  Dumaguete,  with  a  population  of  13,584, 
the  township  having  13,013.  It  is  situated  130  miles  from 
Bacolod. 

CITIES    AND    TOWNS. 

Amblan. — Population,  5,500;  situated  13  miles  from  Duma- 
guete. 

Ayungon. — Population,  1,107. 

Ayuquitan.— Population,  3,171;  situated  9  miles  from 
Dumaguete. 

Bacon. — Population,  8,370. 

Bais. — Population,  9,304;  situated  27  miles  from  Duma- 
guete. 


274  ROMBLOX    PROVINCE. 

Dauin. — Population,  8,000;  situated  8  miles  from  Duma- 
guete.     There  are  roads  leading  to  neighboring  towns. 

Guijulungan. — Population,  7,000;  situated  73  miles  from 
Dumaguete. 

Jimalaud. — Population,  5,550;  situated  59  miles  from 
Dumagut^e. 

Manjuyod. — Population,  7,480;  situated  35  miles  from 
Dumaguete. 

Nuestra  Senora  de  la  Victoria. — Population,  2,030. 

Nueva  Valencia. — Population,  0,310. 

Siaton. — Population,  8,142;  situated  203  miles  from  Duma- 
guete. 

Sibulan. — Population,  0,340;  situated  4  miles  from  Duma- 
guete. 

Tanjay. — Population,  12,408 ;  situated  19  miles  from  Duma- 
guete. 

Tayasan. — Population,  1,509 ;  situated  55  miles  from  Dama- 
guete. 

Tolon.— Population,  1,514. 

Zamboanguita. — Population,  5,003;  situated  10  miles  from 
Dumaguete. 

PROVINCE  OF  ROMBLON. 

This  province  consists  of  the  following  six  islands :  Rom- 
blon  (the  principal  one),  Tablas,  Sibuyan,  Banton,  Simara, 
and  Maestre  Campo.  It  is  bounded  on  the  north  by  the 
Tayabas  Sea,  on  the  south  by  the  Visayas  Sea,  on  the  east  by 
the  Sea  of  Masbate,  and  on  the  west  by  the  Sea  of  Mindoro. 
The  area  is  813  square  miles  and  the  population  38,033,  dis- 
tributed among  13  barrios  and  3  rancherias  of  infieles. 

The  capital  is  Romblon,  with  a  population  of  0,704.  It  is 
situated  on  the  harbor  of  the  same  name  at  the  north  of  the 
island,  204  miles  from  Manila.  It  is  the  residence  of  the 
politico-military  commander. 

CITIES    AND    TOWNS. 

Azagra.— Population,  3,980;  situated  19  miles  from  Rom- 
blon. 

Badajoz. — Population,  3,234;  situated  9  miles  from  Rom- 
bl(.n. 

Banton. — Population,  3,449;  situated  151  miles  from  Rom- 
l)lon. 

Cagidiocan.— Population,  3,036. 


SAMAR — EAST    COAST.  275 

Corcuera. — Population,  1,995;  situated  4  miles  from  Rom- 
blon. 

Liooc. — Population,  -4,500 ;  situated  38  miles  from  Romblon. 

Magallanes. — Population,  1,055. 

Odiongan. — Population,  5,924;  situated  34  miles  from 
Romblon. 

ISLAND  AND  PROVINCE  OF  SAMAR. 

Situated  to  the  southeast  of  Luzon,  it  is  bounded  on  the 
north  by  the  Strait  of  San  Bernardino,  on  the  south  by  the 
Jalianetes  Canal,  separating  it  from  Leyte  Island,  on  the  east 
by  the  Pacific  Ocean,  and  on  the  west  by  the  Visayas  Sea.  It 
is  very  mountainous,  with  high,  steep  coasts.  A  number  of 
sierras  and  mountains  extend  in  various  directions,  forming 
valleys  and  glens  fertilized  by  numerous  rivers,  which,  how- 
ever, have  little  current  and  volume.  The  length  of  the 
island  is  155  miles.  The  chief  products  are  abaca,  rice,  and 
cocoanuts,  oil  being  extracted  from  the  latter.  Among  the 
medicinal  plants  the  most  highly  valued  is  the  catbalonga 
seed.  Commerce  is  quite  active  in  spite  of  the  few  means  of 
communication  and  the  dangerous  coasts.  The  island  is  vis- 
ited yearly  by  tornadoes  which  devastate  crops  and  cause 
much  damage  to  agriculture.  The  high  mountains  and  thick 
forests  of  the  interior  are  inhabited  by  a  great  number  of 
savages  who  have  sought  refuge  here.  The  area  is  4,699 
square  miles  and  the  population  200,753,  distributed  among 
43  pueblos,  208  visitas,  and  3  rancherias  of  subdued  infieles. 

The  capital  is  Catbalogan,  with  a  population  of  6,459.  It 
is  situated  on  the  harbor  and  bay  of  like  name  on  the  west  of 
the  island  and  opposite  Buad,  and  at  a  distance  of  338  miles 
from  Manila.  It  is  the  residence  of  the  politico-military 
governor. 

ITINERARY    OF    COAST    OF    SAMAR — EAST    COAST. 

The  east  coast  of  Samar  has  not  been  sufficiently  explored 
to  afford  an  exact  description.  It  is,  however,  known  that 
the  coast  is  irregular  and  hilly,  bordered  by  little  islets  and 
rocks,  and  fringed  by  a  narrow  reef  which  is  clean  and 
steep-to ;  that  there  is  no  good  port  on  the  coast,  and  that  the 
several  bays  which  ox)en  along  it  offer  neither  good  anchorage 
nor  shelter  from  the  winds  and  seas  of  the  Pacific  Ocean. 

Cape  Espiritu  Santo,  the  northeastern  extremity  of  Samar, 
lies  11  miles  ESE.  of  Palapa  Port,  and  is  formed  of  high  land 


276  SAMAR — EAST    COAST. 

scarped  and  steep,  visible  in  clear  weather  at  a  distance  of  40 
miles,  serving  as  an  excellent  mark  for  working  tlie  Strait  of 
San  Bernardino. 

The  mountain  Mesa  de  Palapa,  which  rises  10  miles  SW.  of 
Cape  Espiritu  Santo,  is  always  visible  to  a  distance  of  42 
miles. 

Borongan,  in  latitude  11°  41'  N".,  is  the  only  place  on  the 
coast  where  supplies  can  be  obtained.  The  town  stands  at 
the  bottom  of  a  little  bay  about  a  mile  wide  and  G  cables  deep, 
with  a  sandy  beach  at  the  head  of  it.  The  river  Burumhan 
discharges  itself  into  this  bay,  the  entrance  to  which  is 
between  the  islands  Ando  and  Divinubo,  both  moderately 
high.  The  depth  of  water  is  37  fathoms  between  these 
islands,  26  between  them  and  the  bay,  and  5^  fathoms  very 
close  to  the  shore  of  the  bay.  Ando  Island  is  united  by  a 
reef  to  Anitaguipan  Point  on  the  main  coast  to  the  north- 
ward ;  and  there  are  islets  and  reefs  between  Divinubo  Island 
and  the  i^oint  of  the  coast  south  of  Borongan.  A  small  steep 
rocky  shoal  lies  in  the  middle  of  the  bay,  with  the  south  point 
of  Ando  Island  bearing  N.  70°  E. 

Anchorage. — During  the  northeast  monsoon  the  best 
anchorage  is  about  4  cables  SW.  of  the  middle  of  Ando 
Island ;  during  the  southwest  monsoon  there  is  good  anchor- 
age in  the  Bay  of  Borongan,  and  also  in  another  bay  imme- 
diately to  the  south,  in  9  fathoms  at  6  cables  from  the  shore. 

The  Suribao,  or  Saru  River,  enters  the  sea  about  2i  miles 
south  of  Borongan,  with  a  wide  estuary  closed  by  a  narrow 
bar.  This  river  takes  its  rise  to  the  SW.,  not  far  from  the 
source  of  the  Vasey  River,  which  flows  into  San  Pedro  Bay. 

The  coast. — From  Borongan  to  the  southward  the  coast  is 
less  elevated  than  it  is  to  the  northward.  There  are  extensive 
cocoanut  plantations  between  Borongan  and  Lanang,  chiefly 
utilized  for  the  production  of  cocoanut  oil.  An  extensive, 
but  little  known  bay  opens  between  the  north  part  of  the 
Peninsula  of  Guiuan  and  Nagos  Point.  In  the  entrance  of 
this  bay  and  to  the  northward  of  it  there  are  several  islets 
united  together  by  a  reef.  The  Peninsula  of  Guiuan  is 
fringed  by  a  reef  which  extends  at  farthest  to  1  mile  from 
the  shore.  Near  the  edge  of  the  reef  several  sulphur  springs 
gush  forth,  which  are  covered  at  high  water,  but  are  never- 
theless not  brackish. 


SAMAR — SOUTH    COAST.  277 


SOUTH  COAST. 


South  coast  of  Samar  (cli.  4G,  p.  277)  is  formed  by  a  tongue 
of  land  of  moderate  height,  terminated  by  a  little  island.  The 
town  of  Guiuan  stands  on  the  western  shore  10^  miles  from 
the  south  point.  The  land  between  this  point  and  the  town 
is  higher  than  the  rest,  and  is  fronted  by  a  wide  reef  extend- 
ing 7  miles  to  the  west  of  the  point  and  6  miles  SW.  of  the 
town. 

Between  the  town  of  Guiuan  and  Point  Gigoso,  which  lies 
13  miles  WNW.  and  has  a  little  hill  on  it,  there  is  a  bay  of 
irregular  outline  and  full  of  danger ;  the  shores  are  completely 
hidden  by  mangroves  and  fronted  by  a  reef,  an  opening  in 
which,  however,  leads  to  anchorage  in  3f  to  6  fathoms  oppo- 
site the  town  of  Guiuan. 

Manikani  Island,  4:^  miles  SW.  of  Guiuan,  is  nearly  circu- 
lar, 2j  miles  in  diameter,  with  a  central  hill  of  moderate 
height.  It  is  surrounded  by  a  reef  which  reaches  5  miles  to 
the  NW.,  with  a  width  of  2^  miles,  and  having  on  its  end  the 
islets  Baul  and  Binabasalan.  Between  the  island  and  reef  of 
Manikani  and  the  main  coast  reef,  there  is  a  deep  channel 
running  8  miles  SE.  and  NW.  This  channel  is  2  miles  wide 
and  11  to  20  fathoms  deej),  with  several  little  islets  in  it. 
Vessels  of  all  sizes  can  find  anchorage  in  this  channel  under 
the  shelter  of  the  islets. 

The  southern  entrance  to  this  channel,  between  the  south- 
east point  of  Manikani  and  the  western  edge  of  the  reef  off 
the  south  point  of  Samar,  is  l^  miles  wide  and  15  fathoms 
deep  in  the  middle.  At  7  cables  NE.  of  Manikani  there  is  a 
rock  which  dries  at  low  water,  and  which  can  be  passed  on 
either  side ;  but  the  best  course  to  follow  is  to  leave  this  dry 
rock  and  the  islets  Kambasingan  and  Kabalarian  to  the  west, 
and  Kaninoan  Islet  to  the  northward. 

The  northern  entrance,  between  the  islet  Balinalto,  on  the 
shore  of  the  bay  (with  a  vantay  on  its  southern  end),  and  the 
islets  Baul  and  Binabasalan  on  the  end  of  the  Manikani  Reef, 
is  I  of  a  mile  wide  and  17  to  20  fathoms  deep. 

Anchorage  may  be  found  in  the  opening  of  the  reef  leading 
to  the  town  of  Guiuan,  with  the  church  bearing  NE.,  care 
being  taken  to  avoid  the  edges  of  the  reef  on  both  sides,  as 
well  as  a  small  shoal  patch  in  mid-channel  and  a  large  shoal 
near  the  anchorage.  The  depth  of  water  at  the  entrance  of 
this  opening  is  14  fathoms,  lessening  gradually  to  6  and  3f 


,<-c\ 


V 


X 


A/ 


<jj 


SAMAR — SOUTH   COAST.  277 


SOUTH  COAST. 


South  coast  of  Samar  (cli.  40,  p.  277)  is  formed  by  a  tongue 
of  land  of  moderate  height,  terminated  by  a  little  island.  Tlie 
town  of  Guiuan  stands  on  the  western  shore  10^  miles  from 
the  south  point.  The  land  between  this  point  and  the  town 
is  higher  than  the  rest,  and  is  fronted  by  a  wide  reef  extend- 
ing 7  miles  to  the  west  of  the  point  and  6  miles  SW.  of  the 
town. 

Between  the  town  of  Guiuan  and  Point  Gigoso,  which  lies 
13  miles  WNW.  and  has  a  little  hill  on  it,  there  is  a  bay  of 
irregular  outline  and  full  of  danger;  the  shores  are  completely 
hidden  by  mangroves  and  fronted  by  a  reef,  an  opening  in 
which,  however,  leads  to  anchorage  in  3f  to  6  fathoms  oppo- 
site the  town  of  Guiuan. 

Manikani  Island,  4:^  miles  SW.  of  Guiuan,  is  nearly  circu- 
lar, 2^  miles  in  diameter,  with  a  central  hill  of  moderate 
height.  It  is  surrounded  by  a  reef  which  reaches  5  miles  to 
the  NW.,  with  a  width  of  2^  miles,  and  having  on  its  end  the 
islets  Baul  and  Binabasalan.  Between  the  island  and  reef  of 
Manikani  and  the  main  coast  reef,  there  is  a  deep  channel 
running  8  miles  SE.  and  NW.  This  channel  is  2  miles  wide 
and  11  to  20  fathoms  deep,  with  several  little  islets  in  it. 
Vessels  of  all  sizes  can  find  anchorage  in  this  channel  under 
the  shelter  of  the  islets. 

The  southern  entrance  to  this  channel,  between  the  south- 
east point  of  Manikani  and  the  western  edge  of  the  reef  off 
the  south  point  of  Samar,  is  1^  miles  wide  and  15  fathoms 
deep  in  the  middle.  At  7  cables  NE.  of  Manikani  there  is  a 
rock  which  dries  at  low  water,  and  which  can  be  passed  on 
either  side;  but  the  best  course  to  follow  is  to  leave  this  dry 
rock  and  the  islets  Kambasingan  and  Kabalarian  to  the  west, 
and  Kaninoan  Islet  to  the  northward. 

The  northern  entrance,  between  the  islet  Balinalto,  on  the 
shore  of  the  bay  (with  a  vantay  on  its  southern  end),  and  the 
islets  Baul  and  Binabasalan  on  the  end  of  the  Manikani  Reef, 
is  f  of  a  mile  wide  and  17  to  20  fathoms  deep. 

Anchorage  may  be  found  in  the  opening  of  the  reef  leading 
to  the  town  of  Guiuan,  with  the  church  bearing  NE.,  care 
being  taken  to  avoid  the  edges  of  the  reef  on  both  sides,  as 
well  as  a  small  shoal  patch  in  mid-channel  and  a  large  shoal 
near  the  anchorage.  The  depth  of  water  at  the  entrance  of 
this  opening  is  14  fathoms,  lessening  gradually  to  6  and  3f 


278  SAMAK — NORTHWEST    COAST. 

fathoms  off  a  sand  beach  bordered  witli  rocks  in  front  of  the 
town.  There  is  also  anchorage  NE.  of  the  islet  Kabalarian 
in  13  fathoms. 

The  coast. — From  Gigoso  Point  the  coast  trends  westward 
IC)  miles,  as  far  as  Capines  Point,  and  forms  between  these 
points  two  clean  bays,  with  deep  water  in  them,  separated 
by  Kablagna  Point.  The  villages  along  this  coast  offer  few 
resources,  and  neither  wood  nor  water  can  be  procured. 

Shoals. — A  rocky  shoal  is  marked  on  the  chart  1  mile  south 
of  Kablagna  Point.  In  1861  H.  M.  S.  Sphinx  struck  on  a 
coral  reef  having  1  fathom  water  on  it,  lying  i  mile  from  a 
low  point  south  of  Maglobo.  From  it  Capines  Point  bore 
N.  87°  W.,  and  the  west  side  of  Jumantral  (Malhon  Island) 
S.  40°  E.  It  is  800  yards  in  length,  NW.  and  SE.,  and  about 
250  yards  east  and  west,  and  is  probably  identical  with  the 
slioal  laid  down  in  the  chart,  about  |  mile  SE.  of  this  position 
or  1  mile  S.  of  Kablagna  Point.  The  chart  of  this  part  of 
the  coast  is  not  very  correct.  Another  rocky  shoal,  named 
Kalianan,  lies  in  the  entrance  of  the  bay  between  points 
Kablagna  and  Capines. 

Capines  Point  is  moderately  high  and  wooded.  Alabat 
Point,  at  the  entrance  of  San  Pedro  Bay,  lies  2  miles  WNW. 
of  Capines. 

NORTHWEST    COAST. 

Port  Kanaguaion,  on  the  west  coast,  opposite  the  south  end 
of  Dalumpiri  Island,  is  a  small  port  in  which  vessels  of  all 
sizes  can  find  shelter  in  bad  weather.  It  is  formed  by  an  inlet 
in  the  coast,  with  two  islets  fronting  it,  leaving  two  narrow 
channels  for  entrance.  The  Great  Pass,  or  Western  Channel, 
is  1^  cables  wide. 

The  anchorage  is  between  the  islets  and  the  coast  of  Samar, 
and  offers  good  depth  of  water  and  good  holding  ground,  but 
the  space  is  confined.  Water  can  be  obtained  from  a  rivulet 
opposite  the  first  islet. 

Coast. — Immediately  south  of  Point  Kanuguaion  the  river 
Pinalet  runs  down  and  enters  a  little  cove,  steep-sided,  with 
a  depth  of  G  fathoms  near  the  shore.  Point  Pinalet,  the 
southern  point  of  this  cove,  is  high  and  jagged,  and  has  an 
islet  off  it  at  a  distance  of  50  yards.  From  this  point  the 
coast  trends  SSE.  for  7  miles  to  Point  Malayo;  it  is  rocky  as 
far  as  the  intermediate  point,  Maglagaban,  and  from  thence 
to  Point  Malayo  it  is  steep-to. 


SAMAR — NORTHWEST   COAST.  279 

Mobo  River,  4  miles  NNW.  of  Kanaguaion  Port,  is  fed  l3y 
a  beautiful  waterfall  which  flows  from  a  valley  between  two 
high  hills  of  black  rock ;  its  shores  are  covered  by  trees  of 
nipa  palm.  The  river  is  100  yards  wide  at  the  mouth,  but 
the  available  width  is  diminished  to  25  yards  by  a  reef  from 
the  south  point.  The  waterfall  is  ^  of  a  mile  from  the  mouth 
of  the  river,  and  can  be  reached  by  a  boat.  The  depth  on  the 
bar  is  11  feet  at  low  water,  but  within  the  bar  it  increases  to 
9  fathoms. 

In  this  part  of  Samar  the  coasts  form  the  base  of  a  high 
range  of  mountains  covered  with  trees  of  a  very  dark  green. 
The  hill  consists  of  sand  and  rocks,  covered  with  mangroves 
down  to  tlie  water's  edge.  At  ^  of  a  mile  from  the  shore 
the  depth  is  7  fathoms,  ^and  and  rock. 

Kinabasaran  Point  is  covered  with  high  trees;  the  shore 
between  the  point  and  Mobo  River  is  bordered  with  rocks,  in 
some  places  to  a  distance  of  i  of  a  mile  from  the  shore.  The 
tidal  streams,  which  run  7^  knots  at  springs  and  4  knots  at 
neaps,  strike  the  point  with  great  force,  producing  violent 
eddies. 

Lipata  Point,  3^  miles  north  of  Kinabasaran,  is  high  and 
rocky.  A  reef  of  sand  and  rock  covered  by  5  feet  of  water 
projects  from  the  point.  There  is  good  anchorage  during  the 
northeast  monsoon  in  the  open  bay  of  Tinaguitan,  between 
points  Kinabasaran  and  Lipata;  the  depth  of  water  in  the 
northern  part  is  from  27  to  13  fathoms,  and  in  this  same 
part  of  the  anchorage  there  is  a  good  stream  from  which 
water  may  be  obtained. 

Balicuatro  Point,  the  northwest  point  of  Samar,  is  clean 
and  steep-to  to  the  northward,  while  to  the  southward  and 
westward  the  shore  is  bordered  by  rocks  to  some  distance  out. 

Balicuatro  Bay,  to  the  eastward  of  the  point,  is  deep,  and 
the  shore  is  steep  and  fringed  here  and  there  with  rocks. 
Vessels  should  not  anchor  in  it  except  in  case  of  need. 

Balicuatro  Islands,  off  the  northwest  coast  of  Samar, 
have  not  been 'surveyed,  and  the  channels  between  them  are 
narrow  and  little  known.  A  vessel  should  therefore  take 
great  precautions  in  entering  them. 

Vari  Island,  3i  miles  NE.  of  Point  Balicuatro,  is  4  miles 
long  and  3  miles  wide;  its  shores  are  clean  and  steep-to, 
except  to  the  south  and  southeast,  where  a  reef  extends  f  of 
a  mile  out.     A  detached  rock  lies  to  the  north  of  Vari  Island, 


280  SAMAR— NORTHWEST   COAST. 

+  mile  off.  Irregular  depths  of  7  to  3G  fathoms  extend  to  20 
miles  west  of  Vari  Island.  The  bottom  is  rocky  and  the 
tidal  stream  strong,  so  that  vessels  anchoring  there  are  liable 
to  lose  their  anchors. 

Kinamaligan  is  Ioay  and  surrounded  by  a  reef;  the  channel, 
this  island,  and  the  reef  off  the  coast  of  Samar  are  ^  of  a  mile 
wide  and  5  to  15  fathoms  deep;  the  soundings  increase 
abruptly  to  27  fathoms  to  the  eastward, 

Kabaun,  the  easternmost  of  the  Balicuatro  Islands,  is  low, 
wooded,  and  surrounded  by  a  reef  which  extends  to  more 
than  a  mile  from  the  shore.  There  is  anchorage  between  it 
and  the  coast  of  Samar,  completely  sheltered,  but,  at  the  same 
time,  surrounded  by  islets,  dangers,  and  sand  banks  which 
make  it  difficult  of  access.  The  channels  leading  to  it  are 
only  known  to  the  local  pilots. 

Katadman  Anchorage  is  fit  for  coasters  only,  and  for  them 
only  diiring  the  southwest  monsoon,  as  during  the  northeast 
monsoon  a  very  heavy  sea  sets  in.  The  town  of  Katadman, 
on  the  left  bank  of  the  river  of  the  same  name,  contains  a 
population  of  8,200  souls. 

The  coast  of  Samar  is  very  foul  to  the  eastward  of  Katad- 
man. The  islets  Hirapsan  and  Palijon,  4  miles  from  the 
coast,  appear  to  be  united  to  it  by  a  reef  which  continues 
along  the  coast  as  far  as  Point  Oot.  From  Point  Livas,  4 
miles  east  of  Oot,  there  are  rocky  islets  covering  a  distance 
of  i  mile  to  the  northward. 

Laguan  Bay,  between  Livas  Point  and  the  western  side 
of  Laguan  Island,  offers  good  anchorage  in  6  or  7  fathoms, 
sheltered  from  east  and  northeast  winds,  but  exposed  to  the 
northwest  and  west.  The  depth  of  water  diminishes  gradu- 
ally from  7  fathoms  at  the  mouth  of  the  bay  to  1  fathom  at  a 
little  less  than  a  mile  from  the  shore  at  the  head.  The  south- 
eastern part  of  the  bay  is  rocky. 

Laguan  Island  is  separated  from  the  coast  of  Samar  by  a 
narrow  channel  which  communicates  with  Port  Palapa.  The 
town  of  Laguan  stands  on  a  slight  eminence  on  the  southwest 
shore.  A  reef  stretches  out  6  cables  from  the  middle  of  the 
western  shore  of  Laguan  Island ;  in  order  to  avoid  this  danger 
(when  navigating  to  the  northward  from  Laguan  Bay)  the 
islet  off  the  northwest  point  of  Kahayagan  Island  should  not 
be  brought  to  bear  westward  of  north  until  the  reef  is  passed. 

Kahayagan  Island  is  surrounded  by  rocks  which  extend  out 
7  cables  from  the  northwest  part. 


SAMAR — WEST   COAST.  281 

WEST   COAST. 

The  part  of  the  coast  between  Baliciiatro  Point,  the  north- 
eastern extremity  of  Samar,  and  Malayo  Point,  some  21  miles 
to  the  southward,  has  been  inchided  in  the  description  of  San 
Bernardino  Strait.  From  point  Malayo  the  coast  trends  SE. 
i  S.  for  15  miles  to  Point  Hibatang,  west  of  Kalbayok;  this 
part  of  the  coast  is  high  and  clear. 

The  town  of  Kalbayok  is  situated  on  the  shore  in  a  bend  of 
the  coast  near  the  mouth  of  the  river  Kalbayok.  The  anchor- 
age is  opposite  to  the  town,  about  a  mile  from  the  shore,  with 
the  church  bearing  NE.  by  N.,  in  3i  to  -l  fathoms  water.  It 
is  not  a  good  anchorage  during  the  southwest  monsoon. 
Steamers  from  Manila  call  here  fortnightly. 

Coast. — From  Kalbayok  the  coast  trends  SE.  for  25  miles, 
as  far  as  Catbalogan,  and  is  broken  up  into  bays  with  little 
depths  of  water  in  them,  and  quite  exposed  to  the  southwest 
winds.  The  rivers  that  flow  into  these  bays  can  be  entered 
only  by  small  coasters  at  half  tide.  Near  the  coast  the  water 
is  shallow,  in  no  place  exceeding  a  depth  of  4|-  fathoms;  a 
few  islets  and  banks  that  lie  off  it  are  separated  from  it  by 
shallow  channels. 

The  Libukan  Islands  are  a  group  of  three  islands  and  sev- 
eral smaller  islets  lying  about  4^  miles  olf  the  coast  of  Samar. 
There  is  good  anchorage  in  a  bay  on  the  north  side  of  the 
largest  island,  Libukan  Dako,  in  12  fathoms  water,  and  ves- 
sels on  the  coast  make  for  this  anchorage  when  the  southwest 
gales,  called  collas,  begin  to  blow.  Two  islets  named  Laya- 
laya,  united  by  a  reef  which  dries  at  low  water,  lie  1  mile 
SE.  of  the  largest  island. 

Dangers. — A  shoal,  awash  at  low  water,  lies  7  cables  SW. 
of  Libukan  Gutiai;  and  Dapdap  Shoal,  which  uncovers  at 
low  water,  lies  9  cables  south  of  Layalaya  Islets.  Kambidsos 
Rocks  lie  If  miles  east  of  Dapdap  Shoal,  and  1  mile  north  of 
the  largest  Kanahauan  island. 

The  Kanahauan  Islands  offer  good  anchorage  among  them, 
sheltered  from  all  winds,  in  depths  of  15  to  20  fathoms.  The 
best  anchorage  is  in  the  little  port  of  Aguirre,  on  the  east  side 
of  Timpasan  Island,  and  near  the  southwest  jDoint  of  Kana- 
hauan Dakd.  The  southern  entrance  to  this  port  is  1  cable 
Avide  and  from  7  to  12  fathoms  deep;  the  northern  entrance 
is  only  2  fathoms  deep.     The  port  itself  is  about  2  cables  wide, 


282  SAMAR — WEST    COAST. 

witli  a  depth  of  7  to  10  fathoms  in  the  middle,  and  2  to  3 
fathoms  near  the  shore. 

The  passages  between  the  islands  and  banks  that  compose 
the  group  are  safe  and  deep,  and  afford  easy  access  to  these 
anchorages,  which  is  a  fact  all  the  more  important  in  that  the 
neighboring  coasts  have  no  harbors.  The  summit  of  Kana- 
hauan  Dako  is  44G  feet  high,  and  that  of  Timpasan  489  feet; 
the  other  islands  rise  to  about  245  feet.  They  are  all  covered 
with  large  trees,  which  the  natives  are  now  clearing  away 
and  replacing  by  plantations  of  abaca. 

Buri  Island,  lying  2f  miles  SW.  of  Catbalogan,  is  sepa- 
rated from  the  coast  of  Samar  only  by  a  channel  less  than  1 
fathom  deep.  There  is  anchorage  on  the  eastern  side  of  the 
island  at  2  or  3  cables  from  the  shore  in  2^  to  5  fathoms,  and 
also  on  the  north  side  of  the  island  at  3  cables  from  the  shore, 
with  the  summit  of  the  island  bearing  N.  27°  W.,  in  4^ 
fathoms. 

Catbalogan,  the  capital  of  the  province  of  Samar,  stands  on 
the  shore  of  a  little  bay  at  the  mouth  of  the  river  of  the  same 
name.  It  carries  on  a  fair  trade  with  Manila,  chiefly  in  hemp 
and  cocoanut  oil.  The  bay,  which  is  open  to  the  SW.,  has  a 
depth  ranging  from  5  to  2|-  fathoms,  and  is  fronted  by  the 
shoals  Lutao,  Kinituai,  and  others,  which  lie  from  2  miles  W. 
to  1  mile  S W.  by  S.  of  the  church  in  the  town ;  these  shoals 
dry  at  low  water,  and  between  them  and  the  main  coast  there 
is  a  passage  to  the  southward  4^  fathoms  deep. 

The  mouth  of  the  river  is  obstructed  by  a  bar,  which  only 
allows  ingress  at  high  water  to  vessels  of  not  more  than  G  feet 
draft. 

Anchorage. — The  best  berth  and  nearest  to  the  mole  is  4 
fathoms,  bottom  fine  sand,  with  the  house  of  the  governor  in 
line  with  the  church.  In  bad  weather  vessels  can  proceed  by 
the  passage  between  the  shoals  and  the  shore  to  a  more  secure 
anchorage  under  the  islands  Darajuai  and  Majaba,  which  lie 
If  to  3i  miles  to  the  southward  of  the  town.  Steamers  call 
fortnightly  at  Catbalogan. 

Maqueda  Bay,  the  great  indentation  south  of  Catbalogan, 
is  little  known ;  it  is  shallow  and  only  practicable  for  coasters.  • 
Majaba  Island,  at  the  mouth,  offers  sheltered  anchorage  on 
its  eastern  side  in  G  fathoms.  A  shoal  awash,  named  Kam- 
balat,  lies  between  Majaba  and  Buat  islands;  there  are  10 
fathoms  in  the  channel  on  either  side. 


SAMAR— WEST   COAST.  283 

Parasan  and  Buat  Islands. — Parasan  is  10  miles  long, 
north  and  south,  low,  and  bordered  by  sand  beaches;  the 
western  shore  is  clean,  and  the  rocky  islets  off  it  are  all  high 
except  the  one  to  the  northward,  which  only  partly  uncovers 
at  low  water. 

Buat  is  circular,  about  4^  miles  across,  rising  to  a  peak 
1,155  feet  high.  There  is  a  sheltered  port  on  the  southern 
side,  with  a  depth  of  4  fathoms.  The  channel  (called  Buat 
channel)  between  these  islands  and  the  coast  of  Samar  is  very 
narrow,  and  is  used  only  by  small  coasters  going  from  Bilaran 
Island  to  Catbalogan. 

CITIES   AND   TOWNS. 

Balangiga.— Population,  5,000. 

Basey. — Population,  13,756. 

Bobon.— Population,  4,830. 

Borongan.— Population,  9,448. 

Calbayog. — Population,  30,250;  situated  Hi  miles  from 
Catbalogan. 

Calviga.— Population,  4,292. 

CapuL— Population,  2,295. 

Catarman.— Population,  10,482;  situated  93  miles  from 
Catbalogan. 

Catubig. — Population,  9,565;  situated  56  miles  from  Cat- 
balogan. 

Dap-Dap.— Population,  2,634. 

Gandara. — Population,  15,563;  situated  10  miles  from  Cat- 
balogan. 

Guiuan. — Population,  11,311;  situated  109  miles  from  Cat- 
balogan. 

Hernani. — Population,  2,555. 

Jiabong. — Population,  3,579. 

La  Granja, — Population,  3,413 ;  situated  25  miles  from  Cat- 
balogan. 

Lanan.— Population,  4,779. 

Laoang.— Population,  8,129. 

Lavezares. — Population,  3, 480. 

Libas  (or  San  Julian).— Population,  3,616. 

Mercedes.— Population,  3,068. 

Navas  (Las). — Population,  2,830. 

Oquendo. — Population,  5,200;  situated  20  miles  from  Cat- 
balogan. 


284  SAMAR— CITIES   AND   TOWNS. 

Oras. — Population,  5,GG7. 

Palapag. — Population,  5,802;  situated  GO  miles  from  Cat- 
balogan. 

Pambujan. — Population,  7,423. 

Paranas. — Population,  7,3GG;  situated  8  miles  from  Catba- 
logan. 

Paric. — Population,  3,469. 

Pinabacdao.— Population,  1,975. 

Q,uinapundan. — Population,  2,000;  situated  29  miles  from 
Catbalogan . 

Salcedo.  —Population,  4,470;  situated  60  miles  from  Catba- 
logan. 

San  Sebastian. — Population,  839;  situated  9  miles  from 
Catbalogan. 

Santa  Rita.— Population,  4,394;  situated  43  miles  from 
Catbalogan. 

Sulat. — Population,  4,613. 

Taragnan.^Population,  3,950. 

Tubig.— Population,  3,378. 

Villa  Real. — Population,  6,091;  situated  50  miles  from 
Catbalogan. 

Zumarraga.— Population,  4,561;  situated  9  miles  from 
Catbalogan. 


.^^? ::      \ 


ISLATL^L\'^\^ 


•»J     V 


DEI.  KONDEADERO  I)E  lA 
ISLA  TULATAN 

■n  la  L-osta  N.  de  Jolo. 


CcJ^'  Je.»  m JE^ 


Mo^ 


E«cal.    dc    5    miilAi. 

1            ■ 

EO 

HAJOS  BATO   LAgUI 

e  Saoi- 

aJ  SO.  de  PantA  Cabalioji 

Jol6. 

posta  S.  de  Jolo. 

_ 

..___ 

i 

^r'"^ 

"    .    "ai 

*!:.            'J. 

'4£^; 

s 

xj  ^  't 

-^           *. 

J 
a 

1            " 

0                                           o.i                                           1 

E.C.1*.  de  1  milL. 

4 

y                        ^^^^                                  °           \                                                     aAIfCUNGAN 

H                      |v  ^                            FLANO 

DEI   FO^^)IiAI)ERODl;  LA 

1                  BANCO  MATOS 
costa  de  Jolo. 

i                ^ 

r.M.-»U  <le  1  <-il.le 

BAJO    GOVT  I  \ 

•r'         -,'         "■■• 

E.cala   ae  m-fia  TmUa.                    || 

^;,;^;-i    ^            fc<-.l4d^nKijt,fllA                                                      "^^        "^"^       i.        *>        "^ 

^ 


^* 


No. 4- a. 


BAJXCO  MATOS 
ccidta  de  Jolo . 


Eftcala  de  i  cable 


a/ A'O.  c/e  Jo. /s/a.  CapaaJ. 


.0'\ 


^^^^J^ 


={^— ^ 


Escala    de  meSia  milla. 


F •■                        ...           .-    j^       -"->^m,--^^             --'V" 

1  SLA.  CM'U-Al. 

1 

s                                             o 

,,        '  * 

:-.-^U^^^    ■ 

«     "          "'                                          "      ''     ,6 

»»  =0                 /« 

s        ,          .'^      "      -    -             >'      ^^ 

.*   '»                     .« 

If 

jg^gu^^                  -^o-'    "  "*'             '»  J\,  '"i.  io 

#».*''"        J(»         '"'J"                                                          '•»                                               17 

''' 

..^.    '""                      %                   -'                  ,^'^'"'" 

»» 

_^^mK:'                        "A            ■'       -  '  •                  *"^    '" 

,o       3,                                  ■'7                                                          '7 

"  »v            /#              ■*'                        ■"• 

« 

DKI.  KOIVUK^BKRO  DK  l.A                        -^                                          "  ^•'^>!?5/U-.^              ^ 

ISLA  CAPUAJL           ,                               j^ 

■"/^■^ 

a 

«50  J*  SMxDgji  qaeforaiA  can  /«  P^'  XK.                                              > 

9 

dek  Islade  Jo]o. 

ff 

^j 

'3 

•.  ^        " '"         ^' 

°         -      —               "^                              "■           '       t/                         '^■"  '% 

•7 



—           '•^ .  ''^%. 

THE  SULTANSHIP  OF  JOLO. 


The  Jold  Archipelago,  formed  of  some  160  islands,  is  situated 
southwest  of  Mindanao  and  south  of  Basilan.  It  is  bounded 
on  the  south  by  the  Jold  Sea,  on  the  northeast  by  Mindanao, 
and  on  the  west  and  southwest  by  Borneo.  The  small  islands 
are  covered  with  mangroves,  while  the  large  ones  have  thick 
forests  of  good  timber,  and  the  natives  raise  rice,  maize,  and 
various  alimentary  roots,  ambergris  being  found  on  the  coasts. 
The  principal  island,  called  Sulii,  or  Jold  (ch.  47,  48,  49,  50, 
p.  285),  is  occupied  in  a  military  way  by  Spanish  forces,  whose 
chief,  or  governor,  resides  in  the  old  capital,  which  has  well- 
constructed  and  armed  forts,  a  pier,  etc.  By  royal  decree  of 
November  13,  1877,  the  sultanship  was  transformed  into  a 
civico-military  government.  The  population  consists  of  500 
aborigines,  612  Chinese  traders,  and  16,000  negroes. 


(285) 


Mo  .'nri. 


W^ 


A  ^ 


ISI.A  CAP' 
de  la  tsla  d^ 


THE  SULTANSHIP  OF  JOLO. 


The  Jold  Archipelago,  formed  of  some  160  islands,  is  situated 
southwest  of  Mindanao  and  south  of  Basilan.  It  is  bounded 
on  the  south  by  the  Jold  Sea,  on  the  northeast  by  Mindanao, 
and  on  the  west  and  southwest  by  Borneo.  The  small  islands 
are  covered  with  mangroves,  while  the  large  ones  have  thick 
forests  of  good  timber,  and  the  natives  raise  rice,  maize,  and 
various  alimentary  roots,  ambergris  being  found  on  the  coasts. 
The  principal  island,  called  Sulu,  or  Jold  (ch.  47,  48,  49,  50, 
p.  285),  is  occupied  in  a  military  way  by  Spanish  forces,  whose 
chief,  or  governor,  resides  in  the  old  capital,  which  has  well- 
constructed  and  armed  forts,  a  pier,  etc.  By  royal  decree  of 
November  13,  1877,  the  sultanship  was  transformed  into  a 
civico-military  government.  The  population  consists  of  500 
aborigines,  612  Chinese  traders,  and  16,000  negroes. 


(285) 


GENEPwVL   INDEX. 


Page 

Abak  Town 8 

Abalaii  Kiver 23 

AboDgabon  Point 10 

Abra  de  Apiton  Creek 22 

Abra  de  IIo  Cove 18 

Abrade  Hog  Mountain 

Abra  de  Hog  Town 20 

Abra  Province 10 

Abra  River 9, 12 

Abriop  Bank 9 

Abucay  Town 10 

Abulug  Mountain  Chain 8 

Abulug  River 

Abulug  Town 

Abuyog  Town 

Acha  Rock 

Acha  Shoal 

Aclan  Kiver 

Adam  and  Eve  Bank 

Adan  River 

Adavang  Town 

Adela  Rock 40 

Administration  of  the  Philippines 27 

Afuera  Bank 5i) 

Agajo  Point 92,149 

Agoa  Town 113 

Agno  Grande  River 9 

Agno  River 7 

Agno  Town 138 

Agoo  Town 137 

Agriculture  of  the  Philippines 22 

Aguada  Island _'__  81,82 

Aguilar  Town 131 

Agua-sa  Bay 64 

Aguirre  Bank 20G 

Aguirre  Port 281 

Agusam  Town 176 

Agusan  River 10 

Agutaya  Island 182 

AgutayaTown 182 

Ajui  Bay 228 

Ajui  River 228 

Ajus  Point 64 

Ajuy  Town 259 

Akdan  Point,  River,  and  Bar 220 

Alabat  Harbor 88 

Alabat  Island 87,88 

Alabat  Point 278 

Alaminos  Town 123,138 

Alang-Alang  Town 265 

Alap  Town 113 

Alava  Town— 131 


Page. 

Albai  Gulf 83,95 

Albai  River 95 

Albai  Town 95, 104 

Albai  Volcano 74,94,96 

Albay  Province lOt 

Albuera  Town 265 

Albuquerque  Town 241 

Alcala  Town 116, 131 

Alcantara  Town 257 

Alcoy  Town 257 

Alegria  Town 257 

Alfonso  Town 118 

Alfonso  XII  Town 103 

Aliaga  Town 128 

Alibatan  Islet 191 

Alibijaban  Island 69 

Alikai  Island 153 

Alileni  Town 108 

Alimodian  Town 236 

Alimpaya  Point 157 

Alipapu  Mountain 4 

Almeria  Town 265 

Aloguinsan  Town 257 

Alonon  Point 205 

Alo  Point 173 

Alorang  Town 176 

AIos  Town 138 

Alubijit  Anchorage 150 

Alubijit  Town 176 

Alumbubunig  Mountain 4 

Alutaya  Shoal 149 

Amadeo  Town 118 

Amadgadpagat  Islet 142, 147 

Amamasan  Town 136 

Ambil  Bank 56 

Ambil  Island 55,56 

Amblan  Point 271 

Amblan  Town 271,273 

Ambolon  Island 198 

Ambuclao  Town 111 

Amburayan  District 108 

Amburayang  River 118 

Amilao  River U 

Amiimay  Town 111 

Amul  Island 56 

Auahauan  Point 189 

Anajao  Point 93 

Anajauan  Island 144 

Anajaugan  Island 269 

Anajuayau  Island 228 

Anao-Aon  Town 178 

Anao  Town 134 

Anauayan  Channel 232 


(287) 


288 


GENERAL   INDEX. 


Page. 

An  da  Town 138,241 

Ando  Island 270 

Angadanan  Town 122 

Angaqui  Town 125 

Angae  Point 77 

Angat  Town 114 

Ang-Baiong  Town 113 

Angeles  Town 130 

Angono  Town 127 

Anibaya  Island 66 

Anibayas  Islands 67 

Anilao  River 229 

Anilao  Town 2:56 

Animal  Kingdom  of  the  Philippines 22 

Anima  Sola  Islet 73 

Anini  Point 213 

Anini  Town 213,233 

Anki  Islet 142 

Anquien  Town 113 

Antadao  Town 113 

Antequera  Town 241 

Antiki  Town 213 

Antipolo  Town 127 

Antique  Province 233 

Antique  Town 233 

Antiyao  Eiver 10 

Antonia  Island 224 

Apalit  Town 130 

Aparri  Road 85 

Aparri  Town 84,116 

Apayos  District 108 

Apiton  Pass 232 

Apiton  Strait 228 

Apo  East  Pass 201 

Apo  Island 270 

Apo  Mount 4 

Apo  Reef 200,201 

Apo  Shoal 200 

Apo  Volcano 5 

Apo  West  Pass 201 

Apud  Shoal  and  Point 72 

Arangasa  Island 170 

Arayat  Mount 6 

Arayat  Town 130 

Area  of  the  Philippines 2 

Arena  Islet 73 

Arena  Point 65,68,69 

Arenas  Point 43,60 

Arevalo  Town 236 

Argao  Point 255 

Argao  Town 257 

ArguellesTown 272 

Aringay  Town 137 

Avitao  Town 129 

Asingan  Town 131 

Asit  River 11 

Aslom  Islet 191 

Aslum  Mount 5,261 

Asturias  Town 257 

Atimonan  Town 135 

A.toc  Town 111 

Ayala  Town 179 


Page. 

Ayninam  Islet 170 

Ayuman  River 10 

Ayungon  Town 273 

Ayuquitan  Town 273 

Azagra  Town 274 

Azual  Town 111 

B. 

Baan  Town 136 

Baao  Town 106 

Babatguu  Anchorage 79 

Babatgun  Point 79 

Babatugon  Town 265 

Bacacay  Town 104 

Bacarra  Town ^ 119 

Bacay  Town 103 

Bacio  Town 248 

Bacnag  Town 178 

Baco  Town 2(18 

Bacolod  Town 72 

Bacolor  Town 1.30 

Bacon  Town 104,273 

Bac.'io  Mountain 5 

Bacoor  Town 118 

Bantay  Town 120 

Badajoz  Town 274 

Badayon  Town 241 

Badian  Island 246 

Badian  Point 72 

Badian  Town 245,  257 

Badoc  Town 119 

Badog  Island 35,36 

Bagabag  Town 129 

Bagabu  Islet 227 

Bagac  Town 109 

Bagaisi  Channel 226 

Bagak  Bay 47 

Bagakai  Island 90 

Bagakai  Point 149,248 

Bagakai  Town 94 

Bagalayag  Mountains 5 

Bagalayag  Point 185 

Bagamanog  Town 104 

Baganianok  Port 93 

Baganga  Bay 171 

Baganga  Town 175, 17(i 

Bagakai  Point 149 

Bagiitao  Island 75,76 

Bagnotan  Town 137 

Bago  Town 175,272 

Baguen  Town 125 

Baguio  Town 111 

Bagulayan  Point 194 

Bagunbanua  Islet 271 

Bagutayok  Point 70 

Bailen  Town 118 

Bais  Islands 271 

Bais  Town 273 

Bakahan  Bluflf 228 

Bakai  Point 89 

Bako  River 187,188 

Bacos  Islets 188 


GENERAL   INDEX. 


289 


Page. 

Bal.ibac  Island 181 

Balabac  Town 181 

Balacbac  Town 111 

Balagiia  Town 125 

Balamban  Bay 245 

Balamban  Town 257 

Balanga  Town 109 

Balangiga  Town 283 

Balangonan  Point 156 

Balanguin  Point 156 

Balangunan  Roadstead 169 

Balate  Town ._  234 

Balanang  Town 137 

Balayaii  Bay 5! 

Balayan  Mount 58 

Balayan  Town 58 

Biilayang  Town 110 

Balb:igan  Island 223 

Baleno  Town 183 

Baler  Town 133 

Baler  Bay 87 

Balin  Island 224 

Balesin  Island 87 

Balete  Port 173 

Balicuatro  Point,  Bay,  and  Island 279 

Baliguian  Islet 227,  232 

Balikasai  Island 239 

Balili  Town 113 

Balilijan  Town 241 

Balinalto  Islet 274 

Balincaguing  Town 138 

Balinhasay  Cape 42 

Balioang  Town 113 

Balinag  Town 114 

Balingasac  Bay 149 

Balingasac  Town 176 

Baliran  Town 265 

Baliti  Point 187,188 

Balito  River 59 

Ballena  Rock 142 

Baloi  Point 153 

Balugang  Town i 113 

Balumban  River 11 

Balungao  Town 128 

Balut  Island 169 

Bambang  Town 129 

Banaas  Town 125 

Banaja  Volcano 6 

Banajao  Mountain 8 

Banajao  Peak 123 

Banalakan  Port 65,  68 

Banate  Bay 229 

Banate  Town 229,236 

Banaue  Town 113 

Banban  Town 134 

Banbayau  Point 149 

Banco  Town 125 

Banga  Port 158 

Banga  Town 234 

Banganga  Village 161 

Banganian  Peninsula 161 

Bangar  Town 1  i7 


Page. 

Baugui-d  Town 

Bangui  Port 

103 

83 

Bangui  Town 

119 

Bani'uitan  Town 

125 

Bani  Point 

43  44 

Bani  Town 

138 

111 

—     .-              224 

Bankulin  Point 

170 

119 

07 

.       .               109 

Baiios  (Los)  Town 

Bantavan  Island 

Bantayan  Town 

Bantiki  Islet 

123 

227 

257 

..      149 

Bantiki  Point 

61,62,75,244 

271 

274 

Bantoncillo  Islet 

193 

.     193 

71 

-       248 

93 

-     „     „       127 

Barasoain  Town 

Barauen  River 

114 

11 

233 

104 

244, 257 

113 

211 

236 

Barotac  Viejo  Town 

2:36 

229 

229 

Barrabas  Shoal 

144 

.          45 

Baru  Town 

206 

-      181 

10 

166 

174 

.       —            100 

—     _         108 

„     119 

--        45 

Batalan  Point 

1 45 

94 

220 

234 

Batanes  Islands 

181 

.58,60 

109 

„  59,60 

Batangas  Town 

109 

123 

-.     -              245 

Batl)atan  Isle 

212 

290 


GENEKAL   INDEX 


Page. 

Batiano  Point 173 

Bato  Town 9;S,104,106 

Batj-Laguan  River 10 

Bato  Eiver 11 

Bato  Town 266 

Batuanan  Town 241 

Batulainpan  Point. 157 

Batulaki  Bay 169 

Batiilao  Mount 4 

Batu-Tandok  Point 157 

Bauang  Town 110, 137 

Baul  Island 277 

Bayalnau  Island 141, 147 

Bayanibang  Town 132 

Bayas  Island 225 

Baybay  Town 261,  266 

Bay  Lagoon 123 

Bayombong  Town 129 

Bay  Town 123 

Bello  Port 261 

Benagalet  Point 57,58 

Benguet  District 111 

Benneng  Town 111 

Besao  Town 125 

Beta  Shoal 206 

Betis  Town 130 

Betnagan  Town 113 

Biason  Point 261 

Bigaa  Town 115 

Bikin  Point 239 

Bikobian  Port 86 

Bilaa  Point 147 

Bilambilam  Bay 141 

Binabalsan  Island 277 

Binalbalgan  Town 272 

Binalonan  Town 132 

Biiian  Town 123 

Biuanan  Islet 228 

Binanga  Port 47 

Binangonan  de  LampOn  Town 121 

Binangonan  Mountains 88 

Binangonan  Town 6, 127 

Binatangan  District 112 

Binatangan  Town 112 

Binigsian  Point 269 

Binlok  River 39 

Binmalei  River 39,40 

Binnialey  Town 132 

Binuangan  Point 184 

Binuluangan  Island 224 

Binuni  Point 151 

Birak  Town 92 

Blslig  Bay 170,171 

Bislig  Town 170, 171, 178 

Bito  Point 267 

Biton  Bay 78 

Bito  River 11 

Black  Rock 79 

Blanca  Point 154 

Bluff  Point -*      168 

Boac  Town 208 

Boaga  Point 187 


Pagf. 

Bobon  Town 283 

Boca  Gnganosa  Coafit 74 

Bocaue  Town 115 

Bocongan  Town 279 

Bogo  Bay 244,  247 

Bogo  Town 247,257 

Bohol  Island 237,  256 

Bohol,  itinerary  of  east  coast 240 

Bohol,  itinerary  of  south  coast 239 

Bohol,  itinerary  of  southwest  coast 238 

Bohol  Province 237 

Bojeador  Cape 35,  83 

Bojod  Town 111 

Bokabok  Island 267 

Bolinao  Cape 41,42,101 

Bolinao  Port 41 

Bolinao  Town 42,138 

Boljou  Bay  and  Bluff 255 

Boljon  Town 254 

Boljoon  Town 257 

Bolud  Point 239 

Bomb.'/n  Laguna 6 

Bombonon  Port 270 

Bombon  Point 130,153 

Bombou  Town 107 

Bondog  Head 65 

Bondog  Peninsula 68,73 

Bondog  Point 61,  65,  68,  69 

Bondulan  Point 214 

Bongabon  Town 128,208 

Bongo  Island 164 

Bouguen  Town 125 

Bontoc  Province 112 

Bontoc  Town 113 

Borak  Port 205 

Borauen  Town 206 

Borbon  Town 257 

Borokai  Island 195 

Borongan  Bay 276 

Borongan  Town 276,283 

Bosoboso  Town 127 

Botak  Island  _-i 204 

Botauanau  Island 90 

Botogan  Point 154 

Botolan  Town 138 

Boundaries  of  the  Philippines 1 

Buak  River  and  Town 68 

Buang  Point 60 

Buang  River 59 

Buau  Point 172 

Buat  Channel 283 

Buat  Island 282,283 

Bubak  Point 77 

Buban  River  and  Town 76 

Bubon  Town 111 

B^busan  Town 82 

Buduyan  Town 136 

Buenabrigo  Point 245 

Buenavista  Town 236 

Bugabagu  Town 108 

Bugang  River 212 

Bugason  Town 233 


GENERAL   INDEX. 


291 


Pag.'. 

Bugias  Inlet 94 

Bugod  Poiut 248 

Bugud  Town 248 

Bugiiey  Town 116 

Buguias  Town 111 

Bugui  Town 136 

Busut  Port 248 

Buhi  Town 107 

Bukas  Island 142,143 

Bukud  Point 167 

Bulacau  Province 114 

Bulacan  Town 114 

Biilagao  Mount 37 

Bulakan  Point 219,221,222,223,224 

Bulalakao  Bay  and  Village 191 

Bulalaki  Point, 244 

Bulak  Point 76 

Bulalacao  Town 208 

Bulaluan  Point 167 

Bulan  Town 104 

Biilasan  Volcano 4 

P.ula  Town 107 

Bui  Point 167 

Buluan  Island 159 

Buluan  River 10 

Bulubadiangan  Island 227 

Bulusan  Coast 82 

Bulusan  Jlount 8 

Bulusan  Point 165 

Bulusan  Town 104 

Bulusan  Volcano 82 

Bunga  Point 172 

Bungus  Point 91 

Bunuc.'.n  Mountains 5 

Bunut  Point 79 

Bunut  Port 79 

Burankan  Point 19'J 

Burias  District 182 

Burias  Island 69,72,74 

Burias,  itinerary  of  east  coast 74 

Burias,  itinerary  of  west  coast 74 

Buri  Island 282 

Buril  Point 157 

Buri  Point 48,71,101 

Buruanga  Town 235 

Buruhau  River 10 

Burumban  River 276 

Busainga  Port   72,73,74 

Busin  Island 72,73 

Busin  Port 72,  73 

BustosTown 115 

Busuanga  Island 202 

Busungan  Island 182 

Butag  Bay 77 

Butuan  Bay 147 

Butuan  River 141,147 

Butuan  Town 147, 178 

Buyallao  Island  and  Point —      191 

C. 
[For  words  not  under  "C,"  see  under  "K."] 

Caballo  Island 48,49 

Cabangan  Town 138 


Page. 

Cabagan  Nuevo  Town 122 

Cabagau  Viejo  Town 122 

Cabalesian  Mountain 4 

Cabalete  Island 87,88 

Cabalian  Town 263 

Cabanatuan  Town 128 

Cabangcalan  Town 272 

Cabatuan  Town 236 

Cabayan  Town 111 

Cabezo  de  Negrito 79 

Cabeza  de  Bondog 65 

Cabezo  de  Tablas  Peak 193 

Cabiao  Town 128 

Cabigan  Mountains 5 

Cabra  Island 53,54 

GabugaoTown 93,  120 

Cabugaoan  District 115 

CabuntogTown 178 

Cabuyao  Town 123 

Cadananan  Town 125 

Cadiz  Nuevo  Town 72 

Cagayancillo  Town 233 

Cagayan  Province 116 

Cagayan  River 141, 150 

Cagayan  Town 150,176 

Cagidlocan  Town 274 

Cagsaua  Town 105 

Cagua  Volcano 4, 8 

Cagubatan  Town 125 

Caibiran  Town 263 

Caiman  Point 42,43 

Cainta  Town 127 

Cajaganaan  Town 263 

Calabanga  Town 107 

Calabazas  Islands 228 

CalacaTown 110 

Calamba  Town 123 

Calamianes  Island 182, 202 

Calamianes  Islands  and  Province 182 

Calamion  Island „      202 

Calanag  Town 135 

Calandoran  Bay 181 

Calapan  Point 188,189 

Calapan  Town 184,188 

Calape  Town 241 

Calasa^asan  Town 107 

Calasiao  Town 132 

Calasi  Peak 5 

Calatagan  Town 110 

Calatrava  Town 271,  272 

Calauang  Town 123 

Calavite  Mountain 5 

Calayog  River 10 

Calbayog  Town 283 

Caldera  Point 158 

Calibo  Town 235 

Calidiau  River 11 

Calinog  Town 236 

Calolbon  Town 105 

Caloocau  Town 102 

Calunipit  Town __      115 

Caluya  Town 208 


293 


GENERAL    INDEX. 


Page. 

Calviga  Town 283 

Camaligan  Town 107 

Ciimalig  Town 105 

Camaniiin  Town 107 

Camanaliugan  Town IIG 

Camaiines  Province 100 

Camiguin  Island 148 

Camiguin  Volcano —  8 

Camilig  Town 134 

Camiling  River 9 

Campanario  Slioal 252 

Campomancs  Bay 269 

Canipusii  Mountains 5 

Canasen  Lake 9 

Canas  Gulf 229 

Canas  Island 225 

Candaba  Town 130 

Candelaria  Town 135, 138 

Candijay  Town 241 

Candon  Town 120 

Cang-Co  Town 113 

CanlaOn  Volcano 5 

Canoan  Town 241 

Cantilan  Town 178 

Cantiling  River 11 

Caoayan  Town 120 

Capalonga  Town 107 

Capangan  Town 111 

Capas  Town 134 

Capines  Point 278 

Capitals  of  Provinces,  tables  showing 31 

Capitaniillo  Islet 247 

Capiz  Town 234 

Capoocan  Town 263 

Capotaun  Peak 5 

Capul  Town 283 

Caraballos  Mountains 4,  fi 

Caraga  Town 176 

Caranioan  Town 105,107 

Carao  Town 112 

CarcarTown 257 

Cardona  Town 127 

Carey  Point 267 

Caridad  (La)  Town 118 

CarigaraTown 265,266 

CarigTown 122 

Carles  Town 259 

Carlota(La   Town 273 

Carmen  Bank 212 

Carmen  Port 249 

Carniencita  Shoal 225 

Carmen  Town 241,257 

Carmuna  Town 118 

Carohabol  Mountains 5 

Carranglau  Town 128 

Carrascal  Town 178 

Cartagena  Bay 269 

Casignan  Town 133 

Casigurau  Town 105, 133 

Castilla  Port 143 

Caetilla  Town 105 

Castillejos  Town 138 


Page. 

Catalan  Mount 4 

Catanauan  Town 135 

Catarnian  Anchorage 149 

Catarman  Town 283 

Catasman  Town 177 

Catbalogau  Town 275,281,282 

Cateel  Town 176 

Catel  Town 178 

Catigbian  Town 241 

Catnian  Town 248, '-'.'  7 

Catubig  Town 283 

Cauayan  Town 122,273 

Cauit  Bay  and  Point 157 

Cavanan  Mountains 5 

Cavinti  Town 124 

Cavitan  Town 233 

Cavite  Anchorage 12 

Cavite  el  Viejo 118 

Cavite  Port 48 

Cavite  Province 117 

Cavite  Town 102,117 

Cayan  Town 125 

Cayapas  Di  triet US 

Cayapa  Town 119 

Cazadi.r  Point 58 

Cebf^i  Island  and  Province 243 

Cebii,  itinerary  of  east  coast 247 

Cebl^i,  itinerary  of  southeast  coast 253 

Cebii,  itinerary  of  west  coast 243 

Cebu  Port 250 

Cebu  Town 243, 251 

Cervantes  Town 125 

Cervera  Bock 239 

Cherif  Island 160 

Chico  River 9 

China  Sea  Currents 19 

Chinela  Islet 222 

Chocolate  Islet 244 

Circe  Bank 159 

Clare  of  ,\nson  Reef 85 

Claveria  Town 116 

Climate  of  the  Philippines 12 

Coast  line  of  the  Philippines 3 

Colasi  Ridge 8 

Colorado  Point 73 

Communications  of  the  Philippines 25 

Compostela  Town 257 

Concppcion  District 259 

Concepcion  Port 193 

Concepciv'jn  Town 134, 136,  259 

Consolaciun  Town 257 

Constancia  Rock 149 

Corcuera  Town 275 

Cordoba  Town 236,257 

Corella  Town 241 

Coronada  Bay 156 

Coronado  Point 155, 15i; 

Corregidor  Island 48,49,101 

Corregidor  Island  Light 49,50 

Corregidor  Province 182 

Cortes  en  Bohol  Town 241 

Cosme  Point 78 


GENERAL   INDE] 


293 


Page. 

Cottabato  District 1"5 

Cottabato  (Kotabati'O  Towu 164,165,175 

Cresta  de  Gallo 221 

Cruz  Point 238 

Cuartero  Town 235 

Cuatro  Is;as 2ry2 

Cubagaoan  Towu IIG 

Cucaracha  Slioal 222 

Ciieuca  Town 110 

Cueva  Point 72,74 

Culasi  Town 2  i3 

Culebra  Island 42,43,226 

Culion  Town 182 

Curao  Pt-ak ^._  5 

Currents  of  the  Philipjiines 17 

Cuyapo  Town 128 

Cu.vo  Island 182 

Cuyo  Towu 182 

D. 

Daan  Baiitiiyan  Town 258 

Daclan  Town 112 

Daet  River 89 

Daet  Town 107 

Dagami  Ridge 8 

Dagami  Town 266 

Dagnian  Town 125 

Daguet  Point 171,174 

Dagupan  Harbor 40 

Dagupan  River 39,40 

Dagupan  Town 132 

Daijagon  Bay 244 

Dain  Town 125 

Dajikan  Islands 88 

Dakit  Point 241 

Dako  Islet 144 

Dakula  Island 160 

Dalaguete  Point 254 

Dalaguete  Town 254,258 

Dalican  Town 113 

Dalipe  Poiut 213 

Dalumpiri  Island 82,278 

Dalumpiri  Islands 81 

Danajon  Bank 257 

Danao  Island 227 

Danao  River 11, 247, 271 

Danao  Town 249,258 

Dancalau  Town 273 

Danjugan  Island 269 

Dao  Town 233,  235 

Dapa  Anchorage 145 

Dapa  Channel 144 

Dapa  Inlet 145 

Dapa  Reef.- 144, 145 

Dapa  Town 178 

Dapdap  Point 214,249 

Dapdap  Shoal 281 

Dapdap  Town 248,283 

Dapilan  Bay 153 

Dapitan  Cove 141 

Dapitan  District 175 

Dapitan  River 154 


Page. 

Dapitan  Town —  154,  175 

Dapuan  Town 176,178 

Darajuai  Island 282 

Darsena  Island 81 

DasolTown „ _       138 

Data  Town 125 

Datinuana  Poiut 68 

Dauigan  Point 155 

Dauin  Point 270 

Dauin  Town 274 

Dauis  Island 237 

Dauis  Town 242 

Dauit  Point 154,155 

Dauli  Point 42 

Davao  District 175 

Davao  Town 175 

Dayagan  Point 190 

Dayana  Island ICO 

Dazol  Bay 42 

Deagan  Islet _        79 

Deliau  Island 205 

Del  Monte  Point 184, 185 

Destacado  Island 81 

Diadi  Town 129 

Dialao  Point 83 

Diamante  Rock 81,82 

Diarigayos  Point 38 

Dibitak  Island 205 

Dibut  Bay 87 

Didikas  Rock 85 

Dikalungan  Pi'ak 165 

Dilao  Town 102 

Dile  Point 37 

Dimalansan  Port 80 

Dimiao  Town 242 

Dimipak  Island 203 

Dinalupijan  Town 109 

Dinagat  Island 141, 145 

Dinagat  Town 178 

Dinaran  Island 205 

Dinas  Port 162 

Dingala  Bay 87 

Dingle  Town 230 

Dingras  Town 119 

Dipolo  Town 175 

Dirikwi  Creek 35 

Discovery  Bank 201 

Diualau  Point 152 

Diuata  Point 147, 148 

Divilakan  Bay 86 

Divisions,  military  and  political 28 

Dolores  Town 103,135 

Dominga  Shoal 199 

Donaiiang  Island 166 

Donauang  Shoals 167 

Dongon  Bay 197 

Donjon  Bank 197,198 

Donsol  River 75 

Donsol  Town 75,105 

Dos  Hernianas  Islets 193 

Duenas  Town 236 

Duero  Town 242 


294 


GENERAL    INDEX. 


Page. 
Dulag  Town 206 

Dulanguin  Point 15G 

Diiljo  Point 2:!9 

Duljugan  Point 201 

Dumaguete  Point 270 

Duniaguete  To^vn 270,273 

Dumalag  Town 235 

Bumali  Mount 192 

Dumali  Point 189,190 

Duraalon  Point 158 

Dumangas  Point 229,232 

Dumangas  River 87,229 

Dumangas  Town 23G 

Dumanjok  Point 245 

Dumanjug  Town 258 

Dumankilas  Bay 160 

Dumankilas  Point 160, 161 

Dumankilas  River 161 

Duraaran  Island 182 

Dumarao  Town 235 

Duniunpalit  Island 203 

Dupax  Town 129 

Dupon  Port 261 

Dupulisan  Anchorage 162 

Dupulisan  Point 162 

E. 

Eastern  Negros  Province 273 

Echague  Town 122 

Education  in  the  Philippines 30 

Egana  Town 233 

Elcano  Shoal 222 

Elephant  Islet 67 

El  Fraile  Rock  or  Islet 50 

Eligan  Bay 141 

El  Pardo  Town 258 

El  Principe  Province 133 

Engano  Cape 83,  84,  85,  86, 87, 93 

Enganosa  Peak 5, 74 

Ermita  Town 102 

Enrile  Town 117 

Escalante  Town 273 

Escarceo  Point 68,185,187 

Escarpada  Island 81, 82 

Escarpada  Point 85, 86 

Escucha  Islet 85 

Espiritu  Santo  Cape 275 

Estancia  Anchorage 225 

Estancia  Town 225 

Exports  of  the  Philippines 24 

F. 

Fabonga  Town 178 

Fag  Reef 38 

Fatimo  Islands ICO 

Fegra  Point 83 

Fernandez  Point 193 

Fidelisan  Town 113 

Flaca  Point 172 

Flecha  Point 161 

Florida  Blaiica  Town 1:!0 

Flying  Cloud  Rock  - 57 


Fortune  Island  . 
Franijee  Bank  _ 
Fuego  Point 


Page. 
52,53 


Gaba  Town 137 

Gabo  Port 145,147 

Gainza  Town 107 

Gajo  Point 96 

Galban  Point 61 

Galera  Point 155 

Galera  Port 185 

Gales  of  the  Philippines 14 

Galiano  Town 7,112 

Galvanei  Islets 71 

Gamft  Town 122 

Gan  Bay 35 

Gandara  Town 283 

Gankol  Village 172 

Gapan  River 9 

Gapan  Town 128 

Garcia  Hernandez  Town 242 

Garza  Island 199 

Gasan  Town 208 

Gasper  Islet 07 

Gata  Sierra 81 

Gatbo  Town 96 

Gattaran  Town 117 

Gayan  Town 125 

Gazan  Point 67 

Gazan  Reef 68 

General  account  of  the  Philippines 1 

General  Island 142 

General  Islands 143 

Geology  of  the  Philippines 6 

Gerona  Town 134 

Getiife  Town 242 

Gigantangan  Island 200 

Gigantus  Islands 223 

Gigaquit  Town 178 

Gim  River 11 

Ginatilau  Town 258 

Ginatuan  Island 147 

Giuatuan  Islands 141 

Ginatuan  Town 178 

Ginungagan  Bay 264, 265 

Glan  Masi  la  Anchorage  and  Town 168 

Goa  Town 107 

Golo  Island 56 

Gomez  Bay 199 

Gorda  Head 155 

Gorda  Point 69,  70, 149, 172,  245 

Gorion  Islet 74 

Granada  Town 273 

Grande,  Boca 75 

Grande  Island 46 

Gran  Laja  Islet 84,85 

Great  Kapones  Island 45 

Guagua  Town 130 

Guai  Bay 47 

Guai  Point 45 

Gual  Poiut 169 


GENERAL   INDEX. 


295 


Page. 

GiibatBay 82 

Gubat  Towu 82, 105 

Guanguau  Peninsula 1"3 

Guiang  Islet 14i 

Guiguinto  Town Ho 

Guijolgan  Town  and  River 271 

Giujulungan  Town 274 

Guilbai  Point 70 

Guimar  Island 229 

Guimarus  Island 215 

Guimaras  Strait 21G,  268 

Guinibal  Town 236 

Guim  Liban  Town 177 

Guimugahan  Point 268 

Guina-Ang  Town 113 

Guinamban  Point 94 

Guinanon  Islet 216 

Guinapak  Rock 85 

Guinayangan  Town 135 

Guindiuanan  Point 74 

Guindulman  Bay 239 

GninJulmau  Town 242 

Guingoog  Towu 177 

Guinobatan  Town 105 

Guinzadan  Town 125 

Guisijan  Town 233 

Guiuan  Peninsula 270 

Guiuan  Town 277,283 

Gumaca  Town 135 

Gumalak  Island 260,261 

Gung-Ugong  Town 113 

Guza  Town 177 

H. 

Hagonoy  Town 115 

Halson  Mount 4 

Harbors  of  the  Philippines , 12 

Hastaan  Town 150 

Haya  Town ^ 175 

Herman  as  Islands 42,43 

Hermanos  Islets 84 

Ilermosa  Town 109 

Hernani  Town 283 

Ililongos  Town 200 

Hiinamailan  River 11 

Himoto  River 11 

Hindang  Town 266 

Ilingog  Mountains 5 

Hinigaran  River 11 

Hinondayan  Bay 265 

Hinunangan  Town 266 

Hinundayan  Town 266 

Hirapsan  Islet 280 

Horadaba  Islets 92 

Hugos  Island 181 

Huidobro  Shoal 166 

Hunter  Shoal 201 

Hydrography  of  the  Philippines 9 

I. 

Ibaan  Town 110 

Ibehai  Point 219 

4024 20 


Page. 

Ibajiiy  Town 235 

Ibanao  Town 125 

Iba  Point 44,  45 

IbatanesTown 112 

Iba  Town 45,138 

Ibisan  Town 235 

Ibung  Town 129 

Igan  Bay 21G 

Igat  Bay 161 

Igat  Island 161 

Igat  Point 160 

IgbarasTown 236 

Iguana  Bank 229,  232 

Iguana  Shoal 229 

Iguig  Town 117 

Ilagan  River 151 

Ilagan  Town li2 

Ilampulagan  Island 216 

Ildelfonso  Cape 86 

Iligan  Bay 150 

Iligan  Point 00,86 

Iligan  River 10 

Iligan  Town 151,177 

Iling  Town 208 

Ilin  I><land 198 

Ilin  Point 199 

Ilin  Town 198 

lllana  Bay 141,161,162 

Ilocos  Norte  Province 119 

Ilocos  Sur  Province 120 

Hog  River 11 

Hog  Town 273 

Iloilo  Port 12,232 

Iloilo  Province 235 

Iloilo  River— 218 

Iloilo  Strait 225, 226, 228, 232, 265 

Iloilo  Town 2U,'/m 

Ilongos  Town 261 

Imports  of  the  Philippines 25 

Imus  Town 118 

luabanga  Town 212 

Inaguikan  Point 86,87 

luapuy  Town 113 

Indang  Island 89 

Indang  Point 89 

Indan  Town 107,118 

Infanta  (La)  Province 121 

Infanta  Town 138 

Inhabitants  of  the  Philippines 20 

InitaoBay 151 

Initao  Town 177 

Inopacan  Town 266 

lot  Point 92 

Ipil  Town 242 

Iponan  Town 177 

Iriga  Mount 8,94 

Iriga  Town 107 

Iriron  Bay 197 

Irirun  Town 208 

Irocin  Town 105 

Isabela  de  Basilan  Town 174 

Isabela  de  Luzon  Province  „ 122 


29G 


GENERAL    INDEX. 


Page. 

Isabfla  Town 273 

Isarog  Mduntain 8 

Isaro  Mount 9-1 

Isiu  Town 273 

Itave.s  District 122 

Itbayal  Island isi 

J. 

.Tabonga  Kiver HI 

■Ja^-n  Town 128 

Jagna  Town 242 

Jaguaya  Town 235 

.Talajala  Town 127 

Jalian  Island 145 

Jalild  Kiver 244 

Jalobau  River 261 

Jamilo  Port 51 

Jamindan  Town 235 

Jamuaron  Bay 71 

Jamugult  Kiver 248 

Janinay  Town 236 

Jaro  Town 230,266 

Jasaan  Town 177 

Jesus  Point 96 

Jiabong  Town ^ 283 

Jibitnil  Island 244 

Jilaitan  Point 271 

Jiuialaud  Town 274 

Jimamailan  River 268 

Jimaniaylan  Town_-^ 273 

Jimenez  Town 177 

Jimeno  Town 235 

Jimukitan  Island 262 

Jinatungan  Point 265 

Jinigaran  Town 273 

Jintotolo  Channel 222,224 

Jintotolo  Island 222 

JolO  Archipelago 285 

Jolo  Island 285 

Jomalig  Island 87 

Jovellar  Town 1"5 

Juak  Island 80,81 

Juban  Bay 81 

Juban  Town 105 

Juraojurao  Islet 213 

K. 
[For  words  not  under  "K,"  see  under  "C."] 

Kabahan  Islet 191 

Kabalanga  River 9>i 

Kabalarian  Islet 277 

Kabalian  Blount 264 

Kabalian  Point 194 

Kabalisai  Island 89 

Kabalitian  Islet 40 

Kabaugan  Bay 45 

Kabangan  Point 47 

Kabarruyan  Island 41 

Kabaun  Island 280 

Kabgan  Island 142 

Kabikungan  Point 83 

Kabilao  Island 238 


Page. 

Kabsugan  Island 142,145 

Kabugan  Islands 265 

Kabugao  Bay 92,93 

Kabugao  Point 232 

Kabugao  River 36,96 

Kabulauan  Islands 200 

Kabnlig  Bay 150 

Kabalik  Point 214,215 

Kabusayo  River 90 

Kabusao  Village 90 

Kabut  Island 159 

Kabuyok  Point 67 

Kadburauan  Point 69,72,74 

Kainia  Bay 71 

Kagayai  River 84 

Kago  Point I 224,225 

Kahayagan  Island 280 

Kakrarai  Island 94,95 

Kakub  Port 145 

Kakut  Port 144 

Kalaboso  Port 57 

Kalagnan  Island 224 

Kalagua  Islands 89 

Kalaguas  Islands 88 

Kalailayan  Town 63 

Kalaniion  Island 202 

Kalangaman  Islet 248 

Kalanhayuan  Island 204 

Kalautas  Bank 80 

Kalapan  Bay 167 

Kalape  Island  and  Port 23S 

Kalatayan  Point 52 

Kalaton  Point 194 

Kalavite  Cape 184,195 

.Kalavite  Mount 184 

Kalbayok  River 281 

Kalbayok  Town 281 

Kalianan  Shoal 278 

Kalian  Point 169 

Kahutan  Island 80,81 

Kahutan  Shore 80 

Kalis  Point 205 

Kalolbong  Town 92 

Kaluiuiiar  Peninsula 58 

Kalunipan  Point 57 

K  ilunipan  River 59 

Kalunangan  Point 201 

Kaluya  Island 192 

Kaniainsi  Point 173 

Kanialiau  Point 109 

Kamanga  Islands 204 

Kamasusu  Island 222 

Kanibalat  Slioal 282 

Kanibasak  Point 144 

Kambasingan  Islet 277 

Kambidsos  Rocks 281 

Kaniboloton  Bluff 224 

Kaniiguin  Island 85 

Kaniotos  Islands 2iY> 

Kampopo  Bay 200 

Kanipukan  Peak 261 

I    Kanaguaion  Port  and  Point 278 


GENERAL    INDEX. 


297 


Pago. 

Kiiiiagiiayuu  Point 260 

KaiialiuiuLii  Dakj  Island 281,282 

Kuuahaiian  Islands 281 

Kanalasan  Anchorage IGS 

Kanamai  Point 271 

Kanamuan  Point 91 

Kananiuan  Port 91 

Kauaniuan  Town 91 

Kanaron  Islands 206 

Kanaiiagor  Islet 148 

Kaiulaga  Point  and  Town 244 

Kandon  Point 38 

Kaninio  Island 89 

Kauinoan  Islet 277 

Kaumanok  Hills. 2:!8 

Kanoan  Port 240 

Kantilau  Reef 142 

Kantun  Island 89 

Kaiialuan  Bay 63 

Kaiiis  River 221 

Kapis  Roads 220 

"KapisSea 221 

Kapis  Town 221 

Kapones  Point 45,46 

Kapul  Island 81 

Kapul,  south  point 81 

Kapuluan  Point 70 

Kapuntakau  Hill 95 

Kapunuipugan  Point 142 

Karabao  Island 195 

Karabao  Islet 50 

Karabuka  Point 161 

Karaga  Bay 171,172 

Karao  Bay 92 

Karkat  Point  and  Bay 254 

Kasixniayan  Bank 221 

Kasiguran  Bay 87 

Kaspul  Island 81 

Kasulian  Islet 143,144 

Katabanga  Bay 70 

Katabanga  River 70 

Katadman  Anchorage 280 

Katadman  Point 248 

Katadman  Town 280 

Katanaguan  Islands 91 

Katanauan  Bay 64 

Katanauan  Town 64 

Katanduanes,  east  coast 93 

Katanduancs  Island 91,  92,  93 

Katarnian  Point 171 

Katel  River 171 

Kauanhahan  Point 72 

Kanit  Mount 35 

Kauit  Point 68, 143, 145, 170,  221,  244, 251 

Kaukauoe  Point 50 

Kidamak  Bay 163 

Kidipil  Point 166 

Kiko  Shoal 144 

Kinabakbagan  Reef 41 

Kinabasaran  Point 279 

Kinablagan  Point 171,174 

Kinalasag  Island 90 


Page. 

Kinalasag  Point 91 

Kinaloug  Roads 151 

Kiuanialigan  Island 280 

Kiuatilan  Town 246 

Kiuituai  Shoal 282 

Kinatnan  Town 170 

Kipit  Point  and  River 155 

Kobton  Bay 240 

Kokonongon  Point 205 

Kolait  Mount '.^  229 

Kolan  Mount 229 

Kolasi  Hill 89 

Kolasi  Point 89,90,246 

Kolasi  Town 89,213 

Kolokonto  Bay 61 

Kolokoto  Rock 202 

Kopton  Mount 256,  257 

Kopton  Point 245 

Koroan  Point 158 

Koron  Island 205 

Korou  Strait  and  Bay 205 

Kota  Town 62 

Kriuin  Village  and  River 167 

Kubi  Point 47 

Kubugao  Point 215 

Kudtingun  Mount 240 

Kukurrayau  Islet 199 

Kulasi  Bay 80,229 

Kulasi  Point 79,80 

Kulili  Point 35 

Kunialarang  Creek 160 

Kurrimao  Port 36 

L. 

Lab'io  Mount 8 

Labo  Town 107 

La  C'arlota  Town 270 

Lacy  Town ^ 242 

Lagaoin  Point  and  Banks 190 

Lagat  Island 204 

Lagonoi  Gulf 93,94 

Lagonoy  Town 107 

LaGranja  Town 283 

Lagsig  Mountain 4 

Laguan  Bay 280 

Laguan  Island 280 

Laguan  Town 280 

Laguna  Province 123 

Lagundi  Shoal 252 

Lahui  Island 91 

Lajanosa  Island 144 

Laja  Rock 90 

Lalauigan  Bay 199 

Lalloc  Town 117 

Lanibajon  Point 171,174 

Larabunao  River 10 

Lanibunao  Town 23G 

Lambusiin  River 244 

Laniigan  Point 173 

Lamon  Bay 87,88 

La  Monja  Rock 50 

La  Monja  Island 51 


298 


GEXERAL   INDEX. 


Page. 

Lampoii  Port 88 

Lauan  Towu l'J4,  283 

Laui'iias  Town 136 

Langao  Point V9 

Langaraug  Town 177 

Langiigou  Point 245 

Languin  Manok  Bay C3 

Languiu  Manok  Port 03 

Languin  Manok  Vantay G3 

Lauis  Point 252 

Lanuyan  Islet 74 

Laoag  River 35 

Laoag  Town 119 

Laoang  Town 283 

Laon  Point  and  Town 238 

La  Paz  Town 103,134,236 

Lapinin  Island 240,250 

Lapo  Town 120 

Lapug  Bay 36, 37 

Lasi  Bay 241 

Lasisi  Point 50 

Las  Pinas  Tow  n 102 

Latitudeandlongitudeof  the  Philippines  1 

La  Trinidad  Town 111 

Lanang  Town 183 

Lauan  River 11 

Laurigan  Cove 191 

Lavezares  Town 283 

Layaban  Point 152 

Layalaya  Islets 281 

Layonlong  Town 177 

Lebak  Port IGG 

Lechones  Rocks 47 

Leganes  Town 237 

Legaspi  Mount 142 

l.egaspi  Town 105 

Lemery  Town 110, 259 

Lenga  Town 125 

Leonidas  Shoal 201 

Leon  Town 237 

Lepanto  Province 125 

liBSSep  Town 125 

Leyte  Island  and  Province 259 

Leyte,  itinerary  of  north  coast 26o 

Leyte,  itinerary  of  southeast  coast 204 

Leyte,  itinerary  of  west  coast 200 

Leyte  River 11 

Leyte  Towu 266 

Lezo  Town 235 

Liangan  Bay 170 

Liangau  Town 170 

Lianga  Point 151 

Lianga  Town 178 

Lian  Point 70 

liian  River 52 

Lian  Town 110 

Libacao  Town 235 

Libagao  Island 192 

Libal  Point 240 

Libas  Town 283 

Libmanan  Town 107 

Libog  Towu 105 


Page. 

Libon  Town lno 

Libukan  Islands 281 

Lice  Mountain 119 

Ligao  Town 105 

Liganasan  Lake 164 

Liglio  Point 260 

Ligney  Town 136 

Lila  Town 242 

Lilio  Town 124 

Liloan  Point 246 

Llloau  Port 263 

Liloan  Town 219,  2J8,  204,  260 

Limai  Point 50 

Limasjina  Island 263 

Limboues  Islet 50 

Limpa  Town 136 

Linao  Bay 166 

Linaon  Bay 209 

Linao  Shoal  and  Point 166 

Linapocan  Island 182 

Lingayen  Gulf 35,38,39,41 

Lingayen  Town 40,  131 

Linguin  Hill 95 

Llpata  Bank 252 

Lipata  Poiut 64,212,252,279 

Lipa  Town 110 

Livas  Point 280 

Livok  Town 95 

Loay  Town 242 

Lobi  Town 110 

Loboc  Towu ,-  212 

Lubo  Point 01 

Lobo  Ridge Gl 

Loctugan  Town 2.'5.'i 

Loculan  Shoals 152 

Loculan  Town 177 

Lokoloko  Point 61 

Longos  Town 124 

Louc  Town 208,  275 

Loog  Port 194 

Loon  Towu 242 

Loj  Ranch 9 

Lo'.  Town 112 

Lopez  Town 135 

Los  Cochinos  Islets 50 

Los  Cochinos  Point 48 

Los  Cochinos  Rocks 47 

Luban  Island 44 

Lubang  Island 53, 54, 55, 5G 

Lubang  Town 208 

Luban  Poiut 174 

Lubao  Town 130 

Lubon  Town 125 

Lubung.'iu  River 10 

Lubuugan  Town 175 

Lubutglubut  Island 204 

Lucban  Town 135 

Lucena  Town 135,237 

Luginut  Island 225,220 

Luisiana  Town 124 

Luk  Bay 55 

Lulugban  Island 223 


GENERAL   INDEX. 


299 


Page. 

Lumbaug-  Town 124 

Lumintau  Point 197 

Lumittis  Islet 240 

Lunisijan  Town 233 

Lupao  Town 128 

Lujii  Town 107 

Lusaran  Point 216 

Lutab  Town 112 

Lutao  Shoal 282 

Luyan  Town 248 

Luyue  Town 125 

Luzon  Island 35,85 

Luzon,  itinerary  of  coast 80 

Luzon,  itinerary  of  south  coast 61 

Luzon,  itinerary  of  southwest  coast 51,57 

Luzon,  itinerary  of  west  coast 35 

Luzon,  northeast  point 86 

Luzon  Point •  47 

Luzon,  south  point 79 

Luzon  Town 176 

M. 

Maasin  Town 237,  266 

Maasi  Eiver 11 

Mabalacat  Town 130 

Mabatan  Town 109 

Habatobato  Town 107 

Mabio  Point 63 

Macabebe  Town 130 

Macalelon  Town 135 

Macato  Town 235 

MacCrolion  Town 266 

Madalag  Town 235 

Maestre  de  Campo  Island 192, 193,  271 

Magalang  Town 130 

Magallanes  Bank 205 

Magallanes  Town 105, 118,  275 

Magangan  Town 112 

Magarao  Town 107 

Magdalena  Town 124 

Maginok  Town 149 

Maglagaban  Point 278 

Maglubun  Point 172 

Magneymey  Town 126 

Magnok  Bay 80 

JIagogao  Town 122 

Magsiugal  Town 120 

Magtulinok  Point 244 

Maguinog  Town 177 

Mailon  Point 247 

Mainit  Town 113, 178 

JIairaira  Point 83 

Majaba  Island 282 

Majabas  Islet 262 

Majaj-jay  Mount 135 

Majayjay  Town 124 

JIakajalar  Bay 150 

Makalaba  Island 43,44 

Makalog  Mount 58 

ilukambol  Point 173 

Makangani  Island 170 

Makao  Point i44 


Page. 

Makapilai  Point 241 

JIakaragui  Islet 79 

Makaturin  Volcano 1G4 

Makiliguian  Point 2(19 

Makoto  Point 71,72 

Maktau  Island 249,250,251 

JIakugil  Point 76 

Makulabo  Island 88 

Malabrigo  Point 61 

Malabuyoc  Town 258 

Malaga  River 265 

Malagundi  Point 61 

Malanai  Bay 64 

Malanai  Town 64 

Malanao  River 141 

Malandi  Mountains 5 

Malandol  River 213 

Malangaban  Island 227 

Malasiqui  Town 132 

Malate  Town 102 

Malatuna  Point 167 

Malaueg  Town 117 

Malavatuan  Island 56 

Malavinan  Roadstead 169 

Malaya  Town 126 

Malayo  Point 278 

Malibago  Town 260 

Malibay  Town 102 

Maligay  Bay 161 

Malilipot  Town 105 

Malinao  Mount 8 

Malinao  Town 105,235 

Malindang  Mount 151 

Malindig  Mount 5 

Malitbog  Town 2C6 

Malitcong  Town 113 

Malolos  Town 115 

Malugan  Point 150 

Malumabuan  Island 75 

Manibagi  Shoal 255 

Manibagi  Town 254 

Mambajao  Town 177 

Mambnlao  Port 88 

Mambulao  Town 88,107 

Mamburao  Reef 190 

Mainburau  River 196 

Mamburao  Town 208 

Mambusao  Town 235 

Manpicuan  Town 128 

Mampouon  Village  and  Fort 172 

Manaba  River 11 

Manadi  Bank 198 

Manai  Village 172 

Mananga  River 11 

Manaoag  Town 132 

Manbajao  Point 149 

Mandaui  Island 56 

Mandani  Town 250 

Mandauc  Town 258 

Mandivin  Peak 5 

Marirluriao  Town 237 

MangaUian  Town 132 


300 


GENERAL    INDEX. 


Page. 

Maugarin  Bay 197, 198 

Maiigarin  Town 208 

Maiigas  Point 40, 41 

Mangatarem  Town 132 

Manguirin  Town 107 

Mangurukurn   Town 229 

Manignin  Island 212 

Mauigonigo  Islet 222 

Manikani  Island 277 

Manikani  Point 277 

Manila  Bay 12,  9G 

Manila  City 9G 

Manila  City,  supplies  at 48 

Manila  Province 90 

Manito  Town 105 

Maniuayan G7 

Manjao  Eiver 11 

Manjuyod  Town 274 

Mansalai  Bay 190 

Mansalay  Town 190,  208 

Mansiol  Point 191 

Mansiqui  Town 120 

Manufactures  of  the  Philippines 22 

Mapait  Mount 4 

Maputi  Point 151 

Maqueda  Bay 282 

Maqueda  Channel 92,  9ri 

Jlaquilin  Mount 6 

Maquilin  Mountains 4 

Maquiliu  Peak 123 

Maragondon  Town 118 

Maragusa  Point 264 

Maralizon  Islet 213 

Marasingan  Village 159 

Maria  Cristina  Town 177 

Marianas  Kiver 11 

Maria  Town 242 

Maribeles  Mount 4 

Maribojo  Bay  and  Town 238 

Maribojoc  Tow^n 242 

Marigabatu  Point 103 

Marigodon  Point 74 

Marilao  Town 115 

Marinap  Bay 77 

Marinduque  Island 05,60,67 

Maripipi  Town 206 

Maiiquina  Town 102 

Mariveles  Island 48,  HM 

Mariveles  Point -17 

Mariveles  Port 50 

Mariveles  Town 109 

Marlanga  Mount 05 

Marlanga  Point 07 

Masahuron  Island 170 

Masbate  and  Ticao  Province 183 

Ma.«bate  Island 183 

Masbate  Town 183 

Masinglok  Port 43,44 

Masin  Island 191 

Masinloc  Town 138 

Masin  River 11 

Masin  Town 203 


Page. 

Masla  Town 120 

Matabao  Islet 79 

Matabukai  Bay 52 

Matalon  Town 200 

Matalvi  Island 44 

Matalvi  Port 43, 44 

Matatindok  Point 209 

Matandumaten  Islet 89 

Matayan  Island 205 

MatlioTowu 130 

Mali  Town 173 

Matnog  Town 105 

Matoko  Point 58,59,00,01 

Matti   District 170 

Matti  Town 176 

Matuguinao 5 

Matulin  Island 92 

Matutung  Volcano 108 

Mauban  Anchorage 88 

Mauban  Town 135 

Mavitac  Town 124 

Maya  Kiver 11 

Mayasas  Port 09 

Maycock  Rock 50 

Maylec  Town 120 

Mayo  Bay 172,173,174 

May.'m  Volcano 4,8 

Mazaraga  Mount 8 

Medellin  Town 258 

Medio  Island 81 

Medio  Islet 185,180 

Meicauayan  Town 115 

Meudez  Nunez 118 

Mercedes  Town 179,  283 

Merida  Town 200 

Merope  Shoal 201 

Mesa  de  Palapa  Mountain 270 

Mexico  Town 130 

Miagas  Town 237 

Milagros  Town 183 

Milaor  Town 107 

Minalabag  Town 107 

Minalin  Town 130 

Minalunan  Bay 241 

Minanga  Bay 205 

Minangas  Port. 47 

Mina  Town 237 

Mindanao  Island 141 

Mindanao,  itinerary  of  east  coast 109 

Mindanao,  itinerary  of  north  coast 149 

Mindanao,  itinerary  of  northeast  coast-  141 

Mindanao,  itinerary  of  northwest  coast.  154 

Mindanao,  itinerary  of  west  coast 150 

Mindanao  River 104 

Mindoro  Island  and  Province 183 

Mindoro,  itinerary  of  east  coast 190 

Mindoro,  itinerary  of  north  coast ISl 

Mindoro,  itinerary  of  northeast  coast—  189 

Mindoro,  itinerary  of  west  coast 195 

Mindoro  Strait 20(l 

Slinerals  of  the  Philippines 23 

Minerva  Bock 52,57 


GENERAL    INDEX. 


301 


Page. 

MinglenillaTown 253,258 

Miuigil  Point 93 

Miiiolo  Point 185 

Miimluan  Town 273 

Misamis  DUtrict 176 

Misainis  Port 151,162 

Misamis  Town 152,177 

Mitra  Mount 63 

Wlut  Town  and  Anchorage 168 

Moalboal  Town 258 

Mobai  Islet 220 

Mobo  River 278 

Mobo  Town 183 

Mogpoc  Town 183 

Mobangin  Mountains 5 

Moises  Mount 86 

Mokabok  Point 268 

Molo  Town 237 

Monipog  Island 64,67 

Moncada  Town 13i 

Monleo  River 11 

Montalban  Town 102 

Monti  Islet 48 

Montugan  Point 83,95,96 

Montugan  Reef 83 

Moriones  Town 1  i4 

Morong  Province 126 

Morong  Town 127 

Moron  Town 47,109 

Muda  Island 160 

Mulanay  Town 13t 

Mulugan  Town 177 

Muntinlupa  Town 102 

Murcia  Town 134,273 

Murcielagos  Baj- 153 

Murcielagos  Islands 155 

N. 

Naanan  Town 177 

Nabalus  Village 232 

Nabua  Town 107 

Xabulao  Bay 2G'J 

Nabunat  Island 223 

Xagaba  Town 237 

Kaga  River 11 

Kaga  Town 254,  258 

Nagcarlang  Town 124 

Nagos  Point 276 

Nagpartian  Town 119 

Kagubat  Island 192 

Nagubat  Islets 14:i 

Naguilian  Town 137 

Nagumbuayan  Point 92 

Kaic  Town 118 

Nailon  Point 247 

NalupaNuevo  Town 233 

Xahipa  Town 213 

Kaniacpacan  Town 137 

Kanianuko  Point 240 

Kaniatec  Town 12C 

Na:nip;(  Town 120 

Kaugaba  Islands 1-12 


Page. 

Nangalao  Island 206 

Kanga  Point 157 

Napakao  Point 240 

Napo  Point 47 

Napo  River 11 

Naranjos  Islands 81 

Narbacan  Town 121 

Narvaez  Bank 151,205,252 

Nasiping  Town 117 

Nasipit  Town 147, 148 

Xasog  Point 211 

Naso  Point 213,214 

Nasugbu  Bay 52 

Nasugbu  Town 52,110 

Natunaguan  Point 94 

Naujan  River  and  Bar 180 

Naujan  Town 208 

Naval  Town 267 

Navas  (Las)  Town 283 

Navas  Town 235 

Navosen  Town 126 

Navotas  Town 102 

Navuluan  Elver -  11 

Nayun  River 62 

Negros  Island 227,  207 

Negros,  itinerary  of  east  coast 271 

Negros,  itinerary  of  north  and  north- 
west coasts  267 

Negros,    itinerary    of   southwest  and 

southeast  coasts 269 

Negros,  itinerary  of  west  coast 269 

Nipa  Point 220 

Nogas  Island 213 

Nonoc  Town 178 

North  Gigante  Island 223 

North  Rock 202,  203 

Nor/.agaray  Town 115 

Novaliches  Town l(i2 

Noveleta  Town 118 

Nuestra  Senora  de  la  A'ictoria  Town 274 

Nueva  CUceres 90,  106 

Nueva  Caceres  Town 258 

Nueva  CovetaTown 121 

Nueva  l^^cija  Province 127 

Nueva  Segovia  Bishopric 120 

Nueva  Valencia  Town 274 

Nueva  Vizcaya  Province 129 

NuMiancia  Town 179,235 

Numbers  of  the  Philippines 2 

Nun  Rock 50 

o. 

Oas  Town 105 

ObandoTown 115 

Odiongan  Town 275 

O'Donnell  Town 134 

Okbok  Hill 220 

Okmok  Bay 261 

dkniok  Town 261 

Okre  Point 271 

Oktok  Point 71 

Olango  Island 249 


302 


GENERAL   INDEX. 


Page. 

Olongapo  Port 40,47 

OluDtiiuga  Island 158 

Olutanga  Island 15;t 

Olutaya  Island 221 

Oot  Point 280 

Opau  Blount 5 

Opol  (Opot)  Bay 150 

Open  Town 251,258 

Ocjuendo  Town 283 

Oiari  Town 109 

( lias  Iliver 10 

Oras  Town 284 

Ormoc  Town 267 

Orography  of  the  Philippines ^ 3 

Orok  Mount 229 

Orocjuieta  Town 177 

Oslo!)  Point 256 

Oslob  Town 258 

Otake  Bay 77 

Oton  Bank 214,215 

(Hon  Town 214,237 

Otucan  Town 120 

Oyon  Bay 44 

P. 

Paete  Town 124 

Pagadian  Bay ._      162 

Pagapas  Bay 57 

Pagbilao  Bay 02,03 

Pagbilao  Chica  Point 03 

Pagbilao  Grande  Island 02 

Pagbilao  Grande  Point 62 

Pagbilao  Island 62 

Pagbilao  Town 136 

Pagjuriran  Point 90 

Pagsajan  Town 124 

Paibai  Town 243 

Painan  Village 105 

Paiquet  Town 112 

Palad  Bank 69 

p'alak  Harbor 162,163,104 

Palak  Town 163 

Palanan  Town 122 

Palanas  Town 183 

Palaopao  Mountains 5 

Palapag  Town 284 

Palapa  Peak 5 

PalapaPort 275,277 

Palatuan  Bay 75 

Palauig  Bay 44,45 

Palauig  Point 42,44,45 

Palauig  Town 138 

Palaui  Island 84,  85 

Palaven  River 141 

Palawan  Island 209 

Palijon  Islet 280 

Paliua  Town 112 

Palintaang  Town 112 

Paliiia  Brava  Island 158 

Palombon  Islet 91 

Palompon  Port 260 

Palompon  Town 260,207 


Page. 

Palo  Town 207 

Paltoc  Town 136 

Paluan  Bay 195,196 

Paluaii  Town 209 

Palunibaues  Islands 92 

Panibujan  Town 284 

Paniilakan  Island 239 

Paminuitan  Town 239 

Pampanga  Province 129 

Pamplona  Town 108, 117 

Panabutan  Bay 156 

Panalisan  Point 165 

Panaon  Island 203 

Panaon  Point 150 

Panay  Island 93,211,221,232 

Panay,    itinerary    of   north    and    east 

coasts 219 

Panay,  itinerary  of  south  coast 214 

Panay,  itinerary  of  west  coast 211 

Panay  Point 271 

Panay  River 10,221,234 

Panay  Town 235 

Pandacan  Town 102 

Pandalusan  Island 159 

Pandan  Bay 212 

Pandan  Islands 190 

Pandan  Peninsula 191 

Pandan  Point 80,  82, 191,  208 

Pandan  Town 105,212,234 

Pandarochan  Bay 199 

Pandaya  Town 126 

Pan  de  Azucar  Island 220 

Panga  Point 103 

Pangasinan  Province 131 

Panglao  Island 239 

Panglao  Town 242 

Panguil  Bay 151 

Panguiran  Point 72 

Panikian  Island .. 101 

Panikian  Islet 185,180 

Paniki  Point 67 

Paniqui  Town 134 

Panitan  Town 235 

Panjil  Town V>i 

Pansipit  River 58 

Pantadon  Mount 5 

Pantao  Town 72 

Panubigan  Islands 168 

Paoay  Town 119 

Paombong  Town 115 

Paquigang  Town 113 

Paquil  Town 124 

Paracale  Town 108 

Paragua  Island  and  Province 209 

Paragua,  northern  part  of 182 

Parakale  Point 89 

Parakale  Town 88,89 

Paranan  Bay 80 

Paranaquc  Town 103 

Paranas  Town 284 

Parang  Bay 163 

Parang  Parang  Anchorage  and  River__  103 


GENERAL   INDEX, 


303 


Page. 

Parasaii  Island 2)>:i 

Panlo  (El)  Town 258 

Paric  Town . 284 

Paron  Point 95,96 

Pasacao  Town 108 

Pasakao  Anchorage 71 

Pasakao  Bay 69 

Pasigiijon  Point 241 

Pasig  River 6,10,49 

Pasig  Town 103 

Pasijaa  Island 260 

Paspasaqui  Town 136 

Passi  Kiver 10 

Pa^si  Town 237 

Pasuquin  Town 119 

Patapa  Mountains 83 

Pata  Point 83,84 

Pateros  Town 103 

Patnongon  Town 234 

Patungan  Cove 50 

Pavia  Town 237 

Paya  Island 160 

Payo  Town 105 

Paz  (La)  Town 237 

Pocados  Rocks 232 

Penaranda  Town 128 

Pepitas  Rocks 229 

Perez  Dasmariiias  Town 118 

Pescador  Islet 245 

Piakau  Point 157 

Piat  Town 117 

Piddig  Town 119 

Pidigan  Town 104 

Piedra  Point 42,173 

Piedras  Point 74 

Pigtas  Town 177 

Pilar  Port 144 

Pilar  Town 104, 105, 109, 235, 258 

Pila  Town 124 

Pililla  Town 127 

Pilipil  Town 126 

Pilis  Bay 94 

Pili  Town 108,229 

Pinabacdao  Town ^ 284 

Pinalet  River  and  Point 278 

Pjnamalayan  River 190 

Pinamalayan  Town 209 

Pinaniukan  Point 59,60 

Pinamungajan  Town 258 

Pinamuntangan  Bay 64 

Pinamuntangan  Point 64 

Pinandunguan  Point 88,89 

Pinatayan  Bank 162 

Pinatubo  Mount 45 

Pineda  Town 103 

Pingiit  Town 126 

Pingtt  Island 37 

Pinitau  Point 90 

Pinulakan  Point 248 

PiratasRock 160 

Piris  Bay 70 

Pisan  Point  and  Port 162 


Page. 

Pisig  River 101 

PitogoTown 63,136 

Playa  Honda 45 

Pocdol  Ridge 8 

Pok-Itang  Town 113 

Polak  Bay 189 

Polangui  River 10 

Polanqul  Town 105 

Pola  Point 167 

PolaTown 209 

Polika  Bay 95,96 

Polillo  Island 87,93 

Polillo  Port 87 

Polillo  Town 121 

Pollok  Town 175 

Polo  Point 152,153 

Polo  Town 115 

Pontabangan  Town 128 

Pontevedra  Town 235,273 

Pontud  Bank 219 

Pontud  Islet 212 

Population  and  inhabitants  of  the  Phil- 
ippines          20 

Population  of  provinces,  table  showing.        31 

Porac  Town 6, 130 

Poro  Island 262 

PoroTown 258,262 

Portuguese  Point 40 

Posdey  Mountain 4 

Poson  Island 262 

Potol  Point 195,219 

Pototan  Town 237 

Pozorrubio  Town 132 

Prosario  Town 110 

Provinces,  table  of,  with  population  and 

capitals 31 

PruelaShoal 87 

Pucio  Point 211 

Puercos  Island 82 

Puerto  Galera  Town 209 

Puerto  Princesa  Town 209 

Pugatin  Mount 240 

Pujada  Bay  and  Island 173 

Pulanduta  Point 222 

Pula  River 11 

Pulilan  Town 115 

Pulo  Caballo  Island 101 

Pulut  Point 152 

Punas  Point 61 

Puncan  Town 128 

Pupu  Islet 249 

Pura  Town 134 

Pusan  Point 172,174 

Piisgo  Point 70 

Pusgo  Port 69 

Putiao  Point 74 

Putiao  Port 75 

Putili  Island 160,161 

Q- 

Quiangan  District 133 

Quiangan  Town 133 


304 


GENERAL    INDEX. 


Page. 

Quibungan  Town 112 

Quinablangan  Town 176 

Quinali  Town 12G 

Quinapundan  Town 284 

Quing-Acquing  Town li:i 

Qiiingua  Town 1 15 

Quiniquitam  Town 177 

Qiiiot  Town 207 

Qnipayo  Town 108 

R. 

Ragai,  Gulf  of 65,08,69,70,71,72 

Eagalutnbi  Island 225 

Ragay  Town 108 

Railroads  of  the  Philippines 23 

Randaya,  Peaks  of 5 

Rapurapu  Island 94,  95 

Rasa  Island 81 

Rasa  Islet 147 

Rasas  Islands 89 

Real  Point 50 

Refugio  Island 271 

Refugio  Islet 71 

Beina  Mercedes  Town 122 

Religion  of  the  Pliilippines 31 

Restinga  Point 50 

Keuniou  Town 179 

Revenue  of  the  Philippines 25 

Rio  Dalanils 10 

Rio  Grande  de  Cagayiin 9 

Rio  Grande  de  Cagayan  River 84 

Rio  Grande  de  la  Pampanga 9 

Rio  Grande  de  Mindanao 141 

Rio  Pasig 9G 

Bios  Rock 101 

Rio  Taland 10 

Roads  in  the  Philippines 12 

Romblon  Island 271 

Romblon  Province 274 

Romblon  Town 274 

Bona  Islet 85 

Bonda  Town 258 

Bosales  Town 128 

Rosario  Point CO 

Rosario  River CO 

Rosario  Town 118,137 

S. 

Saak  Point 247 

Sabalai  Bank 43 

Sabaliin  River 10 

Sabangan  Town ]2C 

Saban  Point 07 

Sablayan  Anchorage 190,197 

Sablayan  Point 190 

Sablaj'an  Town 197,209 

Sabonkogon  Point 219 

Sabun  Island 71 

Sacasacan  Town 114 

Sacripante  Mount 200 

Sadanga  Town 114 

Sagada  Town 114 


Page. 

Sagai  Point 267 

Sagay  Town 177 

Sagnay  Town 108 

Saint  Fabian 35 

Saint  N'icholas  Banks 50,51 

Saint  Thomas  Peak 39 

Saint  Thomas  Port 39 

Sakol  Channel 158 

Salasa  Town 132 

Salauang  Point 150, 151 

Salay  Town 177 

Salcedo  Town 121, 2S4 

Saligit  Mount 229 

Salimbubug  Island 20G 

Salipaang  Town 112 

Sal  Islets 229 

Salog  Biver 10 

Salomague  Bay 36 

Salomague  Gap 30 

Salomague  Island 30 

Salomague  Point 07 

Salomague  Port 36 

Salvador  Island 44 

Salvador  Town 177 

Sumar  Island  and  Province 275 

Samar,  itinerary  of  east  coast 275 

Samar,  itinerary  of  northeast  coast 278 

Samar,  itinerary  of  south  coast 277 

Samar,  itinerary  of  west  coast 281 

Samar  Town 100 

Samboangan  Point 157 

Saniboan  Town 258 

Sampanan  Biver 11 

Sampinitan  Channel 163 

Samuqui  Town 114 

San  Agustin  Town 183 

San  Andres  Island 81 

San  Andres  Point 66 

San  Andres  Port 65,06 

San  Antonio  Mount 65 

San  Antonio  Point 78 

San  Antonio  Town 124, 128,138 

San  Augustin  Cape 172, 174 

Sanayon  Town 221 

San  Bartolorae  de  Calayan  Town 181 

San  Bernardino  Islet 82 

San  Bernardino  Strait 75, 80,  88,  96, 146 

San  Carlos  de  Marigatao  Town 181 

San  Carlos  Town 132 

San  Clemente  Town 134 

San  Cristobal  Mount 4 

Sandingan  Island 237,238 

San  Biouisio  Town 237 

Sandugan  Point 240 

San  Emilio  Town 130 

San  Enrique  Biver 11 

San  Enrique  Town 237,273 

San  Esteban  Town 121 

San  Estevan  Point 37,38 

San  Fabian  Town 132 

San  Felipe  Neri  Town 103 

San  Felipe  Town 139 


GENERAL    INDEX. 


305 


Page. 

San  Fernando  Point 37,38 

San  Fernando  Port 38 

San  Fernando  Town_  108, 130, 137, 183, 254, 258 

San  Francisco  de  Malabon  Town 118 

San  Fi-ancisco  Point 78 

Sivu  Francisco  Town 258 

Sangley  Point 49 

San  Gregorio  Town 104 

San  Ildefonso  Town 115,121 

San  Isidro  de  Campo  Town  _ 267 

Sanlsidro  Town 127,132,139 

San  Jacinto  Port 77,  78 

San  Jacinto  Town 132,183 

San  Joaquin  Town 237 

San  "Jose  iCorre-idor)  Town 183 

San  Jose  de  Buenavista  Town 213,  233 

San  Jose  de  Ibana  Town 181 

San  Jose  Fort 78 

San  Jose  Point 50,78,272 

San  Jose  Kiver 9 

San  Jose  Town 104,108,110,115,128 

San  Juan  (Boliol)  Town 242 

San  Juan  de  Guimba  Town 128 

San  Juan  del  Monte  Town 103 

San  Juan  Pamplona  Kiver 84 

San  Juan  Town 110, 137, 179 

San  Julian  Town 283 

Sanko  Point 171 

San  Luis  Town 110,131 

San  Manuel  Town 132 

San  Marcelino  Town 139 

San  Martin  Point 193 

San  Mateo  Town 103 

San  Miguel  Bay 90,94 

San  Miguel  de  Mayunio  Town 115 

San  Miguel  Island 71,78 

San  Miguel  Point 78 

San  Miguel  Port 77 

San  Miguel  Sarrat  Town 120 

San  Miguel  Town 131,237,267 

San  NarcisoTown 70,136,139 

San  KicolasTown 120,132,258 

San  Pablo  Town 124 

San  Pascual  Fort 73 

San  Pascual  Town 182 

San  Pedrino  Point 57,58 

San  Pedro  Bay 270 

San  Pedro  Macati  Town 103 

San  Pedro  Town 213,234 

San  Pedro  Tunasan  Town 124 

San  Quintin  Town 104,128 

San  r>afael  Point 77,78 

San  Rafael  Town 115 

San  Remigio  Town 234,  258 

San  Roque  Town 118 

San  Salvador  Island 43 

San  Sebastian  Town 283 

San  Simon  Town 131 

Santa  Ana  Port 215 

Santa  Ana  Town 103, 131, 177 

Santa  Birbara  Town 132,237 

Santa  Catalina  Town 121 


Page. 
SantiiCruz 6,  05 

Santa  Cruz  de  Mindoro  Town _      209 

Santa  Cruz  de  Napo  Town 209 

Santa  Cruz  Island 6G 

Santa  Cruz  Point 42,  43,  60 

Santa  Cruz  Port 07 

Santa  Cruz  Town 118, 121, 123, 139 

Santii  Fe  Town 258 

Santa  Ignacia  Town 134 

Santa  Isabel  Town 115 

Santa  Lucia  Town 121 

Santa  Maria  de  Luzon  Town 122 

Santa  Maria  de  Mayan  Town 181 

Santa  Blaria  de  Pandi  Town 115 

Santa  Mar:a  Port 150 

Santa  Maria  Town 121, 124, 132, 179 

Santander  Town 258 

Santa  Rita  Town 131,284 

Santa  Rosa  Town 124, 12:J 

Santa  Tomas  Town 131 

Santa  Town 121 

Santiago  Cape 52,  57 

Santiago  Island 41 

Santiago  Port 37 

Santiago  Town 121 

Santo  Domingo  de  Basco  Town 181 

Santo  Domingo  Town 121 

Santo  Nino  Town 117 

Santor  Town 129 

Santo  Tomas  Point 185 

Santo  Tomas  Town 110, 1.37 

San  Vicente  de  Saptang  Town 181 

San  Vicente  Town 108,121 

San  Vincente  Island 84,85 

San  Vincente  Port 84 

Sanz  Town 130 

Sapao  Port 144,145 

Sapao  Town 179 

Sapian  Bay 220 

Sapian  Town 235 

Saptan  Island 181 

Sapuan  Town 112 

Saraceno  Bank 201 

Sarangani  Baj' 167, 108 

Sarangani  Cape 168 

Sarangani  Island 169 

Sarangani  Point 109 

SarapsapTown 139 

Sara  Town 237 

Saravia  Town 273 

Sariava  Town 136 

Saru  River 270 

Saukol  Point 172 

Sebaste  Town 234 

Seco  Islet 212 

Segui  Town 235 

Segut  Bay 163 

Semirara  Islands 192 

Semirara  Town 209 

Sevilla  Town 121,242 

Sexmoan  Town 131 

Sharp  I'eak 221 


300 


GENERAL    INDEX. 


Page. 

Sialat  Point 92 

Siapon  Bay 261 

Siargao  Island 144 

Siaton  Town 274 

Sibai  Island 192 

Sibaia  Mountain 221 

Sibalom  Town 234 

Sibalon  River 213 

Sibaton  Island 192 

Sibay  Town 209 

Sibolon  Island 192 

Sibonga  Port 143,254 

Sibonga  Town 258 

Sibono  Point 71 

Sibugay  Peak 5 

Sibuguei  Bay 158 

Sibuko  Bay  and  Town 157 

Sibulan  Town 274 

Sibulnak  Babai  Island 223 

Sibuluak  Islands 223 

Sibuluak  Lalaki  Island 224 

Sibuyau  Island 271 

Sierra  BuUones  Town 242 

Siete  Pecados 232 

Sigat  Point 219 

Sigaj'an  Point 61 

Sigma  Town 235 

Signipi  Town 242 

Siguboy  Town 176 

Siit  Port 270 

Sikayak  Point 163,154 

Sikijor  Island 240 

Sikogon  Bay,  Kiver,  and  Point 156 

Sikogou  Channel 225 

Sikogon  Island 225 

Sikogon  Passage 232 

Silakai  Point 169 

Silakwi  Islet 41 

Silang  Town 118 

Silauguin  Port  and  Point 46 

Silankapo  Point 63 

Silat  Islet 191 

Silay  Town 273 

Silino  Island 153 

SilipilTown 126 

Silla  Point ...  153 

Silonai  Islet 188 

Silupa  Village 160 

Simangul  Point 160 

Simara  Island 193.271 

Sinio  Banks 53 

Sinait  Town 121 

Sindangan  Point  and  Bay 155 

Siniloan  Town, 124 

Sipaka  Point 148 

Sipalai  Bay 269 

Sipocot  Town 108 

Siquijor  Town 242 

Siraguai  River 156 

Siroma  Town 108 

Siruma  Bay 90 

Siruma  Island 90 


Page. 

Siruma  Point 90 

Sisiran  Port 90,91 

Sogod  Town 258,  267 

Soguikai  Bay  and  Island 191 

Sojoton  Point 268,269 

Solano  Town 117, 129 

Solitario  Island 206 

Solot  Point 35,36 

Solsona  Town 120 

Solvet  Bay 37 

Sombokobon  Bay 69 

Sombrero  Island 227 

Sombrero  Islet 72 

Sorsogon  Port 75,76 

Sorsogon  Town, 76,105 

South  Gigante  Island 224 

Suai  Town 268 

Sual  Port 40 

Sual  Town 133 

Suay  Town 273 

Subaan  Town 209 

Suban  Bay 187 

Suban  Town 187 

Subic  Town 139 

Subig  Port 46 

Subig  Village 46 

Subunguin  Point 64 

Sula  Channel 94 

Sula  Point 94,  95 

Sula  Port 95 

Sulat  Town 284 

Sulfi  Island 285 

Sulu  Sea 19,206,207 

Sumadell  Town 126 

Sumag  Town 273 

Sumban  Point 167, 168 

Sumilon  Island 256 

Sungay  Mountains 4 

Surgot  Bay 96 

Surgot  River 96 

Surgot  Town 96 

Suribao  River 10,276 

Surigao  District 178 

Surigao  Strait 145,146,264 

Surigao  Town 178 

Suyoc  River 9 

Suyoc  Town 126 

T. 

Taal  Town 58,110 

Taal  Volcano 6 

Tabaco  Town 105 

Tabagon  Bay 248 

Tabagon  Town 248 

Tabango  Bay 260 

Tabang  Town 117 

Tabiii,  Chico,  and  Tabiu  Grande  Bay.__      260 

Tablas  Island 193,271 

Tabogon  Town 258 

Tabok  Island 260,261 

Tabonan  Point 155 

Tabon  Islet 240 


GENERAL    INDEX. 


30^ 


Page. 

i'abon  Point 271 

Tabukan  Itiver 15^ 

Taba  Point 152 

Tabusao  Island 88 

Tacbac  Town 126 

Tacbun  Channel 91 

Tac-Cong  Town 114 

Tarloban  Town 259 

Tacquiaii  Town 112 

Tadiau  Town 126 

Taganaan  Town 179 

Tagbilaran  Strait 239 

Tagbilaran  Town 238,239,256 

Tagil  Island 225,227 

Tagiran  Point 77,79 

Tagoloan  Town 177 

Tagolo  Point 153 

Tagonito  Point 142 

Tago  Town 179 

Tagudin  Town 121 

Tagiiig  Town 103 

Tagun  Bay 91 

Taguvau  Point 189 

Tahuruk  Point 239 

Taisan  Town 110 

Tai  Tai  Point 265 

TaiTai  Port 202 

Tajao  Bank 245 

Tajao  Point 245 

Takut  Parido  Rock 161 

Taiabasi  Point 196 

TalabeTown 271 

Talaguilong  Port 154 

Talambang  Town 259 

Talavera  Town 129 

Talayan  Point 108 

Talibon  Town 242 

Taliji  Mount 60 

Taliji  Point 60 

Talin  Bay  and  Point 52 

Talisai  Town 252 

Talisayan  Town 178 

Talisaya  Point 214 

Talisay  Town 108,110,259 

Talkauayan  Bay 70 

Talubin  Town 114 

Tambaron  Island 191 

Tambobong  Town 103 

Tambog  Point 171 

Ta'iibolon  Hay 194 

Tambon  Shoal 252 

Tambove  Roads 42 

Tamoutaco  Town 175 

Tananan  River U 

Tanao  River 11 

Tauaos  Islets 88 

Tanauau  Town 111,267 

Tanay  Town 127 

Taudag  Town 179 

Tanda  Islands 170 

Tanda  Point 170 

Tangalan  Town 235 


Page. 

Tanguigui  Island 73 

Tanjay  Town 274 

Tanolo  Town 114 

Taiion  Point 2^0 

Taiion  Strait 244,270,272 

Tanon  Strait,  south  entrance 246 

Tanon  Town 256 

Tantanang  Bay 150 

Tenuan  Point 71 

TanulonTown 114 

Tapaz  Town 235 

Tapian  Mount 65 

Tapian  Point 166 

Taragnan  Town 284 

Tara  Island 204 

Tarlac  Province 134 

Tarlac  Town 134 

Tarlag  River 9 

Tarlin  Mountains 5 

Tavio  Town 112 

Tayabas  Bay 61,  63,  65,  68 

Tayabas  Province 134 

Tayabas  River 62 

Tayabas  Town 135 

Tayasan  Town 274 

Taytay  Town :.-  127, 182 

Tayug  Town 133 

Tayum  Town 104 

Teka  Point 272 

Templo  Islet 72 

Teresa  Town 127 

Ternate  Town 118 

Tetapan  Town 114 

Tetuan  Town 179 

Third  Vantay  Point 248 

Tiagan  District 1:'.6 

Tiaon  Town 136 

Tibao  Point -—  188,189 

Tibiao  Town 213,  234 

Tibi  Town 93 

Ticao  Island 183 

Tiding  Town 209 

Tides  of  the  Philippines 19 

Tierra  Alta 118 

Tigaon  Town 108 

Tigbaon  Islands 158 

Tigbauan  Town 237 

Tigdos  Islet 170 

Tigunia  Anchorage 162 

Tigunia  Point 162 

Tigum  River 10 

Tikao,  East  Coast 78 

Tikao  Island 77 

Tikao,  South  Point 79 

Tikliu  Channel 80 

Tiklin  Island 80 

Tiklin  Point 19i>,271 

Tiklin  Strait 80 

Tiklin  Town 81 

Tilig  Port 53,54,55 

Timako  Island  and  Mount 165 

Timonini  River 10 


308 


GENERAL   INDEX. 


Page. 

Timpasan  Island 281,282 

Tinaan  Anchorage 254 

Tinaglmd  Point 71 

Tinago  Kiver 11 

Tinagu  Island 88 

Tinaguitan  Bay 279 

Tinagu  Town 89 

Tinaka  Point IGG,  168,  169 

Tinakos  Island 76 

Tinalisayan  Islets 73 

Tinambag  Town 108 

Tinec  Town 112 

Tintimin  Islet 2H) 

Tinuba  Mountains 5 

Tinuibo  Islet 256 

Tivalbal  Town 112 

Tivi  Town 105 

Tobako  Bay 93,  94,  95 

Tobako  Town 94 

Tobalina  Town 136 

Toledo  Town 259 

Tolon  Town 274 

Tolosa  Town 267 

Tomonton  Point 229,233 

Tomouton  Shoal 229 

Tongo  Point 241 

Tonkil  Point 171 

Topography  of  the  Philippines 3 

Torrijos  Town 209 

Tortuga  Bank 43 

Trade  of  the  Philippines 22,23 

Tragdugau  Bay 78 

Tres  Reyes  Islet G7 

Triton  Island 161 

Triton  Bocks 142 

Trueno  Shoal 85 

Tuankan  Point 263 

Tuao  Town 117 

Tuat  Islet 220 

Tubay  Town 179 

Tubigou  Town 243 

Tubig  Town 284 

Tubile  Point 196 

Tublay  Town 112 

Tublig  Mangayao 63 

Tuboc  Town 126 

Tubud  Point 154 

Tubugan  Town 237 

Tubukan  River 245 

Tubunm  Hill 246 

Tuburan  Town 259 

Tugtucang  Town 114 

Tugubanhan  Island 228 

Tugubun  Point 172 

Tuguegarao  Town 116 

Tuguian  Point 63 

Tiiguntun  Point 92 

Tugus  Point 141, 142, 143 

Tulunanaun  Island 223 

Tuiaan  Anchorage 254 

Tiijud  Point 189 

Tukapanga  Point 168 


Page. 

Tulangatura  Mountains 5 

Tulang  Islet 262 

Tumadgo  Point 173 

Tumalaitai  Fort 76 

Tumalung  Bay 160 

Tuinango  Bay 87 

Tumauiui  Town 122 

Tuna  Bay 107 

Tundalara  Mount 204 

Turia  Rock 228,232 

Tuy  Town ill 

Two  Peaks  Mount 149 

Typhoons  of  the  Philippines 15 

U. 

Uaidajan  Islet 223 

Ubay  Town 243 

Ulila  Mount 4 

Ululin  Town 126 

Umanum  Point 170 

Umingan  Town 129 

Umirei  River 87 

Unamao  Islet 142 

Union  (La)  Province 136 

Unisan  Islets 210 

Unisan  Town 136 

Upata  River 11 

Urbistondo  Town  — ' 133 

Urdaneta  Town 133 

Uson  Town 183 

V. 

Vac  Town 112 

Talderrania  Town 234 

Valencia  Town 243 

Valladolid  Town 273 

A'antay  Point 150 

Varadero  Bay 187 

Vari  Island 279 

Vasey  River 276 

Vegetable  kingdom  of  the  Philippines.^  22 

Velasco  Shoal 173 

Verde  Island  Passage 68,189 

Verde  Island  Stream 207,208 

Vicol  River 8, 10 

Victoria  Town 134 

Vigan  Road  and  Gap 37 

Vigan  Town 37,120 

Viga  Town 105 

Vigia  Point 77,  79 

Vilar  Town 213 

Vila   Town 126 

Villaba  Town 267 

Villa  Real 284 

Villasis  Town 133 

Villavieja  Town 101 

Vinas  River 69,70 

Vintar  Town 120 

Virac  Town 105 

Vis;ij-a  Islands 211 

A'itali  Point- 158 


GENERAL   INDEX. 


309 


Page. 
Vito  Town no 

Volcanoes  of  the  Philippines 4,6,8 

W. 
Western  Channel 278 

Western  Negros  Province 272 

Y. 

Tendo  Town 64 

Yui^an  Point  and  Shoal 255 

Yukatan  Anchorage 172 


Z. 

Pagp. 

Zambales  Mountains 4 

Zambales  Province 137 

Zamboanga  District 174, 17l» 

Zamboanga  Port 12 

Zamboanga  Town 179 

Zamboanguita  Point 270 

Zaniboanguita  Town 270,274 

Zapatos  Islets 222 

Zaragoza  Town 129 

Zarraga  Town 237 

Zumarraga  Town 284 


INDEX  TO  CHARTS. 


Abocayan 42 

Adila  Kock 1 

Agbatan  Point 7 

Agosun,  River  and  Point 4 

Aguirre  Bank 41 

Alad  Island 7 

Aliniausio  Kiver ;i5 

Alubigit,  Anchorage  and  Town 17 

Apalau  River 40 

Apalant  Point 4 

Apalit  Point 4 

Apoloin  River 4 

Arenosa  Point 44 

Asaan  Point 4 

Aubarede  Point 10 


Bac-Bac  River 

Bacoor,  Cove  and  C'ity_ 
Baganbauua  Island  — 
Baliia  de  Arena,  Point 
Baja,  Point 


Balabac  Island. 


Balete,  Port 

Baligao  Bay 

Balinatio  Island 

Bitlingasac,  Anchorage  and  Town. 

Balolo,  River  and  Point 

Balseiro,  Point 

Bancaobancaon,  Point 

Bancungan  Island 

Banga,  Port 

Bangud  Island 

Banisilan,  Point 

Baquit  Island 

Bashi  Island.     See  Ibugos. 

Baslai  Island 

Batan,  Port 

Bateria,  Point 

Batiano  Point 

Bato  Laqiii  Shoal 

Baton  River 

Batunan  Island 

Baul  Island 

Bikobian,  Port 

Bilanbilan,  Port 

Binabasaian  Island 

Binagon  Point 

Binanga,  Point,  Port,  and  River_. 

Biniktigan  River 

Biniptikan  Point 


4G 
200 

67 
183 
150 
202 

46 


202 
49 
277 
2(19 


Binuan  River. 


35  183 

44  220 

42  209 

26  173 

48  285 

4  46 


277 
86 
178 
277 
67 
46 


Binunsalicm,  Port 

Black  Rock 

Boayan,  Estero 

Bolinao,  Port 

Bombon,  Point 

Borabo  Island 

Bugui  Island 

Buiong  Munti  Point 

Bukas  Island 

Bulikutin  Island 

Bun-Bun,  Town 

Busuanga  Island,  Harbors  on  south 
side  of 


( 'abalan  River 

Cabayan  Point 

Cabilauan  Island 

Cagbatan  Island 

Cagoy  Point 

Caiman  Shoal 

Calagundian  River 

Calamion  Island,     8ee  Culion. 

Caniansi  Point 

Caniiguin  Island.     See  Kamiguin. 
Canaeao,  Cove  and  Establishment. 

Cangrejo  Rock 

Canitauan  Island 

Capual  Island 

Ca'amuran,  River  and  Cove 

Catarman,  Anchorage  and  Port 

(Jauit  Bay 

Cavite,  Town  and  Arsenal 

Cavite  Viejo 

Cliindonan  Island 

Cogon,  Point 

Culion,  Island  and  Port 

Culion  Viejo 


No. 

Page. 

4 

46 

42 

209 

42 

209 

38 

195 

27 

17.5 

3 

41 

7 

67 

46 

277 

33 

182 

4 

46 

45 

254 

47 

285 

49 

285 

Daca  Point 

Daguinsara,  Port 

Dalagican,  Lake  and  Port . 
Dalauan  Bay 

Dapua  Point 

Dianglit  Island 

Dimalansan,  Port 

Dimanglet  Island 

Dinagat  Island 

Dinuculan  Point 

Dipulao,  Port 


4624 21 


(311) 


312 


INDEX   TO   CHARTS. 


Dumanqnilas  Point . 

Dumurug  Point 

Duoaun  Island 

Dupulisan  Point 


Ch.  No.  Page,  j  Ch.  No.  Pair^. 

23  ICO  I    Kantikan  I.sland 46  277 

35  183  {    Karogo  Island 34  183 

33  183  I    Kataingan,  Port 35  183 

25  161  1    Kubi  Point 4  46 


Engano,  Cape 

Escarpada,  Point 
Escucha  Island  __ 

EseoSlioal 

Estaguo  Island  ._ 


Gab.'),  Port 

Gasacan,  Point- 
Gaviota  Kock_. 
Gay  Island 


12 

24 

4 

9 

Gigoso  Point 46 

Goytia  Shoal 49 

Grande  Shoal 4 

Gran  Laja  Island 8 

Guango  Point 26 

Guanguan  Point 2« 

Guinqjoan  Point 7 

Gusaran  River 39 

H. 


Ibugos  Island,  Strait  between,  and 

Saptaug 

Ilanin  Bay 

Ilaya  River 

Ilinin  Point 


Illana,  Bay  of 

Inius  River 

Inatontiin  Island. 
Inlulucut  Island- 


Kababawau  Bank.     See  Aguirre. 

Kabalarian  Island 46 

Kabangau  Point 4 

Kaguan,  River  and  Point 4 

Kalaklau,  River  and  Point 4 

Kalapakuan  Point 4 

Kamasoso  Point 34 

Kamasuso  Island 34 

Kainayan  Point 4 

Kambasingan  Island 46 

Kaniiguin  Island J 


285 
86 


141 

161 
46 
86 
277 
285 
46 
84 
173 
173 
67 
196 


30 

181 

4 

46 

gg 

196 

4 

46 

22 

158 

25 

161 

5 

49 

46 

277 

33 

182. 

Kanigaran  Island. 
Kaninoan  Island.. 


183 
183 
40 
277 
148 
149 
277 
277 


Labangan  River 

Lacutan  Bay 

Ladayanga  Point 

Laja  Triieno 8 

Las  Piflas 5 

Licoc  Point 26 

Liugayen  Gulf 1 

Looc  Bay 6 

Loog,  Port 37 

Los  Frailes  Islands 4 

Lubau  Island 6 

Lugbung  I.sland 7 

Lumbujan  Point 35 

Lunguiqui  Island 23 

Luyucan,  Port 40 


M. 

Mabatui,  Point 32 

Mabayo  River 4 

Mabien,  Point 32 

Maboa  Point 20 

Macabasa  Point 1 

Maculay  Island—- 23 

Madidis  Island.    See  Kamasuso. 

Majabilin  Point 4 

Makaguayag  Bay 34 

Makmani  Point 4 

Malabatai  River 4 

Malabug  Bay 24 

Malbato  River 40 

Malecon  Point 20 

Maligay,  Bay  of 23 

Manant  River 4 

Mandao,  Port 34 

Mangalinokuln  Point 4 

Mangas  Point 1 

Mangle  Bay 40 

Mangrove  Channel 33 

Manikani  Island 40 

Manisbasso  Point 4 

Mantigiie  Point 44 

Mapiiapantan  Point 20 

Maqiiinaya  River 4 

Maquinit  Islands 40 

Marigabalo  Point 27 

WarifiOn  Island 40 

34 
Masbate  Island 


40 

202 

26 

173 

27 

175 

Masingloc  River 21 

Matain  River 4 

Matayon  Point 35 

Mati,  Town 26 

Matiao  River 26 

Matos  Bank 49 

Mayagao  Point --  4 


194 
46 
55 
67 
183 
160 
202 


181 
173 

07 
160 

46 
183 

46 

46 
161 
202 
173 
160 

46 
183 

46 

35 
202 
182 
277 

46 
220 
173 


INDEX   TO   CHARTS. 


3i:} 


Ch.  No.     ; 

Mayanga  Island 4 

Majan-Payan  Island 40 

Mayo  Bay . — -  26 

Mintag  Point 35 

Mirigil  Point -—  38 

Murcielagoa  Islets 18 

N. 

Nabagbagan  Point 7 

Nagkabau  Point 4 

Nagpalit,  Point 42 

Namulugpulug,  Point 40 

Nanin  River 4 

Navasin  Point 4 

Negra,  Point 8 

Nibungon  Kiver 4 

Nin  Bay 34 

O. 

Olongapo,  Port 4 

Opol,  Anclioiagf  and  Port 16 

Ordufif/,  Bank 35 

Otadui  Point 6 

P. 

Pagarian,  Cove 25 

Palunan,  Town 11 

Palanog,  Port 36 

Palaui,  Island  and  River 8 

Palawan  Island i 

Paluan,  l!ay  and  Town 38 

Paniaug,  Estero 11 

Panibolongan  Point 34 

Pamokan  Point 4 

Panabutan,  Bay,  Point,  and  River__  19 

Pauacan,  Cove  and  River 42 

Panagtaran,  South  point  of 42 

Panalisan  Point 11 

Panaj',  town 27 

Panganu  Island 49 

Panhapuyan  Island 21 

Pantocomi  Point 38 

Paranaque,  town 5 

Parang-Parang,  town 27 

Parapu,  Point 42 

Pedrasa  Island 40 

Penon  de  Coron 40 

Pequena  Island 4 

Petanibn  Point 4 

Piedra,  Point 42 

Pinamuyucan  Point 40 

Pifias  Island 40 

Pisan,  Point 24 

Pollok,  Port 27 

Portuguese  Point 1 

Potol  River 4 

Puerto  Point 8 

Pujaga,  Bay  and  Island 20 

Q. 

Quidamak  Bay 27 

Quipit,  Point 18 


195 
49 
175 
209 
202 
202 
46 
46 
209 
202 
202 
161 
175 
35 
46 


R. 

Ch.  No.     V-Ag^. 

Red  Cliff— 38  195 

Restiuga  del  Sur  and  del  Norte 42  209 

Rio  Grande   de    Mindanao,    North 

mouth  of 11  116 

Rios  Shoal 24  161 

Rivera  Point 4  46 

Roja,  Point 42  209 

Romblon,  Island  and  Port 7  67 

Rona  Island 8  84 

Rosas  Point 7  67 

S. 

Sabang  Point 7  G7 

Sablayan,  Port  and  Point 39  196 

Saboruco,  Point 42  209 

Sagayaran  Island 24  161 

Saniar  Island,  South  part  of 40  277 

San  Felipe,  Fort 5  49 

San  Fernando,  Poiut  and  Port 2  37 

Sangley  Point 5  49 

San  Jose  de  Ibana,  Anchorage 32  181 

San  PioV,  Port 13  H8 

San  Rafael,  City 6  55 

San  Roque,  City 5  49 

Santiago  Island 3  41 

Sauto  Domingo  de  Basco,  Port 31  181 

San  Vincente,  Island  and  Port 8  84 

Saptang,  Strait  between  Ibugos  and  30  181 

Sasaigan  Point 7  07 

Sibonga,  Port 45  254 

Silauguin,  Island  and  Port 4  46 

Sinungao  River 4  46 

Siraguay,  Point  and  River 19  156 

Stoney  Point 38  195 

S\ial,  Port 1  35 

Subic,  Town  and  Port 4  40 

Sucol  Island 21  157 

Sueste  Point 4  40 

Sugut,  Bay,  Town,  and  River 27  175 

Sungi,  Point 46  277 

Suoc,  Bay  of 48  285 

Surigao,  Port 28  178 

T. 

Tabag-ang,  River 25  161 

Tablas  Island :57  194 

Tabuntabun,  Point 42  209 

Tacut  Pabunuan  Shoal 48  285 

Tadniouan  Point 26  173 

Taganilao  Point 26  173 

™  ,.    .        T,  <  40  202 

Tahndac.Port \  ^^  ^^^^ 

Taniguibau  Cove 42  209 

Tataidaga  Point 20  173 

Tiboa  River 4  46 

Ticala  Chica  Island 24  161 

Ticala  Island 24  161 

Tictauan,  Channel  and  Island 21  157 

Tigasao  Point 26  173 

Tiguma,  Bay  and  Port 25  161 


:51-i 


INDEX    TO    CHARTS. 


Ch.  No. 

Titialigman  River 4 

Tiiiaiig  Island 7 

Tiiboa  IJay 4 

Tubabao  Island 46 

Tucuran,  Town 25 

Tulayan  Island 47 

Tiiniaco  Point 26 

Tuniaga  River 21 

Tuniadgo  Point 26 

Tumalaitai  Point 34 

Tumbaga  Point G 


Page. 
46 


u. 

Ch.  No. 

Uanivan  Island 20 

Uson  Island Jo 

V. 

Vega  I.sland 40 

Verde  Point 8 

Very  Shoal 34 

Vilanvilan  Island 21 

Villavicentio  Island 6 

Y. 

Yiiahit,  Port  and  River 42 


Pas;... 
173 

202 


\' 


•M   «  (i 


a^3 


RETURN       CIRCULATION  DEPARTMENT 
TOhi^       202  Main  Library 

LOAN  PERIOD  1 
HOME  USE 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

ALL  BOOKS  MAY  BE  RECALLED  AFTER  7  DAYS 

1 -month  loans  may  be  renewed  by  calling  642-3405 

6-month  loans  may  be  recharged  by  bringing  books  to  Circulation  Desk 

Renewals  and  recharges  may  be  mode  4  days  prior  to  due  date 

DUE   AS  STAMPED   BELOW 

"  '   ''     :---- 

.-  - '    !.:;'  18  u-j 

■  ^i  |}^| 

noT  n  ^  AtSHh^  ^^cp'i 

UCT  Ub  1990 

d^'^y^.^:(}^r.?  \  ■'-' 

' 

JUN  1  2  2005 

FORM  NO   DD  6                               UNIVERSITY  OF  CALIFORNIA,  BERKELEY 

BERKELEY,  CA  94720 

Ill 


UX    BERKELty   LIBRARIES 


CD31371bD5 


'iti^ii^^l-i'Si^W 


